Pacific Union College General Catalog · Pacific Union College General Catalog 1998-2000 117th-118th Academic Years Mailing address: One Angwin Avenue Angwin, CA 94508-9707 (707)

Pacific Union CollegeGeneral Catalog

1998-2000117th-118th Academic Years

Mailing address:One Angwin Avenue

Angwin, CA 94508-9707(707) 965-6311

Pacific Union College is an equal opportunity educational institution.

Behavioral Science

2

Pacific Union College

Is accredited by:The Accreditation Association of Seventh-day Adventist

Schools, Colleges and UniversitiesThe Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and

Universities of the Western Association of Schoolsand Colleges

State of California Department of Education

Offers programs accredited by:Council on Social Work Education (Baccalaureate)National Association of Schools of Music (Baccalaureate)National League for Nursing (Baccalaureate and Associate)

Is a member of:American Association for Higher EducationAmerican Association of Collegiate Registrars and

Admissions OfficersAmerican Association of Presidents of

Independent Colleges and UniversitiesAssociation of Governing BoardsAssociation of Independent California Colleges

and UniversitiesCalifornia Council on the Education of TeachersCollege Placement CouncilIndependent Colleges of Northern CaliforniaNational Association of Independent Colleges

and UniversitiesWestern Association of Graduate Schools

Is approved by:American Dietetic AssociationThe Attorney General of the United States for

nonimmigrant studentsCalifornia Commission on Teacher Credentialing

Accreditation documents may be viewed in the office of theVice President for Academic Administration.

Equal Opportunity CommitmentPacific Union College is committed to

equal opportunity for qualified men andwomen of any handicap, race, color,national or ethnic origin. It extends tothem all the rights, privileges, programsand activities generally accorded or madeavailable to members of the Collegecommunity. It does not discriminateagainst qualified persons on the basis ofhandicap, sex, race, color, national orethnic origin in administration of itseducational and admissions policies,financial affairs, employment programs,student life and services, or any otherCollege-administered program.

Pacific Union College General CatalogVolume LXXII© 1998, Pacific Union College.

Printed in USA.

3

Behavioral ScienceContents

1998-2000 Calendars ................................................................ 7The College ................................................................................ 9The Mission of the College ...................................................... 11Student Life and Services ......................................................... 13Admission to the College ......................................................... 17The Academic Program ............................................................ 21Honors Program ...................................................................... 27Academic Information and Policies .......................................... 33Courses of Instruction .............................................................. 43

Art ...................................................................................... 47Behavioral Science .............................................................. 55Biology ............................................................................... 63Business Administration and Economics ............................. 71Chemistry ........................................................................... 87Communication .................................................................. 93Computer Science ............................................................. 101Education ......................................................................... 107English .............................................................................. 117Family and Consumer Sciences ......................................... 125History ............................................................................. 137Liberal Studies .................................................................. 143Mathematics ..................................................................... 147Modern Languages ........................................................... 153Music ............................................................................... 159Nursing ............................................................................ 169Physical Education, Health and Recreation....................... 177Physics and Engineering .................................................... 185Religion ............................................................................ 191Technology ....................................................................... 197

Financial Information ............................................................ 213College Personnel ................................................................... 225Appendix: Code of Academic Integrity .................................. 237Index ..................................................................................... 239Campus Directory and Map ........................................... 242-243For Information ..................................................................... 244

Behavioral Science

4

Areas of StudyFour-Year Programs forBaccalaureate Degrees (see pp. 21-22)Art (Fine), p. 48Art History, p. 48Aviation, p. 200Behavioral Science, p. 55

* Psychology, p. 55* Sociology, p. 55

Biology, pp. 63, 64Biophysics, p. 186Business Administration, pp. 72, 75

* Accounting, p. 72* Administrative Services, p. 72* Fashion Marketing, 72* Finance, p. 73* General Business, p. 73* Information Systems, p. 73* International Business, p. 73* Management, p. 74* Marketing, p. 74

Business Education, p. 76Chemistry, pp. 87, 88

* Biochemistry, p. 88Communication, p. 93Computer Science, pp. 101, 102

* Data Processing and Management, p. 102Digital Media Technology, p. 201Early Childhood Education, p. 126** Engineering, p. 185

Engineering Technology, p. 197* Drafting and Design, p. 198* Electronics, p. 198* General, p. 198* Manufacturing, p. 198* Robotics, p. 198* Transportation, p. 198

English, p. 117* British and American Literature, p. 117* Writing, p. 118* English Education, p. 118* Teaching English as Second Language, p. 118

Family and Consumer Sciences, p. 125Fashion Merchandising, p. 126Foods and Nutrition, p. 127French, p. 154Graphic Design, p. 47Graphics Technology, p. 201History, p. 137History and Government, p. 139Industrial Technology Education, p. 202

Industrial Tech. and Management, p. 199* General, p. 199* Manufacturing, p. 199* Transportation, p. 199

Interdisciplinary Studies, p. 144International Communication, p. 94

* French, p. 94* German, p. 94* Spanish, p. 94

Journalism, p. 95Liberal Studies, p. 143 (also p. 111)Long-Term Health Care, p. 74Mathematics, p. 148

* Pure Mathematics, p. 148* Applied Mathematics, p. 148* Mathematics Education, p. 148

Medical Physics, p. 186Medical Technology, p. 68Music, pp. 160, 162

* Music Education, p. 160* Performance, p. 161

Natural Sciences, pp. 64, 88, 187* Biology, p. 64* Chemistry, p. 88* Physics, p. 187

Nursing, p. 174Photography, p. 49Physical Education, p. 177

* Teacher Education, p. 177* Commercial Fitness Management, p. 178

Physics, p. 185Premedical Technology, p. 64Psychology, p. 56Public Relations, p. 95Religion, p. 192Residential Interior Design, p. 127Social Studies, p. 138Social Work, p. 56Spanish, p. 153** Speech Pathology and Audiology, p. 100

Theology, p. 191

Associate Degree Programs(see pp. 21-22)Bible Instructor Training, p. 193Early Childhood Education, p. 128Electronics, p. 202Engineering Technology, p. 202Fashion Merchandising, p. 129Foods and Nutrition, p. 129General Studies, p. 145Graphic Design, p. 49Lay Ministries, p. 193

Nursing, pp. 169, 172Office Administration, p. 77

* General, p. 77* Legal, p. 77* Medical, p. 77

Photography, p. 49Piano Pedagogy, p. 162Residential Interior Design, p. 130Robotics, p. 203

Credential Programs (see p. 107)California Multiple Subject (Elementary)Teaching CredentialCalifornia Single Subject (Secondary)Teaching CredentialSDA Elementary Teaching CredentialSDA Secondary Teaching Credential

Degree-Completion ProgramsLeadership in Business Administration, p. 32Early Childhood Education, p. 32Criminal Justice Administration, p. 32

Graduate ProgramElementary Education, pp. 29, 112

Preprofessional Curricula (see p. 31)ArchitectureCytotechnologyDental HygieneDentistryDietetic TechnologyEngineeringHealth Information AdministrationLawMedical RadiographyMedical TechnologyMedicineNutrition and DieteticsOccupational TherapyOptometryOsteopathyPharmacyPhysical Therapist AssistingPhysical TherapyRespiratory TherapySpeech Pathology and AudiologyVeterinary Medicine

* Emphasis or Concentration** Affiliated Program

5

Behavioral Science

alchemy that fuses precious wisdom fromknowledge and experience.

Welcome to the stimulus—and the inevi-table moments of frustration—of thatchallenge. This alma mater—this “fosteringmother”—has never wanted her childrento become alumni feeling they have all theanswers in “a quantitative body of memo-rized knowledge.” She has always wantedthem to leave not so much with answers aswith “an appetite for knowledge,” with theskills to explore, and with the habit ofcollecting notes toward their maturingresponses to life’s insistent puzzles. She haswanted them to make connections betweenknowledge and experience—in Griswold’swords, “to perceive relationships.” She haswanted them to become thinkers, not merereflectors of others’ thoughts. Most of all she has wanted them to dis-

cover the One in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom andknowledge; to know Him as the Psalmist did, to understand thatthe fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom; to continue toseek His wisdom as did Solomon, who advised: “Do not forsakewisdom, and she will protect you; love her, and she will watchover you. Wisdom is supreme…. ”

From the President

“A college education,” says A. WhitneyGriswold, “is not a quantitative body ofmemorized knowledge salted away in acard file. It is a taste for knowledge, a tastefor philosophy, if you will; a capacity toexplore, to question, to perceive relation-ships between fields of knowledge andexperience.”

With the exponential growth of knowl-edge in recent decades, and with its dizzyingacceleration in these waning years of ourcentury, a college education can now lessthan ever be “a quantitative body of memo-rized knowledge.” In so many disciplineswhat is known today is so quickly super-seded that what one knows at graduationis less important than how one comes toknow.

To have studied is deeply satisfying, andto have earned your degree deserves itsproper reward and respect. But to validatethose achievements requires continuing beyond Commencementin lifelong learning. It’s important to know where to go for re-sources. It’s important to know how to select and to access therelevant and valuable from the overwhelming tide of information.It’s important to know how to synthesize intelligently what hasbeen chosen. It’s important to know how to perform the essential

D. Malcolm Maxwell

Behavioral Science

6

September 1998Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

October 1998Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

November 1998Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

December 1998Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

January 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

February 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728

Calendar, 1998-2000

March 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31

April 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30

May 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31

June 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30

July 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31

August 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31

September 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30


1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

November 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31


1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930


1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31


1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31

August 2000Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

7

Behavioral Science

1998-1999Autumn Quarter (1998)Su September 13 New Student Orientation BeginsF 18 RegistrationM 21 Instruction beginsM 28 Last day to enter classesM-S Sept-Oct 28-3 Week of PrayerM 12 Last day to delete classesT 13 Fall picnic, no classesF-Su 23-25 Parents WeekendM November 9 Preregistration beginsM 16 Last day to withdraw from classesF 20 Last day for preregistrationF 20 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.)Su 29 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.)M-Th December 7-10 Final examinations

Winter Quarter (1999)Su January 3 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 4 Instruction beginsM 11 Last day to enter clasesM 18 Martin Luther King Day, no classesT-S 19-23 Week of PrayerM 25 Last day to delete classesF February 5 Midquarter vacation, no classesM March 1 Preregistration beginsM March 1 Last day to withdraw from classesF 12 Last day for preregistrationM-Th 15-18 Final examinations

Spring Quarter (1999)Su March 28 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 29 Instruction beginsM April 5 Last day to enter classesM-S 5-10 Week of PrayerTh-Su 15-18 Alumni WeekendM 19 Last day to delete classesM May 24 Last day to withdraw from classesM 31 Memorial Day observed, no classesM-Th June 7-10 Final examinationsF-Su 11-13 Commencement

Summer Quarter (1999)M June 21 RegistrationM 21 Instruction beginsTh August 12 End of Summer Quarter

Calendar, 1998-2000

1999-2000Autumn Quarter (1999)Su September 12 New Student Orientation BeginsF 17 RegistrationM 20 Instruction beginsM 27 Last day to enter classesM-S Sept-Oct 27-2 Week of PrayerM 11 Last day to delete classesT 12 Fall picnic, no classesF-Su 22-24 Parents WeekendM November 8 Preregistration beginsM 15 Last day to withdraw from classesF 19 Last day for preregistrationF 19 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.)Su 28 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.)M-Th December 6-9 Final examinations

Winter Quarter (2000)Su January 2 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 3 Instruction beginsM 10 Last day to enter clasesM 17 Martin Luther King Day, no classesT-S 18-22 Week of PrayerM 24 Last day to delete classesF February 4 Midquarter vacation, no classesM 28 Preregistration beginsM 28 Last day to withdraw from classesF March 10 Last day for preregistrationM-Th 13-16 Final examinations

Spring Quarter (2000)Su March 26 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 27 Instruction beginsM April 3 Last day to enter classesM-S 3-8 Week of PrayerTh-Su 13-16 Alumni WeekendM 17 Last day to delete classesM May 22 Last day to withdraw from classesM 29 Memorial Day observed, no classesM-Th June 5-8 Final examinationsF-Su 9-11 Commencement

Summer Quarter (2000)M June 19 RegistrationM 19 Instruction beginsT July 4 Independence Day, no classesTh August 10 End of Summer Quarter

Behavioral Science

8

Using This CatalogUnlike some textbooks used in a course but perhaps never

consulted again, this catalog is important throughout your collegecareer because it describes the academic program of the Collegeand defines the requirements you must meet to achieve youracademic goals. You should become acquainted with the catalogbefore you register at PUC.

Even if you have not yet decided on a major, you may becomefamiliar with the general-education program and plan a courseschedule based on its requirements. Though an academic adviserwill help you work out your course of study, you have the ulti-mate responsibility for meeting the requirements of the programyou have chosen. The catalog will serve as your constant per-sonal adviser in the continuing process of planning and managingyour college career.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information inthis catalog is correct at the time of publication, but altered cir-cumstances and policy changes may affect the accuracy of theinformation it contains. Consequently, should any regulations orprogram requirements be in conflict with information in thiscatalog, current regulations and requirements govern.

The catalog presents only an overview of College policies andregulations. Other existing requirements are equally binding,though not published in this catalog.

Replace

9

Behavioral Science

HistoryThe Seventh-day Adventist Church

has a heritage of strong commitment toeducation. Its members expressed thiscommitment during the late 1800s andearly 1900s by establishing schools andcolleges near major population centersacross North America. In 1874 theChurch founded its first college in BattleCreek, Michigan. A few years later therapidly growing California church beganlooking for a good location for a schoolin Northern California.

In the vineyards of Healdsburg, fifteenmiles north of Santa Rosa, the searchersfound an ideal property. Total cost of theimposing brick structure and its furnish-ings, just off Healdsburg’s main street,was thirty gold coins. The new school,to which Pacific Union College traces itsroots, opened April 11, 1882, with twoteachers and twenty-six students. In 1899,to reflect more accurately the school’spurpose and its expanding curriculum, theschool’s name was changed to Healds-burg College; it became Pacific UnionCollege in 1906.

When the Angwin Resort on HowellMountain, above Napa Valley’s St. Hel-ena, became available, the College Boardsensed the opportunity to secure moreadequate space for the growing school andthe associated businesses that had been

The AreaThe College is located on Rancho

La Jota, whose title is based on an oldMexican land grant. It is surroundedby places of historic significance in thedevelopment of the American West:Sonoma, the northernmost Spanishmission in California and the scene ofthe Bear Flag Revolution; Fort Ross, thesouthernmost Russian outpost on thecontinent; Sutter’s Fort and the Califor-nia gold diggings; and the routes of earlyexplorers, traders, and immigrant groups.

Howell Mountain, the school’s site,is a junction point for the life zones ofnorth and south, coast and interior, andis recognized as an unusually rich areafor studying plant and animal life. Aboutone hundred miles from the campus, atAlbion in Mendocino County, the Collegeowns fourteen acres where it operates theAlbion Field Station. This primitive region,where the Albion River empties into thePacific Ocean, presents unusual opportu-nities to study marine biology and botany.

The San Francisco, Oakland, andSacramento International Airports arewithin a two-hour drive from the campus.Bus service from St. Helena to Napa,Berkeley, Oakland, San Francisco, andother cities brings the cultural opportuni-ties of large urban communities withinreach of the student body.

established to provide student employ-ment. They bought the buildings and landfor $60,000. On September 29, 1909,Pacific Union College was dedicated at itspresent Angwin site. The resort’s hotel,bowling alleys, and cottages became dor-mitories, classrooms, and faculty homes.Students and faculty worked togetherbuilding other structures, often usinglumber harvested from College property.

The CampusToday the institution occupies a

200-acre main campus surrounded byapproximately 1800 acres of College-owned agricultural and forested land.The school’s estate includes 60 majorstructures as well as faculty homes,necessary utilities, and other buildings.Fifteen academic buildings house thelibrary, classrooms, laboratories, andoffices. West Hall, the oldest, datesfrom 1917. The newest, Chan ShunHall, is a modern science complex, inuse since 1986. Recently completed, itincludes 55,000 square feet of classroom,laboratory, and office space. Four women’sresidence halls can accommodate approxi-mately 700 students; three men’s halls,approximately 600.

The College

Behavioral Science

10

11

Behavioral Science

therefore have a growing knowl-edge and an enlightened apprecia-tion of the major areas and modesof learning. A personally appropri-ated Christian view of the originand purpose of human life shouldgive this knowledge coherence foreach student.

Independent, Critical Thinking Beyond giving information, thedisciplines of the liberal arts createthe environment for students to

develop their abilities to think analyti-cally, critically, and independently. Stu-dents are challenged to find originalsolutions for a variety of problems. Suchstudy teaches not only the different modesof inquiry and their valid uses, but alsotheir limitations.

Faith and LearningIn a church-related college, tensions may

sometimes occur between the claims of areligious belief system and those of aca-demic pursuits. But because faith withoutthought is not an acceptable alternative tothought without faith, such unresolvedtensions should never force the sacrifice ofone to protect the other. Ideally, theyshould energize creative study of the validclaims of both faith and learning and oftheir interrelationships. A foundation ofknowledge and understanding strengthensfaith. Because the challenge of resolvingambiguities and uncertainties often pro-duces the most valuable new insights,

The Mission of the College

Pacific Union College is a Chris-tian liberal arts college sponsoredby the Seventh-day AdventistChurch. Its mission is to prepareits students for fellowship withGod and service to Him throughservice to humanity. To achieve itsmission, the College offers anexcellent education, informed by adistinctive Seventh-day AdventistChristian point of view, to all whoappreciate the school’s uniquevalues and its integration of faithand learning. Paying special attentionto Christianity’s role in civilization, theCollege considers liberal arts study witha Christian perspective to be uniquelyvaluable not only for its own sake, butalso as a basis for career training andprofessional life.

Christian Liberal EducationLiberal arts education with a Christian

perspective prepares one to live in respon-sible human freedom. Such study pro-motes a balanced self-development. Itfrees one from the confines of personalexperience and immediate interests andencourages entering with understandinginto the experience of others. It advocatesat once a tolerance of differing views, therespect those views deserve, and vigorousengagement with them. It fosters thoselifelong habits of curiosity and seriousinquiry that sustain the growth of thehuman spirit. It develops creative self-expression, including the ability to speak

Our mission is to offer anexcellent and distinctive Christian

education designed to prepareour students for productive lives

of useful human service anduncompromising integrity

and write articulately. It provides breadthand flexibility for coping and adapting ina changing world.

The MajorAs an essential part of their liberal artseducation, students choose majors forspecialized study in harmony with theirpersonal interests and as preparation forsuccessful entry into their chosen careersor into graduate study. The College regu-larly reviews all programs to maintaintheir quality and to ensure that theyrespond to current student demand and tothe changing needs of the Church and thelarger community.

General Education CoreThe structured general-education coregives scope of knowledge. The liberalarts emphasis in both the major and thegeneral-education core promotes qualityof understanding. The graduate should

Behavioral Science

12

such study should both preserve intellec-tual honesty and enhance a faith worthholding. Knowing truth does indeed bringfreedom.

Responsible FreedomStudents are urged through their total

college experience to evaluate their ownconvictions and to inform them withenduring cultural values and essentialChristian principles. They are invitedto recognize that changing times requirefresh statement of this heritage, but notits compromise. They are challenged toblend these timeless values and principlesin a distinctive lifestyle that includesresponding helpfully to human need,wherever encountered, in a natural ex-pression of their own Christian calling.As Jesus showed, the finest incarnationof responsible freedom is in compassion-ate human service.

The Mission RealizedThe mission of the College is there-

fore partly realized when its studentsleave the campus well prepared for ad-vanced study and for selfless service tohumanity in productive careers markedby uncompromising personal integrity.The mission is more perfectly realizedwhen these same students are set on theirway free to approach their potential aspersons restored in the image of God andas agents of His grace in the world.

The Mission of the College

13

Behavioral Science

Student HousingThree men’s and four women’s resi-

dence halls house approximately 1,200students. If you are a single undergrad-uate student under 23 years of age notliving with your parents, you are requiredto live in a College residence hall. If youdesire other housing arrangements, youmay register your request at the Office ofStudent Services. Student Life Adminis-tration considers student requests to livewith close relatives or with families whereroom and board are available at substan-tial savings. Applicants must demonstratesignificant financial need.

Single students aged 23 or older andgraduate students ordinarily live in off-campus housing approved by the Officeof Student Services. Older students, how-ever, may petition to live in the residencehalls if they prefer. The College also hasavailable a limited amount of housing formarried students. Send inquiries abouton-campus and off-campus housing forsingle and married students to the Officeof Student Services.

To reserve a room in a residence hall,you must make a $100 room/cleaning/damage deposit in advance. Your depositis refundable if your plans change and ifthe College receives your notice of can-cellation by September 1. No refundsare made for cancellations after Septem-ber 1 or for a student’s failure to appearfor registration.

DiningThe Food Service provides a selective

menu and a variety of services to satisfythe needs and tastes of a cosmopolitancampus community. The College pro-vides a lacto-ovo-vegetarian menu on theà la carte plan. If you have any specialdietary needs, you should visit the FoodService Director to make any necessaryspecial arrangements.

The College Food Service caters forsmall-group activities, picnics, and ban-quets. For special occasions, small groupsand organizations may reserve four auxil-iary dining rooms in the Dining Commons(all food is to be prepared by the FoodService). Reservations are made at theFood Service office.

Residence-hall students are expectedto take their meals in the Food Serviceand are charged a minimum fee eachquarter. For details, see the FINANCIALINFORMATION section of this catalog.

Health ServiceThe Health Service has a well-qualified

staff to provide basic health care for stu-dents and emergency care for the entirecampus community. To supplement theseservices and your own medical insurance,the College also provides an Accident andSickness Medical Expense AssistancePlan. For a description of this plan, seethe FINANCIAL INFORMATIONsection of this catalog. Internationalstudents should refer to “Insurance for

International Students” in the FINAN-CIAL INFORMATION section of thiscatalog.

If you are a new student, you mustpresent, before admission, documenta-tion of a current physical examinationand a complete summary of all immuni-zations. The examination form to be usedby the examining physician is included inthe application materials sent to you bythe Office of Enrollment Services.

Orientation forNew Students

Prior to autumn-quarter registrationthe College provides an orientationprogram to acquaint new students withvarious aspects of campus life. Activitiesduring this period include aptitude andplacement tests to assist in planningone’s academic program, familiarizationwith the use of campus facilities andservices, and social gatherings to provideopportunity for becoming acquaintedwith other students and with membersof the faculty.

Student Life and Services

Behavioral Science

14

Counseling, Career, andTesting Services

An important resource for personal andacademic success is the Counseling andCareer Center. It offers programs andprofessional assistance designed to helpyou achieve maximum growth in yourpersonal and interpersonal, academic, andspiritual life and in your occupationalchoice and placement. You may makeappointments for personal, occupational,or academic counseling through the Cen-ter coordinator. Referral service to otherprofessionals in the immediate vicinity isalso available through the Center.

The Center provides the followingservices:Testing Services

Available for minimal fees: personalitytests and occupational interest inventories.The Center is an official non-Saturdaytest site for professional school admis-sions. Test application forms and nationaltesting dates and deadlines are availablefrom the Center. CLEP and other institu-tional testing is also coordinated throughthe testing service.Psychological Services

Professional emotional and psycho-logical support in a confidential setting,on an individual or group basis. Coun-selors want to help you deal with anyanxiety, depression, stress, personalsituational difficulties, or other personalproblems that might interfere with youracademic performance and seriouslycompromise your quality of life.Career Services

Career counselors are available withwhom you may discuss career options,self-assessment, skills, interests, values,goals, and job-seeking strategies. TheCenter provides career testing and per-sonality testing. The Center also helpsgraduating students in developing effec-tive interview skills and in writingrésumés and application letters.

The following resources are available:The Career Information Library:

A wide assortment of self-assessment andcareer planning guides, graduate schoolbulletins and directories, general resourcebooks, an occupational information file,company literature, video tapes, andcurrent job announcements useful foroccupation research and job searchpreparation.

The Job Opportunities Board: Listsof current employment opportunities.

On-Campus Recruitment: Recruitersfrom professional schools, businesses,industries, technological firms, humanservices, educational organizations, andgovernment agencies visit PUC to inter-view graduating seniors for local, regional,and national positions. There are careeropportunities for all majors. Interviewsare conducted on campus, usually in theCounseling and Career Center.

Accommodations forStudents with LearningDifferences and PhysicalDisabilities

Pacific Union College offers equalopportunities to students who may havespecific learning differences or physicaldisabilities. The College accommodatestheir special needs as mandated by the1990 Americans with Disabilities Actand by Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabili-tation Act.

PUC provides extensive support ser-vices for students diagnosed as having“specific learning differences” or “dis-abilities.” There is a $250 per-quarterfee for students in the Specific LearningDifferences Support program. Detailedinformation is available from the Officeof Student Services.

Library ServicesThe W. E. Nelson Memorial Library

provides both print and nonprint educa-tional materials and electronic databasesfor the use of students and faculty.Library holdings include 303,256 itemsand a current subscription list of 901periodicals. The 36,709-item media col-lection includes slides, tapes, film-strips,motion-picture films, videotapes, trans-parencies, recordings, musical scores, andother media. The building provides seat-ing, including 204 individual study car-rels, for 277 patrons.

Special collections in the library includethe Pitcairn Islands Study Center, one ofthe most comprehensive collections ofmaterial about the Pitcairn Islands, andthe E. G. White Seventh-day AdventistStudy Center. This latter collection ishoused in the Elmshaven Room, namedfor the last home of Ellen White, which islocated only a few miles from the College.The Center is operated in affiliation withthe White Estate and in cooperation withits work at Elmshaven.

The Learning ResourceCenter

Located in the Library, the LearningResource Center offers assistance to indi-viduals and groups in strengthening suchbasic academic skills and knowledge asreading and phonics, spelling, basic gram-mar, vocabulary enhancement, writing,development of research papers, and studyskills. Free tutoring and computer-assistedlearning in a variety of academic subjectsare central features of this program.


15

Behavioral ScienceContents

Religious LifeIn keeping with the special character of

this Christian College, you are expectedto attend regularly a specified number ofdaily and weekly worship services, chap-els and vesper services, all of which areplanned to stimulate growth and matu-rity in Christian living.

You may participate in a variety ofother religious activities: small groupmeetings, Children’s Church, the StudentMissionary program, short-term missionopportunities, off- and on-campus ser-vice groups, and retreats. These activitiesprovide opportunities for full-time stu-dents to be active in service to humanityand God.

Concert and LectureSeries

Cultural activities include a Fine ArtsSeries featuring guest artists and membersof the music faculty in classical musicconcerts; an Adventure Series, includingten to twelve travelogue programs duringthe school year; and a Forum LectureSeries, which presents outstanding lec-tures, usually by distinguished guestspeakers, each school term.The generaladmission charge for programs in theseseries is included in your tuition.

Recreational FacilitiesCollege recreational facilities include

a lounge and game room in the CampusCenter (Dining Commons, first floor); agymnasium where basketball, volleyball,badminton, table tennis, gymnastics, andshuffleboard are available; an Olympic-size swimming pool; lighted outdoortennis courts; and athletic fields forsoftball, soccer, volleyball, flagball, andtrack and field activities. Recreationalareas near the College offer skiing, golf-ing, scuba diving, and boating.

Student AssociationAll students and faculty are voting

members of the Student Association.Responsible for promoting and convey-ing the ideals and objectives of theCollege, the Association coordinates anumber of social and religious activitiesand other services on campus. Theseinclude producing the campus newspaper(Campus Chronicle), the student-facultydirectory (Funnybook), the yearbook(Diogenes Lantern), and the annualvideo yearbook.

The main purpose of the Student Asso-ciation is to serve as a liaison with Col-lege administrators. The SA Senate andthe Campus Clubs Council are additionalforums for addressing relevant campusissues.

You are invited and encouraged toparticipate in the various opportunitiesthe Association provides for activitiesand leadership. A detailed description ofthe organization of the Student Associa-tion appears in the Association’s Consti-tution and Bylaws.

College StandardsPacific Union College is a conserva-

tive, independent, coeducational institu-tion, operated in harmony with the beliefs,practices, and educational philosophy ofthe Seventh-day Adventist Church. Inkeeping with the special character of theCollege, you are encouraged to relateyour academic study to your understand-ing of the Christian faith.

The College emphasizes the develop-ment of sound Christian character andmakes a continuous effort to maintain anatmosphere that encourages commitmentand growth in a personal relationship withJesus Christ. Thus faith and learning maycombine to prepare students for lives ofChristian usefulness.

In harmony with that purpose, studentsare expected to consistently avoid allforms of personal conduct that are scho-lastically deleterious or spiritually ormorally destructive. They are expectedto refrain from the use of drugs, alcoholicbeverages, tobacco, and improper con-duct between the sexes, and to respect thefacilities of the College and the propertyof others.

Applicants unwilling to pledge compli-ance with these standards will not know-ingly be accepted or retained at PacificUnion College. Students who later findthemselves out of harmony with thesestandards and social policies, or whoseconduct and attitude show evidence ofa negative or noncooperative influence,may expect dismissal.

Student ConductThe Office of Student Services pub-

lishes the Student Guide, which presentsin more detail the standards of conductreferred to above. Application to andenrollment in the College are viewed asevidence that you have chosen to abideby the practices and regulations thatappear in official College publications.


Behavioral Science

16

Family Rights and PrivacyIn maintaining student records, the

College complies with the Family Educa-tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.(Copies of the Act, amendments subse-quent to it, and HEW guidelines are avail-able in the Office of Student Services.)Except as noted below, the College willgive no information about you to anythird party without your consent.

The law provides, however, that theCollege may disclose certain informationwithout requiring your consent. Thisincludes the following:1. Information to faculty, administrators,and employees within the College systemwith a legitimate educational need toknow your record.2. Information to other universities,colleges or schools in which you seekto enroll.3. Information requested by certainfederal, state, and local officials and/orauthorities as set forth in the law.4. Information to persons or organiza-tions providing financial aid.5. Information required in an emergencyto protect your health and safety or thatof others.6. Information to certain organizationsconducting educational studies.7. Information to accrediting organiza-tions.8. Information to your parents if you area financial dependent according to IRSstandards.9. Directory or public information con-sisting of your name, address, telephonenumber, date of birth, major, minor,class schedule, year in college, dates ofattendance, date of graduation, degreesand awards received.

You have the right to refuse the dis-closure of directory information aboutyourself except for information aboutyour degree status. To exercise this rightof refusal, you must notify the Registrarin writing, while you are enrolled, ofyour request.

You have the right to inspect andreview official records, files, and datadirectly related to yourself that are keptby any office of the College. There is oneexception: Students applying for admis-sion to the College may not review theirapplication files.

Requests to review any records shouldbe made in writing to the administratorresponsible for the record. Requests willbe processed within forty-five days fromthe date the request is filed.

Grievance Policies,Procedures

The College has developed grievancepolicies and procedures to ensure thatmembers of its constituent groups are notbeing treated in an unjust, unethical, ordiscriminatory manner. Statements detail-ing these policies and procedures areavailable at the Office of Student Services.

Telephone InformationOne telephone line is provided in each

dormitory room for on-campus calling.You are to provide your own telephone–either touch-tone or pulse. Optional localcalling and direct-dial long distance call-ing are available through the Telecommu-nications department. For these servicesstudents are charged a refundable depositand a nonrefundable connection fee.

Telephone service does not permit youto accept collect calls. If you do accept acollect call, you must pay for the call plusa $125 per-call service charge.


Billing for collect calls and for optionaltelephone services is separate from theregular college billing. These billings willbe sent to you at your residence halladdress and have a monthly deadline forpayment. Failure to pay any incurredcharges will result in immediate discon-tinuance of service. There is a reconnec-tion fee to re-establish service.

17

Behavioral ScienceAdmission to the College

Pacific Union College will accept yourapplication for admission regardless ofyour race, age, sex, color or nationalorigin so long as your attitudes andbehavior are in harmony with the goalsand traditions of this Seventh-dayAdventist College and your abilities andpreparation indicate the probability of asuccessful academic experience.

Although church affiliation is not re-quired for admission, you are expectedto abide by the policies outlined in thiscatalog and the Student Guide. To qual-ify for admission, you must give evidenceof intellectual competence, high moralcharacter, satisfactory health, and agenuine desire to learn.

Application Procedures1. Request the PUC Application forAdmissions form, available from theOffice of Admissions.2. Send the completed application, witha $30 nonrefundable application fee, tothe Office of Admissions.3. Request the registrar of each highschool, academy, or college you previ-ously attended to send an official tran-script directly from that school to PUC’sAdmissions office.

Applicants are responsible for the trans-fer of official transcripts of all high-schooland college work attempted. Anyone whowillfully refrains from transferring allscholastic records, or does not give fulland truthful information concerningprevious attendance at other educationalinstitutions, will not knowingly be acceptedor retained as a student. The transcriptsbecome the property of the College andare kept on permanent file.

4. Arrange for necessary recommenda-tions. This requirement is automaticallymet if you apply directly from a constitu-ent Seventh-day Adventist academy in theNorthern or Central California Confer-ence or from Hawaiian Mission Acad-emy. Bachelor of Science in Nursingstudents need to provide only the refer-ences required as part of their applicationto the nursing program. All others musthave three recommendation forms com-pleted and sent to the Admissions office.5. Wait for a decision letter. When allpertinent documents are on file—applica-tion form, official transcripts, and rec-ommendations—the application will beprocessed and you will be promptlynotified in writing of the action taken.

No student should at any time come tothe College for the purpose of registeringwithout having first received a formalnotification of acceptance.

Behavioral Science

18

Acceptance Follow-UpProcedures

The letter of acceptance outlines fur-ther steps necessary before registration:1. If you will be a residence hall student,complete the room reservation form andsend it, together with a $100 room de-posit, to the Office of Admissions. Thisroom/cleaning/damage deposit is refund-able if your notice of cancellation isreceived by September 1. No refunds aremade for cancellations after September 1or for failure to appear for registration.2. Take the required college entranceexamination and be sure that scoresare on file in the Office of Admissions.Pacific Union College participates in theAmerican College Testing Program(ACT) as an essential element in aca-demic advising. Each first-year andtransfer applicant with fewer than 30quarter credits must provide ACT scores.You may be accepted without these testscores, but you must take the test beforeyou register for courses.

All Seventh-day Adventist senior acad-emies in the Central California, NorthernCalifornia, and Hawaiian Conferencesare designated Sunday ACT testing cen-ters, providing test services to personsnot enrolled at these academies. Uponrequest, guidance counselors at theseacademies provide information aboutcollege entrance testing to those whowrite, telephone or visit them.3. Provide necessary medical informa-tion. The College’s Student Health Ser-vice, in order to administer efficient care,requires all students to provide documen-tation of a recent physical examination(within the last twelve months), an im-munization record, and a form verifyinghealth insurance. Return these completedforms to the Office of Admissions.

Reapplication Procedures1. Students in residence, students inAdventist Colleges Abroad (ACA), andPUC Student Missionaries and TaskforceWorkers should submit reapplications forthe following year before the close ofwinter quarter.2. Students who have withdrawn for atleast three quarters must follow regularapplication procedures.3. Students in residence may specifyroom preferences for the following yearbefore the end of the current school year.Questions about this policy should bedirected to the Office of Student Services.

Admission to RegularUndergraduate Standing

You will have regular admission statusif you have acceptable recommendationsand qualify in one of the following cat-egories:1. Students having secondary-schoolgraduation, or its equivalent, and a grade-point average of at least 2.3 (C+) in solidsubjects. You are expected to have com-pleted the following:Minimum Requirements

4 years of English2 years of Mathematics, including

Algebra1 year of Science1 year of History

Strongly Recommended*3 years of Mathematics, including

Algebra II and Geometry3 years of Science, including Biology,

Physics, and Chemistry2 years of History, including U.S. and

World History2 years of Foreign LanguageComputer LiteracyIf you have not completed all the

above minimum requirements, you maybe admitted on a provisional basis (see“Admission on Provisional Status”).

Any remedial work must be completedwithin a maximum of three quarters.2. Students lacking secondary-schoolgraduation who have passed the Testof General Educational Development(GED) with a standard score of 40 orabove on each of the five tests and anaverage standard score of 50 for all fivetests. (To be eligible to write the GEDexamination, one must be 18 years old,an exception being made for a seventeen-year-old who will have reached 18 by thetime of enrollment in college, or whoseclass will have graduated by that time.)3. Students seeking early entrance to col-lege and lacking secondary-school gradua-tion but having passed the CaliforniaHigh School Proficiency Examination areconsidered for admission when the fol-lowing requirements have been met:

a) Successful completion of a minimumof two years of secondary school.

b) A personal interview of applicantand parents by an admissions officerof the College or a designated repre-sentative.

c) A letter from the applicant statingthe rationale for early entrance intocollege.

d) Recommendation by the faculty ofthe secondary school last attended,including an evaluation of socialand academic readiness for college,and a recommendation from theapplicant’s local pastor.

* If you have completed the strongly recom-mended courses, you will probably havefewer requirements in your general-educationprogram. See “General Education Require-ments for the Baccalaureate Degree.”

Admission

19

Behavioral Science

4. Transfer students who have attendedother accredited institutions of highereducation and who have on file in theOffice of Admissions official transcriptsshowing a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 on all course worktaken. A maximum of 108 quarter hoursof transfer credit will be accepted fromcommunity or junior colleges.5. Reapplicants who have a minimumcumulative grade-point average of 2.0on course work taken at Pacific UnionCollege and have maintained an accept-able citizenship record.

Admission onAcademic Probation

Applicants for admission as first-yearstudents who meet the requirements ofone of the categories above, but whosegrade-point average in solid subjects isbetween 2.0 and 2.3, may be admitted onacademic probation. Also admitted onacademic probation are those applicantswho have taken the GED test with stan-dard scores of not less than 35 on eachof the five tests and an average standardscore of at least 45 for all five tests.

If you are admitted on academic pro-bation, you may take up to 15 hours eachquarter, including any required remedialcourses, until you achieve regular enroll-ment status. You must complete anyrequired remedial courses within threequarters of admission.

Transfer students admitted on aca-demic probation should read the sectionsof this catalog entitled “Academic Proba-tion” and “Academic Renewal” in ACA-DEMIC INFORMATION AND POLI-CIES.

Admission onProvisional Status

If you have graduated from secondaryschool but have not completed all coursesrequired for admission, you may beadmitted on provisional status. Notmore than three quarters are allowed forremoving secondary-school deficiencies.

If you transfer from an unaccreditedinstitution, you may also be admitted onprovisional status. When you complete16 quarter hours of course work in resi-dence at Pacific Union College with aminimum grade-point average of 2.0,your transcript from the unaccreditedinstitution will be analyzed on a course-by-course basis and credit awarded forthose courses which appropriately applytoward your PUC program.

Admission byAdvanced Enrollment

Advanced Enrollment status is forsecondary-school students of superiorability who wish to enroll in some collegecourses while completing requirementsfor secondary-school graduation. Foradmission to this status, you must meetthe following criteria:1. Completion of your sophomore yearwith a grade-point average of at least 3.5.2. Recommendation from the secondary-school faculty supporting your ability tobenefit from early college enrollment andspecifying your remaining requirementsfor graduation and the method of fulfill-ing them.3. Written rationale for early entranceinto the college program and evidence ofsuperior motivation.

Students in this category are admittedtentatively, subject to secondary-schoolgraduation, and are classified as Ad-vanced Enrollment Freshmen.

Admission as aSpecial Non-Degree orAudit Student

If you do not meet college entrancerequirements or do not wish to qualify fora degree, but do wish to take certain coursesat the college level on either a credit oran audit basis, you may apply for admis-sion as a special nondegree student. Onthis basis you are permitted to select coursesfor study without reference to the require-ments of any prescribed curriculum.Enrollment in any particular course is sub-ject to the approval of the instructor and toyour meeting any course prerequisites.

Applicants for admission as specialstudents are expected to follow the sameprocedures for application and registra-tion as regular applicants. Ordinarily, aspecial student may register for one to sixquarter hours at any one time.

Admission as aGuest Student forTransfer Credit

If you have been accepted for study inanother accredited college or universityand wish to earn credit at Pacific UnionCollege for transfer, you are not requiredto follow regular admission procedures.You need only apply to Enrollment Ser-vices at least one month prior to thebeginning of the quarter for which youexpect to register at PUC.

As a guest applicant you must provideevidence of good and regular standing,including a statement from the collegeor university to which you have beenadmitted stating that the credits you earnat Pacific Union College will be acceptedas transfer credit.

Admission

Behavioral Science

20

Admission

Admission ofInternational Students

International students will be consid-ered for admission when they have:1. met all regular requirements for ad-mission;2. provided certified English translationsof official transcripts;3. provided the required recommenda-tions, written in English;4. presented evidence of ability to meetall financial obligations to the College(see also the section of this catalog en-titled “International Students” underFINANCIAL INFORMATION); and5. demonstrated ability to pursue studiesin the English language by presenting aminimum score of 525 on the Test ofEnglish as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).This score must be based on a recentlytaken TOEFL and be dated no more thansix months prior to the student’s applica-tion for admission.

International students who have notmet the above language requirement, butwho have scores between 435 and 525 onthe TOEFL, or who present other evi-dence that they can succeed at PUC,should apply for admission to the EnglishLanguage Program of the College. Thisprogram is designed to develop andenhance the English language skills ofstudents whose primary language is notEnglish so that they may qualify forcollege-level educational programs taughtin English and may participate effectivelyin them.

International students with a TOEFLscore between 500 and 524 may be ad-mitted to a combined program consistingof both ESL courses and regular aca-demic courses. Students in this categoryare required to participate in a specialadvising program in which they workwith two advisers (ESL and academicmajor); take prescribed ESL supportcourses; take the TOEFL at the beginningand end of each quarter in residence; and

may take selected regular courses asapproved by both the ESL and academicmajor advisers.

Information on this program is pro-vided in the section of this catalog en-titled “English Language Program” underEnglish. Interested persons may alsocontact the Director, English LanguageProgram, Pacific Union College, Angwin,CA 94508.

21

Behavioral ScienceThe Academic Program

Pacific Union College is a Christianliberal arts institution of higher educationoffering studies and activities designedto promote the harmonious developmentof each student—spiritually, mentally,socially, and physically.

Through religious services, classroominstruction, and a varied program ofsocial and cultural activities, the Collegeseeks to assist in the development of bothcharacter and intellect. A sincere attemptis made to create an environment inwhich you may freely arrive at a realisticand satisfying concept of human natureand of humanity’s relation to the uni-verse.

Character as a code of moral andspiritual values, and intellect as the toolof reason, are integrated in the learningexperience in order to provide a firm basefor effective, ongoing contributions to thechurch and society.

In essence, the College seeks to

• promote the development of a senseof values and a personal philosophyof life as an outgrowth of commit-ment to the Christian faith;

• stimulate intellectual curiosity essen-tial to the discovery of truth;

• encourage creativity in thought andexpression;

• demonstrate that learning is both dis-cipline and pleasure and that mean-ingful, lasting benefits accrue to thosewho throughout life continue to expe-rience the satisfaction of learning;

• introduce you to the great body ofknowledge by which people under-stand and relate to their physical andsocial environments; and

• develop certain basic skills and abili-ties that contribute to satisfactorysocial and occupational relationships.

Degrees and Curricula

While Pacific Union College is prima-rily a four-year liberal arts institution,it also offers a graduate program in El-ementary Education, professional andpreprofessional programs, and two-yearprograms leading to associate degrees.

Degrees Offered

➤ Baccalaureate Degrees:Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)Bachelor of Science (B.S.)

➤ Professional Baccalaureate Degrees:Bachelor of Business Administration

(B.B.A.) See Department ofBusiness Administration andEconomics.

Bachelor of Science in MedicalTechnology (B.S.M.T.) SeeDepartment of Biology.

Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.)See Department of Music.

Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.)See Department of BehavioralScience.

Bachelor of Professional Studies(B.P.S.) See Extended Learning.

➤ Graduate Degree:Master of Arts (M.A.)

➤ Associate Degrees:Associate of Arts (A.A.)Associate of Science (A.S.)The general requirements for the de-

grees follow, except for the professionalbaccalaureate degrees, which are detailedin the departments offering the programs.

The Associate Degree Program

Plan of StudyThe two-year associate degree program

is designed for students who desire toenter occupations that require a limitedamount of training. Except for nursing,which requires 105 quarter hours, thedegree consists of 90 quarter hours ofcourse work distributed among the major,general education, and electives. (If youare interested in nursing, you should referto the Nursing section of this catalog forspecific requirements.)

Graduation Requirements for theAssociate Degree

All candidates for an associate degreemust complete the following requirements:➤ Residence Requirements:

1. A minimum of 24 quarter hours mustbe completed in residence.2. The last 12 hours of the major mustbe taken in residence.

Behavioral Science

22

total approximately 32 hours. Selectionsare to be made from courses that meetbaccalaureate degree general educationrequirements (see pages 24-27).I. Foundations of Learning

ENGL 101 or 105**MATH 019 or equivalentCOMM 105 or 226

II. Revelation, Belief, and ActionA minimum of 9 hours, with at least 4

hours selected from courses carrying theprefix RELB. Students who transfer frompublic institutions of higher education forthe second year of this degree must takefive hours of religion.III. Health and Fitness

One health course; two physical educa-tion activity courses, taken during twodifferent quarters, one course being fromthe aerobics area.IV. Electives

From at least two of the three areaslisted below, three courses are to bechosen that also apply to baccalaureate-degree general education.

1. Literature, Visual Art, Music2. Natural World/Sciences/Mathematics3. Foreign Language, History, Philoso-

phy, Social Sciences

Requirements for the Associate ofArts Degree

The College offers an Associate of Artsdegree in General Studies. Requirementsfor the degree are listed in the LiberalStudies section of this catalog.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program

Plan of StudyPreparation for a career involves both

general and specialized education.Courses of study leading to a baccalaure-

ate degree are designed to give a generalunderstanding of the major academicdisciplines and to provide for specializa-tion in the field of your major interest.

In most programs the first two yearsare primarily devoted to general educa-tion, but you should also take certainelementary and intermediate courses inyour proposed major during these years.

If you have not yet selected a major,you may pursue a general program ofeducation while exploring several fieldsof knowledge. One can usually do thiswithout loss of time or credit if the pro-gram is carefully planned in consultationwith a faculty adviser. A faculty curricu-lum adviser is available for counselthroughout your college career.

Graduation Requirements for theBaccalaureate Degree

It is your responsibility to becomeacquainted with all graduation require-ments published in this catalog and toplan a program of studies that will fulfillthem. Candidates for baccalaureate de-grees must complete the residence andgeneral requirements that follow.

➤ Residence Requirements:You must satisfy the following mini-

mum residence requirements on theAngwin campus or as a participant in aPUC extension program. (If you need anexception to any of these residence re-quirements, you must present your specialrequest, in writing, to the Records office.)1. 36 of the last 48 quarter hours immedi-ately preceding conferral of your degree.2. 30 quarter hours of upper-divisioncourse work.3. One-half the upper-division hours inyour major field.4. For students taking a minor, 6 hoursof upper-division course work in theminor field.

The Academic Program

General Requirements:1. A total of 90 quarter hours of coursework (105 for Nursing).2. A minimum overall grade-point aver-age of 2.0 (C) in course work for thedegree, with no grade lower than C- inthe major concentration. (For NursingGPA requirements see the Nursing sec-tion of the catalog.)3. Completion of an associate-degreemajor as specified in the departmentalsections. (For the General Studies major,see the Associate of Arts degree in theLiberal Studies section.)4. Completion of the general-educationrequirements (outlined below).5. Filing of your Application for Gradua-tion and Senior Contract specifying thecomplete program of the senior year. Filethese at the Records office at least threequarters before the expected conferring ofyour degree.6. Completion of any correspondencework and filing of all transfer credit withthe Records office at least a full quarterbefore expected graduation.*

For further information regardinggraduation, see the section entitled“Graduation Information.”

General Education Requirements forthe Associate of Science Degree

General-education requirements forAssociate of Science degree programs

**See page 44 for a list of prefixes and thesubjects they represent.

* Note: If you wish to take course work atanother college during the quarter prior tograduation, you must have obtained priorpermission from the Office of the Registrar.One week before graduation, a sealed enve-lope must be delivered to the Records officecontaining either an official transcript or aletter from the registrar of the college whereyou have taken the out-of-residence workreporting course number and title, hours ofcredit, and course grade, together with astatement that an official transcript willfollow as soon as possible.

23

Behavioral Science

➤ General Requirements:1. A minimum of 192 quarter hoursincluding 60 hours at the upper-divisionlevel with a resident and cumulativegrade-point average of 2.0 (C) or above.2. Completion of the general-educationrequirement specified for the degreesought.3. Completion of a major specializationas defined in the department of yourchoice. No course with a grade below C-may apply toward a major or minor.4. Application for Graduation andSenior Contract specifying the completeprogram of the senior year. You must filethese two documents with the Recordsoffice at least three quarters before theexpected conferring of your degree.5. Completion of any correspondencework and filing of all transfer credit withthe Records office at least a full quarterbefore expected graduation.*

➤ Senior Comprehensive ExaminationBefore graduation, you are required to

take a comprehensive examination cover-ing your major field of study. In somedepartments, because of the nature ofcertain disciplines, this requirement maybe satisfied by an assessment of compe-tence other than an examination.

For further information regardinggraduation, see the section entitled“Graduation Information.”

General Education Requirements forthe Baccalaureate Degree

The general-education requirementsfor the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor ofScience degrees are the same except thatforeign language is not required for theBachelor of Science degree. The general-education requirements for the degrees ofBachelor of Business Administration,Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor ofSocial Work will be found in the respec-tive departmental sections.

The number of courses and credits youwill take to satisfy general educationrequirements will depend on your second-ary-school preparation and your choice ofdegree program.

Regulations Governing GeneralEducation1. Unless expressly excluded by a state-ment in the departmental course listings,a general-education course in the field ofyour major may both satisfy the general-education requirement and apply towardyour major.2. Credit hours from any given coursemay be applied only once in fulfilling thegeneral-education requirement.3. Besides satisfying the requirements ofthe major and of general education, moststudents will find, within the 192 hoursrequired for a baccalaureate degree, roomfor elective courses that will also enrichtheir general preparation.

The Purpose of GeneralEducation at PUC

The principal goal of the general-edu-cation program is to enable graduates tomake a distinctively Christian differencein the world. Such a preparation requiresthe ability to understand oneself, others,and the various ideas human societies useto define themselves. It also includes thedisposition to act effectively in the world.

Understandings, skills, and dispositionsare learned in communities. As a commu-nity of liberal learning, the Seventh-dayAdventist College is called to be one ofGod’s agents in a fallen world. Throughthe experience of this community, bothstudent and teacher may find the freedomto confront the claims of Christianity.The general education program seeks tocultivate a community of learners at PUCin order that all may be inspired by asense of Christian mission to invigorate


* See footnote, page 22.

the Church and to enlighten the world.The PUC community affirms the ideals

of liberal education. A hallmark of liberaleducation is that it calls us to submit ouractions and beliefs to critical analysis inorder to clarify or to transform our per-ceptions of the world. In response to thiscall, the general education program seeksto provide a forum in which we mayjudge which understandings of the worldare better, may practice the skillsof appropriate persuasion, and may culti-vate the disposition to do the good we see.

A Note to Transfer StudentsThe main objective of the general-

education program is not so much torequire a prescribed list of courses as it isfor students to achieve the goals of gen-eral education. These goals are stated inthe introduction to each section. Thecourses listed below are those by whichPacific Union College students achieve thegoals of the program. Acceptable transfercourses for meeting general-educationrequirements may not in every case beidentical, but they must achieve the pur-poses of each section.

Behavioral Science

24


*See page 44 for a list of prefixes and the subjects they represent

General Education Course RequirementsI. Foundations of Learning

The essential basis for participating in the community of learn-ing includes the ability to do critical analysis of presentations invarious forms. It includes the ability to make clear, accurate, andforceful presentations, both written and spoken, including thosethat employ statistical methods.

A. Rhetoric1. COLLEGE WRITING: The uses of written language, withemphasis on the skills of critical reading and competent col-lege-level writing, including development of these skills inresearch.ENGL 101-102* College English (or ENGL 105-106 HonorsCollege English)

The general-education requirement in College English shouldbe completed by the end of the freshman year and must be com-pleted by the end of the sophomore year. Students exiting theEnglish Language Program (ESL courses) are required to transferinto regular English (ENGL) courses immediately after comple-tion of the intensive English Language Program.

2. ORAL COMMUNICATION: The public, spoken presenta-tion of ideas, with emphasis on oral argument.One course from the following:

COMM 105 Speech CommunicationCOMM 225 Oral InterpretationCOMM 226 Public SpeakingCOMM 326 Advanced Public SpeakingCOMM 327 ArgumentationCOMM 427 Persuasive Communication

B. Reasoning from Data: Emphasis on the critical reasoning skillsnecessary for accurately understanding and appropriately us-ing statistical data.MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics

II. Human Identity in Cultural ContextsInsights into the identities of individuals, peoples, and cultures

are gained through courses that describe and explain philosophi-cal and historical developments, social contexts, and psychologi-cal conditions. These courses explore the methods of inquiry usedby the sciences and the humanities and the tensions betweenthem. The study of foreign languages provides not only extendedcommunication skills, but also enhanced cultural understanding.

A. Historical Context: Emphasis on major developments in thecivilizations of the world, on the perennial questions that havechallenged humankind, and on historical methodology.

Required: either the sequence HIST 101-102 or the sequenceHIST 134-135, depending on the student’s secondary-schoolbackground in history. Those having taken World History inhigh school must take HIST 134-135; those having taken UnitedStates History must take HIST 101-102. Those having takenboth may elect either sequence.HIST 101-102 History of World CivilizationsHIST 134-135 History of the United States

B. Philosophy: Emphasis on philosophy as a means of thinkingabout the enduring questions of human experience.One course from the following:

PHIL 101 Introduction to PhilosophyPHIL 274 Introduction to Political ThoughtPHIL 320 Philosophy of ReligionPHIL 334 History of Political Thought IPHIL 335 History of Political Thought IIPHIL 336 History of Political Thought IIIPHIL 390 History and Philosophy of SciencePHIL 451 History of Western ThoughtPHIL 460 Moral Philosophy

C. Social Sciences: Emphasis on how humans interact, on whythey interact as they do, and on how their interaction explainsbehavior.Two courses from the following: one selection from anthropol-ogy (ANTH), psychology (PSYC), or sociology (SOCI); a secondcourse with a prefix different from that of the first coursechosen:ANTH 124 Cultural AnthropologyECON 261 Principles of Economics–MacroeconomicsECON 265 Principles of Economics–MicroeconomicsGEOG 301 World Regional GeographyPLSC 124 Introduction to American GovernmentPLSC 274 Introduction to Political ThoughtPLSC 328 Critical World IssuesPSYC 121 General PsychologyPSYC 390 Gender IssuesSOCI 121 Introduction to SociologySOCI 214 The FamilySOCI 232 American Social ProblemsSOCI 355 Racial and Ethnic Relations

D. Foreign Language: Emphasis on developing the ability to readand to communicate in a foreign language and on the educa-tional enrichment that derives from the study of foreign lan-guage and culture. (Required of all Bachelor of Arts students;recommended for students in other curricula.)1. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of two years of a for-

25


eign language at the secondary level or of a 10-12 hour collegesequence in a beginning foreign language course.FREN 111-112-113 Beginning FrenchGRMN 111-112-113 Beginning GermanSPAN 111-112-113 Beginning SpanishRELL 225-226/325-326 Beginning/Intermediate GreekRELL 337-338/ Biblical Hebrew/

RELB 445 Hebrew Prophets2. Requirement: A basic language-cultural experience in aforeign language through one of the following options:a) Satisfactory completion of an intermediate-level college se-quence in a foreign language.b) Satisfactory completion of an elementary-level sequence in anew language.c) Satisfactory completion of the reading-knowledge sequence ina new language.d) This requirement is waived for students who have completedfour or more years of formal schooling, with a C average orbetter, in a school conducted in a language other than Englishand located in a country where English is not the native tongue.No college credit is awarded for the proficiency gained throughsuch an educational experience. The student is responsible fordocumenting such learning. The General Academic Studies andPolicies Committee determines waiver of the requirement on thebasis of the committee’s review of supporting evidence.

III. Insights of the ImaginationCourses in this category explore the artistic expression of ideas,

values, and emotions. They seek to cultivate the ability to under-stand, to evaluate, and to respond to such expressions. They seekto develop enhanced awareness of aesthetic qualities.

A. Literature: Emphasis on understanding people and culturethrough literature.ENGL 301 Great Books

B. Visual Arts: Emphasis on the visual arts as communicationabout ourselves and our surroundings and on the qualities usedto identify aesthetic value in works of art.One course from the following:

ART 105 History of Western ArtART 107 American ArtART 108 History of Far Eastern ArtART 278 Women Artists

C. Music: Emphasis on music as the expression of ideas, values,and emotion and on the criteria that define aesthetic value inmusic.

One course from the following:

MUED 104 The Christian and MusicMUHL 105 Survey of MusicMUHL 331, Music History sequence (any quarter) 332, 333MUHL 336 Popular Music in the Twentieth Century

IV. The Natural WorldFaculty and students inquire into the nature of science, ex-

ploring relationships between the sciences and other realms ofhuman thought, including culture, philosophy, history, and eth-ics. They consider both the benefits and the limitations of scienceand technology.

A. Introductory-Level Mathematics and Science1. Algebra: An ACT standard score of 19; or a satisfactoryscore on a Mathematics department waiver examination; orthe following:MATH 019 Introductory AlgebraThe algebra requirement should be completed by the end ofthe freshman year and must be completed by the end of thesophomore year.2. Life Science: A full year of biology at the secondary levelor the following:BIOL 105 Man and the Natural World3. Chemistry: A full year of chemistry at the secondary levelor the following:CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry4. Physics: A full year of physics at the secondary level orthe following:PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics

B. Scientific Inquiry: An interdisciplinary approach to the majorideas of science.GSCI 205 Scientific Revolutions

C. Insight Through Investigation: A four-hour laboratory coursein natural science.One course from the following:

ASTR 105 Introduction to AstronomyASTR 125 General Astronomy (Honors)BIOL 101 Human AnatomyBIOL 102 Human PhysiologyBIOL 111 Biological Foundations or 112 or 113BIOL 335 Marine ScienceCHEM 102 Survey of Organic ChemistryCHEM 103 Survey of BiochemistryCHEM 111 General Chemistry

Behavioral Science

26


GEOL 233 GeologyMICR 134 General MicrobiologyPHYS 111 General PhysicsPHYS 131 Physics with Calculus

Note: Completion of any of the following sequences will satisfyboth requirements B and C above:

BIOL 101-102- Human Anatomy/Human Physiology/MICRO 134 General Microbiology

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological FoundationsCHEM 111-112-113 General ChemistryPHYS 111-112-113 General PhysicsPHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus

D. Science, Technology, and Culture: Emphasis on the interac-tions and relationship of science and technology with cultureor society.One course from the following:

BIOL 345 Human EcologyBIOL 355 Philosophy of BiologyBIOL 450 Philosophy of OriginsPHIL 390 History and Philosophy of SciencePHIL 485 Issues in Science and ReligionTECH 493 Technology, Society, and Culture

V. Revelation, Belief, and ActionCourses in this section explore the nature, forms, and uses of

belief; the relationship between Christian belief and revelation;and the applications of belief to life, emphasizing Christian ex-pression of faith in service. Since the Bible records selected revela-tions of God through centuries of human experience, it is the cen-tral text of study for approaching an understanding of God’s willand of the Christian traditon. (Minimum of 18 hours. Up to 9hours of credit in religion may be lower division for all students,including transfer students.)

A. Biblical Studies: (6-16 hours)RELB prefix All courses

B. Studies in Religion: (2-12 hours)RELH, RELL, RELP, and RELT prefixes: All courses

C. Religious Issues in Other Disciplines: (0-2 hours)FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary SocietyHIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of HistoryPETH 490 Ethics in Physical EducationPHIL 101 Introduction to PhilosophyPHIL 335 Philosophy of BiologyPHIL 450 Philosophy of OriginsPHIL 460 Moral PhilosophyPHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion

PSYC 435 Psychology of ReligionPSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human

SciencesSOCI 435 The Sacred and Profane in Society

D. Requirements in Religion for Transfer Students: The minimumrequirement in religion for students who transfer from publiccolleges and universities is as follows:1. Freshmen (0-44 hours) must take the 18 hours required ofstudents in baccalaureate degree programs.2. Sophomores (45-89 hours), juniors (90-134 hours), andseniors (135 hours and up) are required to take 14, 10, and6 hours respectively.3. For sophomores and juniors, at least 6 hours are to beselected from courses carrying the prefix RELB. Seniors arerequired to take one course carrying the prefix RELB.

VI. Health and FitnessComprehensive, balanced education includes acquiring and

using the accurate knowledge and developing the skills and habitsthat help to sustain a sound mind in a sound body.

A. Health: Consideration of such major health issues as nutri-tion, stress management, substance abuse, and SDA healthprinciples and their application.One course from the following:

FDNT 175 Personal NutritionFDNT 235 NutritionHLED 162 Fitness for LifeHLED 166 Health EducationHLED 169 Current Health ConcernsB. Fitness: Emphasis on exercise and physical activity. Up tofour activity courses required, one for each year in residence.One must be an aerobics course.PEAC All courses

VII. Skills for Daily LivingEducation is comprehensive, affecting the experience of the

whole person. Affirming the dignity of labor, a truly liberal edu-cation opposes the isolation of the scholar from the artisan. Itincludes experiences that broaden one’s applied and manualskills. It acknowledges the importance of improving one’s abilityto cope with the common details of everyday living.

A. Applied Arts: “Hands-on” courses that emphasize the use ofphysical skills in the maintenance or production of utilitariangoods or devices.Minimum of 2 hours selected from the following:

Art: ART 141, 241

27


Agriculture: AGRI 211, 212, 213Auto Mechanics: AUTO 101, 171, 172, 178Clothing and Textiles: CLTX 224, 226, 326Interior Design: DSGN 145, 242Electricity and Electronics: ELEC 141, 144Food Preparation: FDNT 130L, 134, 135, 136, 230Building and Finishing: MFG 121, 122, 161, 164, 181, 184,

221, 264, 281B. Personal Management Skills: Courses that focus on the appli-

cation of information to the details and demands of personaland family life, as distinguished from those developed prima-

rily for vocational purposes.Minimum of 2 hours selected from the following:

Business: ACCT 121, 241; BUAD 118, 223, 335; OFAD 165,301

Communication: COMM 223Computing: CPTR 105, 115; GRPH 153, 155, 251; INFS 144,

148, 149Family Life: FLHD 365, 375Nutrition: FDNT 235, 335, 336Personal Behavior: CLTX 321; PSYC 126, 227

The Honors Program

The Honors Program offers an alterna-tive general education program for aca-demically motivated students. It is builtaround a series of “great books,” orcentral texts, illustrating significantthemes in the liberal arts. These worksare supplemented by selected contempo-rary works, including films.

Students who complete the HonorsProgram will have no other general edu-cation requirements. Only students fulfill-ing the requirements of the Honors Pro-gram will graduate “With Honors,”a designation that appears in the gradu-ation program and the transcript.

If you have the following qualifica-tions, you are invited to apply for admis-sion to the Honors Program: a strongacademic record in high school, includingfour years of English, two years of his-tory, three years of mathematics, a yeareach of biology, chemistry, and physics,and a C.P.I. of at least 3.5. In addition,you must score at the 80th percentile orhigher on the ACT examination or itsequivalent.

If you are a nonfreshman transferstudent at least five quarters from gradua-tion, you may be admitted to the programif you meet the entrance requirementsgiven above and provide two letters of

recommendation from college teacherssupporting your ability to do superioracademic work. Sophomores are requiredto complete nine of the twelve requiredseminars; juniors will take four seminars.All students, including transfer students,are required to complete an honorsproject.

All of the Honors general-educationcourses are interdisciplinary, and someare team-taught. The themes and textshave been chosen by the Honors Directorin consultation with other teachers in theHonors Program; they are subject torevision every two years.

Freshmen Seminars:HNRS 101 HeroesHNRS 102 Order and LibertyHNRS 103 Scripture ISophomore Seminars:HNRS 251 CosmosHNRS 252 AmericaHNRS 253 VirtueSummer Term Abroad: HNRS 330 Christianity HNRS 331 Scripture IIJunior Seminars:Two of the following courses:HNRS 360 BeautyHNRS 361 Self and SocietyHNRS 363 East

Senior Seminar:HNRS 485 ProgressSenior Project:HNRS 498 Honors Project

Language:RELL 225-226 Beginning GreekRELL 325-326 Intermediate Greek

The total number of general educationhours in the Honors Program is 67. Thisincludes 12 hours of New TestamentGreek in the first two years of the pro-gram, required as a means of studying theBible, the central text in the HonorsProgram. (With the approval of the Hon-ors Director, students who successfullycomplete a year at a college or universityin which English is not the medium ofinstruction may substitute a modernlanguage for New Testament Greek.)

You should be aware of several addi-tional features of the Honors Program.The freshman year seminars are designedto have a particularly strong writing com-ponent. The Cosmos seminar includes alaboratory. The Summer Term Abroadinvolves two months of study based inEurope.

You may, if you wish, transfer out ofthe Honors Program into the regulargeneral-education program. Consult withthe Honors Director for specific details.

Behavioral Science

28


The Honors Project allows you toexamine an issue or problem of your ownchoosing. In consultation with a facultyadviser and the Honors Director, you willsubmit an Honors Proposal by the end ofyour junior year. No later than the fourthweek before graduation, you will make apublic presentation of your research orcreative work.

The goal for the Honors courses is tocreate an atmosphere in which you feelfree to experiment with ideas and to testthem in open debate with classmates andteachers. The program is designed toengage significant books, films, art, andmusic in a Christian context. We encour-age each student, regardless of vocationalgoals, to seek truth and to act upon it.

Honors Courses

HNRS 101 5 AHeroes

Homer, The Odyssey; David narratives(I Sam. 16 to I Kings 2:12; I Chron. 11 to29); Donatello, Michelangelo, and Bernini,David; Plato, Apology of Socrates andCrito; Kelly, Eleanor of Aquitaine;Shakespeare, Henry V; Cervantes, DonQuixote; Shaw, Saint Joan; Bainton,Here I Stand: A Life of Martin Luther;Beethoven, Eroica (symphony); Brook-hiser, Founding Father: RediscoveringGeorge Washington; and Gandhi (film).

HNRS 102 5 WOrder and Liberty

Sophocles, Antigone; Plato, The Repub-lic; St. Augustine, City of God (selections);Machiavelli, The Prince; Locke, SecondTreatise on Government; Dickens, A Taleof Two Cities; Wollstonecraft, A Vindica-tion of the Rights of Woman; Mill, OnLiberty; Marx and Engels, The Commu-nist Manifesto; Koestler, Darkness atNoon; Danton (film); David, selectedpaintings.

HNRS 103 5 SScripture I

Genesis, Job, Ruth, Isaiah; Mendels-sohn, Elijah (oratorio); Blake, engravingsof Job and Genesis.

HNRS 251 5 ACosmos

Ptolemy, selections; Lewis, The Dis-carded Image; Bacon, Novum Organum;Galileo, Dialogues; Kuhn, The Structureof Scientific Revolutions; Hawking, AShort History of Time; Dawkins, TheBlind Watchmaker; Johnson, Darwin onTrial; 2001: A Space Odyssey (film);Holst, The Planets (symphony). Thisseminar includes laboratory.

HNRS 252 5 WAmerica

Declaration of Independence; Consti-tution; The Federalist Papers (selections);Tocqueville, Democracy in America(selections); Hawthorne, The ScarletLetter; Narrative of the Life of FrederickDouglass; Lincoln, selected speeches;Whitman, Leaves of Grass; Dickinson,selected poems; Twain, HuckleberryFinn; Cather, Death Comes for the Arch-bishop; Stegner, Angle of Repose; Heart-land (film); Winslow Homer, selectedpaintings.

HNRS 253 5 SVirtue

Lewis, The Abolition of Man; Aristotle,Nicomachean Ethics; Aquinas, SummaTheologica (selections); The Koran;Shakespeare, Richard III; Nietzsche,Beyond Good and Evil; Stevenson, Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde; Crimes and Misde-meanors (film).

HNRS 330 5 SuChristianity

(Summer term in Europe.)Lewis, Mere Christianity; The Virgin

Mary in the National Gallery, selected

artists; Dante, The Divine Comedy;Julian of Norwich, Showings; selectedstained glass; Luther, Christian Liberty;Bunyan, The Pilgrim’s Progress; St. Paul’sCathedral; Law, A Serious Call; Mozart,Requiem; Dostoevsky, The Brothers Kar-amazov; Flannery O’Connor, selectedstories; The Mission (film).

HNRS 331 5 SuScripture II

(Summer term in Europe.)Mark, Acts, Romans, I John; The Gos-

pel According to St. Matthew (film).

HNRS 360 4 ABeauty

Michelangelo, Letters; Burke, A Philo-sophical Inquiry into the Origin of OurIdeas of the Sublime and the Beautiful;Shelley, Defense of Poetry; Coleridge andWordsworth, Lyrical Ballads; Hawthorne,“The Artist of the Beautiful”; Wilde, TheDecay of Lying; Barzun, The Use andAbuse of Art; Bayles, Hole in Our Soul;Wolfe, The Painted Word; Venturi,Learning from Las Vegas; Bird (film);The Parthenon; The Bauhaus.

HNRS 361 4 WSelf and Society

St. Augustine, Confessions; Rousseau,Confessions; Wesley, Journals (selections);Hume, An Inquiry Concerning HumanUnderstanding; White, Life Sketches;James, The Varieties of Religious Experi-ence; Freud, The Future of an Illusion;Woolf, A Room of One’s Own.

HNRS 363 4 SEast

Confucius, Analects; Bhagavad Gita;Lady Murasaki, Tale of Genji; MarcoPolo, Travels; Naipaul, A Bend in theRiver; Hesse, Siddhartha; Hokusai, se-lected prints; Van Gogh, selected paint-ings; Mister Johnson (film); traditionalEthiopian music.

29


HNRS 485 4 AProgress

Voltaire, Candide; Gibbon, Declineand Fall of the Roman Empire (selec-tions); Malthus, Essay on the Principle ofPopulation; Mary Shelley, Frankenstein;Darwin, The Descent of Man; Achebe,Things Fall Apart; The Bounty (film).

HNRS 498 3 W, SHonors Project

Preparation and evaluation of theHonors Project. Prerequisite: GPA of 3.5.

The Major and the Minor

The specific requirements for majorsand minors are given under the depart-mental listings in COURSES OFINSTRUCTION.

Though no course with a grade belowC- may apply toward the major or minor,all work taken in these areas must beincluded in computing the grade-pointaverage for the major or minor.

The MajorA major consists of 45 quarter hours or

more in your chosen area of specializa-tion, of which you must complete at leastone-half of the upper-division hours inresidence. You must maintain a minimumgrade-point average of 2.0 (C) in themajor. Some departments may haveadditional requirements. You shouldconsult with your departmental or majoradviser to determine whether such addi-tional requirements are in force.

You may earn more than one majorconcurrently, provided that you completeall courses and cognates required for eachmajor. Some courses may apply to bothmajors, but a minimum of 30 hours in thesecond major must not overlap those inthe first.

The MinorA minor is not required for gradua-

tion. You should, however, consult withyour academic adviser about a minor ifyou plan to teach, if you desire Califor-nia and/or SDA teaching credentials, orif you anticipate attending a graduate orprofessional school that requires a con-centration in a discipline other than themajor.

A minor generally requires 30 quarterhours in a departmental specialization,of which you must complete at least sixupper-division hours in residence with aminimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C).

In departments embracing more thanone discipline (e.g., Behavioral Science),one may earn both a major and a minorhaving different names. While somecourses may apply to both the major andthe minor, a minimum of 20 hours in theminor must not overlap those in themajor.

Education: The Master’s Degree Program

Plan of StudyThe four-quarter graduate program at

Pacific Union College leads to a Master ofArts degree in education with an empha-sis in reading/language arts.

Before the master’s degree can beawarded, you must qualify for both Cali-fornia and Seventh-day Adventist Profes-sional elementary or secondary Englishteaching credentials. Careful planningwith the Education department Chair andthe Credential Analyst is necessary toensure that you have included in yourProgram of Studies all requirements forboth the degree and the credential.

A nondegree fifth-year program and areading/language arts specialist credentialare also available. You may obtain infor-mation about these programs from theEducation department.

Admission to the Master of ArtsDegree Program

One applies for admission both to theCollege and to the master’s degree pro-gram. Your application will be consid-ered when official college transcripts andother requested materials have been filedwith the Education department.

Admission is determined by the Educa-tion department faculty on the basis ofcredentials held, your recommendations,former academic performance, and back-ground. The Department Chair mustapprove credit for course work takenprior to admission to the program.

Requirements for Admission

1. A baccalaureate degree from an ac-credited college or university.2. A California preliminary multiplesubject credential or single-subject cre-dential in English or SDA Basic elemen-tary or secondary English credential (oreligibility for these credentials).3. Admission to the College.4. Submission of a graduate applicationto the Department of Education includingthe following:

a) two recommendationsb) official transcriptsc) interview with Department Chair and

one other Education faculty memberd) essay discussing interests and goals

5. A minimum grade-point average of 3.0in each of the following undergraduateareas:

a) Upper-division majorb) Education coursesc) Overall college work or the last

96 quarter hours6. Passing scores in the following exami-nations:

a) California Basic Educational SkillsTest (CBEST)

b) For students without an approvedLiberal Studies degree or English sub-ject matter program or its equivalent:Multiple Subject Assessment for

Behavioral Science

30


* Fulfills California mainstreaming andcomputer education requirements

Teachers (MSAT) or PRAXIS/SSAT inEnglish. Passing scores are determinedby the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing.

7. Acceptable scores in the GraduateRecord Examination (GRE) General Test.8. A proposed program of studies appro-priate to your strengths, weaknesses,interests, and test results.

Admission of Former StudentsIf you previously attended Pacific

Union College, you are required to applyfor readmission (no application fee).

Admission of Transfer StudentsIf you are a student in good standing in

another accredited graduate program,you are welcome to apply for admissionto the master’s program at Pacific UnionCollege. A maximum of 12 quarter hoursof approved transfer credits may beaccepted toward the degree.

In addition to the regular applicationforms, as a transfer candidate you arerequired to file official postsecondarytranscripts with the Office of EnrollmentServices.

Admission of Guest ApplicantsIf you have been accepted for graduate

study in another accredited institutionof higher education and if you wish toearn credit at Pacific Union College fortransfer, you are not required to followthe regular admission procedures out-lined above. Refer to the section of thiscatalog entitled “Admission as a GuestStudent for Transfer Credit.”

Notification of Admissions ActionWhen application documents for

admission to the College have beenreceived, the Enrollment Services officewill inform you of your status. The Edu-cation department staff will consider themaster’s degree application and notifyyou of the action taken.

Cancellation of AcceptanceThe College reserves the right to cancel

the acceptance of any person for graduatestudy should further evidence indicatethat he or she does not adequately meetrequirements for admission to the mas-ter’s program.

Reserved Graduate CreditIf you have completed 135 hours

toward a baccalaureate degree and if youwill be eligible to apply for admission tothe master’s program after graduation, youmay request to reserve a maximum of 12quarter hours of approved upper-divisionor 500-level courses for graduate creditprovided that they are not needed to fulfillrequirements for your bachelor’s degree.Make arrangements with the Educationdepartment and the Records office.

Program of StudiesCommittee on Studies

The Department of Education facultywill monitor your progress during theperiod of your graduate study and willwork with you in constructing an accept-able Program of Studies.

Provisions of an Approved Programof Studies

Your Program of Studies must providefor the following:1. removal of any undergraduate defi-ciencies,2. a logical and orderly sequence ofcourse work so that you may completeall educational objectives within theseven-year limit,3. completion of all departmentaland College requirements for the degree,4. completion of all statutory requirementsfor California and Seventh-day AdventistProfessional elementary or secondaryEnglish teaching credentials, and5. completion of all professional educa-tion core courses at PUC (exceptions:PSYC 359/L, EDUC 438/L, which may be

transferred from other State-approvedteacher education programs).

Credit earned by correspondence,examination, student teaching or continu-ing education is not applicable for gradu-ate degree course requirements.

Course Requirements for the Masterof Arts Degree

Requirements for the Master of Artsdegree include a minimum of 45 quarterhours of upper-division and graduateclasses (at least 24 hours must be 500-level courses). Specific requirementsinclude 19 hours of professional educa-tion core classes, 17 hours from the areaof specialization as listed below, and 9hours of approved electives.

Professional Education CoreRequirements (19 hours)EDUC 359* Psychology of

Exceptional Children 3EDUC 359L Psychology of Excep-

tional Children Lab 1EDUC 438* Computers in the

Classroom 2EDUC 438L* Computers in the

Classroom Lab 1EDUC 514 Advanced Learning

Theory 3EDUC 515 Educational and Psycho-

logical Evaluation 3EDUC 516 Curriculum Planning

and Development 3EDUC 517 Current Issues in

Education 3

Area of Specialization/Reading/LanguageArts and Electives (26 hours)EDUC 522 Reading as a Cognitive

Process 3EDUC 523 Strategies for Authentic

Literacy Assessment andInstruction 2

31


EDUC 523L Field Work 1EDUC 524 Seminar in Language and

Literacy Instruction 2EDUC 524L Field Work 1EDUC 526 Integrated Language Arts

Curriculum 3EDUC 596 Seminar: Research in

Teaching Literacy 1EDUC 597 Graduate Project 4Approved electives 9

Information regarding credentialrequirements is available from the Cre-dential Analyst.

Note: Requirements for SDA Profes-sional Elementary or Secondary Englishand California Professional Clear Cre-dentials may differ from courses neededfor a Master of Arts degree.

Graduation RequirementsYou have the option of fulfilling re-

quirements under the catalog of your firstenrollment or any subsequent catalogduring the time of continuous enrollment.Requirements include the following:1. Satisfactory completion of coursework for the degree and current Califor-nia and SDA Professional elementary orsecondary English credential requirementsas outlined in your Program of Studies.2. A minimum overall graduate grade-point average of 3.0 with no grade lowerthan B- (2.7).3. Satisfactory completion of examina-tions and projects as determined by yourCommittee on Studies.4. Completion of requirements withinseven calendar years beginning with yourfirst enrollment in courses countingtoward your master’s degree, or date ofacceptance into the program, whichevercomes first. If you take these courses atany time during the seven-year period,you are considered to have continuousenrollment status. A time extensionrequires Education department approval.

Other Curricula

Teacher Education ProgramTeacher education at Pacific Union

College is a two-step, five-year programinvolving preparation in subject-matterareas and professional education coursesrequired for Seventh-day Adventist andCalifornia State teaching credentials.

Although provision is made for you toobtain both a baccalaureate degree and apreliminary teaching credential at the endof four years, a fifth year of study isnecessary to meet professional credentialrequirements for both the State of Cali-fornia and the Seventh-day Adventistdenomination. The Education section ofthis catalog provides further information.

Preprofessional CurriculaPreprofessional and pretechnical pro-

grams in a wide variety of fields areoffered to prepare students for admissionto professional schools or for entry intotechnical careers. Below are listed thepreprofessional curricula most frequentlychosen by Pacific Union College students.

ArchitectureCytotechnologyDental HygieneDentistryDietetic TechnologyEducationEngineeringHealth Information AdministrationLawMedical RadiographyMedical TechnologyMedicineNursingNutrition and DieteticsOccupational TherapyOptometryOsteopathyPharmacyPhysical Therapist AssistingPhysical Therapy

Respiratory TherapySpeech Pathology and AudiologyVeterinary Medicine

Cooperative EducationIn selected programs, you may add the

experience of career-related, paid employ-ment in government, industry, or busi-ness to your classroom experience.

Placements are arranged through yourefforts combined with those of the Coop-erative Education office and the partici-pating department. Appointments aretypically full time while you are on leavefrom the College, but part-time appoint-ments are also available. Placement isusually off campus for one academicquarter or summer, but may be extended.

Evaluation and supervision of studentsin the program are the joint responsibilityof the Director of Cooperative Education,a professor from the student’s major fieldof study, and the employment supervisor.

Guidelines for Cooperative Education:1. Some Cooperative Education pro-grams may be available on a noncreditbasis only. To have such a CooperativeEducation experience recorded on yourtranscript for 0 credit, you must completeat least 30 hours of approved activity.2. For each hour of Cooperative Educa-tion credit earned and recorded on yourtranscript, you must complete a mini-mum of 30 hours of approved activity.3. Cooperative Education experience andcredit are limited to the major.4. In addition to completing CooperativeEducation contract forms, you are re-quired to present to the major depart-ment a written or oral report on theexperience.

Behavioral Science

32

Admission is limited to applicants who• are at least 25 years old;• have completed two full years of

college and have attained the equiva-lent of an Associate’s degree; and

• have several years of full-time workexperience (a minimum of five recom-mended).To accelerate their progress toward

degree completion, adults with qualifyingwork and life experience may apply foracademic Credit for Prior Learningthrough portfolio assessment.

Further details, including dates andlocations of program offerings, are avail-able from Extended Learning.

Leadership in BusinessAdministration

The major in Leadership in BusinessAdministration is offered in cooperationwith the College’s Business Administra-tion and Economics department. The LBAcurriculum includes the following courses(descriptions are in the Business section ofthis catalog):

• The Legal Environment of Business• Economics for Managers• Principles of Marketing• Data Presentation• Group and Organizational Behavior• Organizations and Environments• Principles of Finance• Accounting Principles for Managers• Principles of Management• Principles of Finance• Human Resources Administration• International Business• Business Policy• Senior Project• Biblical Perspectives• Ethics and Personal Values

Early Childhood EducationThe major in Early Childhood Educa-

tion is offered in cooperation with theFamily and Consumer Sciences depart-

ment and coordinated through ExtendedLearning. The ECE curriculum includesthe following courses (descriptions are inthe Family and Consumer Sciences sectionof this catalog):• Young Children’s Developmental Speech• Literature for Children• Exceptional Children• Parent/Child Relationships• Art and Creative Activities• Behavior Management and Observation• Play and Environments• Healthy Child Care• Diversified Early-Childhood Programs• Infant/Toddler Programs• Adult Supervision and Management• Administration and Supervision I, II• Counseling for EC Teachers• Senior Project–Seminar• Biblical Perspectives• Ethics and Personal Values

Criminal Justice AdministrationThe major in Criminal Justice Adminis-

tration is offered in cooperation withseveral departments. The followingcourses are required (see the Business andEconomics section for descriptions):• Introduction to Criminalistics• Forensic Research Methods• Legal Aspects of the Criminal Justice

System• Courts and Criminal Justice• Police-Community Relations• Multicultural Issues in Public Safety• Theories and Concepts of Contempo-

rary Public Safety• Individual in the Organization• Economic Environmental Forces• Budgeting and Fiscal Administration• Group and Organizational Behavior• Principles of Management• Human Resources Administration• Biblical Perspectives• Ethics and Personal Values

Extended Learning

The Extended Learning office coordi-nates a number of credit and noncreditspecial programs. Credit earned in someExtended Learning courses is applicabletoward degree and certificate programs.

Some Extended Learning programsoffer enrichment and acceleration forsecondary school juniors and seniors whohave demonstrated good academic abilityand motivation and strong potential forsuccess in college studies. Other programsaddress the needs of employed personsseeking to update and broaden theirprofessional knowledge and skills. Stillothers may respond to the leisure-timeinterests of retirees and others.

Participating departments and thecourses offered vary from term to term.For complete current information, write,telephone, or e-mail the following:

Extended LearningPacific Union CollegeOne Angwin AvenueAngwin, CA 94508-9797

(800) 862-7080(707) 965-6409FAX (707) 965-6416E-mail: [email protected]

Degree-Completion Programs

To meet the needs of adult learners whowere unable to complete their programs atthe traditional college age, ExtendedLearning offers degree-completion pro-grams leading to a bachelor’s degree.Currently available are the Bachelor ofScience in Management; the Bachelor ofScience in Early Childhood Education; andthe Bachelor of Science in Criminal JusticeAdministration. To accommodate em-ployed adult learners, evening courses areoffered at various off-campus locations.

33

Behavioral ScienceAcademic Information and Policies

Changes in academic policies madeand announced during the school yearhave the same force as if they were pub-lished in this catalog. Policies may not bewaived or amended except by petition toand approval by the General AcademicStudies and Policies Committee. If youdesire an exception to an academic policy,complete a Special Request form (avail-able at the Records office), ask youracademic adviser to endorse your peti-tion, and return it to the Records office.

RegistrationYou are expected to register during the

registration periods as announced in thiscatalog. At registration the Records officewill issue full information on registrationprocedures to each student who has beenformally accepted. Freshmen are requiredto participate in orientation activitiesheld prior to registration.

Late RegistrationYou must complete registration for

autumn quarter on registration day. Ifyou do not preregister for winter andspring quarters, you must complete yourregistration on registration day. Yourpreregistration is completed when youpresent your fully stamped Permit toRegister card at the Records office afteryou return from vacation and before4:30 p.m. of the first day of the quarter.Failure to complete registration by thesedeadlines will result in a late registration

Audited CoursesIf you wish to attend a course but do

not wish to complete all regular assign-ments, you may, with the consent of theinstructor, register on an audit basis.Applications to change registration from“Audit” to “Credit” or from “Credit” to“Audit” are not approved after the thirdweek of the quarter. Fees for auditedcourses are charged at half the regulartuition rate, except for private musiclessons, ensembles, and other participa-tion-type courses, which are charged atthe full tuition rate. On the transcript,audited courses carry the notation “AU.”

Withdrawal from CoursesTo withdraw from a course after the

close of the registration period, you mustfile a change of program request (formsare available at the Records office). With-drawal becomes official only when theform, bearing the signatures of the courseinstructor and your academic adviser, hasbeen filed in the Records office. A coursefrom which you withdraw within the firstthree weeks of the quarter will be deletedfrom your record. Withdrawal after theeighth week will result in an “F.”

fee of $25 cash payable at the Recordsoffice or $35 charged to your account.

Even if emergency circumstances makeit impossible to complete your registra-tion as described above, you may notunder any conditions continue attendingclass after the fifth week of the quarterunless you are officially enrolled. Nograde is issued or recorded on the tran-script, or credit awarded, for any coursefor which you are not offically enrolledby the end of the fifth week of the quar-ter. (For summer quarter and other coursesscheduled for durations other than thestandard ten-week quarter, this policyapplies with the phrase “fifth week ofthe quarter” replaced by the phrase“midpoint of the quarter.”)

Changes in RegistrationTo avoid changes in registration, you

should plan your program carefully. Youmay add courses or withdraw from them,however, before the last date to enter andwith the approval of your adviser.

You are responsible for following theprogram for which you have registered.You may not attend or receive credit fora course for which you have not regis-tered. Failure to attend a course for whichyou have registered will result in an “F”in that course. Changing from one coursesection to another requires the approvalof the instructor and of the Recordsoffice.

Behavioral Science

34

Academic Information and Policies

Withdrawal from the CollegeTo withdraw from the College, com-

plete a Notice of Withdrawal form(available at the Records office). Thecompleted form must be signed by youradviser, your College employer, theCoordinator of Retention, the residence-hall dean (for residence-hall students),the Vice President for Academic Admin-istration, the Vice President for StudentLife Administration, and the Director ofStudent Finance. Withdrawal is officialwhen the form with the signatures hasbeen filed in the Records office.

The date of official withdrawal fromthe College will appear on your tran-script. If you choose to withdraw afterthe eighth week of the quarter, a gradeof “F” will be recorded for all coursesin which you are registered.

Advisory ServicesThe Advising Program

Your academic advising programbegins at orientation when you firstenroll. An adviser will work with you inplanning an academic schedule. You arerequired to see your adviser at least onceeach quarter.

In planning your studies, you shouldcarefully follow the recommended se-quence outlined in this catalog. At theend of your sophomore year, you shouldask the Records office for a degree analy-sis. With your adviser, you should thenplan your studies for the final two years.Such planning helps to ensure that youmeet all graduation requirements in anorderly, logical, and timely sequence.

Approximately four quarters beforegraduation you must file at the Recordsoffice your application to graduate.Approximately three quarters beforegraduation you file a senior contract.

Teaching Credential AdvisingIf you have chosen a career in teach-

ing, you should consult with the Chairof the Education department as early aspossible in your curriculum planning.You should discuss requirements for bothSeventh-day Adventist and CaliforniaState teaching credentials. Early identifi-cation with the elementary or secondaryteaching profession as a career is essentialfor structuring an orderly academic pro-gram. If you are a candidate for elemen-tary teaching, you should register yourintention after one quarter in residence.

If you are a transfer student, youshould register your intention uponenrollment. You will be admitted to theteacher education program after yourapplication has been approved by theEducation department. Further informa-tion is available at the Education depart-ment office.

Counseling ServicesThe Counseling Center coordinates

counseling involving student-collegerelations in nonacademic matters. Test-ing service is also a function of thisoffice. (See STUDENT LIFE AND SER-VICES in this catalog.)

Veterans ServicesThe Veterans Coordinator in the

Records office maintains liaison betweenenrolled veterans and the Veterans Ad-ministration. The Coordinator providesadvice about special provisions of thelaw relating to veterans as college stu-dents and information about currentdevelopments of significance to veterans.

Education Benefits for VeteransIf you are a veteran, you should get in

touch with the Veterans Coordinator inthe Records office at least two monthsprior to the date you expect to enroll toarrange to receive the benefits to whichyou are entitled. The Coordinator will

supply the necessary forms and adviseyou of current monthly benefit rates.

To qualify for maximum benefits, youmust enroll for at least 12 credit hourseach quarter. Adjusted payments are madefor three-quarter (9 to11.5 quarter hours)and half-time (6 to 8.5 hours) enrollment.During the summer session, maximumbenefits are paid for 9 quarter hours andabove, three-quarter benefits for 6.5 to8.5 quarter hours, and half benefits for4.5 to 6.0 quarter hours.

Experience has shown that it may takelonger than eight weeks to process all thenecessary forms from the date of applica-tion to the receipt of the first check.

VA Standards of ProgressAccording to Veterans Administration

policy, veterans’ educational benefits arediscontinued for a veteran (or eligibleperson) who remains on academic proba-tion for more than three quarters becauseof grade-point deficiency. If your aca-demic record should come into thiscategory, there will be no further certi-fication for benefits until your academicstanding reflects improvement to a cumu-lative 2.0 grade-point average. (See “Aca-demic Probation,” “Academic Renewal,”and “Repeating Courses” for an explana-tion of conditions under which you mightbe able to continue your studies if yourgrade-point average drops below 2.0.)

Under VA policy, the conditions forre-entrance after dismissal for unsatisfac-tory academic progress are also subjectto the above standards of progress forveteran students.

Other Benefits for VeteransIf you qualify for other benefits pro-

vided by previous benefit bills for veter-ans (for example, war orphans and appli-cants for vocational rehabilitation), youshould get in touch with the VA.

35

Behavioral ScienceContentsAcademic Information and Policies

Armed Forces CreditAlthough “blanket” credit is not

awarded for military service, some train-ing courses provided by the armed forcesmay be the equivalent of college courses.You may obtain credit for such coursesby presenting certificates describing thetraining. Credit is awarded for college-level courses sponsored by the UnitedStates Armed Forces Institute that arecompleted with a satisfactory end-of-course examination.

Credit is awarded for military trainingin accordance with the American Councilon Education’s Guide to the Evaluationof Education Experiences in the ArmedServices. No credit is granted for the Gen-eral Education Development Test, butsatisfactory scores on the high-school-level GED Test may be used as a basisfor admission to the College.

Transfer CreditIf you have attended other institutions

of higher education, you must providecomplete official transcripts from eachcollege or university attended, even whereyou earned no credit. Such transcriptsshould be filed before you register for thequarter following the completion of thework. This policy applies also if you areregularly enrolled at Pacific Union Col-lege but take summer work, correspon-dence, or other work elsewhere. Failureto file all transcripts may result in delayof registration until the transcripts arereceived.

Transcripts from institutions accred-ited by recognized accrediting associa-tions are evaluated to allow equivalentcourses from the transfer institution tosatisfy specific course requirements atPacific Union College.

The College reserves the right torequire repetition of courses that havebecome outdated.

Transcripts from unaccredited insti-tutions are given provisional evaluation.After you have completed 16 quarterhours in residence at Pacific Union Col-lege with at least a 2.0 grade-point aver-age, the transcript from the unaccreditedinstitution will be analyzed on a course-by-course basis and credit established forthose courses that appropriately apply toyour program at Pacific Union College.

Credit is allowed for college coursework completed before secondary-schoolgraduation if such work has been taken inan accredited college and is shown bytranscript as college credit.

The maximum credit transferable froma recognized junior (community) collegeis 108 quarter hours (72 semester hours).Upper-division credit is not allowed forjunior college courses or for courses num-bered as lower-division credit at anothersenior college or university. Pacific UnionCollege reserves the right to accept orreject credit earned or attempted at otherinstitutions. (See also “Concurrent Enroll-ment.”)

Cancellation ofScheduled Courses

The College administration, in con-sultation with the respective departmentchair, reserves the right to cancel anycourse listed in the course schedule ifenrollment is five students or fewer orif a qualified instructor is not availablebecause of unavoidable changes in per-sonnel.

Course LoadYour academic study load is described

in terms of quarter hours (credits). Onequarter hour normally represents onefifty-minute class period per week for onequarter. Thus, two-hour classes normallyconvene twice a week and three-hourclasses three times a week. For threeclock hours of laboratory experience perweek throughout the quarter, a studentnormally receives one hour of credit.(See also “Credit Hours.”)

The normal course load is 16 quarterhours for undergraduates and 12 quarterhours for graduate students. Guidelineson course load are listed below. (Alltotals are exclusive of physical educa-tion activity courses.)1. If you have a record of superior scho-lastic achievement and ability, 18 quarterhours. A course load in excess of 17 hoursrequires the approval of your academicadviser.2. If you are on academic probation, amaximum load of 14 quarter hours.3. If you are a freshman, a maximumof 16 hours until you have established arecord of proficiency. The demand forsocial, emotional, and intellectual adjust-ment during the first year of collegeunderlies the importance of a well-balanced and sometimes reduced studyload commensurate with your abilities.

In helping you work out your aca-demic schedule, your major adviser willtake into account your prior scholasticachievement and, if you are employed,the demands of part-time work. He orshe may consequently recommend anadjusted course load.

Behavioral Science

36


Study-Work ProgramIf you are employed either on or off

campus, you are expected to adjust yourcourse load in harmony with the follow-ing schedule to achieve a reasonablebalance in study and work:

Course Load Maximum WorkLoad per Week

16 quarter hours 16 hours14 quarter hours 20 hours12 quarter hours 26 hours10 quarter hours 32 hoursIf you have a record of average scho-

lastic achievement, you should plan astudy-work program involving less thanthe maximum labor load suggested.

Class AbsencesYou are responsible for all material

and assignments presented in class, andyou are expected to maintain regularattendance at all class sessions of thecourses in which you are enrolled. Whilethere is no general College attendancerequirement, each instructor has the rightto establish specific policies best suited toa given course.

Academic IntegrityAcademic integrity is highly valued

and is expected. Academic dishonesty isan extremely serious offense and is causefor disciplinary action. Students involvedin cheating, plagiarizing, fabrication,multiple submissions, abuse of academicmaterials, deception, misrepresentation,electronic dishonesty, and other types ofacademic dishonesty, including produc-tion of materials for other students, areordinarily subject to dismissal from thecourse with a failing grade.

Situations involving academic dis-honesty are dealt with by the instructorof the course in consultation with thedepartment chair. A record of any veri-fied instance of dishonesty is forwardedto the Academic Dean and is kept in the

student’s personal file. Whenever suchfiling occurs, the student involved isnotified. (A student feeling he or shehas been treated unfairly has the rightof appeal through established grievanceprocedures.) A pattern of serious orhabitual dishonesty is dealt with by theAcademic Dean and may result in dis-missal from the College. (For furtherdetails, see “Appendix: Code of Aca-demic Integrity” in this catalog.)

Ownership ofWritten Work

Written work you present in fulfill-ment of course requirements becomes theproperty of the College. The teacher orthe College, however, may not publishthe written work for any reason withoutyour permission. The original copy isreturned to you at the discretion of theteacher. When it is not returned, youhave the right to request and be given acopy of work turned in. You shouldrequest a copy not later than the end ofthe quarter following that during whichyou took the course.

Grading SystemGrade reports are issued at the end of

each quarter. These reports are not validfor transfer or certification purposes.

Any corrections and grade changesmust be made within two weeks after thegrade reports have been issued. After thisdate all grades become final. To raise agrade once it has been recorded, youmust repeat the course.

Grade SymbolsGrades are recorded by letter symbols

and are assigned point values as follows:A 4.0 D 1.0A- 3.7 D- 0.7B+ 3.3 F 0.0B 3.0 I Not computedB- 2.7 IP Not computed

C+ 2.3 NR 0.0C 2.0 S Not computedC- 1.7 W Not computedD+ 1.3 AU Not computed

The grade-point average is computed bydividing the total number of points earnedby the total number of hours attempted.

FailureA grade symbol of “F” is assigned to

a course for which you do not meet theminimum standards set for a passinggrade. “F” is also recorded if you earnthe equivalent of “F” in a course offeredonly on a Satisfactory/Fail (S/F) basis. An“F” carries 0 grade points and is com-puted in the grade-point average.

SatisfactoryA grade symbol of “S” signifies that

you earned the equivalent of “C-” orhigher in a course available only on aSatisfactory/Fail basis. An “S” is notcomputed in the grade-point average.

AuditA symbol of “AU” is assigned to a

course taken on an audit basis. You maychange registration from audit to credit,or from credit to audit, before the end ofthe third week of instruction. A coursefor which you register for audit but donot attend regularly is assigned a “W.”

WithdrawalCourses from which you withdraw

before the end of the third week aredeleted from the record. A symbol of“W” is assigned to a course from whichyou officially withdraw between thebeginning of the fourth week and theend of the eighth week of the quarter.A “W” is not computed in the grade-point average. You may not withdrawfrom a course after the eighth week.

You will be considered registered for acourse until you file a Change of ProgramRequest Form with the Records office.

37


IncompleteA grade symbol of “I” is assigned in

exceptional instances when unavoidablecircumstances prevent completion of acourse. An “I” carries 0 grade points; it isnot computed in the grade-point average.

You must remove an Incomplete by theend of the following quarter. An Incom-plete incurred at the end of spring quar-ter must be made up by the end of thesummer session; an Incomplete incurredduring summer session must be made upby the end of fall quarter. An Incompletethat is not removed reverts to the gradecomputed without the missing work.This grade is specified at the time theIncomplete is granted.

If, through no fault of your own, it isimpossible for you to remove an Incom-plete by the end of the following quarter,you may request an extension of timefrom the Records office. At least onequarter before graduation, prospectivegraduates must have made up all out-standing Incompletes.

IP—In ProgressThe “IP” grade is available only in

a few courses that span more than onequarter. Ask the Registrar or the chairof the department in which a course inquestion is offered to determine if it isavailable on this basis.

Grade Not ReportedThe symbol “NR” is assigned to a

course for which no grade is reported.An “NR” carries 0 grade points and iscomputed in the grade-point average.An “NR” not removed by the end of thesecond week of the following quarterbecomes an “F.”

Dean’s ListWhen you complete a minimum of 12

credits with a grade-point average of atleast 3.85, you are honored as a memberof the Dean’s List for that term.

Academic ProbationYou will be placed on academic proba-

tion at the end of any quarter when yourgrade-point average for that quarter, oryour cumulative grade-point average inresidence, falls below 2.0 (C).

New and transfer students admittedwith a cumulative grade-point averagelower than 2.0 are automatically placedon academic probation. If you are atransfer student admitted on this basis,you will be returned to regular standingat the end of one quarter of course work(12 quarter hours minimum) in whichyou achieve a grade-point average of2.0 or higher.

While on academic probation, youmay enroll in a maximum of 15 quarterhours of course work. You will not, how-ever, be eligible for any office in studentactivities, and you will be required tomeet regularly with the Admissions Coor-dinator. You will return to regular stand-ing when you achieve a quarter of at least12 hours with both a quarter and a PUCcumulative GPA of at least 2.0.

Academic SuspensionIf you are on academic probation for

three or more consecutive quarters, youwill be placed on academic suspension.While on academic suspension, you maynot continue your studies at PacificUnion College. You may reapply afteryou complete at least ten quarter hoursof course work at another accreditedcollege or university for which you earn agrade-point average of at least 2.25.Academic suspension is recorded on thetranscript.

Academic DismissalIf you are readmitted to Pacific Union

College following academic suspensionand then earn a grade-point averagebelow 2.0 (C) during either of the nexttwo quarters, you will be placed on aca-demic dismissal. After academic dismis-sal, you may apply for readmission aftercompleting at least 45 hours of coursework at another accredited college oruniversity with a grade-point average ofat least 2.25. Academic dismissal is re-corded on the transcript.

Academic RenewalOption 1: If at the end of three quar-

ters (at least 36 hours) of course workyou maintain a grade-point average of2.0 (C) or better, you as a transfer stu-dent admitted on probation may applyto the Records office to have excludedfrom your transfer record sufficientcourse work to bring the transfer grade-point average to 2.0. Former studentswho have failed to maintain a grade-point average of 2.0 or higher may, aftera break in residence of at least one year,be readmitted on the same basis as trans-fer students.

If you have not reached the minimumrequired grade-point average (2.0) by theend of the third quarter, you may requestreadmission on the basis of a revised cur-riculum plan prepared in consultationwith an academic adviser. If the Admis-sions Committee approves the request forreadmission, you must then maintain anaverage of 2.0 quarter by quarter, and bythe end of the sixth quarter in residencemust have established an overall grade-point average of 2.0 to qualify for read-mission.

Behavioral Science

38


Option 2: Under certain circumstances,the College may disregard up to threequarters or two semesters of previousundergraduate course work, taken at anycollege or university, from all consider-ations associated with requirements forthe baccalaureate. These circumstancesare the following:1. You have formally requested theaction; and2. you have presented evidence thatwork completed in the terms under con-sideration is substandard and not repre-sentative of your current academic abilityand level of performance.

The final decision that one or moreterms are to be disregarded in determin-ing eligibility for graduation is basedupon careful review of evidence by theGeneral Academic Studies and PoliciesCommittee and is made when1. at least one year has elapsed since themost recent work to be disregarded wascompleted; and2. you have completed at PUC at least15 quarter units with at least a 3.0 GPA.

When such action is taken, your per-manent record is annotated so that it isreadily evident to all users of the recordthat no work taken during the disre-garded terms, even if satisfactory, mayapply toward baccalaureate require-ments. All work must remain legible onthe record, ensuring a true and completeacademic history.

Option 3: If you have accumulated agrade-point average lower than 2.0, youmay petition the General Academic Stud-ies and Policies Committee to be admit-ted to a degree program with no priorcollege credit and no grade-point average.To qualify, you must1. be at least 25 years of age;2. have been out of a degree program ofcollege studies for at least four years; and3. demonstrate ability to progress incollege work.

If the petition is approved, all priorcollege courses and grades are retainedon the transcript and the notation “ad-mitted without credits or grades by com-mittee action” is recorded. When imple-mented, this policy waives all previouscredits and grades except for any creditsand grades earned in a special nondegree-bound status.

Repeating CoursesYou may repeat a course in which you

have earned a grade of C- or above onlyif you have not taken a more advancedcourse in the same subject.

If you have a D or F in a major, minor,cognate, or other required course, youmay, on the advice of your major adviser,take another course in the same generalarea, or you may repeat the course if youhave not taken a more advanced coursein the same subject.

As a currently enrolled student, youmay repeat a course in residence only.You must repeat all the classwork; and,if the course involves a laboratory, youmay be required to repeat all laboratoryrequirements as well. At your request,your grade-point average will be recom-puted on the basis of the second gradereceived. A course repeated out of resi-dence will not affect the Pacific UnionCollege grade-point average.

Your permanent record includes a com-plete account of all courses attempted,and all transcripts are issued on this basis.A course you have repeated to improveyour grade-point average is not countedtoward the total credit hours earned, andthe original course grade is not includedin the grade-point calculation.

Restriction onLower-Level CoursesAfter Upper-Level

You may not take lower-level coursesafter you have earned credit in a moreadvanced course in the same area. Eachdepartment will identify those advancedcourses that preempt lower-level coursesin its area.

Correspondence CoursesYou may apply a maximum of eigh-

teen quarter hours of correspondencecredit toward the requirements for abaccalaureate degree and twelve towardthose of a two-year associate degree.Credit by correspondence may applytoward the requirements for the majoronly if approved by the major professor;it cannot be used to raise a grade.

If you are working toward a Califor-nia teaching credential, you should ob-tain from the Credential Analyst specificcurrent information about the acceptanceof credit for correspondence courses.

While in residence, you may pursuecorrespondence work only with approval,in advance, of Academic Administration.All transcripts for correspondence coursesapplying toward the requirements of anydegree must be on file in the Recordsoffice one quarter before graduation.

Correspondence courses are not ac-cepted in first-year language or in speech.

Concurrent EnrollmentWhile you are registered at Pacific

Union College, you may not earn credittoward graduation from PUC throughconcurrent enrollment in another collegeunless you have the prior approval of theRegistrar. Transfer credit will not beaccepted for any course taken concur-rently elsewhere without your havingsecured approval before the course be-gan. (See also “Transfer Credit.”)

39


Reserving Courses forPost-Degree or GraduateCredit

You may request that certain upper-division courses be reserved for post-baccalaureate or graduate credit by mak-ing arrangements with the Educationdepartment and the Records office. Tobe fully credentialed by California andthe SDA denomination, one must com-plete an approved fifth year or master’sdegree of 45 quarter hours beyond abachelor’s degree.

Independent StudyIndependent Study refers to advanced

study or research you may do on an indi-vidual basis under the direction of a fac-ulty member with regular appointment.You may use Independent Study for yourmajor, minor, free electives or cognates,but not to meet general-education require-ments. Cross-disciplinary studies earnsplit credit in the disciplines represented.You may earn up to twelve hours inIndependent Study.

To be eligible for Independent Study inany department, you must have reachedjunior or senior standing, have met alldepartmental prerequisites, and haveearned a minimum grade-point averageof 3.0 in the proposed area of study.Before registering for the course, youmust have negotiated a contract with theinstructor and the chair of the supervisingdepartment, specifying the number ofhours of credit to be earned, the detailedrequirements of the course, the gradingcriteria, and a schedule of meetings tobe specified.

Independent Study should not takethe place of courses regularly available.It should not be confused with coursesoffered through Directed Study. Exten-ded Learning credit is not accepted asIndependent Study.

Credit for StudentMissionaries andTaskforce Volunteers

Through PUC’s Extended Learningoffice, you may earn academic credit inconnection with field experience duringappointment as a Student Missionary orTaskforce volunteer. To qualify, youmust have previously taken courses atPacific Union College, and you mustarrange for credit with Extended Learn-ing before the experience begins. Credit—elective only—is available on a Satisfac-tory/Fail basis. You may earn up to 6hours per quarter to a maximum of 18hours.

More detailed information aboutcredit for field experience is availablefrom Extended Learning.

Assessment of OutcomesThe College seeks through various

means to measure its success in fulfillingits mission. A part of that effort involvesan examination program to assess out-comes in general education and in eachstudent’s major field. Examinations aregiven to entering freshmen and to stu-dents completing their sophomore andsenior years. All students are required toparticipate in this examination program.

Pre-Examination WeekNo off-campus field trips, major ex-

aminations, or extracurricular activitiesrequiring student participation may bescheduled during the week prior to thefirst day of final examinations (“deadweek”) in order that you may devote fulltime to completing course projects andpreparing for final examinations.

ExaminationsYou must take the final examination in

each course in which you are enrolled atthe time listed in the official examinationschedule or you will receive the gradeearned without the final examination.You should expect no exceptions to thepublished schedule unless you can pro-vide proof to the Registrar of an emer-gency situation beyond your control.

Course-Waiver ExaminationsYou may waive certain course require-

ments provided that you fulfill one of thefollowing conditions:1. Present credit in courses substantiallyequivalent in purpose, scope, context,and credit value to the required coursefrom which you request exemption.2. Pass a proficiency examination. Theexamination is administered by thedepartment concerned and approvedby the Records office.

Qualifying for course exemptionthrough waiver examination does notinvolve the awarding of credit, nor doesit reduce the total number of hours to beearned for a degree. Its only effect is toincrease the number of elective hoursavailable as part of your degree program.(See the FINANCIAL INFORMATIONsection of this catalog for examinationfees.)

Behavioral Science

40


Credit by ExaminationYou may earn academic credit by

successfully writing CLEP (College LevelExamination Program) and College-pre-pared tests. No credit by examination isavailable for remedial (0-level) courses.

AP, CLEP and Other TestsMaximum credit applicable to a four-

year degree is 45 hours; maximum creditapplicable to a two-year degree is 24 hours.1. AP Tests: Prepared and administeredby the College Entrance ExaminationBoard, Advanced Placement Examina-tions are currently available in severalsubject-matter areas.2. CLEP Tests: CLEP (College-LevelEquivalency Program) tests are intendedas a means of establishing academic creditfor persons who through extensive inde-pendent study, specialized training, etc.,have gained knowledge equivalent to thatgained by regular study in formal collegecourses. There are two kinds of College-Level Examinations: General Examina-tions and Subject Examinations. PacificUnion College awards credit for selectedSubject Examinations only. (You may getfurther information at the Records officeabout which PUC courses may be satis-fied by AP and CLEP tests.)3. Regulations governing the administra-tion of the CLEP tests:

a) The examinations are open to allclassifications of students, but aredirected toward freshmen and sopho-mores.

b) You may use credit earned by SubjectExaminations to meet either general-education or major requirements.

c) To earn credit, you must achieve ascore at or above the 50th percentileon each CLEP test and at the thirdlevel or above on each AP test.

d) Credit earned by CLEP or AP will beplaced on your transcript with thecredit hours earned and a grade of“S” (satisfactory).

e) Except by special permission of thedepartment involved, you may takeany one CLEP examination only once.

4. Fees for CLEP and AP are paid to thetesting company at the time you registerfor the test. If supplementary departmen-tal examinations are required, additionalfees are charged. (See the FINANCIALINFORMATION section of this catalogfor examination and recording fees.)

College-Prepared Tests(Maximum applicable to a four-year

degree is 18 hours; maximum applicableto a two-year degree is nine hours). Thefollowing regulations apply:1. An application for permission toattempt credit by examination requires,on the appropriate form available fromthe Records office, the signatures of thecourse instructor, the department chair,and the Registrar.2. A course for which credit may beearned by examination is normally alower-division course in a four-yearcurriculum or a first-year course in atwo-year curriculum. Its content is suchthat it can be measured by a written,oral, or manipulative test.3. To be eligible for credit by examina-tion, you must demonstrate superiorcompetence by such evidence as thefollowing:

a) a grade-point average of at least 3.0in similar courses;

b) a percentile score of at least 75 on anACT test in the same area;

c) similar course work in a non-academic institution; and

d) work experience sufficient to developcourse competencies.

4. You may not earn credit by examina-tion if you have previously taken a simi-lar course or if the course in question is aprerequisite to one in which you havealready earned credit.

5. If you have taken or attempted acourse, you may not raise the grade forthat course by examination.6. Examinations for credit may not berepeated.7. C+ is the minimum passing grade forcredit by examination. Grades earned incredit by examination will appear onyour transcript.8. If you have audited a course, you mayearn credit by examination for the courseby paying one half the regular tuition fee.(See the FINANCIAL INFORMATIONsection of this catalog for examinationand recording fees.)

Classification of Students• Regular Student: A student who hascompleted all of the entrance require-ments and who has definitely enrolled ina degree program.• Freshman: A beginning first-year stu-dent or one who has completed fewerthan 18 quarter hours of credit.• Second-Year Freshman: A second-yearstudent who has completed at least 18quarter hours.• Sophomore: A student who has com-pleted at least 45 quarter hours.• Junior: A student who has completedat least 90 quarter hours of credit.• Senior: A student who has completed135 quarter hours of credit. A studentmay not be classified as a senior until heor she has filed a formal request with theRecords office for graduation candidacy.

• M.A. Degree Student: A student whohas been accepted into the Master of Artsdegree program.• Uncoded: A student who does not meetCollege entrance requirements and/ordoes not wish to qualify for a degree, butwho wishes to take certain courses oneither a credit or an audit basis.

41


Requirements forUndergraduate DegreeGraduation

You normally meet the graduation,general education, and major courserequirements of the catalog current theyear you first enter Pacific Union College.You have the option, however, of quali-fying under any catalog in effect duringthe time you are in continuous residence.

If you wish to do so, you may choosethe requirements for your major and forgeneral education from separate qualify-ing catalogs. If you are a transfer student,you may also graduate under the catalogof your admission.

If your residence as a student at PacificUnion College is broken by a period ofmore than three consecutive quarters(excluding summer quarter), you mustmeet the requirements of the catalogunder which you are reaccepted to theCollege, or of a subsequent catalog.

Degree CandidacyYou may become a degree candidate

when you begin the academic year duringwhich it will be possible to complete allrequirements for graduation.

Four quarters before your expectedgraduation, you must formally apply forgraduation at the Records office. Trans-fer students planning to meet graduationrequirements during the current academicyear must file a request at registration.

It is the responsibility of each studentto satisfy degree requirements. You areexpected to acquaint yourself with thevarious policies and requirements pub-lished in the catalog and, in consultationwith your adviser, to plan your course ofstudy accordingly.

Residence Requirements forDenominational Teachers

If you have earned 96 quarter hourstoward a baccalaureate degree and haveestablished residence at PUC, you may, ifcontinuously employed as a teacher in theSeventh-day Adventist denominationalschool system, be considered as not hav-ing broken residence provided that youcomplete the work for the degree withinseven consecutive summer quarters andprovided that you have not during thisperiod enrolled as a student in any otherinstitution of higher education withoutthe authorization of the General Aca-demic Studies and Policies Committee.

Graduation InformationAt the end of spring quarter, Com-

mencement is held for all students whohave completed all requirements for adegree. If you complete your require-ments during an autumn or winter quar-ter, you will receive your degree at thefollowing spring commencement. Thedate of graduation appearing on thediploma, however, is that of the last dayof the quarter during which you actuallycompleted the degree requirements.

Graduation In AbsentiaYou are expected to participate in

Commencement services unless younotify the Records office in advance thatyou plan to be graduated in absentia. Youshould make written application forexemption not later than one week priorto Commencement. A fee of $25 is as-sessed if you are absent from graduationwithout having given prior notice.

Nurses’ Graduation RecognitionAll nursing students are expected to

participate in the recognition serviceunless excused, in writing, by the Chairof the Nursing department. Requests forexemption should be presented in writingduring the first week of spring quarter.

Baccalaureate DegreeGraduation RecognitionGraduation with AcademicDistinction

Students who, one quarter beforegraduation, have earned both a PacificUnion College and an over-all grade-pointaverage of 3.5-3.749 will be graduatedcum laude; those with 3.75-3.899, magnacum laude; and those with 3.9-4.0,summa cum laude.

Honors Program GraduationThe Honors Program is designed to

enrich the studies of exceptionally well-prepared students. Honors students meetgeneral-education requirements by takingrequired core courses in the HonorsProgram, by selecting from among rec-ommended elective courses, and by com-pleting the Honors Seminar and SeniorHonors Research Project. Only studentsfulfilling requirements of the HonorsProgram will graduate “With Honors,”a designation that appears on the gradua-tion program and on the student’s tran-script. (See “The Honors Program.”)

Second DegreeTwo degrees may be conferred concur-

rently or subsequently if you have met allthe major and general-education require-ments for both degrees and the require-ments for more than one major. (See“The Major and the Minor.”)

Behavioral Science

42

TranscriptsAt your written and signed request, the

Records office will provide official tran-scripts of your credits. (See the FINAN-CIAL INFORMATION section of thiscatalog for transcript fees.)

The College reserves the right to with-hold all information concerning yourrecord if you are in arrears in paymentof accounts or other charges, includingstudent loans. No transcripts are issueduntil all of your financial obligations tothe College have been met. You shouldallow two weeks for processing yourrequest and mailing the transcript.

Official transcripts from other insti-tutions which have been presented foradmission and evaluation of creditbecome the property of the Collegeand are not reissued or copied forrelease.

43

Quarter SystemEach quarter has approximately 11

weeks. Quarters are designated as Au-tumn A; Winter, W; Spring, S; and Sum-mer, Su

Credit Hours“One quarter hour” normally represents

one fifty-minute class per week throughoutan academic quarter and approximatelytwo hours of preparation for each one-hour session. One laboratory period ofapproximately three hours is consideredequal in credit value to one lecture/discus-sion period and the expected preparation.

Variations may include independentstudy, directed study, research laboratorycourses, individualized studio instruction,music lessons, special workshops, andperhaps other “nontraditional” academicevents.

PrefixThe three- or four-letter prefix to each

course number indicates the departmentor subject area (see page 44).

Numbering andClassification of Courses

Courses are numbered and classified asfollows:001-099 Remedial Courses

For students with inadequate academicskills. No remedial course work mayapply toward any degree.100-299 Lower-division Courses

Normally taken by freshmen andsophomores.300-499 Upper-division Courses

Normally taken by juniors and seniors.You will not be permitted to register forupper-division courses unless you havecompleted any prerequisites. First-yearstudents may register for these coursesonly with special permission.

Some upper-division courses serve thepurpose of extending the scholarly back-ground of a graduate student. When

approved by the student’s Committee onStudies, such courses may apply towardthe graduate degree.500-599 Graduate Courses

Primarily for graduate students. Withthe approval of the major professor, asenior whose preparation is adequatemay take graduate courses for under-graduate credit.Alternating Courses

The year is defined in terms of thegraduating year.

Odd year—2000-2001Even year—2001-2002

Hyphenated CoursesCourse numbers separated by hyphens

indicate an integrated sequence. Thoughthey are generally taken consecutively, astudent may receive credit for any quarteror quarters without the others providedthat any prerequisites have been met.Directed Group Study

A course is offered under the titleDirected Group Study when a depart-ment chooses to1. experiment with a course before it islisted in the catalog, or2. offer the course, on a one-time basis,for enrichment purposes when sufficientstudent interest is indicated.

A specific title is assigned when the courseis offered, and the course is listed as follows:

1. Alpha prefix of the course2. Course number 096, 296 or 4963. The title Directed Group Study4. The credit hours of the course5. The name of the course as subtitle

Directed StudyYou may take a catalog-listed course

on an individual basis only under themost unusual circumstances and at thediscretion of the instructor and depart-ment chair. Any such course will be of-fered only for the number of hours listed inthe catalog and will adhere to the catalogdescription and standard course syllabus.Consult with the Records office for re-

Courses of Instruction

1.

2.

3.

4.

quest forms and applicable criteria.When Directed Study is approved, the

course will be listed as follows:

1. Alpha prefix of the course2. Course number 097, 297 or 4973. The title Directed Study4. The credit hours of the course5. The name of the course as subtitle

Honors ProjectAlthough not listed in each depart-

ment, Honors Projects carry the follow-ing course designation:

1. Alpha prefix of the course2. Course number 4983. The title Honors Project4. The credit hours of the project5. A subtitle, identifying the nature of

the project

6.

5.

1.2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Behavioral Science

44

PrefixThe three- or four-letter prefix to each course number indi-

cates the department or subject area as follows:

Subject DepartmentACCT Accounting Business Administration and EconomicsAGRI Agriculture BiologyANTH Anthropology Behavioral ScienceART Art ArtASTR Astronomy Physics and Computer ScienceAUTO Energy–Power–Transportation TechnologyAVIA Aviation TechnologyBIOL Biology BiologyBUAD Business Administration Business Administration and EconomicsCHEM Chemistry ChemistryCJA Criminal Justice Extended Learning (also see Business)

AdministrationCLTX Clothing and Textiles Consumer and Family SciencesCOMM Communication CommunicationCPTR Computer Science Physics and Computer ScienceDRMA Dramatic Arts Liberal StudiesDRFD Drafting–Design TechnologyDSGN Design Family and Consumer SciencesECE Early Childhood Education Family and Consumer SciencesECED Early Childhood Education Family and Consumer SciencesECON Economics Business Administration and EconomicsEDUC Education EducationELEC Electricity–Electronics TechnologyENGL English EnglishENGR Engineering Physics and Computer ScienceENSL English as a Second Language English

FCSC Family and Consumer Sciences Family and Consumer SciencesFDNT Foods and Nutrition Family and Consumer SciencesFIN Finance Business Administration and EconomicsFLHD Family Life and Human Family and Consumer Sciences

DevelopmentFREN French Modern LanguagesGEOG Geography History and Social StudiesGEOL Geology BiologyGNRL General General courses; various departmentsGNST General Studies Liberal StudiesGRPH Graphics Technology TechnologyGRMN German Modern LanguagesHIST History History and Social StudiesHLED Health Education Physical Education, Health, RecreationHNRS Honors Honors Program

Subject DepartmentINDS Interdisciplinary Studies Liberal StudiesINFS Information Systems Business Administration and EconomicsITAL Italian Modern LanguagesJAPN Japanese Modern LanguagesJOUR Journalism CommunicationLBA Leadership in Business Extended Learning (also see Business)

AdministrationLTHC Long-Term Health Care Business Administration and EconomicsMATH Mathematics MathematicsMDIA Digital Media Technology TechnologyMFG Manufacturing TechnologyMGMT Management Business Administration and EconomicsMICR Microbiology BiologyMKTG Marketing Business Administration and EconomicsMODL Modern Languages Modern LanguagesMTCH Medical Technology BiologyMUED Music Education MusicMUEN Music Ensemble MusicMUHL Music History and Literature MusicMUSP Music Performance MusicMUTH Music Composition and Theory MusicNURS Nursing NursingOFAD Office Administration Business Administration and EconomicsPEAC Physical Education Activity Physical Education, Health, RecreationPETH Physical Education Theory Physical Education, Health, RecreationPHIL Philosophy Liberal StudiesPHYS Physics Physics and Computer SciencePLSC Political Science History and Social StudiesPREL Public Relations CommunicationPSYC Psychology Behavioral ScienceRECR Recreation Physical Education, Health, RecreationRELB Religion, Biblical Studies ReligionRELH Religion, Historical Studies ReligionRELL Religion, Biblical Languages ReligionRELP Religion, Professional Studies ReligionRELT Religion, Theological Studies ReligionRUSS Russian Modern LanguagesSIGN Sign Language Modern LanguagesSOCI Sociology Behavioral ScienceSOWK Social Work Behavioral ScienceSPAN Spanish Modern LanguagesSPPA Speech Pathology & Audiology CommunicationTECH Technology Technology

Courses of Instruction

45

Behavioral Science

General Courses

Nondepartmental courses.

GNRL 104 1 SuYoung Scholars Program

A week-long program of course work,projects, and investigations in science,mathematics, humanities and the arts.Graded on a Satisfactory/Fail basis. Maybe repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Ad-mission to the PacificQuest summer pro-gram for talented and gifted students.

GNRL 204 2 SIntroduction to Dentistry

Dental anatomy, morphology, andrelated aspects of dentistry as a career.One lecture and one laboratory weekly.

GNRL 350 2, 6Field Experience

Students in the PUC Student Missionand Taskforce programs may arrange todo extra academic work in connectionwith their service appointments andthereby to earn credit applicable towarddegree requirements. Credit is availableon both a 6.0-unit per quarter basis and a2.0-unit per three-week period of service.Registration qualifies students to main-tain enrolled status at PUC while offcampus in these programs. Further infor-mation is available at the ExtendedLearning office.

GNRL 498 3-6 A, W, SHonors Project

An Honors Project must carry at least3 hours of credit. Work on the projectand registration for it may extend fromone to three quarters. Students may regis-ter for 1-6 credits during any quarter; theamount of credit registered for duringany one quarter must represent theamount of work done.

GNRL 499 3Honors Seminar

47

Art

FacultyTom Turner, chair; Jon Carstens, Milbert Mariano, ThomasMorphis, Cliff Rusch, Bob Seyle

Departmental Office: 254 Fisher Hall; 965-6350

Degrees and ProgramsGraphic Design, B.S. ............................................................ 47Fine Art, B.S. ....................................................................... 48Fine Art, B.A. ...................................................................... 48Art History, B.A. ................................................................. 48Photography, B.S. ................................................................ 49Graphic Design, A.S. ........................................................... 49Photography, A.S. ................................................................ 49

In the Department of Art, the student has the opportunityto study art either as a vocation or as a means of increasing cul-tural awareness. The department is keenly interested in studentswho choose art as their occupation and who want to devotethemselves to the period of intensive training necessary for theirprofession. It is also concerned with those whose interests maybe avocational rather than professional, who recognize the cul-tural advantages to be obtained from the study of art, or whofind in artistic experience a high degree of personal enjoymentand satisfaction.

Art

Major in Graphic Design, B.S.➤ A minimum of 77 hours (38 upper division) including the following:

ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 131 Watercolor Painting I 2

(or ART 151 Acrylic and Oil Painting I)ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3ART 261-262 Graphic Design I-II 3-3ART 263 Typography I 3ART 265 Package Design 3ART 268 Illustration I 3ART 317 Design for the Web 2ART 361-362 Graphic Design III-IV 3 -3ART 363 Preprint Production I 3ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2ART 421 Life Drawing 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3ART 463 Typography II 3ART 464 Preprint Production II 3ART 465-466 Illustration II-III 3-3ART 468 Preprint Production III 2ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3➤ Required Cognate Courses:

GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2(or Macintosh competency)

GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3GRPH 354 Color Imaging 3MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3

Art

48

➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers (3)GRPH 155 Introduction to Graphics Technology (2)GRPH 256-257 Publication Technology II-III (2-2)JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3)MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3)MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior (3)

Major in Fine Art, B.S.➤ A minimum of 73 hours (23 upper division) including the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3ART 115 Stained-Glass Design 2ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2ART 144 Sculpture I 2ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II 2-2ART 226 Collage and Assemblage 2ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcuts and Etchings 2ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3ART 243 Color Photography I 3ART 331 Watercolor Painting III 2ART 341 Ceramics III 2ART 346 Sculpture II 2ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2ART 421 Life Drawing 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 451 Acrylic and Oil Painting III 2ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3One of the following: 3ART 472 Greek and Roman Art (3)ART 473 Medieval Art (3)ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art (3)ART 475 Renaissance Art (3)ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3

Major in Fine Art, B.A.➤ A minimum of 53 hours (18 upper division) including the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2

ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2

(or ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II)ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2ART 144 Sculpture I 2ART 226 Collage and Assemblage 2ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcut and Etching 2ART 331 Watercolor Painting III 2

(or ART 451 Acrylic and Oil Painting III)ART 341 Ceramics III 2ART 346 Sculpture II 2ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2ART 421 Life Drawing 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3

Major in Art History, B.A.➤ A minimum of 49 hours (27 upper division) including the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art 3ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 277 History of Photography 3ART 278 Women Artists 3ART 472 Greek and Roman Art 3ART 473 Medieval Art 3ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art 3ART 475 Renaissance Art 3ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art 3ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3ART 478 Contemporary Art 3ART 480 Art Historical Methodology 3ART 490 Art History Research Project 3

➤ Required Cognate Courses:

ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4MUHL 105 Survey of Music 3PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 4RELH 311 World Religions 3SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4

49

Art

Major in Photography, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours including the following:

ART 124-125 Design and Composition I, II 3-3ART 241-242 Photography I, II 3-3ART 243 Color Photography I 3ART 261 Graphic Design I 3ART 277 History of Photography 3ART 317 Design for the Web 2ART 394 Professional Practices 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 441 Portrait Photography 3ART 443 Commercial Photography I 3ART 444 Color Photography II 3ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3ART 452-453 Fine Print I, II 3-3ART 455 Architectural Photography 3ART 456 Special Effects Photography 3ART 457 Independent Study 3ART 477 Twentieth Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)ART 499 Baccalaureate Degree Project 3



MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3JOUR 242 Photojournalism 2JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3

Associate Degree in Graphic Design, A.S.➤ A minimum of 47 hours including the following:ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 131 Watercolor Painting I 2

(or ART 151 Acrylic and Oil Painting I)ART 241 Photography I 3ART 261-262 Graphic Design I-II 3 -3ART 263 Typography I 3ART 268 Illustration I 3ART 299 Associate Degree Project 3ART 363 Preprint Production I 3ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2ART 421 Life Drawing 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)



GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

GRPH 253 Publication Technology I (3)GRPH 354 Color Imaging (3)MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3)MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior (3)MKTG 374 Advertising Management (3)

Associate Degree in Photography, A.S.➤ A minimum of 40 hours including the following:

ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 241-242 Photography I-II 3-3ART 243 Color Photography I 3ART 277 History of Photography 3ART 299 Associate Degree Project 3ART 394 Professional Practices in Art 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 441 Portrait Photography 3ART 443 Commercial Photography 3ART 444 Color Photography II 3ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging 3ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)➤ Required Cognate Course:



JOUR 242 Photojournalism (2)JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3)MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3)

Minor in Art➤ A minimum of 35 hours (7 upper division) including the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art 4ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals I-II 2-2ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 131-132 Watercolor Painting I-II 2-2

(or ART 151-152 Acrylic and Oil Painting I-II)ART 141-142 Ceramics I-II 2-2

(or ART 144 Sculpture I andART 226 Collage and Assemblage)

Art

50

ART 234 Printmaking–Silkscreen 2ART 235 Printmaking–Woodcuts and Etchings 2ART 421 Life Drawing 2ART 426 Design and Composition III 2ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)

Minor in Art History➤ A minimum of 34 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3

ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art 3ART 124-125 Design and Composition I-II 3-3ART 278 Women Artists 3ART 472 Greek and Roman Art 3ART 473 Medieval Art 3

(or ART 475 Renaissance Art)ART 474 Baroque and Rococo Art 3

(or ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art)ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3ART 478 Contemporary Art

ART 124-125 3-3 A-WDesign and Composition I-II

The basic principles and elementsof naturalistic and nonrepresentationaldesign. Stresses creative use of line, color,shape, texture, and space. Courses mustbe taken in sequence.

ART 127 2 SThree-Dimensional Design

The perceptual, spatial, and structuralprinciples of well-ordered three-dimen-sional forms. Includes assignments intro-ducing techniques of modeling andassemblage.

ART 131-132 2-2 A-WWatercolor Painting I-II

Fundamentals of nonrepresentationaland naturalistic watercolor in landscape,still-life, and figure painting. Emphasis oncreativ expression both in studio and on-location landscape painting. One lectureand three hours laboratory weekly. Mustbe taken in sequence. Odd years.

ART 141 2 A, W, SCeramics I

Introduction to materials and tech-niques in creating hand-built and wheel-thrown ceramic forms. One lecture andthree hours laboratory weekly.

ART 142 2 WCeramics II

Exploration of ceramics techniquesand processes at the intermediate level.One lecture and three hours laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: ART 141. Evenyears.

ART 144 2 WSculpture I

A basic study in creating sculpturalforms with additive and subtractive tech-niques. Figurative and abstracted subjectmatter rendered in clay and plaster. Oddyears.

ART 151-152 2-2 A-WAcrylic and Oil Painting I-II

Fundamentals of opaque media inpainting naturalistic and nonrepresenta-tional forms. Emphasis on color, compo-sition, and expression through the studyof still-life, landscape, and figurativesubject matter. One lecture and threehours laboratory weekly. Even years.

ART 226 2 WCollage and Assemblage

The artistic use of papers, foundobjects, and other nontraditional media;historical examples and the creation oftwo- and three-dimensional projects.One lecture and three hours laboratoryweekly. Even years.

The Rasmussen Art Gallery

The Rasmussen Art Gallery, located inthe heart of the campus mall, offers stu-dents and community a stimulating andenriching cultural dimension in the visualarts. The gallery’s exhibitions provideexposure to contemporary work as wellas to historically significant art.

Fine Art

Lower-division courses:

ART 115 2 SStained-Glass Design

An introduction to stained-glass design,including copper foiling and leading tech-niques. One lecture and three hours labo-ratory weekly.

ART 121 2 AART 122 2 W, SDrawing Fundamentals I-II

A foundation course developing thestudent’s ability to communicate andexpress creative ideas using line, shape,value, and texture. One lecture and twohours laboratory weekly. Coursesmust be taken in sequence.

51

Art

ART 234 2 WPrintmaking–Silkscreen

An introduction to the techniques ofsilkscreen printing including cut stenciland photostencil. One lecture and threehours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites:ART 121-122.

ART 235 2 SPrintmaking–Woodcut and Etching

An introduction to the creation ofprints through the relief process of wood-cuts and the intaglio process of etchings.One lecture and three hours laboratoryweekly. Prerequisites: ART 121-122.Odd years.

ART 299 3 A, W, SAssociate Degree Project

An individual-project course requiredof all associate-degree art majors. Cre-ation of a unified, accomplished body ofwork for exhibition in the Rasmussen ArtGallery or at another predetermined loca-tion on campus. Students completingmore than one degree do a separateproject for each degree earned.

Upper-division courses:

ART 314 3 SArt for Children(See also ECED 314.)

A course that provides an understand-ing of children’s art, a knowledge of artmaterials, and teaching techniques appli-cable to their levels of learning. Designedto provide in the life of the child the thrillof the visual and tactile uses of line,shape, value, color, and texture.

ART 331 2 SWatercolor Painting III

Continued study of form and colorthrough watercolor paintings of still-life,figure, and landscape. Increased emphasison developing personal expression andtechnique. One lecture and three hours

laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: ART131-132. Odd years.

ART 341 2 SCeramics III

Advanced study in creating ceramicforms, formulating glazes, and firing thekiln. One lecture and three hours labora-tory weekly. Prerequisites: ART 141-142.Even years.

ART 346 2 SSculpture II

Continued study in creating three-dimensional forms, using subtractivemethods and such media as stone andplaster. One lecture and three hours labo-ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 144.Odd years.

ART 394 2 WProfessional Practices in Art

Focus is on issues that graduating artmajors will face whether practicing in thefield of art or applying to graduate pro-grams. Each student compiles a portfolioof artworks. This team-taught coursefeatures guest speakers.

ART 421 2 SLife Drawing

A course to improve visual skills andaccurate portrayal through the practice ofdrawing the human model. One lectureand three hours laboratory weekly. Pre-requisites: ART 121-122.

ART 426 2 SDesign and Composition III

Integration and application of basicdesign principles through a series of com-prehensive projects. Prerequisites: ART124-125.

ART 451 2 SAcrylic and Oil Painting III

Continued study of form and color inacrylic and oil paints. Increased emphasis

on developing personal expression andtechniques. One lecture and three hourslaboratory weekly. Prerequisites: ART151-152. Even years.

ART 491 1-3 A, W, SCooperative Education in Art

An individualized contract agreementinvolving selected students, faculty, andemployers to provide practical experiencein art, art history, and graphic design in aprofessional setting. Approval of thedepartment chair required in advance.Thirty clock hours of experience requiredfor each hour of credit. May be repeated.

ART 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Available in any area where additionalstudy is desired. Approval of departmentchair and major adviser is required. Maxi-mum of three hours permitted in any onequarter, for a total of six in any major.

ART 498 3 A, W, SHonors Project

Required of baccalaureate degree artmajors in the Honors Program in placeof ART 499. (See ART 499 for coursedescription.)

ART 499 3 A, W, SBaccalaureate Degree Project

An individual-project course requiredof all baccalaureate degree art majors.Students create a unified, original, andprofessional body of work for exhibitioneither in the Rasmussen Art Gallery or atanother predetermined location on cam-pus. Students completing more than oneart degree do a separate degree projectfor each degree earned. (For art historymajors in the Honors Program, thisthree-hour degree requirement is metby GNRL 498 Honors Project.)

Art

52

Graphic Design


ART 261 3 AGraphic Design I

A basic overview of the design processfrom conceptualization and visualizationto the preparation of advertising and col-lateral materials for print.

ART 262 3 WGraphic Design II

A foundation course emphasizing con-ceptual problem-solving in the design ofcorporate identity and collateral materi-als. Prerequisites: ART 124-125, 261.

ART 263 3 WTypography I

Study of letter forms with emphasis ontypesetting and preparation of copy fortypesetting and design. Prerequisite: ART261.

ART 265 3 SPackage Design

Introduction to the process of designand presentation as applied to packaging.Studies the redesign of existing packagingand the creation of new product entries.Prerequisites: ART 262, 263. Even years.

ART 268 3 AIllustration I

Applied rendering in ink, markers,and wash drawings of the human figure,animal life, and inanimate objects. Pre-requisites: ART 121-122.


ART 317 2 ADesign for the Web

The process, resources, and skillsneeded to create a visual presence on theWorld Wide Web: personal home pages,Websites for clients, use of the Web as a

delivery platform. Beyond development ofa properly functioning site, the courseemphasizes creation of visually attractiveand coherent presentations. For generalstudents and art majors. Prerequisite:CPTR 105 or GRPH 153 or computercompetency (PC or Mac). Recommendedprior courses: ART 124-125, 261.

ART 361 3 SGraphic Design III

An advanced course in design and pre-sentation as applied to advertising andcollateral materials. Prerequisites: ART262, 263. Odd years.

ART 362 3 SGraphic Design IV

In-depth study of corporate identityand graphic standards programs. Includeslogo design and usage in various printand signage applications. Prerequisites:ART 262, 263. Even years.

ART 363 3 APreprint Production I

Preprint production techniques appliedto advertising and collateral materials. Em-phasis on presentation and technical skills.Prerequisite or corequisite: ART 261.

ART 463 3 STypography II

Type styles, character, arrangement,and usage in the design of printed materi-als. Practical experience in preparation oftype for print production. Prerequisites:ART 263; GRPH 253. Odd years.

ART 464 3 WPreprint Production II

Explores the preparation of digital filesand desktop design. For advanced graphicdesign majors who understand the basicelements of design, typography, and printand who have good Macintosh compe-tency. Prerequisites: ART 262, 363;GRPH 253. Even years.

ART 465-466 3-3 W-SIllustration II-III

Emphasis on visual and conceptualproblem-solving in renderings and onclient presentations of editorial and com-mercial assignments. Media includemarkers, airbrush, and mixed media.Prerequisites: ART 268, 421.

ART 468 2 WPreprint Production III

An advanced course in digital preprinttechniques. For advanced graphic designmajors who understand the basic elementsof digital file preparation. Prerequisites:ART 262, 363, 464; GRPH 253. Oddyears.

Photography


ART 241- 3 A, WART 242 3 WPhotography I-II

The basic equipment, experimentalmanipulations, and photographic skillsinvolved in producing black and whitenegatives, contact prints, and enlarge-ments; the proper use of various films,papers, and chemicals. Ninety minuteslecture and three hours laboratory weekly.Must be taken in sequence.

ART 243 3 SColor Photography I

An introduction to color theory andpractice; color toners, photo oils, slidedeveloping, and color printing. Ninetyminutes lecture and three hours labora-tory weekly.


ART 441 3 APortrait Photography

Development of fine art and commer-cial skills in black-and-white and color

53

Art

ART 456 3 ASpecial Effects Photography

Advanced studio techniques producingvaried special effects for studio and com-mercial applications. Ninety minutes lec-ture and three hours laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: ART 443. Odd years.

History of Art


ART 105 4 A, SHistory of Western Art

Designed to further appreciation ofsignificant art as an expression of pro-found human experience. Major artistsand monuments in Western Civilizationfrom its origins to the present, with par-ticular emphasis on the relationship be-tween art and the epoch during which itwas created.

ART 105H 4 SHistory of Western Art (Honors)

In addition to fulfilling the require-ments for ART 105, honors students willparticipate in a series of seminars dealingwith the methodology of art history.

ART 107 3 WAmerican Art

A study of painting, sculpture, graphicart, photography, and architecture in theUnited States from the colonial period tothe present. Odd years.

ART 108 3 SHistory of Far Eastern Art

An overview of art and architecturecreated in China, Japan, India, andSoutheast Asia. Even years.

ART 277 3 WHistory of Photography

Analysis of theories and techniquesof major photographers in America andEurope from the inception of photogra-phy to the present.

ART 278 3 WWomen Artists

Female artists in the Western Worldfrom the Renaissance to the present, withparticular focus on the nineteenth andtwentieth centuries. Even years.


ART 472 3 AGreek and Roman Art

The architecture, painting, sculpture,and minor arts of Ancient Greece andRome from the Cyclades in Greek art tothe age of Constantine in Late Roman art.Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years.

ART 473 3 AMedieval Art

The art of Western Europe fromearly Christianity until the advent of theRenaissance, with particular attention toarchitecture. Prerequisite: ART 105. Evenyears.

ART 474 3 WBaroque and Rococo Art

Course covers the age of Bernini,Velázquez, Rubens, Rembrandt, andWatteau: architecture, painting, graphicart, and sculpture in Italy, Spain, theNetherlands, France, and England duringthe seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.Prerequisite: ART 105. Odd years.

ART 475 3 AItalian Renaissance Art

An examination of painting, sculpture,graphic art, and architecture in Italy andSpain from 1300 to 1600. Prerequisite:ART 105. Odd years.

portraiture, including executive and groupportraits, both in studio and outdoors. A2 1/4 format camera is used. One and one-half hours lecture and three hours labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: ART 243.

ART 443 3 WCommercial Photography

Use of 2 1/4 and 4 x 5 format cameraswith studio lighting for product still life,architectural, and industrial applications.Ninety minutes lecture and three hourslaboratory weekly. Prerequisite: ART243.

ART 444 3 SColor Photography II

Advanced color materials and manipu-lation of color photography techniquesusing the subtractive process and printingfrom slides. One and one-half hours lec-ture and three hours laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: ART 243.

ART 452 3 AThe Fine Print I

An advanced photography printingcourse using large format camera. Refinedprinting using cold-light enlargers andarchival treatments. Ninety minutes lec-ture and three hours laboratory weekly.Even years.

ART 453 3 WThe Fine Print II

Second stage of refined printing withlarge format negatives. Ninety minuteslecture and three hours laboratory weekly.Even years.

ART 455 3 WArchitectural Photography

Use of 2 1/4 and 4 x 5 cameras to recordinterior and exteriors of architectural sub-jects. Lighting techniques blend naturallight and flash. Ninety minutes lectureand three hours laboratory/field workweekly. Odd years.

Art

54

ART 476 3 ANineteenth-Century Art

An analysis of painting, sculpture,graphic art, photography, and architec-ture in Europe from 1775 to 1900.Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years.

ART 477 3 STwentieth-Century Art

Painting, sculpture, graphic art, photog-raphy and architecture in Europe from1900 to 1945. Prerequisite: ART 105.Odd years.

ART 478 3 SContemporary Art

Painting, sculpture, graphic art, pho-tography, and architecture in Americaand Europe from 1960 to the present.Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years.

ART 480 3 WArt Historical Methodology

Bibliographical training and methodsof art history applied to selected periodsand art works created during those peri-ods. Prerequisite: ART 105. Even years.

ART 490 3 A, W, SArt History Research Project

An intensive, faculty-directed researchpaper required of all majors in Art His-tory during their senior year, the topic tobe determined in consultation with theArt faculty adviser.

55

Behavioral Science

FacultyAubyn Fulton, chair; Bruce Bainum, Fiona Bullock, MonteButler, Larry Pickard, Gregory Schneider, Sharon Teruya

Departmental Office: 109 Davidian Hall; 965-6537

Degrees and ProgramsBehavioral Science, B.S. ....................................................... 55Psychology, B.A., B.S. .......................................................... 56Social Work, B.S.W. ............................................................ 56

The Department of Behavioral Science offers threemajors: Behavioral Science, Psychology, and Social Work. Thegoals of the department are as follows:

• To encourage purposeful living in the service of God andhumanity by helping students understand and apply principlesof human behavior in personal and professional relationships.

• To provide a general background for a wide range of careersthat involve working with people, such as law, medicine, nurs-ing, education, business, and the ministry.

• To prepare students at the baccalaureate level in the generalistframework for employment in the profession of social work.

• To prepare students adequately for graduate study in psychol-ogy and social work.

Major in Behavioral Science, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours in behavioral science (30 upper

division) including the following core courses plus anemphasis of 16-17 hours from psychology or sociology:

➤ Required Core Courses:

ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4PSYC 121 General Psychology 4PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar* 3PSYC 334 Child Development 4PSYC 364 Social Psychology 4PSYC 394 Colloquium** 2PSYC 457 Psychological Testing 4PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human

Sciences 4SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4SOCI 232 American Social Problems 4SOWK 121 Introduction to Social Work 4SOWK 227 Conflict Resolution and Relationship Skills 3

(or PSYC 225 Personal BehaviorModification (2))

➤ Emphases: (choose one):

Psychology: Minimum 16-17 upper-division hoursSociology: Minimum 16-17 upper-division hours➤ Required Cognate Course:

OFAD 301*** Word Processing 2(or GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh)

Behavioral Science

* PSYC 122 must be taken before the junior year.** PSYC 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years.

*** OFAD 111 may be prerequisite to OFAD 301 dependingon the student’s keyboard competence.

Behavioral Science

56

Major in Psychology, B.A., B.S.➤ B.A.: A minimum of 49 hours in psychology (24 upper division).

B.S.: A minimum of 60 hours in psychology (30 in the upperdivision) including the following:

PSYC 121 General Psychology 4PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar* 3PSYC 322 Research Design 4PSYC 323 Intro. to Experimental Psychology 4PSYC 334 Child Development 4PSYC 344 Psychology of Personality 4PSYC 364 Social Psychology 4PSYC 394 Colloquium** 2PSYC 436 Physiological Psychology 4PSYC 444 History and Systems of Psychology 4PSYC 445 Learning and Cognition 4PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human

Sciences 4PSYC 499 Systematic Issues in Psychology 4➤ Recommended Course:PSYC 457 Psychological Testing (4)➤ Required Cognate Courses:ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3OFAD 301*** Word Processing 2

(or GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh)SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4

Major in Social Work, B.S.W.➤ A minimum of 65 hours in social work (54 upper division).

The baccalaureate degree program in social work is fullyaccredited by the Council on Social Work Education. It isdesigned to prepare students at the baccalaureate level to enterthe profession as generalist social work practitioners.

The objectives of the social work program support its missionand goals to train students as competent generalist social work-ers, ready for beginning professional practice in accord with thestandards of the Council on Social Work Education. These ob-jectives provide the standard by which the quality of educationand professional competencies of students may be assessed. Themajor objectives include the following:

1. To prepare students for beginning generalist professionalsocial work practice. This includes work with individuals,small groups, families, organizations, communities, andadministrative and legislative systems.

2. To provide students with an appreciation for the relevance totoday’s practice of the history and philosophy of the socialwork profession and an understanding of the current issuesand social welfare policies that affect client systems and gener-alist practitioners.

3. To provide students a strong knowledge base, from an eco-logical perspective, of the bio-psycho-social, spiritual, andcultural factors that affect human behavior throughout life.

4. To prepare students with a working knowledge of quantitativeand qualitative research methodologies at the micro and macrolevels of practice, with emphasis on incorporating techniquesfor systematic evaluation of practice and awareness of techno-logical advances.

5. To guide students in developing values, ethics, standards, andconduct vital to the social work profession and to provide super-vised field practicum experiences that allow opportunity for con-tinued growth and application of practice knowledge and skills.

6. To provide social work resources to the community (Napaand Sonoma Valleys, Lake County, the college environment,and the church at large) needing social services, consultation,and practice skills from social work faculty and students.

7. To provide students with a greater appreciation of humandiversity, with special attention to the practice knowledge andskills related to the specific populations-at-risk in surroundingcommunities.

8. To prepare students for lifetime learning and critical thinkingthrough an educational process that combines a liberal-artsfoundation with professional social work education.

Students interested in social work as a profession should makean advisement appointment with the Social Work Program Direc-tor. The Social Work Student Handbook contains detailed infor-mation on the admissions process.

1. Complete the program admissions packet, including admissionsapplication, personal statement, and reference letters.

2. Complete the personal admissions interview.The Program Admissions Committee applies the following

criteria in evaluating applications:

• Successful completion of required prerequisite courses.• Satisfactory academic record.• Effective oral-communication skills.• Effective written-communication skills.• Attitudes, behaviors, and ethics appropriate to the social work

profession.

* PSYC 122 must be taken before the junior year.** PSYC 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years.

*** OFAD 111 may be prerequisite to OFAD 301 dependingon the student’s keyboard competence.

57

Behavioral Science

The Admissions Committee notifies each candidate of the actiontaken on his or her application. To remain in the program, studentsmust continue to meet the same academic, ethical, and behavioralstandards. (The Social Work Student Handbook contains furtherinformation on criteria for admission to the program, continuancein it, and the appeal process.)


PSYC 322 Research Design 4SOCI 355 Racial and Ethnic Relations 3SOWK 121 Introduction to Social Work 4SOWK 232 American Social Problems 4SOWK 275 History and Philosophy of Social Welfare

Institutions 3SOWK 368 Principles of Counseling 4SOWK 376 Human Behavior in the Social

Environment I 3SOWK 377 Human Behavior in the Social

Environment II 3SOWK 382 Practice Theory I 4SOWK 383 Practice Theory II 4SOWK 394 Colloquium* 2SOWK 465 Practice Theory III 4SOWK 468 Social Welfare Policy and Contemporary

Social Issues 4SOWK 470 Introduction to Field Experience 3SOWK 471 Field Experience 14SOWK 475 Integrative Field Seminar 2➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4

PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3PSYC 121 General Psychology 4PSYC 358 Abnormal Psychology 4

(or PSYC 344 Psychology of Personality)PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, and the Human

Sciences 4➤ Elective Courses: 8 hours

Electives must be selected in consultation with the SocialWork adviser.➤ General Education Requirements:

The same as for the B.S. degree except that the health require-ment (VI-A) is fulfilled by the major.➤ Recommended Course:

Students who intend to seek employment in California arestrongly urged to include Spanish as a second language. See espe-cially SPAN 111-112 Beginning Spanish.

Minor in Psychology➤ A minimum of 30 hours in psychology (12 hours upper

division) including the following:

PSYC 121 General Psychology 4PSYC 122 Psychology Seminar 3PSYC 225 Personal Behavior Modification 2

Minor in Sociology➤ A minimum of 30 hours in sociology (17 hours upper division)

including the following:

SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4SOCI 232 American Social Problems 4

*SOWK 394 is required each quarter of the junior and senior years.

Behavioral Science

58

Anthropology

Lower-division course:

ANTH 124 4 W, SCultural Anthropology

The nature and concept of culture, thelearning and growth of culture, and thedevelopment of cultural patterns. Surveyof economics, kinship, gender, politicalstructures, languages, and religion in tech-nologically simple and complex societies.

Psychology

(PSYC 121 is prerequisite to all othercourses in Psychology except PSYC 126,225, 227 and 390.)

Service Course:(May not apply to a major or minor inthe department)

PSYC 234 4 A, WHuman Development

Theory and research in developmentalpsychology, including an overview of themental, emotional, physical, social, andmoral development of the individualfrom conception to senescence.


PSYC 121 4 A, W, SGeneral Psychology

Survey of the field of psychology: socialprocesses, biological psychology, learning,development, motivation, stress, personal-ity, psychopathology, and therapies.

PSYC 122 3 W, SPsychology Seminar

An introductory seminar emphasizingthe exploration and discussion of psy-chological issues. Topics include criticalanalysis of psychological research, pro-fessional and occupational roles, and

religious, ethical, and social implicationsof psychological theory and data.

PSYC 126 2 AAssertive Behavior(See SOWK 126.)

PSYC 225 2 APersonal Behavior Modification

Application of self-analysis andbehavior-modification techniques toachieve self-change and personal devel-opment.

PSYC 227 3 A, WConflict Resolution andRelationship Skills(See SOWK 227.)


PSYC 322 4 WResearch Design(See also SOCI 322.)

Methods of inquiry in the behavioralsciences from conception of idea to analy-sis of data. Includes the experiment, sur-vey research, observational methods, andprogram evaluation. Requires a labora-tory that introduces the student to theStatistical Package for the Social Sciences(SPSS). Prerequisite: MATH 222.

PSYC 323 4 SIntroduction to ExperimentalPsychology

Research design and procedures inthe psychological laboratory. Requiresa major research project and laboratory.Prerequisites: MATH 222, PSYC 322.

PSYC 334 4 AChild Development(See also ECED 334.)

Theory and research in developmentalpsychology; their application in under-standing and relating to children. Focuson learning, perception, and identifica-

tion and on the development of intelli-gence, motivation, language, play, per-sonality, self-concept, moral principles,and sex roles. Emphasis on interactionbetween innate development and envi-ronmental influences. Covers infancythrough adolescence.

PSYC 335 3 WAdolescent Development

Theory and research in adolescentdevelopment. Focuses on the unique tasksand conflicts of adolescence, the role andfunction of adolescence in modern soci-ety, and the social and psychologicalproblems and opportunities associatedwith adolescence.

PSYC 336 4 SAdult and Geriatric Development(See also SOWK/SOCI 336.)

A developmental exploration of earlyadulthood through the elder years. Focuson the main tasks, milestones, life events,problems, and fulfillments of this agingprocess. Emphasis on the impact of soci-etal, cultural, racial, and ethnic influences.

PSYC 344 4 APsychology of Personality

Survey and analysis of major theoreti-cal models of personality, personalityclassification systems, and empiricalresearch.

PSYC 358 4 WAbnormal Psychology

Overview of psychological disorders:description of symptoms, course of thedisorder, etiology, and treatment. In-cludes survey of current biological andbehavioral research in psychopathologyand behavioral disorders. Recommendedprior course: PSYC 344.

59

Behavioral Science

PSYC 359 3 SPsychology of Exceptional Children(See also ECED 359, EDUC 359.)

The major variations in intellectual, sen-sory, and physiological functioning. Thecauses, psychological impact, and uniqueproblems associated with mental retarda-tion, giftedness, emotional disturbance,speech, visual and hearing problems, or-thopedic handicap, and specific learningdisability; the legal mandates making edu-cational, equal access, and civil rights pro-visions for the exceptional person. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly (seePSYC 359L). Required for California Pro-fessional Clear teaching credential.

PSYC 359L 1 SPsychology of Exceptional ChildrenLaboratory(See also ECED 359L, EDUC 359L.)

Required for California ProfessionalClear Teaching Credential. One laboratoryto be taken concurrently with PSYC 359.

PSYC 364 4 ASocial Psychology(See also SOCI 364.)

The psychological principles underly-ing group behavior and the effects of thegroup on individual behavior; attitudechange, conformity, aggression, preju-dice; and interpersonal attraction, coop-eration, and competition. Three lecturesand one laboratory weekly.

PSYC 368 4 A, WPrinciples of Counseling(See also SOWK 368.)

This prepractice course offers an intro-duction to the work, ethical issues, andtheories of counseling. Emphasis on begin-ning to develop basic helping relationshipskills, evaluation of one’s personal strengthsand weaknesses and establishing a begin-ning personal philosophy of counseling.Recommended prior course: PSYC 344 or358; or permission of the instructor.

PSYC 390 3 WGender Issues(See also SOWK 390.)

Historical, biological, sociological,cultural, and psychological impacts ongender issues, both male and female. Sig-nificant emphasis on the effects on theindividual, family, workplace, commu-nity, and society. Breaking stereotypesand barriers.

PSYC 394 1 A, W, SColloquium(See also SOWK 394.)

Topics of current interest in socialwork and psychology. Includes guestspeakers, progress reports on studentand faculty research, and presentationson current professional issues. Requiredof all junior and senior majors. Studentsregister once (fall) for the entire year.

PSYC 399 1-2 A-WResearch Seminar

For students completing a researchproject with supervision by a researchmentor. Emphasis on revision and sub-mission of an APA-style manuscript forprofessional presentation. Prerequisite:Approval of the instructor.

PSYC 435 3 APsychology of Religion

Religious experience, behavior, and devel-opment from the perspective of dynamicand research psychologies. Two hoursmay be applied toward the general-educa-tion requirement in religion. Odd years.

PSYC 436 4 SPhysiological Psychology

The physiological explanations ofbehavior; brain-behavior relationships;sensory, neural and motor structuressignificant to human experience.

PSYC 444 4 SHistory and Systems of Psychology

Greek and medieval background ofpsychology, the early modern period, theemergence of contemporary experimentalwork, and special fields of psychology;influential psychological systems.

PSYC 445 4 WLearning and Cognition

Comparison and integration of basicresearch in animal learning and humanmemory and cognition. Emphasis on therelative roles of mechanistic and mental-istic variables and on the plausibility ofuniversal laws of learning. Three lecturesand one laboratory weekly.

PSYC 457 4 SPsychological Testing

The purpose, contribution, and prob-lems of psychological testing. Emphasison understanding the psychometric andclinical characteristics of standardizedtests. The major areas of testing, includingability, achievement, intelligence, interest,and personality. Three lectures and onelaboratory weekly. Recommended priorcourse: MATH 222.

PSYC 490 4 WIssues in Religion, Ethics, and theHuman Sciences

Explorations of tensions in belief, con-duct, and identity that arise from beingboth a Christian and a person changedthrough contact with the human sciences.Special attention to issues for Christiansentering professions in psychology andsocial work. Open to senior majors in theBehavioral Science department and toothers by permission of the instructor.

Behavioral Science

60

PSYC 491 1-6 A, W, SField Work in Psychology

Concentrated field work in an area ofspecial interest. Includes placement inhospitals, correctional agencies, programsfor emotionally disturbed children, andother community mental-health programs.Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.Maximum of six hours applicable towardmajor.

PSYC 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Limited to department majors wishingto pursue independent investigations inpsychology under the direction of theBehavioral Science faculty. Maximumof three hours applicable toward major.

PSYC 499 4 ASystematic Issues in Psychology

A review of the psychology major,including an in-depth analysis of the ex-perimental foundations of general psy-chology; orientation to the graduateschool application process and prepara-tion for the psychology GRE. Limited tosenior psychology majors.

Social Work


SOWK 121 4 A, SIntroduction to Social Work

Introduction to the profession of socialwork and social interventions. Fields ofpractice, practice methods, and theknowledge, values, ethics, and skills ofthe profession. Focus on social work andpopulations-at-risk and issues of humandiversity. Open to all students interestedin the profession of social work and so-cial interventions. Requires communityinvolvement.

SOWK 126 2 AAssertive Behavior(See also PSYC 126.)

Emphasis on developing basic skills andconfidence in clarifying one’s desires orneeds and communicating them to othersin socially acceptable and effective ways.Learning through role playing, discus-sion, and setting personal goals.

SOWK 214 4 SThe Family(See also SOCI 214.)

Exploration of the meaning and func-tions of family systems. The adjustmentsof premarriage, marriage, and family liv-ing viewed as a system, with focus onskills designed to establish and maintainthe family institution.

SOWK 227 3 A, WConflict Resolution andRelationship Skills(See also PSYC 227.)

Skill development in self-understand-ing and in relating effectively with others.Provides tools for effective communica-tion and conflict resolution. Applicable topersonal, work, and social relationships.

SOWK 232 4 WAmerican Social Problems(See also SOCI 232.)

An introduction to major social prob-lems in current American society. Causal-ity, current dynamics, and projections onthe future climate of social change relatedto crime, violence, population, environ-ment, family issues, discrimination, socialand economic justice, and health care.

SOWK 254 3 AJuvenile Delinquency(See also SOCI 254.)

The nature and causes of crime anddelinquency among minors; the currentjuvenile justice system and methods oftreating offenders. Even years.

SOWK 275 3 AHistory and Philosophy of SocialWelfare Institutions

Based upon changing value systemsand philosophies, the attempts of societyand social welfare institutions to meethuman needs. Examination from bothhistorical and current perspectives. Pre-requisites: SOWK 121, PLSC 124, HIST101-102 or permission of the instructor.

SOWK 279 3 AChild and Youth Services

A comprehensive view of current phi-losophy, procedures, and structure of thechild welfare system. Identification ofwarning signs of trouble, current inter-vention strategies, and the roles of teacher,nurse, and social worker in reportingsuspected child abuse and neglect. Oddyears.

SOWK 281 3 SSocial Work Practice in Health Care

Development of knowledge from ageneralist social work perspective of thebio-psycho-social components of healthand illness, including a strong emphasison loss, grief, death and dying. A compre-hensive view of pertinent topics related tocurrent and future medical social workpractice. Open to premedical, nursingand psychology majors without prerequi-site; open to others with instructor’s per-mission. Even years.


SOWK 336 4 SAdult and Geriatric Development(See PSYC 336.)

SOWK 368 4 A, WPrinciples of Counseling(See PSYC 368.)

61

Behavioral Science

SOWK 376 3 AHuman Behavior in the SocialEnvironment I

The bio-psycho-social factors that im-pact or influence behavior from infancythrough young adulthood from the per-son-in-environment perspective. Focuson the assessment process in generalistpractice, with special attention to culturalawareness and factors of human diversity.Emphasis on research relevant to socialwork practice. Prerequisites: SOWK 275,BIOL 102, PSYC 121.

SOWK 377 3 WHuman Behavior in the SocialEnvironment II

The bio-psyco-social factors that influ-ence behaviors of individuals from youngadulthood through the elder years fromthe person-in-environment perspective.Focus on the assessment process in gener-alist practice, with special attention tocultural awareness and factors of humandiversity. Emphasis on research relevantto social work practice. Prerequisite:SOWK 376.

SOWK 382 4 SPractice Theory I

Emphasis on the generalist model ofpractice with focus on work with indi-viduals. The micro level of interventionas it relates to client engagement, prob-lem assessment, data collection, goals,strategies, action, and evaluation to helpthe client or client system resolve prob-lems. Three lectures and one laboratoryweekly Prerequisites: SOWK 368, 376,377 or permission of the instructor. Lim-ited to B.S.W. majors.

SOWK 383 4 APractice Theory II

Emphasis on the generalist model ofpractice with small groups and familysystems. The micro level of interventionas it relates to group goals, structure,

dynamics and processes. Focus on devel-opment of basic group work skills andtechniques in working with groups ofvarious composition and age. Prerequi-sites: SOWK 368, 376, 377 or permissionof the instructor. Enrollment limited toB.S.W. majors.

SOWK 390 3 WGender Issues(See PSYC 390.)

SOWK 394 1 A, W, SColloquium(See PSYC 394.)

SOWK 465 4 APractice Theory III

Basic knowledge at the macro levelnecessary for functioning effectively ingeneralist social work roles. Focus onproblem-solving methods for desiredchange within generalist practice; organi-zations and communities as they pro-mote, restore, maintain, and enhancesocial functioning. Emphasis on commu-nity organization with diverse popula-tions and on research techniques. Prereq-uisite: SOWK 382 and 383 or permissionof the instructor. Enrollment limited toB.S.W. majors.

SOWK 468 4 WSocial Welfare Policy andContemporary Social Issues

Emphasis on the philosophical andhistorical development of welfare policy.Analysis and formulation of policy. Con-temporary social issues in relationship topolicy and its effects upon the people forwhom it is intended. The role of the gen-eralist social worker in this process. Pre-requisite: SOWK 275, ECON 261 orpermission of the instructor.

SOWK 470 3 WIntroduction to Field Experience

Provides five hours of practicum perweek in community agencies. One semi-nar session per week to facilitate thetransition from theory to practice. Pre-requisite: SOWK 382, 383, 465. Enroll-ment limited to B.S.W. majors with fullacceptance into the Social Work program.

SOWK 471 14 SField Experience

A block placement of 420 clock hoursin a social agency with emphasis on inte-gration and active use of content from allareas of the curriculum. Includes agency-based research project. Prerequisite:SOWK 470. Limited to senior B.S.W.majors.

SOWK 475 2 SIntegrative Field Seminar

A seminar experience designed to pro-vide opportunity for practicum studentsto exchange learning from their field set-tings. Emphasis on continuing integra-tion of theory and practice issues. Takenconcurrently with SOWK 471.

SOWK 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Limited to advanced students wishingto do independent research on a specifictopic of current social work interest andits implication for integrative practice.

Sociology


SOCI 121 4 A, SIntroduction to Sociology

The relationship of sociology to thetotal behavioral science field; orientationto the structure and functioning of soci-ety; development and social nature ofpersonality; background and develop-ment of culture; basic social institutions.

Behavioral Science

62

SOCI 214 4 SThe Family(See SOWK 214.)

SOCI 232 4 WAmerican Social Problems(See SOWK 232.)

SOCI 254 3 AJuvenile Delinquency(See SOWK 254.)


SOCI 322 4 WResearch Design(See PSYC 322.)

SOCI 336 4 SAdult and Geriatric Development(See PSYC 336.)

SOCI 355 3 ARacial and Ethnic Relations

History of ethnic and racial groups inthe United States. Ethnic groups studiedinclude African Americans, Jewish Ameri-cans, American Indians, Asian Americans,Latin Americans, and European Ameri-cans. The nature of prejudice and dis-crimination, especially as evidenced incontemporary American racial problems;possible solutions of group conflict.

SOCI 364 4 ASocial Psychology(See PSYC 364.)

SOCI 435 3 AThe Sacred and Profane in Society

Examination of the social-religiousnature of humankind; description anduse of concepts in the sociological studyof religion; consideration of mainstreamand marginal religious organizations andmovements. Two hours may apply towardthe general-education requirement in reli-gion. Even years.

SOCI 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Limited to advanced students wishingto do independent research under direc-tion of the Behavioral Science faculty.

63

Biology

FacultyTerrence Trivett, chair; Earl Aagaard, Kenneth Millard, GilbertMuth, Bryan Ness

Departmental Office: 120 Clark Hall; 965-6227

Degrees and ProgramsBiology, B.S. ........................................................................ 63Premedical Technology Option, B.S. ................................... 64Biology, B.A. ....................................................................... 64Natural Science, B.S. ........................................................... 64Teaching Credential ............................................................. 65Medical Technology, B.S.M.T. ............................................ 68

Biologists seek to understand the complexity of the livingworld through observation and experiment. By offering coursework and laboratory experience concerning microorganisms,plants, animals (including humans), and the interrelationshipsamong these living things, the Department of Biologyencourages the student to consider the study of life an excitingand continuing challenge, whether at the level of molecules,cells, organisms, populations, or ecosystems.

The biology major prepares students for careers in the practiceor teaching of the life sciences, for graduate study, or for suchprofessions as dentistry, medicine, and medical technology.

On-campus studies may be enriched by field experiences at theAlbion Field Station on the Mendocino Coast.

Biology

Major in Biology, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

➤ Required Core Courses:BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5BIOL 320 Cell and Molecular Biology 5BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 4BIOL 354 Genetics 4BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3MICR 134 General Microbiology 56 hours from the following: 6BIOL 321 Ornithology (3)BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)BIOL 331 Marine Science (4)GEOL 233 Geology (4)8 hours from the following: 8BIOL 356 Human Genetics (4)BIOL 469 Immunology (4)MICR 366 Medical Microbiology (4)➤ Required Cognate Courses:CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4CHEM 381 Biochemistry I 4PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4➤ Premedical and predental students:

See adviser for recommended cognates.

Biology

64

Premedical Technology Option forBiology Major, B.S.

The following electives must be added to the core and cognaterequirements of the biology major for eligibility to apply to aclinical program in Medical Technology (12 months) that isState of California and Registry approved:

BIOL 330 Introduction to Hematology 1BIOL 469 Immunology 4CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2MICR 366 Medical Microbiology 4One of the following: 4MATH 106 College Algebra (4)MATH 130 Precalculus (4)MATH 131 Calculus (4)

For further academic or career information, please consult theMedical Technology adviser.

Major in Biology, B.A.➤ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) including the following:

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5BIOL 320 Cell and Molecular Biology 5BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 4

(or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5))BIOL 354 Genetics 4BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3MICR 134 General Microbiology 56 hours from the following: 6BIOL 321 Ornithology (3)BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)BIOL 331 Marine Science (4)GEOL 233 Geology (4)➤ Required Cognate Courses:CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry 4CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry 4CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5➤ Required Cognates for Prospective Teachers:PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1

Major in Natural Science, B.S.This major satisfies the preconditions for science program

subject-matter approval by the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarterhours of course work corresponds to science subjects commonlytaught in California public schools, and the concentrations avail-able treat the subject matter at a depth more than adequate forteaching the higher secondary science courses in biology, chemis-try, and physics.


ASTR 125 General Astronomy 4ASTR 299 Meteorology 1BIOL 111-112- Biological Foundations 5-5-5

113BIOL 331 Marine Science 4BIOL 345 Human Ecology 3BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5

112-113GEOL 233 Geology 4PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science 3PHYS 111- General Physics 4-4-4

112-113 (or PHYS 131-132-133*)➤ Emphases: Choose one:1. Biology Emphasis (35-36 hours)

BIOL 320 Cell and Molecular Biology 5BIOL 333 Principles of Ecology 4BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 4

(or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5))BIOL 354 Genetics 4BIOL 396 Seminar (4 quarters) 2MICR 134 General Microbiology 5One of the following courses:

BIOL 321 Ornithology (3)BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)Required Cognate Courses:

CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4)CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4)2. Chemistry Emphasis (33 hours)

CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2

* Students electing the emphasis in physics must take PHYS 131-132-133.

65

Biology

CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3(or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry)

CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4372-373

CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4Required Cognate Course:

MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4

3. Physics Emphasis (35 hours)

ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3MATH 131- Calculus 4-4-4

132-133PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4One of the following courses:

ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4

Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys-ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and fromthe following two courses:ASTR 341-342 Astrophysics 3-3CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3

Teaching CredentialStudents desiring to enter a program of studies leading to a

California teaching credential in science with a concentration in

biology should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. Thisprogram meets the newly established standards of quality andeffectiveness and has been approved by the State of CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describingthe new program and its requirements is available in the Biologydepartment office. Students are invited to discuss the programwith the Teacher Education Adviser in the Biology department.

Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should con-sult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Educationand should become acquainted with the specific requirements foradmission to and successful completion of the Teacher EducationProgram as outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

Minor in Biology➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5BIOL 345 Human Ecology 3BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3

Summer Field StudyThe following course is offered on demand during the summer:

BIOL 331 Marine Science 4

Agriculture

Lower-division courses:(May not be used for a major or minorin Biology)

AGRI 211 3 AHome Fruit Growing

Home fruit production for the back-yard gardener. Biology of various fruitplants and the cultural practices essentialto growing a wide variety of fruits forhome use. Two lectures and one labora-tory weekly.

AGRI 212 3 A, WHome Greenhouse Gardening

The greenhouse as a solar energy sourcefor the home. Growth and multiplicationof plants for food and home beautifica-tion. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly.

AGRI 213 3 SHome Vegetable Gardening

Instruction and experience growing ahome vegetable garden. One lecture andtwo laboratories weekly.

Biology

Service Courses: (May not be used for major or minorin this department)

BIOL 105 5 WMan and the Natural World

The fundamental principles of biology,with emphasis on such practical applica-tions as order and design, natural history,philosophy of creation, adaptation, con-servation, and survival. Limited to non-science majors; not available to studentswho have had a college biology course.

Biology

66

BIOL 223 1 AIntroduction to Medical Terms

Introducing approximately 20,000medical terms, this course offers to pre-medical, predental, and nursing studentsa valuable foundation for more advancedstudies.

BIOL 227 3 SNatural History of California

The plants and animals of Californiaas they relate to its diverse topographyand geography. Two lectures and onelaboratory weekly.

BIOL 355 3 APhilosophy of Biology(See also PHIL 355.)

Current theories regarding the origin,age, and change of the earth and its life.Methods of interpreting Scripture, theo-ries of origin and age-dating of the earthand its layers, biological problems ofevolution, geological history, glaciation,and fossil hominids. Special reference tothe bearing of scientific data on evolu-tionist and creationist philosophies. Twocredits applicable toward the general-education requirement in religion.


BIOL 101 4 A, WHuman Anatomy

Human structure as the expressionof basic principles of morphology. Eachfunctional system considered in terms ofits cell, tissue, and organ types. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly.

BIOL 102 5 W, SHuman Physiology

The function of human body systems,emphasizing the relationships amongthese systems; the role of each system innormal body function and health. Fourlectures and one laboratory weekly.

BIOL 111-112-113 5-5-5 A-W;Biological Foundations W-S; S, A

An integrated foundation for biologymajors and preprofessional students inbiomedical sciences. Prerequisite to mostbiology courses with higher numbers.Should be taken in sequence. Four lec-tures and one laboratory weekly.

BIOL 111: Principles basic to all ofbiology–cell structure, function andphysiology of cellular organelles, andgenetics.

BIOL 112: Plant structure and func-tion; survey of the different groups ofplants; and introduction to ecology.

BIOL 113: Emphasis on comparativeanimal anatomy and physiology; generalsurvey of the different animal groups; dis-cussion of evolution and the evidencegiven to support it.


BIOL 320 5 WCell and Molecular Biology

Composition, structure, and physiol-ogy of the cell and its organelles. Topicsinclude bio-membranes, nucleus, chro-matin fibers, transcription, translation,genetic coding, regulation of prokaryonsand eukaryons, DNA replication and celldivision, cell growth, the vacuolar systemand membrane-bound granules, secre-tion, endocytosis, membrane transport,cell movement, impulse conduction, thecell as host of viruses, mitochondria andrespiration, chloroplasts, and photosyn-thesis. Eukaryons are emphasized, al-though prokaryons are compared withthem in numerous particulars. Prerequi-sites: BIOL 111-112-113, CHEM 103or 381.

BIOL 321 3 AOrnithology

Field and laboratory studies of theavifauna of the Pacific States in particu-lar, with general attention to the distribu-

tion of birds in North America as awhole. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 113 or BIOL227. Odd years.

BIOL 323 3 WVertebrate Natural History

A comprehensive look at the naturalhistory of the vertebrates, including theirrelationship to the physical environmentand to other species and their social andreproductive patterns. Laboratory sur-veys vertebrate groups, especially theirnorthern California representatives. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: BIOL 113 or BIOL 227.

BIOL 325 3 SFlowering Plants

Structure of typical flowers; methodsof analyzing, collecting, identifying, andpreserving representative specimens. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: BIOL 112 or BIOL 227.

BIOL 327 1 A, W, SMethods of Museum Curation

The student spends three clock hoursper week for each hour of credit, prepar-ing specimens for the herbarium. Tech-niques of mounting, labeling, herbariumorganization, and data preparation forthe Herbarium Data Retrieval System.Prerequisite: BIOL 325.

BIOL 330 1 WIntroduction to Hematology

Morphology and physiology of thecells of the bone marrow and peripheralblood. Hematopoiesis. Survey of anemiasand leukemias. One lecture or one labo-ratory weekly. Offered on demand forMedical Technology majors accepted forthe clinical year.

67

Biology

BIOL 331 4 AMarine Science

Introduction to oceanography, marinelife, and humanity’s impact on the marineenvironment. Lecture, laboratory, andproject. Prerequisites: BIOL 111, 112,113 or consent of the instructor.

BIOL 333 4 SPrinciples of Ecology

Basic principles of ecology emphasizingthe effects of physical and biotic factorsin controlling populations and influenc-ing environments. Laboratory emphasizesplant studies. Three lectures and onelaboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL111-112.

BIOL 345 3 A, W, SHuman Ecology

The relationship of human beings totheir environment, including such currentissues as food and population, air andwater quality, energy, land use, housing,transportation, waste disposal, andcommunity health.

BIOL 348 4 AAnimal Physiology

Major functional systems of animals.Emphasis on vertebrate animals, withcomparisons to invertebrate groups.Topics include membranes and excita-tion, signal transmission and processing,sensory transduction, neural processingand behavior, chemical communication,muscle and motility, osmoregulation andexcretion, circulation of blood, gas ex-change, feeding and digestion, and ener-getics and temperature control. Prerequi-sites: BIOL 111-112-113.

BIOL 354 4 SGenetics

The genetics of bacteria, plants, andanimals. Chromosome mapping, popula-tion and evolutionary genetics, prokary-otic and eukaryotic genetic control, and

molecular genetics. Emphasis on thestudy of modern molecular genetic tech-niques and concepts. Three lectures andone laboratory weekly. Prerequisites:BIOL 111-112-113, 320; MATH 222.

BIOL 356 4 AHuman Genetics

Inheritance patterns of the humanorganism. Sex linkage, gene mapping,chromosome aberrations, mutations,metabolic disorders, immune systeminheritance, and genetic basis of humanbehavior. Three lectures and one labora-tory weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 111-112-113, 320.

BIOL 395 1-3 A, W, S, SuSpecial Topics in Biology

Additional laboratory or librarystudies correlated with biology courses.

BIOL 396 .5 A, W, SSeminar(See also CHEM 396, PHYS 396)

Single topics of current interest inmathematics and natural science arepresented by guest lecturers. The courseis graded S/F. To pass, a student mustbe on time and attend four out of fivecourse appointments. Biology majors arerequired to enroll in the course two outof three quarters in each of their juniorand senior years. Credit earned onlyduring the junior and senior years countstoward the Seminar requirement for adegree in biology.

BIOL 415 1 WModern Laboratory Techniques

Basic skills required in modernresearch laboratories. Measurement,solution preparation, sterilization, useof equipment, and safe handling of com-mon materials. Useful for students plan-ning on graduate study or employment inresearch laboratories. One laboratoryweekly.

BIOL 426 5 SHistology

Microscopic structure of the funda-mental tissues and organs of humans andother mammals with functional correla-tions. Three lectures and two laboratoriesweekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 320.

BIOL 450 3 WPhilosophy of Origins(See also PHIL 450.)

Historical and current issues relatingto creation and evolution models of origins.Data and interpretations from anthropol-ogy, geology, biology, and radiometricdating with their philosophical, theologi-cal, and scientific implications and inter-actions. Prerequisite: BIOL 111, 112,113.

BIOL 469 4 AImmunology

The lymphoid system and its responseto foreign substances by humoral or cell-ular mechanisms that may protect orinjure the host. Immunogens, immuno-globulins, complement, antigen-antibodyreactions, phagocytosis, inflammation,immediate and delayed allergy, autoim-munity, and the immunology of trans-plantation, cancer and tolerance. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: MICR 134.

BIOL 491 0-2Cooperative Education in Biology

An individualized contract agreementinvolving student, faculty and employerto provide practical experience in biologyin a professional off-campus work set-ting. Prerequisite: Approval of thedepartment chair. Graded S/F.

Biology

68

BIOL 495 1-3 A, W, S, SuIndependent Study

Properly qualified students in biologywhose scholarship is of outstanding qual-ity may undertake a limited amount ofindividual investigation. Maximum ofthree hours permitted in any quarter,or six hours total.

Geology


GEOL 233 4 SGeology

The materials, structure, and internalconditions of the earth; the physical and

chemical processes at work upon it.Available for biology elective credit.Three lectures and one laboratoryweekly.

Microbiology


MICR 134 5 A, SGeneral Microbiology

An introduction to microorganisms–the bacteria, viruses, and fungi; the use-fulness of microorganisms in nature andmanufacturing; pathogenesis and immu-nity. Consideration of each major infec-tious disease with respect to its causative

agent, characteristics, diagnosis, transmis-sion, and prevention. Four lectures andone laboratory weekly.

Upper-division course:

MICR 366 4 WMedical Microbiology

A systematic study of microorganisms,especially bacteria that relate to humans asnormal flora or pathogens. Laboratoryemphasizes the isolation, characterization,and identification of unknown bacteriaof medical interest. Two lectures and twolaboratories weekly. Prerequisite: MICR134.

Major in Medical Technology, B.S.M.T.➤ To include the following:

Preclinical:

BIOL 111 Biological Foundations 5BIOL 113 Biological Foundations 5BIOL 320 Cell and Molecular Biology 5

(or BIOL 354 Genetics (4))BIOL 330 Introduction to Hematology 1BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 4

(or BIOL 102 Human Physiology)BIOL 469 Immunology 4MICR 134 General Microbiology 5MICR 366 Medical Microbiology 4CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2CHEM 371-372,373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4CHEM 381 Biochemistry I 4PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4Or the following four courses as an alternate to General Physics:

CPTR 105 Introduction to Computers (3)ELEC 141 Applied Electronics (3)PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics (5)PHYS 106 Intro. to Physics Laboratory (1)

One of the following mathematics courses: 4MATH 106 College Algebra (4)MATH 130 Precalculus (4)

MATH 131 Calculus (4)General education courses as required for other B.S. degrees,

except for Skills for Daily Living and Health.

Clinical (Florida Hospital):MTCH 402 Blood Collection 1MTCH 404 Hematology 8MTCH 406 Immunology and Serology 3MTCH 408 Bacteriology 8MTCH 410 Immunohematology 8MTCH 412 Clinical Chemistry 10MTCH 414 Urinalysis and Clinical Microscopy 3MTCH 416 Parasitology 3MTCH 418 Mycology 2MTCH 420 Coagulation 2MTCH 422 Administration, Management, and

Computer Applications in theClinical Laboratory 1

MTCH 424 Principles of Education 1MTCH 426 Project 2

General InformationThe medical technology major includes three years of preclini-

cal education at Pacific Union College and twelve months of edu-cation in the clinical laboratory. The clinical curriculum is offeredby the School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital (Orlando,FL). The preclinical education includes a variety of courses andexperiences to fulfill the basic objectives of a liberal arts educa-tion and to provide a scientific foundation for the clinical year.

69

Biology

Admission to the School of Medical TechnologyThe School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital accepts

students from several colleges and universities, and admission iscompetitive. Applicants are selected on the basis of such qualitiesas scholarship, integrity, dependability, manual dexterity, andmotivation for careers in medical technology. Once enrolled,students are expected to maintain high standards of professionalconduct and performance. Failure to do so may result in dis-missal from the clinical program.

The School of Medical Technology at Florida Hospital beginsclasses in early August. Application should be made by earlyDecember of the preceding (junior) year. All preclinical gradua-tion requirements must be completed before the student beginsthe clinical year. Application forms are available from the adviser.Academic Standards

To be competitive, an applicant for the clinical curriculumshould have a minimum grade-point average of 3.0, althoughstudents may be accepted with a 2.67 average if space allows.Performance in science subjects should be approximately equal tothe over-all average. Grades lower than a C- are not acceptable.Transfer Students

The three quarters (minimum of 36 hours) preceding theclinical year must be completed in residence at the Angwin cam-pus. Curriculum planning and further information are availablefrom the medical technology adviser.

The clinical curriculum is a blend of theory and practice. Theprinciples of this science learned from lectures and extensive read-ing assignments are reinforced by actual bench experience withhuman material. Each student spends forty hours each week inthis learning environment.Licensure

Pacific Union College confers a Bachelor of Science in Medi-cal Technology (B.S.M.T.) degree upon a student who success-fully completes all program requirements, including the clinicalyear. This degree makes the student eligible to take the nationallicensure examination given by the Registry of Medical Technolo-gists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the statelicensure examination given by the State of California Depart-ment of Health. The degree is conferred regardless of perfor-mance on the licensure examination.Expenses

Regular college expenses apply to the preclinical years. Duringthe clinical year, tuition and/or fees are paid to the School ofMedical Technology instead of to Pacific Union College. FloridaHospital charges a fee of $1,000 for hospital insurance, physicalexamination and diploma, but offers a stipend of $2,400 per year.The hospital encourages some evening or weekend work to helpdefray the costs of board and room.

Clinical Curriculum

Florida Hospital (1 year–12 months)

MTCH 402 1Blood Collection

Techniques of capillary and venousblood collection and proper specimenhandling.

MTCH 404 8Hematology

The structure, function, and formationof blood cells in health and disease. Per-formance and significance of routine andspecial tests for blood and bone marrow.Pathogenesis of hematologic disease suchas anemia and leukemia.

MTCH 406 3Immunology and Serology

Normal immune response to infectionand the hypersensitivity or deficiencyseen in disease. Antigen-antibody reac-tions, and the performance, interpreta-tion, and clinical significance of in-vitrotests that monitor immune functions.

MTCH 408 8Bacteriology

The bacteria encountered in the clinicallaboratory—both normal flora and com-mon and unusual pathogens. Isolationand identification of bacteria, includingrapid methods. Culture, antibiotic sensi-tivity, staining, sterilization, and disinfec-tion. Introduction to viruses, includingtheir isolation and identification by sero-logical and other techniques.

MTCH 410 8Immunohematology

Blood group antigens and antibodiesand their significance in disease and totransfusion therapy. Antigen and anti-body detection. Transfusion compatibil-ity testing. Preparation and administra-tion of component fractions from wholeblood. Donor selection and screening.HLA typing for transplantation.

Biology

70

MTCH 412 10Clinical Chemistry

Theory, methodology, and clinicalsignificance of the most common proce-dures for the nitrogenous substances,enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, electro-lytes and acid-base balance, renal func-tion, liver function, pancreatic function,endocrine function, porphyrins andhemoglobin, toxicology, body fluids suchas the CSF, urine and amniotic fluid, andtumor markers. Sample collection andprocessing; operation/maintenance/cali-bration of specific instrumentation; andquality control. Principles and evaluationof new procedures.

MTCH 414 3Urinalysis and Clinical Microscopy

Composition and physiology of thebody fluids. Examination of these fluidsby macroscopic, microscopic and chemi-cal means, and the significance of thefindings to disease processes.

MTCH 416 3Parasitology

The host-parasite relationship betweenhumans and the animals living in and onthem. Life cycles, modes of transmission,and treatment of the infection. Techniquesfor concentrating, staining, and identify-ing the common human parasites.

MTCH 418 2Mycology

The fungi pathogenic to humans, withemphasis on their isolation and identifi-cation by cultural characteristics, micro-scopic morphology, and special tests.Lectures supplemented by Kodachromesand case studies.

MTCH 420 2Coagulation

Mechanisms of hemostasis and throm-bosis and their relation to health anddisease. Tests and assays to aid in diag-nosing and treating patients.

MTCH 422 1Administration, Management,and Computer Applicationsin the Clinical Laboratory

Managing the clinical laboratory foreffective delivery of service to physiciansand their patients. Topics include prob-lem solving, motivation, communication,leadership styles, interviewing and em-ployee selection, standards and appraisalof laboratory performance, staffing andscheduling, and quality control. Specialemphasis on laboratory accreditation,licensure, and regulations. Special pro-jects explore the principles of laboratoryfinance. Computer use and applications,including systems analysis/design/acquisi-tion and hands-on instruction.

MTCH 424 1Principles of Education

Introduction to teaching methods,including the preparation, administra-tion, and grading of a quiz with evalua-tion of the results. Taught as a one-dayworkshop with lectures and projects.

MTCH 426 3Project

Research into both the theoretical andclinical aspects of a laboratory procedure.A documented, written report is pre-sented orally to laboratory personnel aspart of a series of continuing educationtopics.

71

Business Administration and Economics

FacultyHenry Kopitzke, chair; David Bell, Rodney Hardcastle,Daniel Madrid, Keith Neergaard, Lary Taylor, Marcia Toledo,Richard Voth

Departmental Office: 317 Irwin Hall; 965-6238

Degrees and ProgramsBusiness Administration, B.B.A. .......................................... 72Long-Term Health Care, B.S. .............................................. 74Business Administration, B.A. ............................................. 75Business Administration, B.S. .............................................. 75Business Education, B.S. ...................................................... 76Teaching Credential ............................................................. 77Office Administration, A.S. .................................................. 77

The Department of Business Administration and Eco-nomics offers several programs for students majoring in busi-ness. As part of a Seventh-day Adventist college, the Departmentintends not only to prepare students successfully to meet theeveryday challenges of a career in business, but also to prepareits graduates to give effective Christian influence in their commu-nities. To meet these goals, the Department offers several pro-grams of study:

The B.B.A. (Bachelor of Business Administration) is a profes-sional degree designed for the student who intends to enter thejob market upon completing the four-year program or be wellprepared for graduate studies. This program offers the followingemphases: Accounting, Administrative Services, Fashion Market-ing, Finance, General Business, Information Systems, Interna-tional Business, Management, and Marketing.

The B.S. in Business Administration is designed for those whoplan to enter a postgraduate or graduate program, specifically,in medicine, law, dentistry, or business. Since most graduates ofsuch professional programs will ultimately have their own busi-ness, this degree is for them particularly useful.

Business Administration & Economics

The B.S. degree in Long-Term Health Care is designed for thestudent who desires a career as a manager in a care facility.Demographics tell us that this career field will expand in thefuture.

The B.A. program in Business Administration is a traditionalcurriculum for those interested in taking a program that includesstudy of a foreign language. This major affords more flexibilitythan do the B.B.A. and the B.S.

The B.S. in Business Education meets the California Staterequirements for teaching secondary school courses in businessor office management.

Finally, the Department also offers a two-year A.S. degree inOffice Administration. Three emphases are available: General,Information/Word Processing, Legal, and Medical. The A.S.curriculum is structured so that a student may continue to com-plete the four-year B.B.A. program in Business Administrationwith emphasis in Administrative Services.

The preparation offered in the four-year programs (B.B.A.,B.S., and B.A.) differs considerably. The first two years of thecollege program are similar enough, however, that in the processof choosing a field for concentration students have ample time toexplore a variety of professions in consultation with departmen-tal faculty and others. Many opportunities and avenues forservice are thus available to students majoring in business.


72

A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12*ACCT 328 Accounting Information Systems (3)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)ACCT 451 Advanced Accounting (3)ACCT 453 Auditing (5)ACCT 461 Accounting Theory (4)ACCT 463 CPA Review Problems (4)Additional hours (3 upper division) selected from ACCT, BUAD,ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*

2. Administrative Services Emphasis (26 hours)ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax 1MGMT 472 Human Resources Management 3OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1OFAD 301 Word Processing 2One of the following: 3COMM 223 International Communication (3)COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3)One of the following: 3ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3)ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3)

Additional hours (6 upper-division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON,FIN, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, and OFAD courses to total at least104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*

3. Fashion Marketing Emphasis (40 hours)CLTX 327 Consumer Textiles 3CLTX 329 Field Work in Fashion Marketing 1A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques (3)CLTX 246 Historical Interiors (3)CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis (3)DSGN 145 Color and Design (3)FCSC 494 Professional Experience (2)

(Prerequisite: CLTX 321 Personal Protocol)

* Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may notalso fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program.

Major in Business Administration, B.B.A.(Bachelor of Business Administration)➤ A minimum of 104 hours (45 upper division–35 for Adminis-trative Services and 27 for Fashion Marketing) in the core andemphasis:

➤ Required Core Courses: (64 hours)ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Businesses 2BUAD 279 Business Communications/Data Presentation 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3BUAD 326 Business Law II 3BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4FIN 341 Finance 5MGMT 361 Management 4MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3MKTG 351 Marketing 4MATH 106 College Algebra 4

(or Math 131 Calculus)MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 2

(This requirement may be met by completion of acourse or satisfactory performance on departmentalwaiver examination. The waiver option is availableonly to students with fewer than 75 credit hours andto transfer students if taken within their first quarterat PUC.)

A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum)

➤ Emphases: (choose one)1. Accounting Emphasis (40 hours)ACCT 307 Government & Nonprofit Accounting 3ACCT 311-312-313 Intermediate Accounting 3-3-3ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I 3ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II 3ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals 4

73


A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3)MGMT 481 Production Management (3)MGMT 486 Purchasing and Inventory Control (3)MKTG 371 Marketing Research (3)MKTG 372 Retailing Management (3)MKTG 460 Channels of Distribution (3)A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting (3)ACCT 312 Intermediate Accounting (3)ACCT 313 Intermediate Accounting (3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (3)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)Additional UD hours selected from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN,INFS, MGMT, or MKTG courses to total at least 104 hours inthe major (core courses and emphasis).*

4. Finance Emphasis (40 hours)ACCT 311- Intermediate Accounting 3, 3, 3

312-313FIN 380 Capital Markets and Financial Institutions 3FIN 444 Investments 3FIN 463 Financial Planning/Budgeting/ Forecasting 3FIN 488 Problems in Finance 3MGMT 466 Business and Society 3A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12*BUAD 335 Real Estate (4)BUAD 371 Insurance and Risk Management (3)ECON 371 Money and Banking (3)ECON 457 International Economics (3)FIN 419 Personal Financial Planning (3)FIN 436 Real Estate Finance (3)FIN 457 International Finance (3)Additional hours (3 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON,FIN, INFS, MGMT, or MKTG courses to total at least 104 hoursin the major (core courses and emphasis).*

5. General Business Emphasis (40 hours)MGMT 466 Business and Society 3A minimum of 28 hours (15 upper division) with a mini-mum of 6 hours in at least three of the following areas:ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG. 28A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9ACCT 311-2-3 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)

ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)

6. Information Systems Emphasis (40 hours)ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 3-3INFS 128 COBOL 3INFS 149 PC Databases 1INFS 150 PC Database Programming 3INFS 465 Fundamentals of Data Communication 3INFS 470 Management Science 4INFS 481 Simulation 3MGMT 328 Management Information Systems 3MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3A minimum of one course from the following: 3ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 328 Accounting Information Systems (3)

Additional hours (4 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON,FIN, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, and CPTR courses to total at least104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*➤ Recommended Course:ACCT 313 Intermediate Accounting (3)

7. International Business Emphasis (40 hours)ECON 457 International Economics 3FIN 457 International Finance 3MGMT 457 International Management 3MGMT 466 Business and Society 3MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3MKTG 458 International Marketing 3

A minimum of two courses from the following thatcomplement, where possible, the foreign language: 6-8ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4)COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3)GEOG 201 World Regional Geography (3)GEOG 325 Geography of Europe (3)HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4)HIST 364 Modern Asia (4)HIST 358 20th Century U.S. History (4)PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government (3)PLSC 364 Issues in International Relations (3)Competence at the intermediate level in a language otherthan English. 0-12This requirement may be met by one of the following options:

1. One-year sequence in college intermediate language course.2. Study for a minimum of one quarter in a college abroad where


74

MKTG 481 Marketing Problems 3MGMT 466 Business and Society 3A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9*MKTG 372 Retailing Management (3)MKTG 377 Sales Management (3)MKTG 417 Service and Nonprofit Marketing (3)MKTG 458 International Marketing (3)MKTG 460 Channels of Distribution (3)A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6ACCT 311-2-3 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (3)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)

Additional hours (4 upper division) from ACCT, BUAD, ECON,FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least 104hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*➤ Recommended supporting courses for all B.B.A. emphases(unless a higher-level course is required by an emphasis):BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3)BUAD 223 Personal Law (2)OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1)OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2)➤ General-Education Requirements: The general-educationrequirements for the B.B.A. are the same as for the B.S. degreeexcept for the changes described in this paragraph. II-B (Philoso-phy) is not required. In III, take III-A (Great Books) and chooseeither III-B (Visual Arts) or III-C (Music). The introductoryscience requirements in life science, chemistry, and physics (IV-A-2, 3, 4) may be satisfied by one secondary school year-longcourse in life science and one secondary school year-long coursein either chemistry or physics. IV-B (Scientific Inquiry) is notrequired. All B.B.A. students take IV-C (a 4-hour laboratoryscience course). IV-D (Science, Technology, and Culture) issatisfied by the major.

Major in Long-Term Health Care, B.S.➤ A minimum of 80 hours (35 upper division) including the following:

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3

* Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may notalso fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program.

classes are conducted in a foreign language. Successful comple-tion of at least 12 quarter units with a grade equal to or higherthan C.

3. Passing a competency test in a foreign language.4. Graduation from a high school in a non-English-speaking

country in which classes were conducted in the language ofthat country.

A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9ACCT 311-2-3 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (3)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)ACCT 451 Advanced Accounting (3)

Additional hours (3 upper division from the Business department)from ACCT, BUAD, FIN, ECON, INFS, MGMT, MKTG, andModern Languages to total at least 104 hours in the major (corecourses, emphasis, and modern language courses). A maximumof 9 hours may be applied from modern language courses.*

8. Management Emphasis (40 hours)MGMT 457 International Management 3MGMT 466 Business and Society 3MGMT 481 Production Management 3A minimum of 12 hours from the following: 12*INFS 470 Management Science (4)INFS 481 Simulation (3)MGMT 328 Management Information Systems (3)MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3)MGMT 473 Labor Law and Legislation (3)MGMT 486 Purchasing and Inventory Control (3)A minimum of 9 hours from the following: 9ACCT 311-2-3 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)

Additional hours (6 upper division) selected from ACCT, BUAD,ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total atleast 104 hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*

9. Marketing Emphasis (40 hours)MKTG 360 Consumer Behavior 3MKTG 371 Marketing Research 3MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3

75


ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macro 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Micro 4FIN 341 Finance 5MGMT 361 Management 4MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3MKTG 351 Marketing 4LTHC 431 Introduction to Long-Term Care 5LTHC 432 Long-Term Care Administration 5LTHC 461 Long-Term Care Financial Management 5LTHC 484 Long-Term Care Internship 7-7-7MATH 106 College Algebra 4

(or MATH 131 Calculus)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1INFS 149 PC Databases 1OFAD 301 Word Processing 2

Students who hold a bachelor’s degree in Business Administra-tion from an accredited college or university and who have com-pleted all of the other course requirements for the bachelor’sdegree in Long-Term Health Care, including six hours of ap-proved courses in religion, may earn a Bachelor of Science inLong-Term Health Care (B.S.) by completing the following 36-hour course of study. The first three courses are offered duringthe summer; the internship requires 1,000 clock hours of super-vised work experience following the summer session.LTHC 421 Introduction to Long-Term Care 5LTHC 432 Long-Term Care Administration 5LTHC 461 Long-Term Care Financial Management 5LTHC 484 Long-Term Care Internship 21

Those who successfully complete the above four courses butwho are not degree candidates receive a Certificate in Long-TermHealth Care.

Major in Business Administration, B.A.➤ A minimum of 67 hours (24 upper division) including the following:

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Business 2BUAD 279 Business Communication/Data Presentation 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3BUAD 326 Business Law II 3BUAD 490 Seminar in Business I 1ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4FIN 341 Finance 5MGMT 361 Management 4MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3

MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3MKTG 351 Marketing 4MATH 106 College Algebra 4

(or MATH 131 Calculus)MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2

(This requirement may be met by completion ofcourse or satisfactory performance on departmentalwaiver examination. The waiver option is availableonly to students with fewer than 75 credit hoursor to transfer students if taken within their firstquarter at PUC.)

A minimum of 3 hours in Accounting from these courses: 3*ACCT 307 Government & Nonprofit Accounting (3)ACCT 311 Intermediate Accounting (3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum)➤ Recommended supporting courses:

BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3)BUAD 223 Personal Law (2)OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1)OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2)

Major in Business Administration, B.S.➤ A minimum of 74 hours (34 upper division) including the following:


ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ACCT 391 Acct. Systems in Small Businesses 2BUAD 325 Business Law I 3BUAD 326 Business Law II 3BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4FIN 341 Finance 5MGMT 361 Management 4MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3MKTG 351 Marketing 4


76

MATH 131** Calculus** 4MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding (0-2)

(This requirement may be met by completionof course or satisfactory performance ondepartmental waiver examination. The waiveroption is available only to students with fewerthan 75 credit hours or to transfer students if takenwithin their first quarter at PUC.)

A minimum of one course from the following: 3-4BUAD 345 Real Estate (4)FIN 419 Personal Financial Planning (3)FIN 444 Investments (3)INFS 470 Management Science (4)MGMT 457 International Management (4)MKTG 417 Service and Nonprofit Marketing (3)MKTG 458 International Marketing (4)A minimum of 6 hours from the following: 6ACCT 311-2-3 Intermediate Accounting (3-3-3)ACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 341 Taxation for Individuals (4)ACCT 343 Taxation for Corporations/Partnerships (4)ACCT 345 Estate Planning, Gifts & Trust Taxation (3)

A minimum of 4 hours from the following: 4INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum)

Additional hours selected from ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN,INFS, MGMT, and MKTG courses to total at least 74 hours inthe major.➤ Recommended Supporting Courses:

BUAD 114 Introduction to Business (2)BUAD 118 Personal Money Management (3)

BUAD 223 Personal Law (2)OFAD 116 Calculating Machines (1)OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding (2)

Major in Business Education, B.S.➤ A minimum of 90 hours (23 upper division) in the corecourses and selected emphasis.

➤ Required Core Courses: (71 hours)ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ACCT 391 Accounting Systems in Small Businesses 2BUAD 118 Personal Money Management 3BUAD 279 Business Communication/Data Presentation 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3BUAD 326 Business Law II 3ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4FIN 341 Finance 5INFS 144 PC Operating Systems 1INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1INFS 149 PC Databases 1MGMT 361 Management 4MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3MGMT 491 Strategic Management 3MKTG 351 Marketing 4MATH 106 College Algebra 4MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 2

(This requirement may be met by completion ofa course or satisfactory performance ondepartmental waiver examination. The waiveroption is available only to students with fewerthan 75 credit hours or to transfer students iftaken within their first quarter at PUC.)

OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4

**Note: Students completing six additional hours from the following maysubstitute MATH 106 College Algebra for MATH 131 Calculus:

ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3)ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3)COMM 327 Argumentation (3)COMM 328 Small Group Communication (3)PLSC 444 Constitutional Development of England (4)SOCI 232 American Social Problems (4)PSYC 368 Principles of Counseling (4)

77


A minimum of 8 hours from the following courses: 6*BUAD 335 Real Estate (4)BUAD 371 Insurance and Risk Management (3)FIN 444 Investments (3)MGMT 472 Human Resources Management (3)MGMT 473 Labor Law and Legislation (3)

Additional upper-division hours from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD,ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, and MKTG to total at least 90hours in the major (core courses and emphasis).*

Teaching CredentialA B.S. in Business Education with an emphasis in either Busi-

ness Administration or Office Administration is required for ateaching credential. Students who plan to teach at the secondarylevel should consult the Credential Analyst in the Department ofEducation and should become acquainted with specific require-ments that are outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

Associate Degree in OfficeAdministration, A.S.➤ A minimum of 90 quarter hours, including the major, cognate,and general-education requirements. A total of 56 hours in thecore courses and selected emphasis plus required cognates. Fouremphases are available.

➤ Required Core Courses: (38 hours)ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3BUAD 279 Business Communication & Data Presentation 3CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax 1INFS 144 PC Operating Systems 1INFS 145 PC Database 1INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2OFAD 221 Professional Keyboarding 3OFAD 238 Desktop Publishing 2OFAD 281 Office Procedures 3OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4

➤ Emphases: (choose one)1. General

Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN, INFS,MGMT, and MKTG to total at least 56 hours in the major (corecourses and emphasis).*

2. Legal EmphasisBUAD 223 Personal Law 2OFAD 263 Professional Transcription 2OFAD 263L Professional Transcription Lab 1OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1A minimum of 5 hours from the following: 5*ACCT 241 Personal Income Tax Preparation (2)FIN 241 Introduction to Finance (3)MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3)

Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN,INFS, and MGMT to total at least 56 hours in the major (coreand emphasis).*

3. Medical Emphasis

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4-5(or BIOL 102 Human Physiology)

BIOL 223 Introduction to Medical Terms 1OFAD 263 Professional Transcription 2OFAD 263L Professional Transcription Lab 1PETH 168 A.R.C. First Aid and Personal Safety 3

Courses selected from OFAD, ACCT, BUAD, ECON, FIN,INFS, and MGMT to total at least 56 hours in the major (coreand emphasis).*➤ Required Cognate Course:Courses used to fulfill these cognate requirements may not alsobe used to fulfill a major requirement.MATH 019 Introductory Algebra 0-3

(or ACT standard score in Mathematics of 20,or adequate score on PUC Math Waiver Test)

➤ General-Education Requirements:General-education requirements for the A.S. degree are as

listed in the General Studies section of this catalog, excludingENGL 100. ENGL 101 (or 105) College English, COMM 105Speech Communication, and PSYC 121 General Psychology arerequired for this A.S. degree and fulfill applicable general-educa-tion requirements.

* Note: Courses used to fulfill requirements in these sections may not alsobe used to fulfill requirements in another emphasis or business program.


78

Minor in Business Administration➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) from ACCT,BUAD, ECON, FIN, INFS, MGMT, MKTG including the fol-lowing:

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics 4

Accounting


ACCT 111 4 SClerical Accounting

Accounting systems found in profes-sional offices, merchandising firms, andservice organizations. Not applicabletoward a baccalaureate major or minorin the department. Credit may not beearned in both ACCT 111 and 121.

ACCT 114 3 ASmall Business Accounting

The accounting procedures and prac-tices necessary for efficient and effectivesmall business operation. Not applicabletoward a baccalaureate major in thedepartment. Credit may not be earnedin both ACCT 114 and ACCT 391.

ACCT 121 3 A, W, SPrinciples of Accounting I

Accounting practices and proceduresneeded in various types of ownershipentities for financial reporting. Assumesno prior accounting knowledge. Creditmay not be earned in both ACCT 111and 121.

ACCT 122 4 W, SPrinciples of Accounting II

A continuation of ACCT 121 withparticular emphasis on the partnershipand on the corporate form of organiza-tion; income statement and balance sheetanalysis. Three lectures and a three-hourcomputer laboratory weekly. Prerequi-site: ACCT 111 or 121.

ACCT 123 3 SPrinciples of Accounting III

Use of accounting data for managerialplanning, control, and decision-making.Particular emphasis on entities whichproduce a product. Prerequisite: ACCT111 or 121.

ACCT 241 2 WPersonal Income Tax Preparation

Designed for the nonbusiness major.Preparing and keeping records for federaland state income-tax purposes; itemizeddeductions, self-employment taxes, mov-ing expenses, capital gains, sale of per-sonal residence. Not applicable toward abaccalaureate major or minor in thedepartment.


ACCT 307 3 SGovernment and NonprofitAccounting

Accounting principles and practicesunique to state and local units, educa-tional, health care, charity, religious, andother not-for-profit organizations. Finan-cial reporting and record keeping. Prereq-uisite: ACCT 121, 122.

ACCT 311-312-313 3-3-3 A-W-SIntermediate Accounting

Accounting theory and practice relat-ing to the valuation and presentation ofassets, liabilities, net worth, revenue, andexpense accounts. Prerequisites: ACCT121, 122.

ACCT 321 3 ACost Accounting I

Analysis of accounting cost data formanagement planning, control, anddecision-making. Cost behavior concepts,variable and relevant costing, inventoryplanning and control, budgeting, perfor-mance measurement and evaluation,transfer pricing, capital budgeting, andquality control. Prerequisites: ACCT 121,122, 123; MATH 222, 322.

Minor in Office Administration➤ A minimum of 30 hours (6 in OFAD upper division)including the following:

OFAD 116 Calculating Machines 1OFAD 121 Intermediate Keyboarding 2BUAD 279 Business Communications and Data 3

PresentationOFAD 281 Office Procedures 3OFAD 281L Office Procedures Lab 1OFAD 301 Word Processing (two courses) 4

79


ACCT 322 3 WCost Accounting II

Theories and practices of cost accumu-lation and analysis for management plan-ning and control. Job order and processcosting, activity-based cost systems,indirect-cost allocation, standard costs,variance analysis, direct vs. full costing,joint and by-product, and quality issues.Prerequisite: ACCT 121, 122, 123.

ACCT 328 3 AAccounting Information Systems

Analysis, design, and installation ofbusiness and accounting systems: illustra-tions and discussion of methods andprocedures used; development of generalprinciples involved in business systemformation, testing, and operations. Pre-requisites: ACCT 121, 122 and comple-tion of the Business department computerrequirements.

ACCT 341 4 WTaxation for Individuals

Federal income taxation and tax plan-ning for individuals. Course is designedfor non majors as well as for businessmajors and minors.

ACCT 343 4 STaxation for Corporations andPartnerships

Federal taxation and tax planning inrelationship to corporations and partner-ships. Even years.

ACCT 345 3 AEstate Planning, Gifts andTrust Taxation

Federal taxation and tax planning forgifts, estates, and trusts.

ACCT 391 2 SAccounting Systems in SmallBusinesses

Setting up and maintaining accountingrecords for a variety of unincorporated

businesses. Practice sets illustrate single-entry, double-entry, cash-basis, andhybrid cash-accrual-basis accountingsystems; periodic financial statements,payroll, sales, and income-tax returns.Prerequisites: ACCT 121, 122.

ACCT 451 3 SAdvanced Accounting

Specialized topics including partner-ships, branches, consolidated statements,segment reporting. Recommended priorcourses: ACCT 311-312.

ACCT 453 5 WAuditing

Study of the internal independentauditor’s functions; pronouncements ofthe American Institute of Certified PublicAccountants. Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312-313; MATH 222, 322.

ACCT 461 4 AAccounting Theory

Survey of contemporary financialaccounting theory. Emphasis on bothcurrent literature and official pronounce-ments. Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312-313, 451.

ACCT 463 4 WCPA Review Problems

Review of selected areas of financialand managerial accounting in prepara-tion for the Uniform CPA Examination.Prerequisites: ACCT 215, 217, 311-312-313, 321, 322, 341, 343, 451, 453 (orconcurrent enrollment in ACCT 453).

ACCT 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

A course designed for students quali-fied to undertake an advanced and inde-pendent project. (Advanced is to beunderstood as being beyond specificcourses offered in the department.) Theproject must be approved by the chair ofthe department. Maximum of three hours.

Business Administration


BUAD 118 3 SPersonal Money Management

Financial decisions facing individualsin society, including installment buyingand borrowing, insurance, home owner-ship, saving, budgeting expenditures,investments, and trusts. Not available tobusiness majors for business credit duringthe junior or senior year.

BUAD 223 2 WPersonal Law

Topics include dealing with an attor-ney, the court systems, crimes, torts,minors and the law, consumer law, land-lord/tenant relationships, the legal re-sponsibilities of owning a motor vehicle,employment relationships, and planningan estate. Not available to business ma-jors for business credit during the junioror senior year.

BUAD 279 3 SBusiness Communication and DataPresentation

Integrates preparation of charts, graphs,font selection, and computer presentationsoftware with techniques of communicat-ing in speech and writing. Emphasis oneffective presentation of documents.


BUAD 325 3 ABusiness Law I

A study of the legal system, with em-phasis on common-law contracts, salesunder Article II of the Uniform Commer-cial Code, secured transactions, personalproperty, and bailments.


80

BUAD 326 3 WBusiness Law II

The legal system in the United States,emphasizing agency relationships, part-nerships, corporations, commercial paperunder Articles III and IV of the UniformCommercial Code.

BUAD 327 3 SBusiness Law III

A review of business law as it relates tothe Certified Public Accountant examina-tion. Prerequisites: BUAD 325, 326, andsenior class status.

BUAD 335 4 SReal Estate

An introduction to the various aspectsof real-estate principles, practices, andownership. Preparation for the Californialicensing examination. Designed for thegeneral student.

BUAD 371 3 SInsurance and Risk Management

Recognition and evaluation of prop-erty, liability, and personal insurablerisks facing a business firm, family, orother economic unit. Basic tools of riskmanagement, loss prevention; selectingand dealing with an insurer; fire, marine,casualty, liability, life, and health insur-ance. Odd years.

BUAD 490 1 ASeminar in Business

Preparing to meet the demands of thejob market: résumé development, inter-viewing approaches, cover letters. Shouldbe taken during the student’s last autumnquarter at PUC before graduation.

BUAD 491 0-2Cooperative Education in Business

An individualized contract agreementinvolving student, faculty, and employerto provide practical experience in busi-ness in a professional off-campus setting.

Limited to upper division majors inbusiness. Prerequisite: Approval of thedepartment chair. Graded S/F.

BUAD 493 1-3 A, W, SSpecial Topics

An enrichment course treating specifictopics not normally covered in thedepartment’s Accounting, BusinessAdministration, Economics, Finance,Information Systems, Management,Marketing, and Office Administrationcourses. A specific title is given to thecourse when it is taught.

BUAD 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students who are quali-fied to undertake an advanced and inde-pendent project. (Advanced is understoodas being beyond specific courses offeredin the department.) The project must beapproved by the chairman of the depart-ment. Maximum of three hours.

Economics


ECON 261 4 A, WPrinciples of Economics–Macroeconomics

An analysis of the structure and func-tioning of the economy in the UnitedStates. Concepts and tools of economicsare used to study how decisions of indi-viduals, businesses, and governmentsrelate to growth, income, employment,and inflation.

ECON 265 4 W, SPrinciples of Economics–Microeconomics

An economic analysis of the workingsof the market system in the United States.The factors that determine prices, costs,elasticity, utility, demand, supply, and thefactors of production (land, labor, capi-

tal) when monopoly and pure competi-tion exist and when conditions betweenthese two models of competition exist.


ECON 321 3 WManagerial Economics

Uses of primarily micro-economictheory in managerial decision-making.Prerequisite: ECON 265. Odd years.

ECON 332 3 SGovernment and Business

Government policies, regulations, andlegislation that attempt to maintain com-petition in the economy and that affectthe decisions and the operations of busi-ness organizations. Even years.

ECON 371 3 SMoney and Banking

Money and the way it affects and isaffected by central and commercial bank-ing. Emphasis on the monetary policy ofthe Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite:ECON 261. Odd years.

ECON 457 3 SInternational Economics

Theory and principles of internationaltrade and monetary and fiscal policies.Topics include comparative advantage,standard theory, H-O theory, imperfectcompetition, tariff and nontariff barriers,protectionism, and economic integration.Prerequisites: ECON 261, 265 or permis-sion of instructor. Odd years.

ECON 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students who are quali-fied to undertake an advanced and inde-pendent project. (Advanced is understoodas being beyond specific courses offeredin the department.) The project must beapproved by the chair of the department.Maximum of three hours.

81


Finance

Lower-division course

FIN 241 3 WIntroduction to Finance

Designed for the nonbusiness majorwho may serve where managerial use ofaccounting/financial data is necessary.Principles of managing and controllingthe finances of different types of institu-tions. Not applicable toward a baccalau-reate major or minor in the department.


FIN 341 5 AFinance

Financial policies of corporations inthe management of assets, liabilities, andowners’ equity. Major topics include riskand return, time value of money, presentvalue, capital budgeting, cost of capital,valuation, leverage, long-term financing,and working capital management. Pre-requisites: ACCT 121, 122, 123; ECON261, 265; INFS 148; MATH 222, 322.

FIN 380 3 ACapital Markets and FinancialInstitutions

Evolution, structure, role, regulationand deregulation of financial institutionsin the U.S. economy. Prerequisites: ECON261, 265; FIN 341. Even years.

FIN 419 3 SPersonal Financial Planning

Introduction to the field of personalfinancial planning and its role in thefinancial services industry. Emphasis ondeveloping, implementing, and monitor-ing personal financial plans. Credit maynot be earned in BUAD 118 after FIN419 is taken. Prerequisites: ACCT 341and FIN 341, or permission of the in-structor. Odd years.

FIN 436 3 SReal Estate Finance

Principles and methods of investingand financing in real estate. Sources offunds, qualifications of investors, prop-erty analysis, and settlement procedures.Prerequisites: BUAD 335, ECON 261 orpermission of instructor. Even years.

FIN 444 3 WInvestments

Investment alternatives and the devel-opment of rational objectives and invest-ment philosophies. Topics include risks,returns, evaluation concepts, technicalapproaches, portfolio development, theefficient market hypothesis, and decisionsrelating to different types of investments.Recommended prior courses: ECON261, FIN 241 or 341. Even years.

FIN 457 3 WInternational Finance

Financial management in the interna-tional environment. Includes coverage ofthe IMS, foreign exchange, futures andoptions markets, managing exposure,banking, direct foreign investment, politi-cal risk, import/export operations, andworking capital management. Prerequi-site: FIN 341 or permission of instructor.Odd years.

FIN 463 3 SFinancial Planning and Forecasting

Planning and forecasting in financialmanagement for business, government,and nonprofit organizations. Construc-tion, analysis, and interpretation of finan-cial plans. Prerequisite: FIN 341 or per-mission of instructor. Even years.

FIN 488 3 WProblems in Finance

Study and discussion of selected topicsin finance through readings and casestudies. Topics include working capitalmanagement, capital budgeting, financing

decisions, dividend policy, cost of capital,and capital structure decisions. Prerequi-site: FIN 341. Even years.

FIN 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students qualified toundertake an advanced and independentproject. (Advanced is understood as beingbeyond specific courses offered in thedepartment.) The project must be ap-proved by the chair of the department.Maximum of three hours.

Information Systems


INFS 128 3 WCOBOL

Data processing using COBOL, stress-ing business applications. A significantportion of the course involves program-ming projects illustrating ideas presentedin the lectures. Odd years.

INFS 144 1 A, W, SPC Operating Systems

An introduction to the operatingsystems for PCs using MS-DOS andMicrosoft Windows. System commands,terminology, printer operation, basicNovell network commands, and otherroutine computer work functions.

INFS 148 1 A, W, SPC Spreadsheets

Class/laboratory instruction in Lotus1-2-3 software for microcomputers,combining an electronic spreadsheet withgraphics and a database system. Install-ing, creating, and modifying worksheets,graphs and macros.


82

INFS 149 1 A, W, SPC Databases

Class/laboratory instruction inMicrosoft Access database managementsoftware for microcomputers. Topicsinclude creating, maintaining, modifyingand querying a database, and generatingreports and labels.

INFS 150 3 SPC Database Programming

Programming with PC database soft-ware, including input and output opera-tions, branching and loops, modularprogramming, multiple file handling, andintegrated database systems. Prerequisite:INFS 149 or permission of instructor.Even years.


CPTR 426 3 SSoftware Engineering(See Computer Science.)

INFS 465 3 SFundamentals of DataCommunication

Various methods of data communica-tion: networking, telephony, communica-tions hardware and software.

INFS 470 4 AManagement Science

Formal modeling approaches in mana-gerial decision-making. Topics includelinear programming, integer program-ming, decision-making under uncertainty,utility theory, queuing theory, Markovprocesses, network diagrams, and inven-tory models. Prerequisites: MATH 106or 131. Even years.

INFS 481 3 WSimulation

The methodology of simulating man-agement problems and analyzing thealternative actions. The design, valida-

tion, operating procedures, and results ofsimulation experiments. Prerequisites:MATH 106 or 131; MATH 222 and 322or 331; INFS 148. Odd years.

Long-Term Health Care


LTHC 431 5 SuIntroduction to Long-Term Care

The history of long-term health-careand an overviewof the subject matter inrelation to the demographics of a chang-ing population.

LTHC 432 5 SuLong-Term Care Administration

Introduction to management methodsin long-term health-care facilities. In-cludes review of licensing requirements,insurance, organizational behavior, andlaw.

LTHC 461 5 SuLong-Term Care FinancialManagement

A review of financial method used fordecision-making in long-term care.

LTHC 484 7 A, W, SLong-Term Care Internship

An internship program in the opera-tion of a long-term health-care facility.Minimum of 1,000 clock hours workexperience. Placements are normallywithin 550 miles of Pacific Union College(placements beyond that radius requireadditional fees). Includes at least threesite visits by the course adviser duringthe internship. Repeatable to a total of 21hours.

Management


MGMT 160 3 WSmall Business Management

Managerial considerations in owningand operating a small business. Not appli-cable toward a baccalaureate major orminor in the department.

MGMT 261 3 SIntroduction to Management

Introduction to management in profitand nonprofit institutions. Emphasis onthe role of the manager. Not applicabletoward a baccalaureate major or minorin the department.


MGMT 328 3 AManagement Information Systems

Basic concepts of using informationsystems in organizations; the role of dataprocessing; fundamental design consider-ations. Odd years.

MGMT 361 4 W, SManagement

The basic concepts and theory of man-agement with particular emphasis onplanning, organizing, staffing, leading,and controlling.

MGMT 457 3 WInternational Management

An analysis of problems encounteredin operating businesses across nationalboundaries. Odd years.

MGMT 465 3 WOrganizational Behavior

Emphasis on the human aspects inorganizations, including motivation,power, job enrichment, interpersonal andintergroup processes and relationships,

83


perception, leadership, and organizationalchange and design.

MGMT 466 3 ABusiness and Society

The environmental setting of businessand its interdependence with other ele-ments of the social order. An assessmentof business involvement in urban, com-munity, consumer, and environmentalaffairs.

MGMT 472 3 AHuman Resources Management

Contemporary objectives and prob-lems relating to personnel managementin organizations. Recruitment, selection,performance appraisal, training anddevelopment, supervision, compensation,pensions, grievances, and disciplinaryactions. Odd years.

MGMT 473 3 ALabor Law and Legislation

History and development of laborlegislation, including analysis of leadingcourt decisions. Historical background oflabor management relations, unfair laborpractices of management and unions,collective bargaining, strikes and lock-outs, the National Labor RelationsBoard, and labor legislation. Even years.

MGMT 481 3 SProduction Management

Optimal approaches to the productionof goods and services. Planning, schedul-ing, plant layout, production standards,quality, and cost controls. Even years.

MGMT 486 3 WPurchasing and Inventory Control

Practices, problems and approachesrelated to purchasing in profit and non-profit institutions. Sources of supply,market information, product specifica-tions, inspection, control records, legalaspects of purchasing, and the interrela-

tionships among purchasing, prices,quality control, and inventory control.Even years.

MGMT 491 3 SStrategic Management

A capstone course integrating variousfunctional areas of business and applyingthis knowledge to a study of business andinstitutional problems primarily throughthe case method. Should be taken duringthe senior year. Prerequisites: ACCT 121,122, 123; ECON 261, 265; FIN 341;INFS 148; MATH 222, 322; MGMT361; MKTG 351.

MGMT 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students qualified toundertake an advanced and independentproject. (Advanced is understood as beingbeyond specific courses offered in thedepartment.) Required: project approvalby the department chair. Maximum ofthree hours.

Marketing


MKTG 351 4 A-SMarketing

Marketing institutions and marketingdecisions in relationship to the achieve-ment of institutional goals. Managementissues relating to product, price, promo-tion, and distribution; effects of market-ing decisions on the environment and ofthe environment on marketing decisions.

MKTG 360 3 SConsumer Behavior

The application of research findingsand concepts from such academic disci-plines as psychology, anthropology,sociology, economics, and marketing toconsumer buying behavior. Even years.

MKTG 371 3 SMarketing Research

Introduction to basic research conceptsand techniques useful for determininginformation needs, conducting research,and making appropriate reports of re-search findings. Prerequisites: MATH106, 222, 322. Odd years.

MKTG 372 3 SRetailing Management

The structure and environment inwhich retailing management occurs.Areas of special emphasis include opera-tions of stores, merchandise decisions,layout, pricing, and promotion decisions.Even years.

MKTG 374 3 AAdvertising Management

The advertising function in profit andnonprofit enterprises from management’spoint of view. The purpose of advertis-ing, media planning, budgeting for adver-tising, and an evaluation of the effective-ness of advertising. Odd years.

MKTG 377 3 WSales Management

The role of the sales manager in plan-ning, organizing, developing, directing,controlling, and evaluating the sales force.Personal selling is also emphasized. Oddyears.

MKTG 417 3 AService and Nonprofit Marketing

Application of marketing concepts andprinciples in service and nonprofit insti-tutions. Identification and study of vari-ous constraints, clients, and publics; thespecial requirements, needs, and desiresof those associated with and affected bythe organization. Prerequisite: MKTG351. Odd years.


84

MKTG 458 3 WInternational Marketing

Problems and perspectives whenmarketing across national boundaries.Differences caused by cultural, social,institutional, political, and economicfactors. Managerial emphasis on marketentry strategies, monitoring and control-ling marketing management functions inthe international arena. Prerequisite:MKTG 351. Even years.

MKTG 460 3 AChannels of Distribution

The distribution function in marketinggoods and services (manufacturer towholesalers to retailers to end users).Emphasis on intensity of distribution,channel design, power, conflict, andmember cooperation. Even years.

MKTG 481 3 WMarketing Problems

Selected areas in marketing, illustra-ting practical solutions to situations likelyto confront marketing managers. Empha-sis on developing an understanding ofmarketing problems and developingapproaches to effective decision-makingin marketing. Should be taken during thesenior year. Prerequisite: MKTG 351.

MKTG 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students who are quali-fied to undertake an advanced and inde-pendent project. (Advanced is understoodas being beyond specific courses offeredin the department.) The project must beapproved by the chair of the department.Maximum of three hours.

Office Administration


OFAD 111 2 A, W, SPersonal/Beginning Keyboarding

For beginners and reviewers. For thosewith little or no keyboarding skill, coverstouch-typing on the keyboard and docu-ment processing. For reviewers, emphasison development of speed in both straight-copy and production work. Placement bywaiver examination or first-week testingin class.

OFAD 116 1 A, W, SCalculating Machines

Instruction and practice in improvingspeed and accuracy in the use of elec-tronic display and printing calculatorsfor business applications.

OFAD 121 2 WIntermediate Keyboarding

Designed to develop and enhance thetypewriting skills of speed, accuracy andproofreading for personal and vocationaluses. Prerequisite: Keyboarding placementtest with a speed of at least forty wordsper minute or OFAD 111.

OFAD 221 3 SProfessional Keyboarding

Advanced keyboarding for improvingspeed, judgment, accuracy, decision-making skills, and establishing prioritiesin a variety of situations. Prerequisite:OFAD 121. Even years.

OFAD 238 2 WDesktop Publishing

Applications in desktop publishingusing personal computers to learn textimport, page layout, graphics import andmanipulation, and printing techniques.

OFAD 263 2 WProfessional Transcription

Transcription from a transcription unitto produce documents for the legal andmedical professions. Corequisite: OFAD265L or 267L. Prerequisites: OFAD 121.

OFAD 263L 1 SProfessional Transcription Lab

Transcription of dictation with empha-sis on vocabulary and format. Labs areintegrated with student’s emphasis (Legalor Medical). Lab activities are also coor-dinated with OFAD 263, in which prioror concurrent registration is required.Prerequisites: OFAD 121. Even years.

OFAD 281 3 SOffice Procedures

Training in typical office procedures suchas mailing processes, records management,telecommunications, travel and conferencearrangements, copy preparation and pro-cessing, arranging and reporting meetings,working with application forms; personalqualifications of office workers; officeethics. Corequisite: OFAD 281L. Odd years.

OFAD 281L 1 SOffice Procedures Lab

Procedures for offices (medical, execu-tive or legal, depending on the student’semphasis). Lab activities are coordinatedwith OFAD 281, in which prior or con-current registration is required. Odd years.


OFAD 301 2 A, W, SWord Processing

Applications designed to increaseknowledge of word processing conceptsand working skills with specified word-processing software programs. Onelecture and one laboratory weekly. Maybe repeated for credit under separatesubtitles. Current subtitles includeWordPerfect and Microsoft Word.

85


OFAD 387 3 WCPS Review

Study of selected areas in preparationfor the Certified Professional Secretaryexamination. Office technology, adminis-tration, communication, accounting,human relations, business law, econom-ics, and management. Odd years or onsufficient demand.

OFAD 493 1-3 A, W, SSpecial Topics in OfficeAdministration

An enrichment course in selected topicsnot normally included in Office Adminis-tration course offerings. (A specific title isgiven the course when it is taught.)

OFAD 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Designed for students qualified toundertake an advanced and independentproject. (Advanced is understood as beingbeyond specific departmental courses.)Projects must be approved by the depart-ment chair. Maximum of three hours.

Degree-Completion Courses

Note: The following courses are availableonly in the B.S.C.J.A. (Bachelor of Sci-ence in Criminal Justice Administration)and the B.S.M. (Bachelor of Science inManagement) curricula, off-campusdegree-completion programs offeredthrough Extended Learning.

CJA 340 4Introduction to Criminalistics

Practices and procedures in collection,analysis, interpretation, and preservationof evidence; emphasis on significance ofscientifically evaluated evidence.

CJA 350 4Forensic Research Methods

The research process and statisticalanalysis: reasons for research, variousresearch theories, and issues in formulat-ing research problems. Emphasis oninterpretation of statistically significanttechniques so as to understand legal andscientific justifications for accepting orrejecting evidence.

CJA 380 4Legal Aspects of the Criminal JusticeSystem

Origins, philosophy, development, andconstitutional basis for introducing evi-dence in the Anglo-American legal sys-tem. Emphasis on kinds and forms ofevidence and on case decisions that haveaffected admissibility of certain types ofevidence in court.

CJA 390 4Courts and Criminal Justice

The roles and responsibilities of thejudiciary as it pertains to the criminaljustice system, including its impact onthe other criminal justice sectors of lawenforcement and corrections; consider-ation of how court decisions haveaffected the public, public agencies,and state legislatures.

CJA 410 4Police-Community Relations

The numerous and sometimes con-flicting roles, expectations, and societaldemands of law-enforcement officers.Review of criteria by which citizens evalu-ate their law-enforcement agencies; publicperceptions and stereotypical views of lawenforcement. Emphasis on community-oriented and problem-oriented policing;concepts of successful crime-preventionprograms.

CJA 420 4Multicultural Issues in Public Safety

Perspectives on major cultural groupsin California. Such theoretical issues asculture, ethnicity, race, prejudice, andethnocentrism; use of these concepts incomparing groups comprising Califor-nia’s population. How people think aboutthemselves; how self-perceptions influ-ences social behavior; emphasis on shift-ing established paradigms and expandingworld views.

CJA 470 4Theories and Concepts ofContemporary Public Safety

Strategies for community-based prob-lem solving used by public-safety person-nel. Emphasis on understanding issues ofsocial change and maintaining socialorder so that practitioners are prepared toapply appropriate strategies in field situa-tions. Includes models of problem solving,assessment of community needs, andpartnerships between public-safety agen-cies and their communities.

LBA 310 4Individual in the Organization

Focuses on organizational behavior asit relates to individual motivation, pro-ductivity, job performance, and effective-ness in interpersonal relationships. Stu-dents develop understanding of varioustheories of motivation and develop skillsin improving interpersonal relationships.

LBA 320 4The Legal Environment of Business

Laws regulating business activities,principles governing contracts, negotiableinstruments, and sales.


86

LBA 330 4Economics for Managers

How market economies operate. Eco-nomic theory and practice are integratedto aid decision-making through analysisof economic choices, trade-offs, and therational-person assumption. Attention tomanagers and consumers maximizingbehaviors while subject to constraints.Economic tools and techniques that helpmanagers make decisions, includingpricing, branding, and competitive strat-egy. Macroeconomic forces, includinginflation, interest and employment rates,and their effects on decision-making.

LBA 340 4Principles of Marketing

Functions and problems of the market-ing process, including financing, transpor-tation, distribution, and selected aspectsof advertising and salesmanship.

LBA 350 3Data Presentation

Integrates preparation of charts, graphs,font selection, and computer-presentationsoftware. Emphasis on effective presenta-tion of documents.

LBA 360 3Budgeting and Fiscal Administration

Covers financial administration as itapplies to public agencies, includingbudgeting, taxation, revenue planning,the budget cycle, borrowing, fiscal con-trols, and development of analytical skillsnecessary in public fiscal administration.

LBA 375 4Group and Organizational Behavior

Group behavior and its influence onorganizational effectiveness. Emphasis ondecision-making and resolving conflict ingroups. Development of strategies forefficient and productive group manage-ment; determination of which tasks arebest handled by groups or individuals.

LBA 390 4Organizations and Environments

Emphasis on the organization as anopen system. Organizational diagnosis,using a systems approach, examinesorganizational structure, design, govern-ing regulations that shape business opera-tions, contingency theory, and the impactof the environment on organizationaleffectiveness.

LBA 401 4Principles of Finance

Principles and problems involved in thefinance function of firms, including finan-cial aspects of the form of organizationand the allocation of capital.

LBA 410 4Accounting Principles for Managers

Manufacturing cost (job order andprocess), activity-based costing, just-in-time inventories, cost-volume-profitrelationships, budgeting, profit analysis,and decision-making analysis.

LBA 420 4Principles of Management

Motivational theory and its applicationto individual and group functioning inwork and home situations. Analysis ofleadership styles related to particular cir-cumstances. Study of negotiation, throughreading and class practice, with analysisof effects on productivity.

LBA 430 4Human Resources Administration

The values and perceptions of selectedgroups affecting social and economic lifestudied through analysis of policies andpractices of recruitment, selection, train-ing, development, and compensation ofemployees. Through simulations and casestudies, special attention to legislationrelated to the Office of Safety and HealthAdministration and to Equal EmploymentOpportunity mandates.

LBA 480 4International Business

The nature and management of aninternational business.

LBA 485 4Business Policy

A capstone course in which the studentformulates a philosophy of life, providingthe base for such concerns as ethics inbusiness, accountability in government,respect for human rights, and a respon-sible life style in the contemporary world.Ethical theories and personal valuesexamined through readings, analysis ofthe workplace, and classroom discussion.

LBA 490 1-6Senior Project

Each student combines his or her re-search and practical implementation oftheories and concepts and develops anindividual project. The project examines aproblem in the student’s occupation oravocation. The research project is writtenand is presented orally to the learninggroup and instructor.

Note: The following degree-completioncourses are offered through ExtendedLearning by the Religion department:

LBA/RELB 305 4Biblical Perspectives

Designed to foster knowledge andunderstanding of those historical conceptsand themes of the Bible that relate mostdirectly to effectiveness in business prac-tice and public life.

LBA/RELT 310 4Ethics and Personal Values

Examination of how personal valuesin business and public life are shaped byworld views, ethics, and spiritual forma-tion.

87

Chemistry

FacultyWilliam Hemmerlin, chair; David Duran, Donald Halenz,Mitchell Menzmer, James Van Hise

Departmental Office: 355 Chan Shun Hall; 965-7597

Degrees and ProgramsChemistry, B.S. .................................................................... 87Chemistry, B.A. ................................................................... 88Chemistry, with an Emphasis in Biochemistry, B.S. ............. 88Natural Science, B.S. ........................................................... 88Teaching Credential ............................................................. 89

The Department of Chemistry serves students who have aninterest in chemical sciences and those planning careers in vari-ous medical areas. The department has the following objectives:

• To give a thorough grounding in the principles of chemistry,both in theory and in practical experience within instrumenta-tion currently in use.

• To help the student develop problem-solving abilities througha careful analysis of problems and the application of chemicalprinciples.

• To provide an atmosphere where Christian values are cher-ished and the use of the intellect is integrated into the learningexperience.

The department offers several degree options. The B.S. witha major in chemistry should be selected by the student intendingto enter chemistry as a profession. The chemistry major with anemphasis in biochemistry is appropriate for those who intend toenter a professional program in one of the medical sciences.

Students more interested in the liberal arts and languages maychoose the B.A. program in chemistry. Those interested in aprimary- or secondary-school teaching career may choose theB.S. with a major in natural science.

Major in Chemistry, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (40 upper division) including the following:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry II 3CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry

Laboratory 1CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5CHEM 414 Inorganic Chemistry 3CHEM 451-452-453 Physical Chemistry 3-3-3CHEM 499 Introduction to Research 12 hours from the following: 2CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L, 482L

Additional upper-division hours in chemistry to be chosen inconsultation with the major adviser.➤ Required Cognate Courses:

MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4

(or MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus;or MATH 269 Elementary DifferentialEquations; or MATH 371-372 Numeri-cal Analysis)

PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4(or PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics)

➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4)PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics (4)

Chemistry

Chemistry

88

Major in Chemistry, B.A.➤ A minimum of 49 hours (29 upper division) including the following:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry II 3CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry 1

LaboratoryCHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5CHEM 414 Inorganic Chemistry 3CHEM 451-452 Physical Chemistry 3-32 hours from the following: 2CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L, 482L➤ Required Cognate Courses:

MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4)MATH 133 Calculus (4)PHYS 234 Elem. Modern Physics (4)

Major in Chemistry with an Emphasis inBiochemistry, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (40 upper division) including the following:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2CHEM 351-352 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3-3CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry 4-4-4CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry 1

LaboratoryCHEM 381 Biochemistry I 4CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5CHEM 482 Biochemistry II 4CHEM 482L Biochemistry II Laboratory 11 hour from the following: 1CHEM 325L, 344L, 451L

Additional hours may be selected from BIOL 320 and upper-division chemistry courses in consultation with the major adviser.➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics 4-4-4➤ Premedical Students: See adviser for recommended cognates.

Major in Natural Science, B.S.This major satisfies the preconditions for science program

subject-matter approval by the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarterhours of course work corresponds to science subjects commonlytaught in California public schools, and the concentrationsavailable treat the subject matter at a depth more than adequatefor teaching the higher secondary science courses in biology,chemistry, and physics.



113BIOL 345 Human Ecology 3BIOL 437 Marine Science 4BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5




(or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5))BIOL 354 Genetics 4BIOL 494 Seminar (4 quarters) 2MICR 134 General Microbiology 5One of the following courses:

BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 324 Ornithology (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)Required Cognate Courses:


CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2

* Students who elect the emphasis in physics must takePHYS 131-132-133.

89

Chemistry

CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3(or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry (3))

CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4372-373

CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4CHEM 396 Seminar .5-.5-.5-.5Required Cognate Course:

MATH 131-132 Calculus 4-4

3. Physics Emphasis (35 hours)



ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys-ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and fromthe following two courses:ASTR 341-342 Astrophysics 3-3CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3


California teaching credential in science with a concentration inchemistry should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. Thisprogram meets the newly established standards of quality andeffectiveness and has been approved by the State of CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describing thenew program and its requirements is available in the Chemistrydepartment office. Students are invited to discuss the programwith the Teacher Education Adviser in the Chemistry department.

Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should con-sultwith the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education andshould become acquainted with the specific requirements foradmission to and successful completion of the Teacher EducationProgram as outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

Minor in Chemistry:➤ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry I 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory 2

Chemistry

Service courses:(May not be used for major or minor inthis department)

CHEM 101 4 AIntroductory Chemistry

An elementary course designed to givean introduction to fundamental principlesof general inorganic chemistry. Primarilyfor students preparing to enter an alliedhealth or related field and/or to enroll inCHEM 102 and 111. Three lectures andone laboratory weekly. Prerequisite:Algebra I, MATH 019 or permissionof the instructor.

CHEM 102 4 WSurvey of Organic Chemistry

A survey of the important classes oforganic compounds. Emphasis is given totopics related to the health sciences andbiochemistry. Intended for students notmajoring in chemistry. Three lectures andone laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Sec-ondary-school chemistry or CHEM 101.Credit cannot be earned in both CHEM102 and 371.

CHEM 103 4 SSurvey of Biochemistry

A survey of the chemistry of livingorganisms emphasizing the normal pro-cesses occuring in the human body. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre-requisite: CHEM 102. Credit cannot beearned in both CHEM 103 and 373.

CHEM 105 4 WChemistry for the Consumer

An introduction to chemistry withpractical applications; a course for stu-dents with no previous experience inphysical science. Not applicable towarda major or minor in any life-science orphysical-science curriculum.

Chemistry

90


CHEM 111-112-113 5-5-5 A-W-SGeneral Chemistry

A complete introduction to the funda-mental principles of general inorganicchemistry. Includes the following topics:atomic and molecular orbital theory,stoichiometry, gas laws, thermodynam-ics, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acid-base theory, pH and introductions tonuclear and organic chemistry. Intendedfor chemistry majors and preprofessionalstudents in medicine, dentistry and othertechnical fields. Must be taken in se-quence. Four lectures and one laboratoryweekly. Prerequisites: Algebra II orMATH 106. A score of 19 on the math-ematics section of the ACT (or 500 onthe SAT) is expected. High school chem-istry (or CHEM 101) and physics arehighly recommended. A grade of C- orabove is required for continuing in gen-eral chemistry each quarter.


CHEM 324 3 AAnalytical Chemistry I

An introduction to the quantitativestudy of chemical reactions occurring inthe aqueous phase, including solubility,acid base equilibria and complexion for-mation. Methods of data recording andmanipulation, error analysis and statisti-cal treatment of data are also included.Prerequisite: CHEM 113.

CHEM 324L 2 WAnalytical Chemistry I Laboratory

A series of laboratory experimentsto determine unknown quantities of se-lected chemical substances. The chemicalprinciples in CHEM 324 are reiterated;course emphasis, however, is on labora-tory technique. Six hours of laboratoriesweekly. Prerequisite: CHEM 324.

CHEM 325 3 SAnalytical Chemistry II

The theoretical basis of chemical analy-sis using electrochemical, spectrophoto-metric and chromatographic methods.Introduction to principles of operationof current analytical instrumentation.Concurrent enrollment in CHEM 325Lstrongly recommended. Prerequisites:CHEM 324L, 373, MATH 132 or per-mission of the instructor. Odd years.

CHEM 325L 1 SAnalytical Chemistry II Laboratory

A series of laboratory experiments coor-dinated with CHEM 325. Prerequisite orcorequisite: CHEM 325. Odd years.

CHEM 344 3 SNuclear Physics and Chemistry

Properties of radioactive nuclei, nuclearstructure, nuclear reactions, nuclear fission,interactions of radiations with matter andthe Mossbauer effect with applications tochemistry and the cosmos. Prerequisites:MATH 131, PHYS 111-112-113. Con-current enrollment in CHEM 344Lstrongly recommended. Even years.

CHEM 344L 1 SNuclear Physics and ChemistryLaboratory

A series of laboratory activities coordi-nated with CHEM 344. Even years.

CHEM 351-352 3-3 A-WPhysical Chemistry for theLife Sciences

The laws of thermodynamics, physi-cal equilibria, and transport phenomena.Applications of Gibbs’ free energy, chemi-cal equilibria, and electrochemistry to bio-chemical systems; chemical and enzymekinetics and mechanisms; quantum bio-chemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 324,PHYS 113, MATH 132 or equivalent.Credit may not be earned in both CHEM351-352 and CHEM 451-452.

CHEM 371-372 4-4 A-WOrganic Chemistry

An introduction to the physical andchemical properties of compounds ofcarbon. A mechanistic approach to thestudy of organic reactions with an empha-sis on spectroscopic methods of analysis.Must be taken in sequence. Three lec-tures and one four-hour laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: CHEM 113.

CHEM 373 4 SOrganic Chemistry

A continuation of CHEM 372 andan introduction to biochemistry (carbo-hydrates, proteins, and lipids). Four lec-tures weekly. Concurrent enrollment inCHEM 373L required of all chemistrymajors. Prerequisite: CHEM 372.

CHEM 373L 1 SAdvanced Organic ChemistryLaboratory

A series of lab activities coordinatedwith CHEM 373, including an indepen-dent organic synthesis project.

CHEM 381 4 ABiochemistry I

An introduction to the chemistry ofbiologically-relevant molecules. Includesattention to biological oxidations, energyrelationships, and enzyme kinetics. Pre-requisite: CHEM 373.

CHEM 396 .5 A, W, SSeminar(See BIOL 396)

Single topics of current interest in math-ematics and natural sciences are pre-sented by guest lecturers. The course isgraded S/F. To pass, a student must be ontime and attend four of five course ses-sions. Prerequisite: CHEM 373. Enroll-ment limited to upper-division students.

91

Chemistry

CHEM 414 3 SInorganic Chemistry

A systematic study of inorganic chem-istry with emphasis on chemical theoryand bonding, the descriptive chemistry ofthe elements, and transition-metal chem-istry. Three lectures weekly. Prerequisite:CHEM 372 and MATH 132. Even years.

CHEM 431 1 WRecombinant DNA

Introduction to the principles andpractices in use in creating recombinantDNA molecules, including screening DNAlibraries and the insertion of genes intovarious types of cells. Prerequisite:CHEM 381.

CHEM 451-452 3-3 A-WPhysical Chemistry

An integrated approach to the statisti-cal and quantum properties of matterwith applications to chemical systems.Thermodynamics, kinetic theory of gases,colligative properties, eloctrochemistry,diffusion, molecular spectroscopy, andchemical kinetics. Prerequisites: CHEM113, MATH 133, and PHYS 133 or 113.Credit available in either CHEM 351-352 or CHEM 451-452, but not both.

CHEM 451L 1 APhysical Chemistry Laboratory

A series of laboratory activities coordi-nated with CHEM 451.

CHEM 453 3 SPhysical Chemistry

An introduction to the Schroedingerwave equation with applications to chemi-cal systems. Prerequisite: CHEM 452.Odd years.

CHEM 470 3 SNatural Products

A review of the historical “named reac-tions” of organic chemistry followed bystrategic planning in approaching the

synthesis of complex molecules focusingprimarily on retrosynthetic analysis, ste-reochemical control, and modern syn-thetic methods. FT NMR techniques(C13, 2-D COSY, HMBC, and NOESY)are discussed and used in structuralanalysis of naturally occurring molecules.Prerequisite: CHEM 373.

CHEM 474 3 WOrganic Theory and ReactionMechanisms

A mechanistic approach to the studyof selected topics in organic chemistry,such as orbital symmetry, molecular re-arrangements, linear free energy relation-ships, and photochemistry. Prerequisite:CHEM 373.

CHEM 482 4 SBiochemistry II

The intermediary metabolism of car-bohydrates, lipids and proteins, and anintroduction to the replication and trans-mission of genetic information. Concur-rent enrollment in CHEM 482L requiredof students taking the biochemistry em-phasis. Prerequisite: CHEM 381.

CHEM 482L 1 SBiochemistry II Laboratory

A series of laboratory activities coordi-nated with CHEM 482.

CHEM 491 0-2Cooperative Education in Chemistry

An individualized contract agreementinvolving student, faculty, and employerto provide practical experience in chemis-try in a professional off-campus setting.Normally limited to upper division majorsin chemistry. Prerequisites: CHEM 373,324L, and permission of the departmentchair. Graded S/F.

CHEM 499 1-2 A, W, SIntroduction to Research

A directed research project intended toacquaint students with research problemsof current interest. A suitable problem isundertaken with the direction of the fac-ulty. Open to upper-division majors inchemistry and, by permission, to otherupper-division students. May be repeatedfor additional credit. Maximum of fourhours in Bachelor of Science curricula.

93

Communication

FacultyJennifer Wareham Best, chair; Dan Akers, James Chase,Herb Ford, Fred Kinsey


Degrees and ProgramsSpeech Pathology ................................................................. 93Communication, B.A. .......................................................... 93International Communication, B.A. ..................................... 94Journalism, B.S. ................................................................... 95Public Relations, B.S. ........................................................... 95

The DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION serves the communicationneeds of students in every department, offering instruction in avariety of communication skills and principles that apply in massmedia, public speaking, small group, and interpersonal settings.The department also provides curricula leading to a variety ofcommunication-related careers, with specific preparation forcareers in public relations, journalism, international communica-tion and speech pathology. The curriculum in communication isof value to those preparing for careers in business, law, medicine,pastoral or evangelistic ministry, broadcasting, and others.

Communication

Speech PathologyA preprofessional program in Speech Pathology is offered for

those beginning their study of Speech Pathology at Pacific UnionCollege. This program is affiliated with the School of AlliedHealth at Loma Linda University. The Speech Pathology facultyat LLU provide regular assistance and counseling to the PUCCommunication department and to students interested in thisprogram.

The first two years of a baccalaureate degree in SpeechPathology, taken on the Pacific Union College campus, includethe following courses:SPPA 164 Introduction to Speech Pathology 4SPPA 175 Clinical Observation 2SPPA 178 Terminology of Communication Disorders 2SPPA 264 Phonetics and Speech Science 3SPPA 265 Disorders of Articulation 4

Approved courses in general education complete thepreprofessional curriculum.

Major in Communication, B.A.➤ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) including the following:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3COMM 225 Oral Interpretation 3COMM 226 Public Speaking 3COMM 326 Advanced Public Speaking 3COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3COMM 423 Communication Theory 2COMM 424 Communication Research I 2COMM 425 Communication Research II 2COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3

(or COMM 327 Argumentation)COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3

Communication

94

* Students whose dominant cultural heritage is Spanish or French andwho can pass an advanced-level language examination offered by theDepartment of Modern Languages may, upon written approval of thefaculty of the Department of Communication, elect not to spend one fullacademic year abroad. Such students must, however, (a) complete allPacific Union College language and cognate require-ments and (b) com-plete a total of 48 hours of coursework offered by the Department ofCommunication (23 required plus 25 elective credits). Students whosedominant cultural heritage is German and who can pass an intermediatelevel German examination offered by the Department of Modern Lan-guages may, upon written approval of the faculty of the Department ofCommunication, elect to complete a minimum of one academic semesterat Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Austria, and complete a minimum of 12upper-division hours of German while there.

**Courses marked with a double asterisk also fulfill general-educationrequirements.

JOUR 244 Copyediting 2Select from the following to complete the major:

Any course designated COMM (except COMM 105),JOUR, or PRELSPPA 164 Introduction to Speech Pathology (4)

Major in InternationalCommunication, B.A.➤ A minimum of 48 hours (24 upper division) including the following:


COMM 134 Mass Media 3COMM 226 Public Speaking 3COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations 2Elective (Select any upper-division course 4

designated COMM, PREL or JOUR)This major requires one full academic year abroad* to

develop fluency in one of the following language emphases:

1. French Emphasis(21 hours including 12 upper-division hours):

A minimum of 12 hours of advanced-level French (coursesnumbered 300 and above) at Sèminaire Adventiste du Salève,Collonges, France.➤ Required PUC Courses:

FREN 385 Business French 4FREN 441 Readings in 19th Century French Literature 4FREN 442 Readings in 20th Century French Literature 4FREN 443 Contemporary Francophone Literature 4

➤ Required Cognate Course:

FREN 367 French Culture and Civilization 4

2. Spanish Emphasis(21 hours including 12 upper-division hours):

A minimum of 12 hours of advanced-level Spanish (coursesnumbered 300 and above) at Colegio Adventista de Sagunto,Spain; or at Universidad Adventista del Plata, Villa LibertadorSt. Martín, Argentina.➤ Required PUC Courses:

SPAN 385 Business Spanish 4SPAN 442 Readings in Latin-American Literature I 4

(or SPAN 443 Readings...II)➤ Required Cognate Course:

SPAN 367 Spanish and Latin-American Cultureand Civilization 4

3. German Emphasis(21 hours including 12 upper-division hours):

A minimum of 21 hours of intermediate- and advanced-levelGerman at Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Austria.

➤ Required Cognate Courses for InternationalCommunication Major:

ANTH 124** Cultural Anthropology 4CPTR 105** Introduction to Computers 3

(or OFAD 301 Word Processing)HIST 101-102** History of World Civilizations 4-4

(or secondary-level equivalent orequivalent course work taken in Europe)

MGMT 374 Advertising Management 3MGMT 457 International Management 3

(or FIN 241 Introduction to Finance)RELH 311** World Religions 3SOCI 355** Racial and Ethnic Relations 3One course from International Political Structure area:

PLSC 328 Critical World Issues (3)PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government (3)PLSC 364 Issues in International Relations (3)PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3)One course from Diplomatic History area:

HIST 358 Twentieth Century America (4)HIST 364 Modern Asia (4)HIST 434 The History of Modern Russia (5)

95

Communication


FREN 151-2-3 Intermediate French (3-4, 3-4, 3-4)SPAN 151-2-3 Intermediate Spanish (3-4, 3-4, 3-4)GRMN 151-2-3 Intermediate German (3-3-3)

Major in Journalism, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3COMM 424 Communication Research I 2COMM 425 Communication Research II 2COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3JOUR 242 Photojournalism 3JOUR 244 Copyediting 2JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3JOUR 443 Investigative Reporting and Writing 3JOUR 448 History of Journalism 3JOUR 494 Journalism Internship 3-6

(or JOUR 492 Practicum in Journalism)Print/Editorial EmphasisJOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3JOUR 444 Editorial and Interpretive Writing 3JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing 3JOUR 458 Computer-Assisted Reporting 3Broadcast EmphasisJOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I 3JOUR 355 Broadcast Journalism II 3JOUR 356 Broadcast Journalism III 3JOUR 358 Broadcast Scriptwriting 3JOUR 465 Documentary Journalism 3JOUR 468 The Broadcast News Magazine 3Select from the following to complete the major:

Any course designated JOUR, COMM, orPREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction (3)PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations (2)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

ART 241 Photography–Black and White 3MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2A minimum of nine hours from ECON, PLSC, and SOCI 9


A minor in a related disciplineART 261 Graphic Design I (3)ART 262 Graphic Design II (3)ART 317 Design for the Web (2)MDIA 154 Video Technology (2)

Major in Public Relations, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3COMM 226 Public Speaking 3COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3COMM 424 Communication Research I 2COMM 425 Communication Research II 2COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3JOUR 242 Photojournalism 3JOUR 244 Copyediting 2JOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3PREL 232 Public Relations II: Applications and Crises 3PREL 337 Fund-Raising 3PREL 338 Audiovisual Presentations 2PREL 339 Public Relations III: Campaigns and Practices 3PREL 494 Public Relations Internship 3-6

(or PREL 492 Practicum in Public Relations)Select from the following to complete the major: 0-3JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing (3)JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3)JOUR 358 Broadcast Scriptwriting (3)PREL 342 Public Relations in the Religious Culture (2)PREL 492 Practicum in Public Relations (1-3)PREL 495 Independent Study (1-3)➤ Required Cognate Courses:ART 241 Photography—Black and White 3MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3

(or MGMT 361 Management)MKTG 374 Advertising Management 3

Communication

96

Communication

Service Course:(May not be used for major or minor inthis department)

COMM 105 3 A, W, S, SuSpeech Communication

A general-education course that devel-ops skill in oral communication, surveysthe human communication process, andencourages responsible speaking andlistening. Focuses on intrapersonal, inter-personal, small group, and public com-munication. Two lectures and one labo-ratory weekly. Required in the freshmanor sophomore year to fulfill the general-education requirement in Communication.


COMM 134 3 AMedia Communication Careers

Survey of print and broadcast mediain contemporary society: the roles ofradio, television, newspapers, magazines,books, and emerging mass media tech-nologies.

COMM 223 3 AInterpersonal Communication

Transactional nature of interpersonalcommunication, including the roles ofboth verbal and nonverbal communica-tion, empathic listening, and self-disclo-sure as means of building trusting rela-tionships and developing rhetorical sensi-tivities.

COMM 225 3 WOral Interpretation

Development of skills in reading aloudfrom prose, poetry, plays, and expositorymaterial. Emphasis on developing theability to create and sustain mood and onlearning the various methods of creatingmeaning through vocal expression.

COMM 226 3 A, W, SPublic Speaking

Instruction and skill-development incomposing speeches and delivering thembefore groups. Fulfills general-educationrequirement in communication for jun-iors and seniors. (Freshmen and sopho-mores take COMM 105.)

➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:A minor in Business AdministrationART 261 Graphic Design I (3)ART 262 Graphic Design II (3)FIN 241 Introduction to Finance (3)

Minor in Communication➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3COMM 226 Public Speaking 3COMM 326 Advanced Public Speaking 3COMM 328 Small Group Communication 3COMM 423 Communication Theory 2COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3

(or COMM 327 Argumentation)COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2To complete the minor select 8 hours from coursesdesignated COMM, JOUR or PREL (except COMM 105) 8

Minor in Journalism➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3

JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II 3JOUR 244 Copyediting 2JOUR 253 Publication Technology I 3JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques 3JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3Select from the following to complete the minor: 5Any course designated JOURPREL 231 Introduction to Public Relations (3)

Minor in Public Relations➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:COMM 134 Media Communication Careers 3COMM 427 Persuasive Communication 3COMM 450 Senior Seminar in Communication Disciplines 2JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3PREL 231 Public Relations I: Introduction 3PREL 337 Fund-Raising 3Select from the following to complete the minor: 13Any course designated PRELJOUR 242 Photojournalism (3)JOUR 253 Publication Technology I (3)JOUR 256 Publications: Design Techniques (3)JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature Article Writing (3)JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics (3)

97

Communication

COMM 227 3 SVoice and Articulation

Development of habits and skills thatlead to communicative speech, usingvoice analysis, appropriate exercises, andinterpretative readings. Even years.

COMM 229 3 AFundamentals of DramaticPerformance(See DRMA 229.)


COMM 326 3 SAdvanced Public Speaking

Theory of and practice in effectivepublic address. Preparation and deliveryof personal manuscripts. Includes rel-evant issues of speech evaluation andaudience analysis. Offers the advancedstudent practical experience in speakingbefore a group. Prerequisite: COMM226 or consent of the instructor. Oddyears.

COMM 327 3 AArgumentation

Logical reasoning, fallacies in reason-ing, the structure of arguments, andmethods of analyzing and evaluatingarguments. Examination of classical andcontemporary models; application inpreparing persuasive messages, advertis-ing strategies, and public speeches.

COMM 328 3 SSmall Group Communication

Effective use of communication insmall groups; analysis of the nature ofgroup productivity, cohesiveness, andorganization; experience in group discus-sion and problem-solving.

COMM 329 3 WOrganizational Communication

Study of and practice in communica-tion in the work setting, emphasizing

leadership, decision-making, conflict resolu-tion, and the management of behavior inhuman organizations. Focuses on commu-nication problems and variables unique tothe organizational environment, andreviewing traditional and current theories.Even years.

COMM 330 3 SIntercultural Communication

Variables and effects of both verbaland nonverbal communication betweencultures. Practical applications for careersin education, mission service, interna-tional business, social work, and foreignrelations.

COMM 423 2 ACommunication Theory

Conceptual foundation for studyingthe human communication process.Includes types of theories and modelsused in communication research. Exploresvariables relevant to human communica-tion behavior. Applies theory to thescientific method in communicationresearch. Odd years.

COMM 424 2 WCommunication Research I

Development of skills in planningcommunication research and designingresearch instruments. Includes overviewof current research topics, procedures,and findings. Odd years.

COMM 425 2 SCommunication Research II

Implementing a communicationresearch plan. Survey techniques, con-tent analysis, tabulation procedures, andreporting of findings. Odd years. Prereq-uisite: COMM 424.

COMM 427 3 SPersuasive Communication

Rhetorical principles of ethical persua-sion in public speaking, interpersonal

relationships, public relations, and adver-tising. Development of skills in logicalargument, emotive influence, and psycho-logical appeal and in achieving sourcecredibility. Even years.

COMM 450 2 WSenior Seminar in CommunicationDisciplines

Capstone course emphasizing profes-sional skills, ethics, creation of portfolio,and career planning.

COMM 480 3 SuClassroom Communication

Effective teacher-student interaction inboth verbal and nonverbal areas. Com-munication research findings applied tosuch topics as student motivation, self-concept, sequencing of instruction, smallgroup processes, classroom environ-ments, and parent/student conferences.

COMM 490 1-3 A, W, S, SuIssues in Communication(See also JOUR 490, PREL 490.)

Specific issues in various areas of com-munication research. Such areas mayinclude, though are not limited to, rheto-ric and public address, small group com-munication, interpersonal communica-tion, organizational communication,journalism, and public relations.

COMM 492 1-3 A, W, S, SuPracticum in Communication

Supervised experience in speech,drama, or broadcasting. Thirty clockhours of experience required for eachhour of credit. Advance approval of thedepartment required. May be repeatedto a maximum of nine hours.

COMM 495 1-3 A, W, S, SuIndependent Study

Opportunity for the advanced studentto investigate special interests under thedirection of departmental faculty.

Communication

98

graphics from other applications, includ-ing scanners; evaluation of desktop pub-lishing software. Lab projects with AdobePageMaker. Lab fee. Two lectures andone laboratory weekly.

JOUR 256 3 WPublications: Design Techniques

Practice in designing and preparingcamera-ready materials for newspapers,magazines, brochures, and posters. Onelecture and one laboratory weekly.


JOUR 343 3 WMagazine and Feature Article Writing

Study of and practice with feature-writing style for newspapers, magazinesand broadcast. Emphasizes preparationand marketing of nonfiction manuscriptsfor magazines and newspapers. Prerequi-site: JOUR 141.

JOUR 346 4Creative Writing(See ENGL 346.)

JOUR 354 3 ABroadcast Journalism I

Principles of and practice in journalis-tic broadcast writing; development ofbasic announcing skills for radio andtelevision. Emphasis on news copy anddocumentary programming. Secondaryemphasis on public service and religiousspots and programming. Prerequisite:JOUR 141.

JOUR 355 3 WBroadcast Journalism II

Continuing development of news-writing and announcing abilities, withemphasis on writing, announcing, andproducing radio news and documentaryprogramming. Students work as newsstaff for KCDS radio news broadcasts.Prerequisite: JOUR 354.

JOUR 356 3 SBroadcast Journalism III

Advanced journalistic skills in televi-sion reporting and production. Empha-sizes on-camera reporting, interviewing,studio and field production, and profes-sional journalism skills in television news.Students work with various video mediato provide television news for the localcommunity and for other productions.Prerequisite: JOUR 355.

JOUR 358 3 WBroadcast Scriptwriting

Preparation of manustripts for newsfeatures and full-length feature and docu-mentary productions on radio and televi-sion. Emphasizes correct manuscriptformat and writing for impact in broad-cast media. Odd years. Prerequisite:JOUR 354.

JOUR 405 3Advanced Expository Writing(See ENGL 405.)

JOUR 434 3 AMedia Law and Ethics

Current issues involving personalrights and corporate responsibilities asrelated to concepts of free speech andresponsible journalism. Even years.

JOUR 443 3 AInvestigative Reporting and Writing

Tools, techniques, and skills for con-ducting ethical journalistic investigations.Emphasis on using public records and“the paper trail” to document complexissues. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. Oddyears.

JOUR 444 3 AEditorial and Interpretive Reportingand Writing

The role of the editorial and opinion injournalism. Writing editorials, opinion

Journalism


JOUR 141 3 ANewswriting and Reporting I(See also ENGL 141.)

Basic course in gathering informationand writing news stories for mass-medianews audiences. Two lectures and onelaboratory weekly.

JOUR 142 3 WNewswriting and Reporting II(See also ENGL 142.)

Extended practice in news coverageand media writing. Introduction to com-puter-assisted reporting and news media.Extensive practice in writing and career-related skills specific to professions injournalism, public relations, and commu-nications. Two lectures and one labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: JOUR 141.

JOUR 242 3 SPhotojournalism

Application of photography to thespecific problems of the journalist orpublic relations officer; using images togive graphic impact to news and featurestories; processing and editing of picturestaken by the student. Prerequisite: ART241. Odd years.

JOUR 244 2 WCopyediting

Practice in editing copy to AssociatedPress guidelines, writing headlines andcaptions, basic layout. Extensive rewrit-ing and editing for clarity, conciseness,and appropriateness for chosen media.

JOUR 253 3 APublication Technology I(See GRPH 253.)

Electronic typesetting and compositionfor formatting and interfacing word pro-cessing. The basics of importing text and

99

Communication

features, and in-depth, complex newsstories. Prerequisite: JOUR 141. Oddyears.

JOUR 448 3 AHistory of Journalism

History of trends in American journal-ism, recounting successes and failures ofthe press to achieve free and responsiblecommunication with the public. Evenyears.

JOUR 455 3 SSpecialized Journalistic Writing

In-depth writing and reporting skillsfor journalistic writing in such areas asthe humanities, sciences, government,business, technology, literature and thearts. Even years. Prerequisite: JOUR 142.

JOUR 458 3 WComputer-Assisted Reporting

Understanding of and practice in jour-nalistic uses of computers and specializedsoftware as advanced journalism tools.Uses of database managers, spreadsheets,and statistical software to manage andinterpret data. Even years. Prerequisite:JOUR 142.

JOUR 465 3 SDocumentary Journalism

Aspects of producing program-lengthdocumentaries or segments: topic selec-tion, scripting, dramatic focus, coordinat-ing the creative and technical team, di-recting, editing, and marketing the finalproduct. Students are project-team mem-bers for a class-produced documentaryproject. Odd years. Prerequisites: JOUR340, 355.

JOUR 468 3 SThe Broadcast News Magazine

The market audience, content balance,and production skills necessary for asuccessful broadcast magazine. Studentsare the creative team in charge of all

elements of producing a campus broad-cast magazine or other news-magazineproject. Even years. Prerequisites: JOUR340, 355.

JOUR 490 1-3 A, W, S, SuIssues in Communication(See COMM 490.)

JOUR 492 1-3 A, W, S, SuPracticum in Journalism

Supervised experience under the direc-tion of a journalism professional, usuallyinvolving work on a specific project.Approval of the department required inadvance. May be repeated to a total ofthree hours. Thirty clock hours of experi-ence required for each hour of credit.

JOUR 494 3-6 A, W, S, SuJournalism Internship

Supervised experience in journalism.The student is assigned for one quarter toa newspaper or magazine office. Enroll-ment restricted to journalism majors.

JOUR 495 1-3 A, W, S, SuIndependent Study

Offers the advanced student opportu-nity to pursue investigation in fields ofspecial interest under the direction ofdepartmental faculty.

Public Relations


PREL 231 3 APublic Relations I: Introduction

Fundamental values and procedures ofthe public-relations profession. Researchtechniques, communication theory, pub-lic relations management, writing, andmedia relations.

PREL 232 3 WPublic Relations II: Applications andCrises

Applications of public relations tospecific publics including employees,multicultural communities, consumers,and government. Managment of publicrelations in crises; exploiting PR opportu-nities created by crisis situations. Prereq-uisite: PREL 231.


PREL 337 3 SFund-Raising

Philosophy of philanthropic givingand the techniques that lead to successfulfund-raising, particularly as applied to theSeventh-day Adventist denomination.Fund-raising executives are guest lectur-ers for the course. Even years.

PREL 338 2 SAudiovisual Presentations

Preparing and producing traditionaland new media audiovisual presentationsuseful to the public relations practitionerand other business and professionalpeople. Conceptualizing, scripting, andexecuting AV tools, including Web-pagecreation, video production, and presenta-tion software such as Power-Point. Oddyears.

PREL 339 3 SPublic Relations III: Campaigns andPractices

The media of public relations and theirincorporation into a public-relationsplan. The elements, development, andstructuring of a public-relations plan.Prerequisite: PREL 232.

Communication

100

PREL 342 2 SPublic Relations in the ReligiousCulture

The special challenges religion offersto public relations. Perspectives and tech-niques that enhance the value of publicrelations in a religious setting, such as alocal congregation. Prerequisite: PREL 231.

PREL 490 1-3 A, W, S, SuIssues in Communication(See COMM 490.)

PREL 492 1-3 A, W, S, SuPracticum in Public Relations

Supervised experience under the direc-tion of a public-relations professional,usually involving work on a specificproject. Approval of the departmentrequired in advance. May be repeated toa total of three hours. Thirty clock hoursof experience required for each hour ofcredit.

PREL 494 3-6 A, W, S, SuPublic Relations Internship

One academic quarter of supervisedwork experience in a public relations-related office. Enrollment limited topublic relations and communicationmajors.

PREL 495 1-3 A, W, S, SuIndependent Study

Offers the advanced student opportu-nity to pursue investigation in a field ofspecial interest under the direction ofdepartmental faculty.

Speech Pathology and Audiology


SPPA 001 1 A, W, SSpeech Clinic

For college students who desire correc-tion of their own speech problems. Indi-vidual and/or group therapy sessionstwice weekly. May be repeated up tothree quarters for credit. Enrollment bypermission of instructor following oralspeech evaluation.

SPPA 164 4 AIntroduction to Speech Pathology

Introduction to the major types ofspeech disorders and their etiology andtreatment. A survey course for majors inspeech pathology and audiology and forthose entering professions in education,behavioral science, social welfare, andrelated fields who may encounter personswith speech disorders.

SPPA 175 2 WClinical Observation

Laboratory experience designed toacquaint the student with the therapyprocess. Students observe clients duringthe quarter and meet regularly with theclinic supervisor to discuss clinical proce-dures used.

SPPA 178 2 STerminology of CommunicationDisorders

Introduction and application of termsused in the fields of Speech, Language,Hearing and allied areas. Odd years.

SPPA 250 3 SSpeech and Language ofYoung Children(See also ECED 250.)

Normal development of speech andlanguage in children from birth to sixyears. An introduction to differentialdiagnosis and treatment planning forchildren with delayed language develop-ment. Designed for majors in the EarlyChildhood Education curriculum andfifth-year Elementary Education pro-grams. Odd years.

SPPA 264 3 WPhonetics and Speech Science

Knowledge of the International Pho-netic Alphabet is used as a means ofsensitizing the ear for the accurate learn-ing of speech sounds and introduction tothe acoustics of consonant and vowelproduction. Emphasis on transcriptionphonetics.

SPPA 265 4 SDisorders of Articulation

Identification and etiology of disordersof articulation with emphasis on phone-mic aspects. Introduction to the majorapproaches to individual and grouptherapy.

101

Computer Science

FacultySteve Waters, chair; Bruce Ivey, Stephen Thorman


Degrees and ProgramsComputer Science, B.S. . .................................................... 101Computer Science, B.A. ..................................................... 102Computer Science with Emphasis in Data Processing and Management, B.S. .......................................................... 102

Computer science is the study of solving problems withthe aid of computers. It deals with the design of algorithms (i.e.,effective procedures) for the solution of problems, with the struc-tures of languages for the efficient expression of these algorithms,and with computer systems, both hardware and software, forimplementing these languages.

Several degree options are offered. Students whose main inter-est is the discipline of computer science, perhaps leading to grad-uate study, choose the B.S. in Computer Science. This degree isalso appropriate for those wanting careers in systems or applica-tion programming. The B.A. in Computer Science prepares stu-dents for careers applying computers to other fields of interest.Students whose career goals include the use of computers in abusiness or corporate environment choose the B.S. in ComputerScience with Emphasis in Data Processing and Management.The department also offers a minor in computer science.

The curriculum is modeled on the guidelines of the Associationfor Computing Machinery.

Computer Science

Major in Computer Science, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (36 upper division) including the following:CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4CPTR 224 Assembler 3CPTR 236 Microprocessor Systems 3CPTR 326 Computer Languages 4CPTR 346 Data Structures and Algorithms 4CPTR 356 Digital Logic 4CPTR 357 Computer Architecture 3CPTR 396 Seminar (2 quarters) .5-.5CPTR 398 Indiv. Programming Language Study 2CPTR 446 Compiler Construction 4CPTR 447 Operating Systems 3CPTR 455 Advanced Topics in Computer Science 3MATH 275 Logic and Sets 4MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4The remaining hours may be selected from the following:

Other CPTR coursesINFS 335 Business Computer Applications (4)MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4)MATH 331 Probability Theory (3)MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3-3)MATH 354 Number Theory (3)MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4)

A maximum of twenty-six hours of MATH courses, includingthe required courses, may apply.➤ Required Cognate Courses:ENGR 217 Electronics 4MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2➤ Recommended Cognate Course:

PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus (4-4-4)

*See footnote, next page.

Computer Science

102

* This requirement may be met by completion of a course or satisfactoryperformance on a departmental waiver examination. The waiveroption is available only to students with fewer than 75 credit hoursand to transfer students if taken during their first quarter at PUC.

The B.S. program described above is designed to prepare thestudent for graduate study in computer science or for a career inscientific computation or software development.

Major in Computer Science, B.A.➤ A minimum of 45 hours (22 upper division) including the following:

CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4CPTR 224 Assembler 3CPTR 236 Microprocessor Systems 3CPTR 326 Computer Languages 4CPTR 346 Data Structures and Algorithms 4CPTR 396 Seminar (2 quarters) .5-.5CPTR 447 Operating Systems 3MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4The remaining hours may be selected from the following:

Other CPTR or INFS coursesMATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4)MATH 331 Probability Theory (3)MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3-3)MATH 354 Number Theory (3)MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4)No more than eighteen hours from the MATH selectionsmay apply.➤ Required Cognate Courses:

ENGR 217 Electronics 4MATH 131 Calculus 4OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2


MATH 132-133 Calculus (4-4)PHYS 111-112-113 General Physics (4-4-4)

French or German is recommended for meeting the languagerequirement.

This program permits an emphasis in the computer-sciencefield and is designed to prepare one to be a knowledgeable userof computers in business or other applications.

An alternative for a business major is to include a minor incomputer science. For continuing with graduate studies, or for agreater emphasis in computer science, a student should chooseone of the B.S. options.

Major in Computer Science withEmphasis in Data Processing andManagement, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (33 upper division) including the following:

CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4CPTR 224 Assembler 3CPTR 326 Computer Languages 4CPTR 346 Data Structures and Algorithms 4CPTR 347 Database Systems 3CPTR 396 Seminar (2 quarters) .5-.5CPTR 398 Individual Programming Lang. Study 3CPTR 426 Software Engineering 3CPTR 447 Operating Systems 3CPTR 455 Advanced Topics in Computer Science 3INFS 481 Simulation 3MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3

(or MGMT 361 Management)MGMT 465 Organizational Behavior 3The remaining hours may be selected from the following:

Other CPTR or INFS coursesACCT 321 Cost Accounting I (3)ACCT 322 Cost Accounting II (3)ACCT 328 Accounting Information Systems (3)FIN 341 Finance (5)

(or FIN 241 Introduction to Finance)MATH 132-133 Calculus (4-4)MATH 275 Logic and Sets (4)MATH 331 Probability Theory (3)MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4)

➤ Required Cognate Courses:ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3ENGR 217 Electronics 4MATH 131 Calculus 4OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2

This program prepares the student for management andadministration in industrial, business, and institutional positionsrequiring competence in data processing.

103

Computer Science

*See footnote on previous page.

Computer Science


CPTR 105 3 A, SIntroduction to Computers

An introductory course for the liberalarts student explaining computers andtheir history and use. Includes a surveyof and practice with simple applicationstypically used with microcomputers, suchas word processing, spreadsheets, andbusiness graphics. No prerequisites; buta knowledge of mathematics equivalentto high-school algebra is assumed. Twolectures and one laboratory per week.


CPTR 115 4 AComputers and ComputerProgramming

An introduction to computer systems,problem solving with computers, andcomputer programming using C. Empha-sis on program design, structured pro-gramming techniques, elementary datastructures and their applications, andstandard algorithms of note. Problemsolving and program implementation

on the computer are required throughoutthe quarter. No previous programmingexperience is assumed. Three lectures andone laboratory per week.

CPTR 131-132 4-4 W-SComputer Science

A first course for computer sciencemajors and others seriously interested inthe foundation principles of computerscience. Topics include an introductionto the study of algorithms, structure, andfunctions of computer hardware compo-nents, operating systems, data structures,sorting, computer languages, and com-puter programming. Three lectures andone laboratory per week. Prerequisite:CPTR 115 or equivalent programmingexperience and MATH 106.

CPTR 224 3 AAssembler

Techniques of assembly languageprogramming; low-level program interac-tion with an operating system. Emphasis:low-level data manipulation and imple-mentation of structured programmingforms in assembly language. Prerequisite:CPTR 115 or equivalent programmingexperience.

CPTR 234 3 WProgramming in C++

Structure of the C++ programminglanguage, including data abstraction,classes, constructors and destructors,overloading, inheritance and polymor-phism, templates, exceptions, and iostreammethods. Two lectures and one laboratoryper week. Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132.

CPTR 236 3 WMicroprocessor Systems

Introduction to the architecture ofmicroprocessors and the organizationand functioning of a microcomputer. Theoperation of each functional block of thesystem (timing, logic, decoding, I/O, andmemory); the instruction set, stack opera-tion, and programming of a single-boardcomputer at the machine-instructionlevel. Two lectures and one laboratoryper week. Prerequisites: CPTR 224;ENGR 217.

CPTR 246 3 SObject-Oriented Programming

Methodology of object-orientedanalysis, design, and programming. Ob-ject-oriented languages, responsibility,modules, class libraries, applicationframeworks, and highly reusable typesin the context of a large object-orientedsystem. Two lectures and one laboratoryper week. Prerequisite: CPTR 234.

Minor in Computer Science➤ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following:

CPTR 131-132 Computer Science 4-4The remaining hours may be selected from the following:

Other CPTR or INFS coursesMATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4)MATH 275 Logic and Sets (4)MATH 331 Probability Theory (3)MATH 351-352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3-3)

MATH 355 Discrete Methods (4)MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4)A maximum of nine hours from the MATH selections may apply.➤ Required Cognate Courses:OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding* 0-2➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics (4)MATH 131 Calculus (4)

Computer Science

104

CPTR 299 1 Arr.Mini-Course

A short course on a selected computerscience-related topic of interest to thegeneral student. Course format dependson the particular topic selected but usu-ally consists of several lectures overapproximately two or three weeks on asubject of current interest. With approvalof the department chair, credit may applytoward a computer-science major.


CPTR 326 4 AComputer Languages

Significant features of existing pro-gramming languages, with particularemphasis on the underlying conceptsembodied in these languages. The studentshould expect to obtain at least a readingknowledge of current major program-ming languages. Prerequisites: CPTR131-132, 224. Odd years.

CPTR 346 4 WData Structures and Algorithms

Basic concepts of data and the repre-sentation of data in a computer system.Linear lists, strings, arrays, trees, andother data structures in programminglanguages; applications in database man-agement. Detailed study of techniques forsorting and searching; analysis of algo-rithms to determine their efficiencies ingiven situations. Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132, 224; MATH 355. Even years.

CPTR 347 3 WDatabase Systems

Objectives and methods of organizingfiles into databases. Facilities for extrac-tion of information from a database;hierarchal, network, and relationalmodels; data description, internal fileorganization, and security. Prerequisites:CPTR 131-132. Odd years.

CPTR 356 4 ADigital Logic

Number systems and coding, Booleanalgebra, gates and switching circuits,analysis of networks using canonicalforms. Implementation of combinationallogic: gates, decoding, arithmetic func-tions. Systematic synthesis of functions(Karnaugh, Quine-McClusky). Sequentialcircuits: analysis, synthesis, implementa-tion. Three lectures and one laboratoryper week. Prerequisite: ENGR 217. Evenyears.

CPTR 357 3 WComputer Architecture

Elements of a digital computer–organi-zation, information flow. Storage ofinformation, registers, and memory.Addressing modes. The ALU. Clockingand control. Input/output, interrupts,DMA. Prerequisites: CPTR 224, 356.Even years.

CPTR 367 4 SCommunications and Networking

Data transmission—serial, parallel,hand-shaking. Major protocols forcommunications. Data encryption, errordetection/correction. Slave processors,packet switching. Networks of interact-ing computers. Problems of distributedprocessing and databases. Three lecturesand one laboratory per week. Prerequi-site: CPTR 131-132. Even years.

CPTR 396 .5 ASeminar

This course for computer sciencemajors includes general-interest topics,presentations from current literature,guest speakers, progress reports on stu-dent projects, and attendance at profes-sional meetings. Maximum of two hours.Graded S/F.

CPTR 398 1-3Individual ProgrammingLanguage Study

Supervised individual study of a par-ticular programming language not nor-mally taught in an existing course. Thestudy typically consists of developingsolutions to a series of programmingproblems that are then implemented inthe selected language. Languages suitablefor this course include, but are not lim-ited to, LISP, SCHEME, Ada, Smalltalk,Prolog, and Database programminglanguages. A minimum of 30 hours ofprogramming activity is expected foreach unit of credit. May be repeated foradditional credit. Prerequisites: CPTR131-132, 224.

CPTR 426 3 SSoftware Engineering

Principles of organization and execu-tion of a multiperson programmingproject including issues in managing andorganizing people, and the tools andlanguage features available to aid thedevelopment of large projects. Ethics inthe software area. A suitable project isundertaken by the class as a whole. Theproject varies from year to year depend-ing upon class size, background, andinterest. Prerequisite: CPTR 131-132.Even years.

CPTR 437 3 AComputer Graphics

Principles of graphic displays withthe mathematical techniques of scaling,translation, rotation, clipping, filling,and projection of two- and three-dimen-sional objects; stereo projections, curveand surface fitting; animation. The stu-dent is also introduced to the techniquesof image-processing, digitization, andfiltering. Two lectures and one laboratoryper week. Prerequisites: CPTR 131-132(MATH 265 recommended). Odd years.

105

Computer Science

CPTR 446 4 WCompiler Construction

Techniques of analyzing source lan-guage and generating efficient objectcode. Although some theoretical topicsare considered, the course has the practi-cal objective of teaching how to constructassemblers, interpreters, and compilers.Prerequisite: CPTR 326 (MATH 355recommended). Odd years.

CPTR 447 3 SOperating Systems

Multiprogramming and time-sharingsystem-design principles. Topics includeprocesses and process communication,control of input-output, memory man-agement, scheduling, file systems, protec-tion, and resource allocation. Prerequi-sites: CPTR 131-132, 224; MATH 131(MATH 331 recommended). Odd years.

CPTR 455 3 SAdvanced Topics in ComputerScience

This required course for seniors ad-dresses topics in artificial intelligence(philosophy and methods of AI, heuris-tics, machine learning, search strategies,and expert systems), theoretical computerscience (computability, formal languagesand grammars, automata, the Church-Turing thesis, methods of proof, anddeterminism), and a summary of the fieldof computer science. Prerequisite: CPTR346 and senior standing. Corequisite:CPTR 447.

CPTR 491 0-2Cooperative Education

An individual contract arrangementinvolving students, faculty, and industryto gain practical computer science experi-ence in an off-campus setting. Prerequi-site: Permission of the department chair.Graded S/F.

CPTR 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

With the approval of the departmentchair, qualified students majoring incomputer science may undertake inde-pendent, directed study of a problemsuited to their background and experi-ence. Maximum of three hours.

CPTR 499 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Research

With the approval of the departmentchair, qualified students majoring incomputer science may undertake aresearch problem suited to their back-ground and experience. Maximum ofnine hours permitted.

Computer Science-Related CoursesOffered by Other Departments:

Business Administration and Economics:INFS 128 COBOL

Mathematics:MATH 355 Discrete MethodsMATH 375 Numerical AnalysisMATH 385 Mathematical Modeling

Technology:ELEC 342 Microcomputer DesignGRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh

107

Education

FacultyJean Buller, chair; Sandra Balli, Marsha Crow, Ginger Ketting,Marvin Mitchell

Departmental Office: 203 Education Building; 965-7265

Degrees and ProgramsGeneral Requirements for Credentials ............................... 107Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Education (SPEED) ......................................................... 110Liberal Studies, B.A. ........................................................... 111Elementary Education, M.A. .............................................. 112

The Teacher Education Program is approved by the Califor-nia Commission on Teacher Credentialing and by the Office ofEducation, General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.Students may complete the first stage of credentialing require-ments and qualify for both the State Preliminary and SDA Basiccredentials within a normal bachelor’s degree program and maybe employed at that point. The Education department has pro-posed a Crosscultural, Language, and Academic Development(CLAD) emphasis program for both the multiple-subject andsingle-subject credentials and expects State approval by Autumnquarter 1998. The Credential Analyst can provide additionalinformation.

The second stage of credentialing may be met by an approved45-quarter-hour fifth year or by a Master of Arts degree, whichcan be completed in four quarters. A Master of Arts in Educationwith emphasis in reading is available to students who would liketo earn a master’s degree in the certification process (see “Masterof Arts Degree in Education” in this catalog). The nondegree fifthyear includes 19 hours of professional education core courses (seeMaster’s Degree section) and 26 hours of approved electives.Students should consult the Credential Analyst in the Educationdepartment prior to enrollment in either fifth-year option.

A reading/language arts specialist credential program is avail-able. Consult the Education department for current information.

Education

General Requirements for BothElementary and Secondary Credentials

1. Select a baccalaureate degree with an appropriateteaching major.Elementary

Complete the Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Educa-tion (SPEED) outlined in the following pages, which includes theLiberal-Studies major (fulfills requirements for California Mul-tiple Subject and Seventh-day Adventist Elementary Credentials).Students who do not complete this approved subject matterprogram must pass the MSAT examination (Multiple SubjectAssessment for Teachers).Secondary

Complete an approved subject-matter program in one of thefollowing areas as outlined in the respective sections of thispublication or pass the PRAXIS/SSAT in an approved subject-matter area. In most cases specific and/or additional courses arerequired for a teaching credential that may not be needed for abachelor’s degree. In addition, a student is normally expected tohave a second teaching endorsement. To qualify for a state cre-dential, majors in theology or religion must demonstrate subject-matter competence in a second area. They may do so by com-pleting an approved subject-matter program or by passing thePRAXIS/SSAT examinations in a state-approved area. They mustalso complete a significant public school experience. Interestedstudents should consult the Education department adviser forfurther details.

Business EducationEnglishHome EconomicsIndustrial Technology EducationMathematicsModern Language: FrenchModern Language: Spanish

(Continues)

Education

108

Students qualifying for Seventh-day Adventist teachingcredentials with majors other than those listed above shouldconsult with the Credential Analyst.

It is possible to earn additional teaching endorsements forboth California and SDA credentials. Consult the CredentialAnalyst for specific course requirements.

2. Apply for Admission to the Teacher Education Program(see prerequisites listed in next section).

3. Pass a test of minimum competency in reading, writing,and mathematics (CBEST). Students must pass this test prior toregular admission into the Teacher Education program and beforetheir enrollment in curriculum and instruction (C/I) courses.

4. Pass the U.S. Constitution examination or complete oneof the following: (a) HIST 134-135, (b) HIST 140-141,(c) HIST 356, or (d) PLSC 124.

5. Complete HLED 166 Health Education or FDNT 175Personal Nutrition with a grade of C- or better.

6. Complete 18 hours of religion (9 upper division) with atleast a 2.0 grade-point average and with no grade lower thanC-: 6 hours of RELB prefix courses; 3 hours of Doctrinal Studies(RELT 331, 332, or 333); HIST 340 (or RELT 381-382); and 5hours of electives. A student in the SPEED program must select3 hours of these electives from RELB 315, RELH 311, RELT216, 218, 320, 355, and 440.

7. Complete one course in technology: CPTR 105, GRPH 153,MUTH 201, or any word-processing course.

8. For elementary credential: Provide documentation of a four-week laboratory experience in a multigrade classroom of at leastthree grades. This should be done at the beginning of the junioror senior year from approximately August 26 to September 20.Prerequisites: cumulative GPA of 2.5; major upper-division GPA of2.7; completion of Education 482L.

9. For elementary credential: Pass the Reading InstructionCompetence Assessment (RICA). This should be done beforecompleting student teaching.

10. After completing the first PUC C/I course with a lab: Applyfor midprogram review by the Education department faculty for

approval to continue in the Teacher Education program. Thefaculty review will incorporate the following evaluations, asapplicable:

a. lab evaluationb. residence hall dean’s evaluationc. major department evaluationd. Vice President for Student Life Administration evaluatione. work supervisor evaluationThe application with accompanying evaluations is brought by

the Education adviser to the Education department faculty forapproval, approval with reservations, or denial.

11. Complete professional education courses as outlined belowwith a grade of C- or better in each course and a grade of B orbetter in each lab.EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching 1EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab 1EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2EDUC 335 Principles of Christian Education 2EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education 2

In addition, the following courses are required for elementaryand secondary credentials:ElementaryEDUC 245 Elem. School C/I: Math/Science 4EDUC 353 Elem. School C/I: Beginning Reading 3

and WritingEDUC 355 Elem. School C/I: Reading/Language Arts 2EDUC 356 Elem. School C/I: Reading/Social Studies 3EDUC 390 K-12 C/I Bible 2EDUC 482 Student Teaching Seminar 3EDUC 482L Student Teaching, Elementary 15

(1 hr. concurrent registration withEDUC 245, 355, and 356; 12 hrs.full-time one quarter senior year)

September Experience 0ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4

(optional; required for CLAD)Language Requirement (optional; required forCLAD)

One course from the following: 3-4ART 314 Art for Children (3)EDUC 438-438L Computers in the Classroom and Lab (2-1)ENGL 330 Literature for Children (4)MUED 338 Music for Children I plus Lab (3)PETH 476 Physical Education for Children (3)

Music EducationPhysical EducationScience (Biology/Chemistry/Physics)Social ScienceTheology/Religion

109

Education

SecondaryEDUC 358 C/I Reading—Secondary 3EDUC 358L C/I Reading—Secondary Lab 1EDUC 360 C/I Secondary Methods I* 2EDUC 361 C/I Middle-School Methods* 2EDUC 361L C/I Middle-School Methods Lab* 1EDUC 362 C/I Secondary Methods II* 2EDUC 362L C/I Secondary Methods II Lab* 1EDUC 390 K-12 C/I Bible (optional; required for 2

Religion endorsement)EDUC 485 Student Teaching Seminar 3EDUC 485L Student Teaching 15

9 hrs. Junior High—9 weeks9 hrs. Senior High—9 weeks

ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology (optional; 4

required for CLAD)Language requirement (optional; requiredfor CLAD)

ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 3-4(or COMM 330 Intercultural Communicationor SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology)

Criteria for Preliminary Admission to the TeacherEducation Program

1. Complete EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching and EDUC101L, preferably in the freshman year.

2. Submit an application to the Education department.3. Submit to the Education department a Certificate of Clearance

application to the California Commission on Teacher Creden-tialing (prerequisite to C/I courses with field components).Application includes fingerprinting and fee.

4. Make appointments for interviews with the chair of theEducation department and the assigned Education departmentadviser.

5. Arrange for a teacher or the academic adviser to complete therecommendation form and return it to the Education department.

6. Meet cumulative GPA requirement: 2.5.7. Satisfy residence requirement: One quarter at PUC or accep-

tance into a Teacher Education Program in another accreditedcollege or university.

Criteria for Regular Admission to the TeacherEducation Program

1. Items 1-6 above.2. Pass CBEST (California Basic Educational Skills Test) and

submit a Permanent Verification Card. This examination, givenat PUC six times each year, covers reading, writing, and math-ematics. One can retake it if necessary. Candidates must passthe CBEST before achieving regular admission and clearance toregister for curriculum and instruction (C/I) courses. Applica-tion packets are available at the Education department (fee re-quired).

3. Have a Certificate of Clearance on file in the Educationdepartment.

4. Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 to retain regular status.

Restrictions on Accepted Courses1. C/I courses with fieldwork may not be taken by correspon-

dence or directed study. C/I courses with fieldwork beingtransferred will require the fieldwork to be completed here.

2. C/I courses without fieldwork may be taken by correspon-dence or directed study if approved by the department. Limitof one approved course.

3. Limit of 12 approved hours for transfer toward a master’sdegree or Reading/Language Arts credential program.

4. All core courses in the fifth-year program must be taken atPacific Union College with the following exceptions: PSYC359/L and EDUC 438/L.

Prerequisites for Student Teaching1. Regular acceptance into the Teacher-Education program.2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.5 and of 2.7

in upper-division courses in the major.3. Satisfactory completion of adequate preparation in the teach-

ing areas. (Secondary: 80% of subject-matter courses, or passPRAXIS/SSAT examinations; elementary: 101 hours in theSPEED waiver program, 80% of subject-matter program, orpass MSAT.)

4. Complete the U.S. Constitution and health-education require-ments (or their inclusion in the Senior Contract).

5. Meet PUC residence requirement: two upper-division coursesin the major and two courses in Education.

6. Elementary: complete required courses—14 hours: EDUC101/ 101L, 245, 353, 355, 356, 482L (3 hours), multigradeexperience.

7. Secondary: complete required courses—12 hours:EDUC 101/101L, 358/358L, 360, 361/361L, 362/362L.

8. Submit a Student Teaching Application by March 1 prior tothe school year during which full-time student teaching willtake place, including the following:a) Application formb) Major department recommendationc) Employer recommendation (or equivalent)* Not to be taken before the junior year.

Education

110

d) Health clearance (including TB)e) Résuméf) Approval of the Department of Education

9. Receive clearance from the Vice President for Student LifeAdministration

Subject-Matter Program for ElementaryEducation (SPEED)

The Subject-Matter Program for Elementary Education withthe Liberal Studies major as its core has been designed in har-mony with the educational philosophy of Pacific Union Collegeto meet the objectives of SDA and public education at the elemen-tary level. It has been approved by the California Commission onTeacher Credentialing as the multiple-subject-matter programfor students who plan to teach in a self-contained elementary-school classroom. The program requires a minimum of 126quarter hours (including the Liberal Studies major of 60 hours,38 of which must be upper-division).

Students should consult with credential advisers in the Educa-tion department in developing their program of studies. General-education requirements, the Subject-Matter Program for Elemen-tary Education, the Liberal Studies major, and the professionaleducation courses must be carefully scheduled if one is to com-plete the graduation requirements and qualify for both the Cali-fornia Preliminary and the SDA Basic credentials within thenormal four-year bachelor’s degree program.

General Education Foundation CoursesThe courses listed below fulfill general-education requirements

for all B.A. degree programs. All may also be applied to SPEED.Specific courses or course options required by general educationor by SPEED are listed by course number. The 92-95 hour totalassumes a full year each of biology, chemistry, physics, and twoyears of a foreign language at the secondary level and an ACTStandard Score of 19 or a satisfactory score on a Mathematicsdepartment placement test. Students lacking these college-prepa-ratory courses will have to use elective hours to make up thedeficiencies in their foundational course work.

I. Foundations of Learning 15ENGL 101-102 or 105-106 College English (8)One of the following Communication courses:

COMM 105 Speech Communication (3)COMM 225 Oral Interpretation (3)COMM 226 Public Speaking (3)COMM 336 Advanced Public Speaking (3)COMM 327 Argumentation (3)COMM 427 Persuasive Communication (3)

MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics (4)

II. Human Identity in Cultural Contexts 27-30HIST 101-102 History of World Civilization (8)One of the following Philosophy courses:

PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (4)PHIL 451 History of Western Thought (3)

PSYC 121 General Psychology (4)PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government (3)Foreign language: intermediate level or first year of a

second foreign language (9-12)

III. Insights of the Imagination 10ENGL 301 Great Books (4)One of the following:

ART 105 History of Western Art (4)ART 107 American Art (3)ART 108 History of Far Eastern Art (3)

One of the following:MUED 104 The Christian and Music (3)MUED 105 Survey of Music (3)

IV. The Natural World 10-12GSCI 205 Scientific Revolutions (3)Laboratory course in chemistry or physics (not PHYS 105) (4-6)One of the following:

BIOL 345 Human Ecology (3)BIOL 355 Philosophy of Biology (3)PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)

V. Revelation, Belief, and Action 18Any RELB courses (6)RELT 331, 332, or 333 (3)RELT 381-382 or HIST 340 (4)RELT 216, 355, or 440; or RELB 315 (3)Any REL__ (2)VI. Health and Fitness 8HLED 166 or FDNT 175 (2)PETH 476 (3)PEAC (3), including one aerobics course

VII. Skills for Daily Living 4Applied Arts (see page 27) (2)One of the following:

CPTR 105 Introduction to Computers (3)GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh (2)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2)

Total General Education Hours 92-95

111

Education

Liberal Studies Major, B.A.As offered by the Liberal Studies department, this diversified

major is designed for those who want a flexible program involv-ing both academic rigor and breadth of exposure. It also pro-vides the baccalaureate degree major for candidates seeking theelementary teaching credential. Requirements are restated herewith special applications for SPEED students.1. A minimum of 60 hours (38 in the upper division) selected

with the approval of a department adviser to satisfy the follow-ing requirements:

All students must complete a minimum of 15 hours excludingcourses used to satisfy general-education requirements fromeach of the three areas listed. The required courses for SPEEDcandidates are listed in each area. The recommended coursesand options listed may be used to fulfill the 15 hours requiredor to complete the concentration as described under (2) below.

Arts and HumanitiesArt, Drama, Ethics, Foreign Language, Linguistics, Literature,Music, Philosophy, Religion, and RhetoricDRMA 229 Fundamentals of Dramatic Performance (3)ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics (4)PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (4)➤ Recommended courses:

ART 124 Design and Composition (3)ART 314 Art for Children (3)COMM 328 Small Group Communication (3)COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3)COMM 480 Classroom Communication (3)ENGL 330 Literature for Children (4)ENGL 331 Literature for Adolescents (4)ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology (4)ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3)ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4)ENGL 484 Literature of the Bible (4)MUED 338 Music for Children (2)PHIL/RELT 440 Christian Bioethics (3)PHIL 460 Moral Philosophy (3)PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3)RELH 311 World Religions (3)RELT 355 Christian Social Ethics (3)

Natural Science and MathematicsAstronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology,Mathematics, and Physics. The student must include at least onebiology course and one earth science course in the major or ingeneral education.MATH 211-212 Foundations of School Mathematics 3-3

One of the following: 3-4BIOL 227 Natural History of California (3)BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 324 Ornithology (field oriented) (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)GEOL 233 Geology (4)➤ Recommended Courses:ASTR 105 Introduction to Astronomy (5)BIOL 345 Human Ecology (3)BIOL/PHIL 355 Philosophy of Biology (3)PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)

Social and Behavioral ScienceAnthropology, Economics, Geography, History, PoliticalScience, Psychology, and SociologyANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4)HIST 134-135 History of the United States (4-4)

(or one U. S. History course (upper divisionrecommended) (4)) and a course in theU.S. Constitution.

PSYC 234 Human Development (4)(or PSYC 334 Child Development (4))

➤ Recommended Courses:

HIST/ENGL 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom (3)HIST/ENGL 485 The Classical World (5)PSYC 359 Psychology of Exceptional Children (4)PSYC 390 Gender Issues (3)PSYC 490 Issues in Psychology and Religion (3)SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology (4)SOCI 232 American Social Problems (4)SOCI 355 Racial and Ethnic Relations (3)SOCI 435 The Sacred and Profane in Society (3)

2. A concentration in a field of knowledge consisting of a mini-mum of 27 hours in a discipline or from courses from the areaslisted above that relate to a well-defined theme, chosen in consul-tation with a department adviser.

SPEED students must also meet the following concentrationrequirements:

A. A minimum of 18 upper-division hours of the concentrationmust be selected from courses that relate to a subject area ofthe elementary school curriculum (i.e., language, literature,mathematics, science, social science, history, humanities, thearts, physical education and human development.)

B. None of the required 18 upper-division hours may include acourse required of all candidates in the elementary educationcredential program.

C. The concentration must include the completion of a research

Education

112

Education

General Courses:

EDUC 101 1 A, W, SIntroduction to Teaching

A general overview of the history ofeducation and teaching as a profession.Effective teaching techniques, includingthe fundamental steps in presenting alesson. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC101L required.

EDUC 101L 1 A, W, SIntroduction to Teaching Lab

A thirty-hour field experience in thePUC area that provides practical infor-mation for the student who is makinga decision about teaching and affordsopportunity for the student to imaginehimself or herself in the role of teacher.Students who wish to apply credit forthis course toward the requirements fora teaching credential must earn a gradeof B or better. Concurrent enrollmentin EDUC 101 required. Prerequisite:2.5 grade-point average.

EDUC 333 2 WEducational Psychology

A survey course applying psychologi-cal principles to the classroom setting.

Effects on learning of such student char-acteristics as intelligence, personality,cognitive and moral development, sex,and exceptionality. Major learning theo-ries, motivation, information processing,classroom management, educationalobjectives, evaluation, and measurement.

EDUC 335 2 AEthical Dimensions of Teaching

Examination of the ethical and moralcomponents of the teaching profession.Emphasis on ideals and principles of Chris-tian education and their application inSeventh-day Adventist schools. Philoso-phy of American and Adventist educationcompared and contrasted. Emphasis onintegrating faith and learning.

EDUC 336 2 SSocial and Multicultural Education

Designed to help present and futureeducators acquire the concepts, para-digms, and explanations needed to beeffective practitioners in a culturallydiverse society. Concepts, strategies, andresources are examined that contributeto building an atmosphere of positivehuman relations and removing negativestereotypes and prejudices from theclassroom.

EDUC 359 3 APsychology of Exceptional Children(See PSYC 359.)

EDUC 359L 1 APsychology of Exceptional ChildrenLaboratory(See PSYC 359L.)

EDUC 390 2 WK-12 Curriculum andInstruction: Bible

Development of teaching objectives,materials, and strategies in biblical edu-cation. The SDA Bible curriculum withspecial attention to spiritual developmentand the teaching methods of Christ theMaster Teacher. Includes teaching inmultigrade classrooms. Fulfills require-ment for elementary or junior-academyendorsement as well as an additionalsecondary Bible endorsement.

EDUC 438 2 SComputers in the Classroom

An introduction to the use and evalua-tion of computers in the elementary andsecondary classroom. Application andevaluation of databases, word process-ing, spread sheets, utility programs andcomputer-assisted instruction. Concur-rent enrollment in EDUC 438L required.

project, independent study, production, performance, project orsimilar significant activity involving independent creative effort.

3. At least one interdisciplinary or integrative course of at leastthree credit hours involving the examination of relationshipsbetween two or more disciplines, the synthesis of major themes,and the comparison of various forms of inquiry. Courses qualify-ing as interdisciplinary or integrated are listed under the Interdis-ciplinary Studies major in the Liberal Studies section of thispublication.4. A student choosing the Liberal Studies major develops the

program of studies in consultation with an academic adviser.

The program must be approved by the Liberal Studies faculty.Because the major is largely comprised of courses offered byother departments, the student should apply for approval of thecourse program no later than the beginning of the junior year.

Master of Arts in Elementary EducationA program leading to a Master of Arts degree in Elementary

Education with an emphasis in Reading is available. Studentsinterested in this degree should see the section in this catalogdescribing the Master’s Degree Program. Specific questionsshould be referred to the Chair of the Department of Education.

113

Education

Prerequisite: CPTR 105, GRPH 153, ora word processing course, or computercompetency demonstrated by applicationand test.

EDUC 438L 1 SComputers in the Classroom Lab

Opportunity to demonstrate a basicunderstanding of computer applicationsin the classroom and to use, evaluate, anddevelop instructional programs appropri-ate to subject area and grade level. Em-phasis on creative processes and develop-ment of problem-solving and critical-thinking skills. Concurrent enrollmentrequired in EDUC 438.

EDUC 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Elementary Courses:(Prerequisite for the courses listed below:Regular Admission Status in the TeacherEducation program, which includesEDUC 101/101L, passing the CBEST,and maintaining a cumulative GPA of2.5 and an upper-division major GPAof 2.7.)

EDUC 245 4 SElementary School Curriculum andInstruction: Mathematics/Science

The teaching of mathematics in theelementary school with emphasis onproblem solving and the use of manip-ulatives. Covers the application of obser-vation, inquiry, discovery, and problemsolving in the sciences. Includes teachingin the multigrade classroom. Concurrentenrollment for one hour of credit inEDUC 482L required. Prerequisite:MATH 211-212.

EDUC 353 3 AElementary School Curriculum andInstruction: Beginning Reading andWriting

A balanced, comprehensive approachto teaching reading and writing in pre-kindergarten through grade three, includ-ing research on how children learn toread, diagnosis of reading difficulties,phonics, stages of writing development,and planning and delivery of appropriatereading and writing instruction based onassessment and evaluation. Emphasis onCLAD and early prevention of failure inliteracy for at-risk children. Requiresregular observation in a diverse K-3classroom.

EDUC 355 2 AElementary School Curriculum andInstruction: Reading/Language Arts

A basic course defining the nature oflanguage acquisition and the principlesrelated to beginning and intermediatereading/language arts instruction. Includesinstructional strategies for developingability to transmit meaning throughtalking and writing and to comprehendmeaning through listening and reading.Also emphasizes assessment and manage-ment techniques. Concurrent enrollmentfor one hour of credit in EDUC 482Leach quarter required.

EDUC 356 3 WElementary School Curriculum andInstruction: Reading/Social Studies

A basic course defining the nature oflanguage acquisition and the principlesrelated to intermediate reading/languagearts instruction. Includes instructionalstrategies for developing ability to trans-mit meaning through talking and writingand to comprehend meaning throughlistening and reading. Emphasis on usingthe content of social studies to developinstructional objectives and activities.Also emphasizes assessment and manage-

ment techniques and teaching to diversegroups of students. Includes multigradeteaching. Concurrent enrollment requiredin EDUC 482L for 1 credit.

EDUC 482 1 A, W, SStudent Teaching: ElementarySchool Seminar

Register for one hour each quarter ofthe senior year. Presentation and discus-sion of topics of current interest, such asschool law, classroom discipline, com-parative teaching styles, staff, administra-tive and parent relationships, and othertopics relating specifically to the student-teaching experience.

EDUC 482L 1-15 A-W-SStudent Teaching, Elementary

Student teaching is divided into twocomponents:a) Three hours: one hour concurrentregistration for student teaching witheach of three methods course—EDUC245, 355, 356.b) Twelve hours full-time participationin an elementary-school classroom dur-ing one quarter of the senior year. Re-quirements in clude weekly participationin the student-teaching seminar (EDUC482). Application is required by March 1prior to the school year during whichone’s student teaching is scheduled.Graded S/F basis. See prerequisites forstudent teaching on page 107 of thiscatalog. Students must provide their owntransportation to and from the teachingassignment.

Education

114

Secondary Courses:(Prerequisite for the courses listed below:Regular Admission Status in the TeacherEducation program; junior-year status(see “Classification of Students,” page40); includes EDUC 101/101L and pass-ing CBEST.)

EDUC 358 3 ACurriculum and Instruction: Teachingof Reading in the Secondary School

Major emphasis on teaching vocabu-lary, comprehension, and study skills ingrades 7-12. The role of reading in thesecondary school, the reading process,language acquisition, needs of studentsfrom various cultural and ethnic back-grounds, adaptation of content to readingabilities of students, motivation, diagno-sis, and evaluation. Concurrent enroll-ment in EDUC 358L required.

EDUC 358L 1 ACurriculum and Instruction:Teaching of Reading in theSecondary School Lab

Thirty hours of laboratory experiencetutoring students with reading difficultiesand/or ESL students. The purpose of thisfieldwork is to demonstrate reading skillslearned in EDUC 358.

EDUC 360 2 ACurriculum and Instruction:Secondary Methods I

Introduction to the secondary schoolcurriculum. Curriculum characteristics,instructional objectives, teaching meth-ods, lesson planning, classroom manage-ment, audio-visual materials, and group-ing and evaluation.

EDUC 361 2 WCurriculum and Instruction:Middle-School Methods

Introduction to the middle-schoolcurriculum. Middle-school teachingmethods, classroom management skills,

lesson and unit planning. Critical thinkingand problem-solving skills directly relatedto the intellectual, physical, psychologicaland social development of middle-schoolstudents. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC361L required. Prerequisite: EDUC 360;major upper-division GPA of 2.7.

EDUC 361L 1 WCurriculum and Instruction:Middle School Methods Lab

Field experience giving candidates anopportunity to observe, help, and teachat the middle-school level for thirty classperiods, with six class periods of soloteaching. Concurrent enrollment inEDUC 361 required. Prerequisite: EDUC360; major upper-division GPA of 2.7.

EDUC 362 2 SCurriculum and Instruction:Secondary Methods II

Specific teaching skills, methods, andstrategies for the following majors: Busi-ness Education, English, Home Econom-ics (see Family and Consumer Sciences),Mathematics, French, Spanish, MusicEducation, Physical Education, Religion,Science (Biology, Chemistry, and Phys-ics), Social Science, and TechnologyEducation. Topics include writing appro-priate objectives, current instructionalmaterials, curriculum guides, methods ofsubject presentation, preparation oflesson plans, and use of computers.Concurrent enrollment required in EDUC362L. Prerequisite: EDUC 360; majorupper-division GPA of 2.7.

EDUC 362L 1 SCurriculum and Instruction:Secondary Methods II Lab

Thirty hours of laboratory work witha grade of B or better is required. Thelab experience includes observing in localschools and developing content-areainstructional materials in one of thedisciplines listed under EDUC 362.

Concurrent enrollment required in EDUC362. Prerequisite: EDUC 360; majorupper-division GPA of 2.7.

EDUC 485 1 A, W, SStudent Teaching, Middle- andSenior-High School: Seminar

Register for one hour each quarter ofthe senior year. Presentation and discus-sion of topics of current interest, such asschool law, classroom discipline, com-parative teaching styles, staff, administra-tive, and parent relationships, and othertopics relating specifically to the student-teaching experience.

EDUC 485L 1-17 A-W-SStudent Teaching, Middle and SeniorHigh School

Student teaching in junior and seniorhigh schools is organized on a semesterbasis and includes nine weeks of full-timework at each level. Requirements includeweekly participation in the Student Teach-ing Seminar (EDUC 485). Application isrequired by March 1 prior to the schoolyear during which student teaching isscheduled. Graded S/F. See prerequisitesfor student teaching on page 107 of thiscatalog. Students must provide their owntransportation to and from the teachingassignment. Concurrent enrollment isrequired in EDUC 485 Student TeachingSeminar.

Graduate Courses:(Prerequisite: Admission to MA, fifth-year, or Reading/Language Arts Specialistprogram, or departmental approval)

EDUC 514 3 SAdvanced Learning Theory

Examination of the major theoreticaland experimental contributions in learn-ing as applied to the educational process.Prerequisite: EDUC 333 or permission ofthe instructor.

115

Education

EDUC 515 3 AEducational and PsychologicalEvaluation

Measurement procedures in educationand of commonly used teacher-made andstandardized tests. The past, present, andfuture of testing and grading.

EDUC 516 3 WCurriculum Planning andDevelopment

A study of K-12 curricula including anhistorical review, curriculum theory, cur-riculum processes, curriculum manage-ment, and current issues and trends.

EDUC 517 3 WCurrent Issues in Education

Contemporary controversial issues inpublic and private education. Students arechallenged to understand controversialeducational issues better, to become awareof possible alternatives in handling theissues, and to use their creativity tosearch for alternate solutions for theproblems.

(Prerequisite to the following: Admissionto M.A. or Reading/Language Arts Spe-cialist Credential Program)

EDUC 522 3 AReading as Cognitive Process

A critical examination of current inves-tigations of the cognitive aspects of learn-ing to read. Prerequisites: EDUC 353, 355,356. Odd years.

EDUC 523 2 WStrategies for Authentic LiteracyAssessment and Instruction

Principles and practices of selectingmethods and materials for literacy instruc-tion and ongoing assessment for all ages.Prerequisites: EDUC 353, 355, 356.Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment inEDUC 523L. Even years.

EDUC 523L 1 WFieldwork

EDUC 524 2 SSeminar in Language and LiteracyInstruction

A critical analysis and developmentof learner-centered language and literacyinstructional techniques, including evalu-ation and selection of printed materialsand computer software. Prerequisite:EDUC 523. Corequisite: Concurrentenrollment in EDUC 524L. Even years.

EDUC 524L 1 SFieldwork

EDUC 526 3 WIntegrated Language Arts Curriculum

How speaking, reading, writing, andlistening can be taught across the curricu-lum. Includes reading and writing work-shops. Stresses staff development andorganization of reading programs. Lead-ership role of the Reading/Language ArtsSpecialist. Prerequisites: EDUC 353, 355,356. Odd years.

EDUC 527 2 SuTrends and Issues in Children’sLiterature

Trends and issues in the classroom useof literature for children and adolescents.Prerequisite: ENGL 330 or LiteratureSeminar.

EDUC 528 1 SuReading and Language Arts forDiverse Students

How best to meet the literary needs ofdiverse students: ethnic, linguistic, cul-tural, socioeconomic, gender, and learn-ing-different. Corequisite: Concurrentenrollment in EDUC 528L required.

EDUC 528L 1 SuFieldwork

A minimum of 30 hours of fieldworkobserving, working with, and developingteaching styles to reach the needs ofdiverse students.

EDUC 595 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Individual studies open to studentswith adequate preparation in the areaof proposed study. Maximum of threehours credit.

EDUC 596 1 ASeminar: Research in TeachingLiteracy

A review of literacy research and anintroduction to methods of literacyresearch.

EDUC 597 1-4 A, W, SGraduate Project

The culmination of the master’s degreeprogram, involving a practical applica-tion of theoretical concepts in an actualclassroom situation. Research methodsand literature review presented at thebeginning of the winter quarter. Afterreceiving formal project approval, stu-dents implement the project and, uponcompleting the implementation, preparea formal written report to be sharedorally with the Education faculty andother graduate students during the springor summer quarter. Prerequisite or coreq-uisite: EDUC 596.

EDUC 598 1-4 A, W, SFieldwork

Fieldwork involving practical class-room application of the theoretical con-cepts of teaching reading/language arts.

117

English

FacultyNancy Lecourt, chair; Janet Borisevich (on study leave),Linda Gill, Marilyn Glaim, Sandra Ingram, Isaac Johnson,Edwin Moore, Monique Pittman, Andrew Wheat

Departmental Office: Stauffer Hall; 965-7559Chair’s Office: 965-7550

Degrees and ProgramsEnglish, B.A. ...................................................................... 117TESL Certificate ................................................................ 118Teaching Credential ........................................................... 118English as a Second Language ........................................... 119

English majors discover a great variety of literature, includ-ing traditional English and American texts as well as newly appre-ciated works by women and minority writers. They explore allthe genres from many perspectives: recent critical approaches,history of ideas, classical studies, and Christianity and literature.They develop and refine their writing in both critical and creativewriting courses.

English majors may select one of four emphases: British andAmerican Literature, English-Education, Teaching English as aSecond Language, and Writing.

The Department of English also maintains a four-level EnglishLanguage Program for students whose native language is notEnglish and who have a score below 525 on the TOEFL (Testof English as a Foreign Language).

Major in English, B.A.A minimum of 53 hours, except for the Emphasis inEnglish Education, which must meet State requirements:

➤ Required core courses for all majors in English (35-37 hours):ENGL 224 Literary Theory 4ENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics 4

(Prerequisite: ENGL 134)One of the following writing courses: 3-4ENGL 346 Creative Writing (4)ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3)ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3)These two courses in British and American literature:

ENGL 465 English Medieval and Renaissance 4ENGL 355 American Colonial and Romantic Periods 4

Two of the following period courses in British literature: 8ENGL 466 The Restoration and the Eighteenth Century (4)ENGL 467 The Romantic Age (4)ENGL 468 The Victorian Age (4)ENGL 469 The Modern and Postmodern Ages (4)One of these American literature courses: 4ENGL 356 American Realism and Naturalism (4)ENGL 357 American Twentieth Century (4)One of the following context courses: 4-5ENGL 484 Literature of the Bible (4)ENGL 485 The Classical World (5)

➤ Emphases (choose one):

1. Emphasis in British & American Literature (18 hours)

ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1ENGL 474 Shakespeare 4ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2To complete the 18 hours, select from upper-division literaturecourses in British periods, American periods, or genre and themecourses; at least one genre or theme course is required.

English

English

118

2. Emphasis in Writing (18 hours)ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2Additional selections from the following (at least nine hoursfrom courses with ENGL prefix): 15

ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3)ENGL 307 Composition Theory (3)ENGL 346 Creative Writing (4)ENGL 348 Literary Genres (4)ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing (3)ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4)JOUR 244 Copyediting (2)JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature-Article Writing (3)JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3)JOUR 444 Editorial & Interpretive Reporting & Writing (3)JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing (3)(Note: Some journalism courses list JOUR 141, 142 asprerequisites.)

3. Emphasis in English Education (36 hours)COMM 225 Oral Interpretation* 3ENGL 101-102 College English* 4-4ENGL 141 Newswriting and Reporting I 3ENGL 301 Great Books: Global Perspectives* 4ENGL 307 Rhetorical Theory 3ENGL 330 Literature for Children 4ENGL 331 Literature for Adolescents 4ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax 4ENGL 474 Shakespeare 4ENGL 493 Senior Education Seminar 14. Emphasis in Teaching English as a Second Language(18 hours)ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4ENGL 443 ESL Curriculum Development and

Classroom Management 4ENGL 444 ESL Testing 2ENGL 445 Cultural & Psychological Learner Differences 2ENGL 491 ESL Teaching Practicum 2

TESL Certificate➤ (26-31 hours)ENGL 336 Second Language Acquisition 4ENGL 337 ESL Teaching Methodology 4

ENGL 443 ESL Curriculum Development andClassroom Management 4

ENGL 444 ESL Testing 2ENGL 445 Cultural and Psychological Learner

Differences 2ENGL 491 ESL Teaching Practicum 2From the following courses, 8 hours: 8ENGL 291: ESL Tutoring Practicum (1)ENGL 434 Advanced English Syntax (4)ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4)COMM 330 Intercultural Communication (3)SPPA 264 Phonetics and Speech Science (3)Students seeking the TESL Certificate but not majoring in Englishwill also take ENGL 134 Review of English Syntax (1) andENGL 335 Survey of Linguistics (4).


California teaching credential in English should take the EnglishEducation Emphasis. This program meets established standardsof quality and effectiveness and has been approved by the Stateof California Commission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochuredescribing the new program and its requirements is available inthe English department.

Those who plan to teach English on the secondary level shouldconsult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Educa-tion and should become acquainted with the specific require-ments for admission to and successful completion of the TeacherEducation Program as outlined in the Education section of thiscatalog.

Minor in English➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:ENGL 224 Literary Theory 4ENGL 355 American Colonial and Romantic Periods 4ENGL 465 English Medieval and Renaissance 4

➤ A minimum of twelve hours from the following: 12ENGL 356 American Realism and Naturalism (4)ENGL 357 American Twentieth Century (4)ENGL 466 The Restoration & the Eighteenth Century (4)ENGL 467 The Romantic Age (4)ENGL 468 The Victorian Age (4)ENGL 469 The Modern and Postmodern Ages (4)

*Also satisfies general studies requirements.

119

English

Minor in Writing➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:ENGL 346 Creative Writing 4-12ENGL 389 Junior Seminar 1ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing 3ENGL 490 Senior Seminar 2Selections from the following: 12-20ENGL 306 Technical Writing (3)ENGL 307 Composition Theory (3)ENGL 348 Literary Genres (4)JOUR 141 Newswriting and Reporting I (3)JOUR 142 Newswriting and Reporting II (3)*JOUR 244 Copyediting (2)JOUR 343 Magazine and Feature-Article Writing (3)*JOUR 354 Broadcast Journalism I (3)*JOUR 444 Editorial & Interpretive Reporting & Writing (3)*JOUR 455 Specialized Journalistic Writing (3)*

(*These journalism courses have prerequisites.See course descriptions.)

English Language ProgramIntensive English language study for international students

who need to improve their English-language skills before enter-ing a college degree program or before working or traveling in

the United States. Also for American residents whose primarylanguage is not English and who need to improve their second-language skills in English. (See “Admission of InternationalStudents,” page 20.)

Students who wish to enter the English Language Programshould have completed beginning English before coming to theCollege. Instruction is given at the low-intermediate, intermedi-ate, high-intermediate and advanced levels of proficiency. Thelower and intermediate levels emphasize the development ofsocial communication skills as well as reading and composition.The advanced level emphasizes the academic skills of readingselected literature, writing a library research paper, lecture note-taking, academic communication and test-taking.

Because the English Language Program is intensive, studentsenrolling in it should expect to take other college courses onlyafter they have completed the advanced level of language profi-ciency. Advanced students who show adequate proficiency mayenroll in supplementary college courses with the permission ofthe program director/adviser while they complete their languagerequirements. Students with TOEFL scores of 500–524 arerequired to plan their programs with two advisers, ESL and aca-demic major; to take ESL support courses; and to take the TOEFLat the beginning and end of each quarter in residence. They mayenroll for selected regular academic courses as approved by boththe ESL adviser and the academic major adviser.

English as a Second Language


ENSL 020 1 A, W, S, SuESL Laboratory

Practical language support in a labora-tory setting customized according to theESL student’s needs and interests in thefollowing areas: personal and academiclistening (L), pronunciation (P), vocabu-lary and idioms (V), test-taking practice(T), ESL computer practice (C). Threehours per week. May be repeated forcredit.

ENSL 042 4 A, W, S, SuGrammar II

For low-intermediate ESL studentswho need to review basic grammaticalstructures, word classes, verb tenses, andbasic sentence patterns of the English lan-guage. Emphasis on accurate grammarusage in sentences and basic paragraphs.

ENSL 043 4 A, W, S, SuGrammar III

For ESL students at the intermediatelevel of grammar proficiency. Intensiveclassroom instruction and homeworkprovide a broad foundation of functionalEnglish grammar. Practice in identifyingand writing various sentence structures.

ENSL 044 4 A, W, S, SuGrammar IV

A high-intermediate course providingthe ESL student instruction and experiencein more complex grammatical structuresof English in various types of composi-tion.

ENSL 045 4 A, W, S, SuAcademic Grammar V

An advanced course providing intensiveguidance in understanding and applyingappropriate patterns of English grammarfor academic purposes. Emphasis on self-editing.

English

120

tion, speaking and listening for practicalneeds in an English-speaking environment.

ENSL 083 4 A, W, S, SuCommunication III

An intermediate course providingintensive classroom practice and func-tional homework exercises to improvepronunciation, intonation, and fluency;to improve the ability to understand con-versational English spoken at normalspeed; and to develop speaking and lis-tening skills for daily social needs andcommunication requirements at school,at work, and in common business inter-action.

ENSL 084 4 A, W, S, SuCommunication IV

A high-intermediate course offeringintensive classroom practice, homeworkexercises and projects, and cassette record-ings; develops listening and speakingskills dealing with practical, social, pro-fessional, and academic topics.

ENSL 085 2-4 A, W, S, SuAcademic Listening and Speaking

An advanced course providing intensiveclassroom practice and outside exposureto academic communication situationssuch as lecture note-taking, asking andanswering questions, making academicrequests, negotiating, and clarifying. Pre-pares the precollege ESL student throughrole-playing of academic situations andvisiting college classes.

ENSL 098 3 A, W, S, SuEnglish Language Test Preparation

Designed especially for ESL studentspreparing to pass the Test of English as aForeign Language (TOEFL). A review oftest-taking strategies and practice in test-ing in the following skill areas: listeningcomprehension, structure, written expres-sion, reading, and vocabulary.

ENSL 100 1-3 A, W, S, SuEnglish for Special Purposes

Practical language application for ESLand other international students. Cus-tomized in response to student needs andinterests in the following areas: advancedESL composition, academic skills, foun-dations in general education, professionalpronunciation, American culture andinstitutions, and understanding the Chris-tian culture. May be repeated for creditunder different subtitles.

English

Service courses:(Not applicable toward a major or minorin this department)

Course PlacementThe Department of English places

students according to ACT scores andreserves the right not to place a studentwithout ACT scores.

International students with a score ofat least 500 on the TOEFL will be placedin English by means of a placement testgiven by the department. Placement maybe in either ENGL or ENSL courses.

In either placement, students withlanguage difficulties may need to takemore than one English course eachquarter, since College policy requirescompletion of ENGL 102 or 106 by theend of the sophomore year (see page 24).

ENGL 011 4 AReading and Study Skills

Concentrates on effective study skillsand personal vocabulary development.Study schedules, outlining, note-taking,summarizing, reviewing, retention andother skills are emphasized. A personalvocabulary program aids students inimproving their vocabulary efficiency.Required of students who do not meetminimums for admission to ENGL 019.

ENSL 062 6 A, W, S, SuReading and Composition II

A course introducing the student withlow-intermediate English skills to readingsimplified literature for comprehension,vocabulary development, and variousreading strategies. Selected topics moti-vate ESL students to improve their read-ing, to discuss what they have read, andto write simple essays about it.

ENSL 063 6 A, W, S, SuReading and Composition III

An intermediate reading course thatdevelops the ESL student’s appreciationfor literature in English. In-class discus-sions and intensive homework assign-ments strengthen reading skills anddevelop the student’s skill in writingin response to the literature.

ENSL 064 6 A, W, S, SuReading and Composition IV

A high-intermediate course that pro-vides a challenging variety of readingthat allows the ESL student to developreading techniques. Encouragement ofreading literature for pleasure and afocus on writing a variety of composi-tions, such as comparison-contrast, causeand effect, and persuasion in response tothe literature.

ENSL 065 3-6 A, W, S, SuAcademic Reading and Composition

An advanced ESL course that furtherdevelops reading, writing, and discussionskills needed for success in college. Cov-ers a variety of literature to improve read-ing comprehension and speed. Advancedwriting of college essays in response tothe literature.

ENSL 082 4 A, W, S, SuCommunication II

A low-intermediate course providingintensive classroom practice and home-work exercises focusing on pronuncia-

121

English

ENGL 012 4 WDevelopmental Reading

Emphasis is on reading for significantdetails, reading for the main idea, scan-ning, critical reading, rate flexibility, andvocabulary development.

ENGL 100 4 A, W, SIntroduction to Composition

For students shown by national testscores, secondary-school grades, anddiagnostic testing to need strengtheningin their command of basic reading andwriting skills. Emphasis on analyticalreading, writing, and usage. Required ofstudents who do not meet minimum stan-dards for admission to ENGL 101.

ENGL 101-102 4-4 A-W, W-S, SuCollege English

An integrated course in compositionand reading. ENGL 101 emphasizes criti-cal reading of thematic units, examiningexpository essays, short stories, drama,and poetry. Writing includes the personalessay but culminates in the use of librarysource materials and standard documen-tation. Course includes study of a filmand one full-length book in addition toother readings. ENGL 102 continues thecritical reading of thematic units, includ-ing study of expository essays, short sto-ries, drama, and poetry. Use of librarysource materials is expanded and refinedin the production of a research paper.ENGL 101 or equivalent is prerequisiteto ENGL 102.

ENGL 105-106 4-4 A-WCollege English (Honors)

Differs from ENGL 101-102 in aimingto develop a more sophisticated level ofwriting proficiency and in study of morechallenging materials. Admission limitedto students enrolled in the Honors Pro-gram. ENGL 105 or equivalent is prereq-uisite to ENGL 106. Three fifty-minutelecture/discussion meetings per week.

ENGL 301 4 A, W, SGreat Books

Thematically organized courses inworks generally recognized as distin-guished explorations and expressions ofsignificant issues. Literature is selectedfrom several genres, countries and timeperiods. Readings, lectures, discussions,reports and papers. May be repeated forcredit under different subtitles. Prerequi-site: ENGL 102 or 106.

Current subtitles include the following:BoundariesClass and GenderGlobal Perspectives*Literature and Film**Literature and ReligionQuest

Lower-division courses:(ENGL 101-102 or 105-106 is prerequi-site to ENGL 224 and courses beyond.)

ENGL 134 1 AReview of English Syntax

The classification and application ofEnglish grammar. Covers the followingsentence components: subjects, objects,verbs, adverbs, adjectives, prepositions,connectors, phrases, clauses, etc.

ENGL 141 3 WNewswriting and Reporting I(See JOUR 141.)

ENGL 142 3 SNewswriting and Reporting II(See JOUR 142.)

ENGL 224 4 ALiterary Theory

Major literary theories of the twentiethcentury and their application to selected

texts. Students begin developing a writingportfolio that is continued throughoutthe major and is presented during theSenior Seminar, ENGL 490.

ENGL 291 1 A, W, S, SuESL Tutoring Practicum

Methods in assisting ESL learners one-on-one in listening, speaking, pronuncia-tion, reading, vocabulary, grammar,writing and American customs.


ENGL 306 3 STechnical Writing

Instruction and practice in writing let-ters, research papers, instructions andmanuals, proposals, and various kinds oftechnical reports. Includes collaborativewriting, oral presentation of papers, andintegration of graphic design elements intexts.

ENGL 307 3 AComposition Theory

Emphasizes contemporary theories ofcomposition. The writing process: invent-ing, composing, revising, and editing.Also includes establishing writing labs,computer-based writing programs, andassessment of student writing. Odd years.

ENGL 330 4 WLiterature for Children(See also ECED 330.)

A survey of literature for children frominfancy through grade six. Emphasizesliterary quality and a broad knowledgeof the best that has been written for chil-dren. Even years.

*This section is required of students seekingthe California State credential in the teach-ing of English.

**This section includes laboratory.

English

122

ENGL 331 4 WLiterature for Adolescents(See also ECED 331.)

A survey of literature for children andadolescents from grade seven throughsenior high school. Emphasizes literaryquality and a broad knowledge of thebest that has been written for youngreaders. Odd years.

ENGL 335 4 WSurvey of Linguistics

Survey of linguistic concepts and meth-ods: language development and secondlanguage acquisition; physiology ofhuman speech; elementary phonology,morphology, syntax, and semantics; lan-guage change; dialectology; language andthought; ethical issues in language use.Prerequisite: ENGL 134 or permissionof the instructor.

ENGL 336 4 WSecond Language Acquisition

How English is learned as a secondlanguage. Examination of each aspect oflanguage learning: speaking, pronuncia-tion, listening, grammar, reading, writing,and vocabulary development. Includesattention to cultural and individual learn-ing differences. Opportunities are pro-vided to tutor students of English as aSecond Language. Required in Concentra-tion in English Education and Concentra-tion in ESL. Prerequisites: ENGL 134,335. Odd years.

ENGL 337 4 SESL Teaching Methodology

Overview of current methods ofteaching English as a Second Language.Concentrates on practical, innovativetechniques that foster development ofthe ESL student’s listening, speaking,pronunciation, grammar, reading, writ-ing, and vocabulary.

ENGL 346 4 A, WCreative Writing(See also JOUR 346 and MDIA 346.)

Techniques of and practice in writingvarious literary forms. May be repeatedfor up to twelve credits under differentsubtitles:

PoetryShort Story*Introduction to Screenwriting**

ENGL 348 4Literary Genres

May be repeated for credit undervarious subtitles: drama, novel, modernpoetry, epic, myth and fairy tale, andshort story. Each course includes repre-sentative works from the genre understudy. (May not be available every year.See each year’s Class Schedule for currentofferings.)

ENGL 352 3Theme Courses

Courses with an interdisciplinary focus,which may be repeated for credit underdifferent subtitles: Northern California“Local Color” Writers; Twentieth-Cen-tury Christian Wriers; and Women andLiterature. (May not be available everyyear. See each year’s Class Schedule forcurrent offerings).

ENGL 355 4 AAmerican Colonial and RomanticPeriods

A survey of American authors fromcolonial times through the romantic era,emphasizing historical context.

ENGL 356 4 SAmerican Realism and Naturalism

Selected authors from American real-ists and naturalists. Even years.

ENGL 357 4 WAmerican Twentieth Century

Selected twentieth century Americanauthors. Odd years.

ENGL 365 3 WSeminar in AmericanSlavery and Freedom (See HIST 365.)

Even years.

ENGL 389 1 SJunior Seminar

Techniques of literary research; choiceof research topic for completion in ENGL490 Senior Seminar.

ENGL 405 3 WAdvanced Expository Writing(See also JOUR 405.)

Instruction and practice in differentexpository forms used in academicwriting; workshop/seminar format. Forstudents planning study in graduate orprofessional school. Odd years.

ENGL 434 4 SAdvanced English Syntax

A study of English sentence structureemphasizing transformational-generativetechniques. Prerequisites: ENGL 134, 335,or permission of the instructor. Odd years.

ENGL 443 4 SESL Curriculum Development andClassroom Management

Assessing and adapting current ESLteaching materials that meet specificlearner needs. Includes techniques insuccessful ESL classroom management.Prerequisites: ENGL 336, 337. Odd years.

*See also JOUR 346.**See MDIA 346 for course description.

123

English

ENGL 444 2 AESL Testing

Techniques for assessing all ESL skillareas. Language program placement test-ing; emphasis on classroom evaluationtechniques. Prerequisites: ENGL 336,337. Even years.

ENGL 445 2 ACultural and Psychological LearnerDifferences

Effects on language learning of cus-toms, values, language aptitude, motiva-tion, learner strategies, personality, andinteraction between learner characteris-tics and types of instruction. Even years.

The Period Courses in English Literature, ENGL 465-469

These courses explore a variety ofgenres and authors representing each“period” in the literature of Great Brit-ain. Though the emphasis is on the read-ing of primary works, students also applya variety of interpretive approaches to theliterature.

ENGL 465 4 AEnglish Medieval and Renaissance

Selected British writers from the majorauthors in Medieval through RenaissanceAges, excluding Shakespeare.

ENGL 466 4 WThe Restoration and the EighteenthCentury

The “Enlightenment”–selected Britishwriters from the Restoration and Neo-classic tradition. Even years.

ENGL 467 4 SThe Romantic Age

Selected British writers of the first thirdof the nineteenth century. Odd years.

ENGL 468 4 SThe Victorian Age

Selected British writers from 1830 to1880. Even years.

ENGL 469 4 SThe Modern and Postmodern Ages

Selected British writers since 1880.Odd years.

ENGL 474 4 WShakespeare

A selection of Shakespeare’s histories,romances, tragedies, comedies, andpoetry in the context of his times.

ENGL 484 4 SLiterature of the Bible

A study of the literary forms andthemes in the Bible. Odd years.

ENGL 485 5 SThe Classical World(See HIST 485.)

ENGL 490 2 ASenior Seminar

Research and writing begun in ENGL389 is completed during the fall quarterof the student’s senior year. Senior majorsin English also complete and present thewriting portfolios begun in ENGL 224and continued throughout their majorcourses.

ENGL 491 2ESL Teaching Practicum

Guided exposure to the ESL classroomthrough observation and supervised teach-ing. Prerequisites: ENGL 336 and 337.

ENGL 493 1 ASenior Education Seminar

Senior majors with a concentration inEnglish Education prepare an edited port-folio of papers written for their majorcourses.

ENGL 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Maximum of three hours.

Drama

Service courses:(May not be used for major or minor inthis department)Lower-division courses:

DRMA 128 3 AIntroduction to Dramatic Arts

An introduction to drama as an artform: its relationship to the other arts;values of dramatic productions; origins,history, nature, and styles of dramaticproductions; roles and functions of play-wrights, actors, and technicians. Includesguest lectures and discussions of themutual influence of religious beliefsand the dramatic arts.

DRMA 229 3 WFundamentals of DramaticPerformance(See also COMM 229.)

Fundamentals of improvisation, voice,movement, and acting. Development ofstage presence. Introduction to character-ization and dramatic text. Includes publicperformance.

DRMA 239 3 STechniques of Stage Production

Introduction to the technical aspects oftheater. Includes but is not limited to thestage and its equipment, planning anddesigning scenery, methods of shiftingand handling scenery, construction ofscenic units, interpreting mechanicaldrawings, styles in theater, lighting, prop-erties, stage-management, and crew struc-tures.

English

124

Upper-division course:

DRMA 492 1-2 A, W, SPracticum in Drama

Supervised experience directed by aprofessional in drama, involving work ona dramatic production. Approval of thedepartmental faculty required in advance.Thirty clock hours of experience requiredfor each hour of credit. Prerequisites:DRMA 128, 229.

125

Family and Consumer Sciences

FacultyKenneth James, chair; Jane Berry, Betty Muth, Judy Osborne

Departmental Office: 102 Graf Hall; 965-6331

Degrees and ProgramsFamily and Consumer Sciences, B.S. .................................. 125Teaching Credential ........................................................... 126Early Childhood Education, B.S. ....................................... 126Business Administration with Emphasis in Fashion Marketing, B.B.A. ..................................................... 72Fashion Merchandising, B.S. ............................................. 126Residential Interior Design, B.S. ........................................ 127Foods and Nutrition, B.S. .................................................. 127Early Childhood Education, A.S. ....................................... 128Fashion Merchandising, A.S. ............................................. 129Foods and Nutrition, A.S. .................................................. 129Residential Interior Design, A.S. ........................................ 130

The objective of the Department of Family and ConsumerSciences is to help students develop their technical knowledgeand skills for entry-level professional positions, prepare them forChristian living in contemporary society, and help enrich thefamily and society.

The Family and Consumer Sciences major includes contentfrom each of the other majors offered in this department. Itprovides general knowledge of family life and preparation forteaching and entrepeneural enterprises.

The Fashion Merchandising major combines courses in fash-ion, business and public relations. This program prepares stu-dents to manage their own businesses and to work in the fashionindustry, one of the nation’s largest sectors of employment.

The Residential Interior Design major, combining courses indesign, art, technology and business, provides “hands-on” in-ternship experience in an active design setting. It prepares stu-dents to be residential interior designers in a variety of settings.

The Early Childhood Education major prepares for teaching


Major in Family and ConsumerSciences, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (24 upper division) including:

CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2DSGN 145 Color and Design 3DSGN 242-243 Materials for Interiors I and II 3-2FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2FCSC 415 Demonstration Techniques 2FDNT 135 Food Science 3FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3FDNT 235 Nutrition 4FLHD 360 Dynamics of Love and Marriage 3FLHD 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society 2Electives, including a minimum of 4 hours each from thefollowing areas:

Clothing and TextilesFamily Life & Human Development/Early Childhood Ed.Foods and NutritionInterior Design

or directing in a center for children from infancy to six years ofage. Combining this major with prescribed courses in educationcan qualify the candidate for a California State preliminaryteaching credential.

The major in Foods and Nutrition combines courses in foodscience, nutrition and food service administration with a strongfoundation in chemistry, biology and the social sciences. Thecurriculum includes a Didactic Program in Dietetics, approvedby the American Dietetic Association, completion of which isrequired for competitive placement in a dietetic internship andfor taking the national Registered Dietitian (RD) examination.This major also provides a comprehensive foundation for pre-medicine, predentistry, and institutional management practicein the food service and hospitality industries.


126


BUAD 118 Personal Money Management 3MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3

(or MGMT 261 Introduction to Management)PSYC 234 Human Development 4

(or PSYC 334 Child Development)A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2)

Teaching CredentialA B.S. in Family and Consumer Sciences is required. The fol-

lowing courses must be included: CLTX 245, 326, 327; DSGN143, 246; FCSC 492 (1 hour); FDNT 337; CHEM 101, 102,103; ECON 261.

Students who plan to teach at the secondary level should con-sult the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education andshould become acquainted with specific requirements outlined inthe Education section of this catalog.

Students taking a B.S. in Family and Consumer Sciences shouldtake a minor in another area to broaden their teaching range.

Major in Early Childhood Education, B.S.This major meets the course requirements for the California

Child Development Permit Matrix. Students interested in a B.S.in Early Childhood Education and also wishing to obtain theCalifornia State and the SDA Standard Credential in ElementaryEducation may do so by combining the Early Childhood Educa-tion requirements with those for Elementary Education. (See theEducation section of this publication for those requirements.)Student may qualify for the California State preliminary teachingcredential by passing the Multiple Subjects Assessment forTeachers (MSAT).

➤ In addition to the requirements for the A.S. degree in EarlyChildhood Education, a minimum of 31 hours (28 upper divi-sion) including the following:

ECED 314 Art for Children 3ECED 330 Literature for Children 4ECED 359 Psychology of Exceptional Children 3ECED 361- Administration and Supervision of Early 362-363 Childhood Programs 3-3-3ECED 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3ECED 482 Directed Teaching, Early Childhood 6MGMT 216 Introduction to Management 3


ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2FLHD 360 Dynamics of Love and Marriage 3INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets 1OFAD 301 Word Processing 2

Major in Business Administration WithEmphasis in Fashion Marketing, B.B.A.➤ See page 72, in the Business Administration and Economics sectionof this catalog.

Major in Fashion Merchandising, B.S.➤ A minimum of 66 hours (25 upper division) including the following:

ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3BUAD 279 Business Communications/Data Presentation 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3BUAD 490 Seminar in Business 1

(or FCSC 494 Professional Experience)CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2CLTX 145 Color and Design 3CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2CLTX 325 Consumer Textiles I 3CLTX 326 Consumer Textiles II 3CLTX 384 Consulting in Fashion Merchandising 1CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3ECON 261 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4FCSC 494 Professional Experience (Internship) 2FIN 341 Finance 5

(or FIN 241 Introduction to Finance)MGMT 361 Management 4

(or MGMT 261 Intro. to Management)MKTG 351 Marketing 4OFAD 111 Personal/Beginning Keyboarding 0-2A minimum of three hours from the following: 3INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2 hours maximum)

Additional upper-division hours from ACCT, BUAD, FIN,INFS, MGMT, MKTG and FLHD.

127


* Courses marked with an asterisk meet general-education requirements.** Students planning to do a dietetic internship or graduate work in

nutrition or a related field should choose these courses.

Major in Residential Interior Design, B.S.An interdisciplinary major combining a core of interior design

studies with courses in art, technology, and business.➤ A minimum of 61 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I and II 3-3DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2DSGN 144L Presentation Techniques 1DSGN 145 Color and Design 3DSGN 148L Perspective Drawing 1DSGN 242-243 Materials for Interiors I and II 3-2DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2DSGN 246 Historical Interiors 3DSGN 249L Studio I 2DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3DSGN 346 Interior Design Business Practices 3DSGN 349L Studio II 2DSGN 449L Studio III 3DSGN 458 Portfolio 1FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2FCSC 494 Professional Experience 4DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3DRFD 331 Architectural Design 3DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3MFG 184 Building Construction 3


ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3ART 105* History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2ART 268 Illustration 3ART 478 Contemporary Art 3

(or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art)FLHD 490* Issues in Contemporary Society 2MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3

Major in Foods and Nutrition, B.S.This major constitutes a Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD)

approved by the American Dietetic Association.➤ A minimum of 61 hours (36 upper division) including the following:

FDNT 132 Careers in Foods and Nutrition 1FDNT 135 Food Science 3FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3FDNT 230 Food, Culture and Society 2FDNT 235 Nutrition 4FDNT 331 Quantity Food Management 4FDNT 334 Food Systems Administration 4FDNT 335 Nutritious Lifestyles 1FDNT 336 Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle 3FDNT 337 Advanced Food Science 4FDNT 435 Advanced Nutrition 5FDNT 436 Medical Nutrition Therapy 5FDNT 437 Community Nutrition 3FDNT 494 Seminar in Dietetics 1FCSC 394 Seminar in Professional Relations 2FCSC 415 Demonstration Techniques 2BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5EDUC 333 Educational Psychology 2

Additional hours to be selected from the following: 3MGMT 160 Small Business Management (3)MGMT 261 Introduction to Management (3)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

PSYC 121 General Psychology 4SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4

(or ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology)CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry 4

(or CHEM 111-112-113 GeneralChemistry)**

CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry 4(or CHEM 371-372, 373 Organic

Chemistry with laboratory)**CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry 4

(or CHEM 381 Biochemistry I)**MICR134 General Microbiology 5ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3

(or ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting)PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3

(or PLSC 344 Modern ComparativeGovernment)

COMM 223 Interpersonal Communication 3MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4


128

A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2)

To become a Registered Dietitian (R.D.), one must complete aB.S. degree that includes a Didactic Program in Dietetics curricu-lum (the B.S. in Foods and Nutrition meets this requirement);complete an American Dietetic Association-accredited DieteticInternship; and pass the national registration examination ad-ministered by the Commission on Dietetic Registration. Sinceplacement in dietetic internships is highly competitive, and sincemany internships are associated with graduate school programs,a strong academic record and thorough preparation in basicsciences are necessary. As a minimum, the candidate shouldcomplete CHEM 111-112-113, 371-372-373, and 381.

Most nutrition-related careers within health care requireRegistered Dietitian credentials. Most food-service managementcareers in health care, school food service, and commercial foodservice do not require these credentials.

Minor in Family and Consumer Sciences➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2DSGN 145 Color and Design 3FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3FDNT 235 Nutrition 4FLHD 365 Parent-Child Relationships 3

A minimum of 2 additional hours each from the following fourareas:

Clothing and TextilesFamily Life and Human DevelopmentFoods and NutritionInterior Design

Minor in Fashion Merchandising➤ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division) including the following:

CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I and II 3-3CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3DSGN 145 Color and Design 3

Additional hours to be selected from the following: 6ACCT 114, ART 261, CLTX 226, ECON 265, FLHD 490,MKTG 351, MGMT 465.

Minor in Residential Interior Design➤ A minimum of 30 hours (6 upper division) including the following:

DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2DSGN 145 Color and Design 3DSGN 242-243 Materials for Interiors I and II 3-2DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2DSGN 246 Historical Fashions 3DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3CLTX 326 Consumer Textiles I 3

Additional hours to be selected from the following: ART 107,ART 478, CLTX 321, CLTX 327, DRFD 134, DRFD 135,DRFD 334, DSGN 144, DSGN 148L, DSGN 246, DSGN 249L,and FCSC 294.

Minor in Foods and Nutrition➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

FDNT 135 Food Science 3(or FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining)

FDNT 235 Nutrition 4FDNT 334 Food Systems Administration 4FDNT 336 Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle 3

(or FDNT 437 Community Nutrition)

Associate Degree in Early ChildhoodEducation, A.S.

A two-year program designed to meet the requirements for theCalifornia Child Development Permit Matrix.➤A minimum of 36 hours including the following:

ECED 181 Introduction to Early Childhood Education 3ECED 182 Creative Activities for Early Childhood 3ECED 183 Play and Environments 3ECED 184 Health, Safety and Nutrition 2ECED 189 Behavior Management for Young Children 2ECED 250 Speech and Language of Young Children 3ECED 255 Curriculum Planning 2ECED 260 Field Experiences Practicum (6 quarters)* 6ECED 262 Music & Movement for Early Childhood 2ECED 265 Child Study 1

*Fulfills the work-experience requirement for the Permit Matrix.

129


*Qualifies as a general-education elective course.

*To meet the requirements of the Loma Linda University ADA-accreditedCoordinated Program, the following cognate courses must be taken,bringing the total number of hours for the major plus electives and generaleducation to 102 hours:

ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology 4BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5CHEM 111-112 General Chemistry 4-4-4

113COMM 105 Speech Communication 3MICR 134 General Microbiology 5PSYC 121 General Psychology 4SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4Additional hours in humanities 8

ECED 266 Field Observation in Early Childhood Education 1

ECED 267 Observation and Evaluation 1ECED 280 Infant/Toddler Care 3ECED 334 Child Development* 4➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 227 Natural History of California 3CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2COMM 105 Speech Communication 3FDNT 235 Nutrition 4

A valid American Red Cross Standard FirstAid certificate

A valid certificate in Basic Life SupportCardiopulmonary Resuscitation

PSYC 121 General Psychology 4

Associate Degree in FashionMerchandising, A.S.

This two-year program prepares the student to work in thefashion merchandising and retailing fields beginning at suchentry-level positions as display manager, assistant manager inretail sales, color coordinator, fashion consultant, and executivetrainee. The degree includes the courses listed below plus generaleducation and electives to total 90 hours.➤ A minimum of 30 hours including the following:

CLTX 144 Visual Presentation Techniques 2CLTX 226 Basic Sewing Techniques 2CLTX 245 Historical Fashions 3CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I- II 3-3CLTX 384 Consulting in Fashion Merchandising 1CLTX 385 Apparel Analysis 3DSGN 145 Color and Design 3FCSC 294 Professional Experience 2-4MGMT 160 Small Business Management 3➤ Required Cognate Courses:

A minimum of 3 hours from the following: 3INFS 144 PC Operating Systems (1)INFS 148 PC Spreadsheets (1)INFS 149 PC Databases (1)OFAD 301 Word Processing (2)

Associate Degree in Foods andNutrition, A.S.

A progressive program leading to the A.S. degree after twoyears, following which the student may continue with the four-year Foods and Nutrition major or complete the CoordinatedProgram requirements (CP) at an ADA-accredited university*.Students electing to take an A.S. degree can pursue professionalcareers in hospital, restaurant, and school nutrition and dietarydepartments.➤ A minimum of 31 hours including the following:

FDNT 132 Careers in Foods and Nutrition 1FDNT 135 Food Science 3FDNT 136 Gourmet Entertaining 3FDNT 235 Nutrition 4FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society 2

Additional hours to be selected from the following: 18FDNT 230, FDNT 331, FDNT 334, FDNT 335, FDNT 336,FDNT 337, FDNT 435, FDNT 436, FCSC 415, CLTX 321,MGMT 160.


130

Clothing and Textiles


CLTX 144 2Visual Presentation Techniques

The study and application of principlesand practices in arranging visual displaysfor fashion merchandising. One lectureand one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite:DSGN 145. Odd years.

CLTX 224 2 WCreative Needlework

A selection of techniques such as quilt-ing, appliqué, needlepoint, cross-stitch,embroidery, and other yarn methods ofthe student’s choice. One lecture and onelaboratory weekly. May be repeated oncefor credit. Odd years.

CLTX 226 2 WBasic Sewing Techniques

Individualized instruction for begin-ning and intermediate students. Depend-ing on student skill level and sewing goals,projects may involve basic clothing orsoft furnishings for the home. One lec-ture and one laboratory weekly. Evenyears.

CLTX 245 3 WHistorical Fashions

An overview of clothing and adorn-ment as they evolved under the social,economic, religious, and political influ-ences from ancient times to the twentiethcentury.


CLTX 321 2 WPersonal Protocol

Provides the tools for developing one’suniqueness and individuality. Includestopics on self-esteem, personal integrity,and etiquette in a global society.

CLTX 326-327 3-3 W-SConsumer Textiles I-II

Textiles used in interiors and fashion,including the study of fibers, yarns, fab-ric, finishes, and coloring methods. Theconcepts of durability, care, comfort, andaesthetic appearances applied to theevaluation of textiles for various uses.CLTX 326 is prerequisite to CLTX 327.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.Even years.

CLTX 329 1Field Work in Fashion Marketing

An orientation to the fashion industryin California. For the advanced fashionmerchandising/marketing student. Fieldtrips, reports, and papers. Prerequisite:A.S. in Fashion Merchandising/Market-ing (or equivalent) or permission of theinstructor.

CLTX 384 1Consulting in Fashion Merchandising

Principles of establishing a fashion-consulting business. Includes advertising,private consulting, personal analysis, andpersonal shopping. Odd years.

CLTX 385 3 SApparel Analysis

An in-depth examination of the fabricand structure of apparel as related toultimate quality and product pricing inAmerica. Even years.

Associate Degree in Residential InteriorDesign, A.S.

This two-year program prepares the student as an assistant toprofessionals in interior design.➤ A minimum of 35 hours including the following:

CLTX 326-327 Consumer Textiles I-II 3-3DSGN 142 Interior Design as a Profession 1DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning 2DSGN 144 Presentation Techniques 1DSGN 145 Color and Design 3DSGN 148L Perspective Drawing 1DSGN 242-243 Materials for Interiors I-II 3-2DSGN 244 Lighting Design 2

DSGN 246 Historical Interiors 3DSGN 248 Portfolio 1DSGN 249L Studio I 2DSGN 342 Residential Interiors 3FCSC 294 Professional Experience 3➤ Required Cognate Courses:

ART 105** History of Western Art 4ART 107 American Art 3

(or ART 478 Contemporary Art)ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2CLTX 321 Personal Protocol 2DRFD 134 Architectural Drafting 3DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3

** Courses marked with a double asterisk meetgeneral-education requirements.

131


ECED 189 2 SBehavior Management ofYoung Children

Methods and techniques that leadto the successful management of youngchildren.

ECED 250 3 SSpeech and Language of YoungChildren(See SPPA 250.)

ECED 255 2 ACurriculum Planning

Early childhood curriculum philoso-phies, organizational methods, develop-mentally appropriate practices, andteaching methods. Development of yearly,unit, and daily working lesson plans.Prerequisites: ECED 260 (three quarters)and ECED 183.

ECED 260 1 A, W, SField Experience Practicum

Offers a variety of supervisory andteaching experiences in the College’schild-care center. Required each of sixconsecutive quarters. The final quartermust be of concentrated hours and con-secutive days. Some holiday or summersessions are available. Arrangements inadvance must be made with the instruc-tor. One hour required concurrently witheach of the following courses: ECED181, 182, 183, 255.

ECED 262 2 WMusic and Movement for EarlyChildhood

Review of music, rhythm, and move-ment activities appropriate for youngchildren. Includes available resources,practice, and implementation in the earlychildhood curriculum. Odd years.

ECED 265 1 AChild Study

Knowledge of the young child’s behav-ior and growth that can help the teachermeet the needs of each child. Practice indifferent methods of observation.

ECED 266 1 WField Observation in EarlyChildhood Education

Analytical observation of a variety ofoff-campus preschool environments.

ECED 267 1 SObservation and Evaluation

Evaluation techniques for charting achild’s development and using this infor-mation to build a developmentally appro-priate curriculum.

ECED 280 3 SInfant/Toddler Care

The environment, curriculum, andmanagement of infant/toddler programs.Includes observation of children betweenthe ages of birth and three years. Evenyears.


ECED 314 3 SArt for Children(See ART 314.)

ECED 330 4Literature for Children(See ENGL 330.)

ECED 334 4 AChild Development(See PSYC 334.)

ECED 338 2 AMusic for Children(See MUED 338.)

Early Childhood Education


ECED 181 3 WIntroduction to Early ChildhoodEducation

The history, types of programs, facili-ties, teacher qualifications and duties,career opportunities, and issues in EarlyChildhood Education. Recommendedconcurrent course: ECED 260.

ECED 182 3 ACreative Activities for EarlyChildhood

The creative and aesthetic develop-ment of young children; planning andimplementing activities that promote thisdevelopment; practical experience withvarious materials used in art and craftcenters. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly.

ECED 183 3 SPlay and Environments

The importance of play in the learn-ing and development of the young child.Methods useful in setting up materialsand centers which facilitate a learningenvironment. ECED 260 required con-currently.

ECED 184 2 AHealth, Safety, and Nutrition

Prepares students working in a child-care setting to assist young children todevelop good habits and attitudes affect-ing their health and safety. Helps meetState requirements for specified trainingin preservative health practices. Oddyears.


132

ECED 338L 1 A, W, SMusic for Children Lab(See MUED338L.)

ECED 359 3 APsychology of Exceptional Children(See PSYC 359.)

ECED 359L 1 APsychology of Exceptional ChildrenLaboratory(See PSYC 359L.)

ECED 361-362-363 3-3-3 A-W-SAdministration and Supervision ofEarly Childhood Programs

An in-depth study of the administra-tive and supervisory responsibilities ofthe early childhood program director.Odd years.

ECED 365 3 AParent-Child Relationships(See FLHD 365.)

ECED 482 6 SDirected Teaching, Early Childhood

Full-time participation in an off-cam-pus early childhood classroom. Applica-tion and arrangements must be made atleast one quarter before registering forthe course. Students must have transpor-tation to and from teaching assignment.Graded S/F. Prerequisites: A minimumoverall GPA of 2.25 and upper-divisionGPA of 2.5.



FCSC 292 1-8 A, W, SIndependent Project

Independent projects open to studentswith adequate preparation in the area ofproposed study.

FCSC 294 2-4Professional Experience (Internship)

(See FCSC 494.)


FCSC 394 2 SSeminar in Professional Relations

Designed to prepare the student tomeet the demands of the job market.Strategies for job-seeking, résumé/port-folio and cover letter development, prepa-ration for interviews, professionalism onthe job, and professional developmentand advancement during employment;learning to write successfully in one’smajor field. Should be taken in the junioror senior year. Odd years.

FCSC 415 2 ADemonstration Techniques

Selection and organization of profes-sional materials for presentation, using avariety of techniques. One lecture andone laboratory weekly. Even years.

FCSC 492 1-8 A, W, SIndependent Project

Independent projects open to studentswith adequate preparation in the area ofproposed study.

FCSC 494 2-4Professional Experience (Internship)

Opportunity for professional experi-ence working in a business, community,or government setting. Each academiccredit hour requires 30 clock hours ofwork in a professional setting. Prerequi-sites: For Fashioning Merchandisingmajors, CLTX 321, 385; for ResidentialInterior Design majors, DSGN 342.Graded S/F.

FCSC 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Individual studies open to studentswith adequate preparation in the area of

proposed study. (For independent studyrequirements see ACADEMIC INFOR-MATION AND POLICIES section of thiscatalog.)

Family Life and Human Development


FLHD 360 3 WDynamics of Love and Marriage

Love and its dynamics within a vitalmarriage relationship. Emphasis onChristian philosophy and principles.Topics include love, courtship, premari-tal intimacy, emotional maturity andcompatibility, communication betweenthe couple, conflict resolution, maritaladjustments, and divorce.

FLHD 365 3 AParent-Child Relationships(See also ECED 365.)

Parenting and child-rearing in today’ssociety. Family structure, parenting styles,family disruptions, family values and self-esteem, symptoms and causes of childabuse, and its lasting effects on the child.Meets the child, family, and communityrequirement for ECED.

FLHD 375 2 SSexuality and Family

Establishing a healthy sexual relation-ship within a marriage, including phasesof sexual development and teaching one’schildren about sexuality. Includes consid-eration of sexual abuses that may occurin the family and various influences onsexual behavior. Helps students establishvalues concerning sexuality.

FLHD 490 2 WIssues in Contemporary Society

The impact of Christian values on thefamily and the individual in modernsociety. Two hours of credit may be

133


weekly. Lab fee. Prerequisite: FDNT 135or permission of the instructor.

FDNT 175 2 A, W, SPersonal Nutrition

The basic principles of nutrition, druguse and abuse, and physical fitness. Pro-vides a factual knowledge-base for theconsumer of nutrition information toevaluate nutrition issues accurately. Seeksto motivate individual responsibility for apositive lifestyle. (Not applicable towardan A.S. or B.S. in Nursing. May not besubstituted for FDNT 235.)

FDNT 187 3Catering Management

Special-occasion catering, emphasizingcosting and menu planning. Arrangedlaboratory involves catering a function,including planning through preparationand service of the meal. Even years.

FDNT 230 2 SFood, Culture, and Society

The role of culture, religion, socioeco-nomic status, ethnicity, and psychologicaland symbolic factors that affect food andnutrition behavior. One lecture and onelaboratory weekly. Lab fee. Prerequisite:PSYC 121 or permission of the instruc-tor. Odd years.

FDNT 235 4 A, W, SNutrition

Principles of nutrition, emphasingnutritional requirements, dietary sourcesof nutrients, nutrient utilization, effectsof nutrition on energy intake and weightcontrol, fitness, disease prevention, andlife cycle.


FDNT 331 4 WQuantity Food Management

Application of food-systems operationto include quantity food procurement,

production planning, preparation, andevaluation in institutional settings; useand care of large equipment; HACCPsanitation principles; use of standardizedrecipes in quality assurance; computer-assisted food-service management. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre-requisites: FDNT 135, 334, or permissionof the instructor. Even years.

FDNT 334 4 WFood Systems Administration

Organization, staffing, management,and administration of institutional food-service operations. Includes design, lay-out, and equipping of institutional foodservices. Three lectures and one labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: FDNT 135.Even years.

FDNT 335 1 WNutritious Lifestyles

Energy metabolism in relationship tobody composition, fitness, and perfor-mance. Survey of current literature onweight management.

FDNT 336 3 WNutrition Throughout the Lifecycle

A study of the nutritional needs of theindividual throughout the lifecycle fromfetal development to old age. Prerequi-site: FDNT 235 or permission of theinstructor. Even years.

FDNT 337 4 SAdvanced Food Science

Scientific principles and proceduresconcerned with complex phases of foodcomponents, selection, preparation, andpreservation. Includes individual experi-mentation. Three lectures and one labo-ratory weekly. Prerequisites: FDNT 135and CHEM 102 or equivalent. Odd years.

applied toward the general-educationrequirement in religion.

Foods and Nutrition


FDNT 130L 1 WMicrowave Basics

An introductory course in home micro-waving techniques. Adaptation of tradi-tional home recipes for microwave use.One laboratory weekly.

FDNT 132 1 SCareers in Foods and Nutrition

The development, scope, and charac-teristics of professions associated withfoods, nutrition, dietetics, and food-systems management; introduction toprofessional organizations and literature;awareness of career opportunities.

FDNT 134 2 SCreative Cuisine

Principles of food selection, prepara-tion, and garnishing; service of dinnerparties. One lecture and one laboratoryweekly. Lab fee.

FDNT 135 3 AFood Science

An experimental approach to the funda-mentals of food production, composition,selection, and preparation. Emphasis onsanitation, energy conservation, andhealthful preparation techniques. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.Lab fee.

FDNT 136 3 WGourmet Entertaining

Basic principles of purchasing food andmaking menus; of preparing and servingfamily and entertainment meals, includ-ing receptions. Emphasis on nutritional,aesthetic, psychological, and economicaspects. Two lectures and one laboratory


134

FDNT 435 5 AAdvanced Nutrition

In-depth study of nutrients and theirrole in human metabolism, with applica-tion to meeting human needs undervarious world conditions. Includes thenutritional care process and assessment,care planning, methods of nutritionsupport, drug-nutrient interaction, andnutrition for health and fitness. Prerequi-sites: FDNT 235; majors in Foods andNutrition must have BIOL 102 or 346and CHEM 103 or 373. Odd years.

FDNT 436 5 WMedical Nutrition Therapy

The effect of disease on body metabo-lism with emphasis on the dietary adjust-ments necessary to maintain or restorehealth. Prerequisites: FDNT 435, CHEM103, BIOL 102, or instructor’s permis-sion. Odd years.

FDNT 437 3 SCommunity Nutrition

Survey of national and local nutritionneeds and of programs designed to allevi-ate nutrition problems. Field experiencein the local area. Two lectures and onelaboratory weekly. Prerequisites: FCSC415, FDNT 235, PSYC 121. Even years.

FDNT 494 1 ASeminar in Dietetics

The laws, regulations, standards, andethics affecting dietetics practice. Funda-mentals of marketing food and nutritionservices. Examination of recent researchin dietetics practice. One lecture weekly.Prerequisite: FDNT 334, 436. Odd years.

Interior Design


DSGN 142 1 AInterior Design as a Profession

Introduction to interior design as aprofession, including responsibilities,skills, career preparation, and careeroptions. Includes field trips and guestspeakers.

DSGN 143 2 WInterior Space Planning

Principles of space planning as used byinterior designers. Includes zoning, circu-lation, space analysis and measurement,graphic communication techniques, sim-ple floor plans, elevations, human dimen-sioning, and furniture arrangements. Onelecture and one laboratory weekly.

DSGN 144L 1 SPresentation Techniques

Practice of techniques interior design-ers use to present design ideas to clients.Includes presentation of floor plans andelevations in ink and color, lettering,sample preparation and mounting, matcutting, and presentation boards. Onelaboratory weekly. Limited to majorsin Interior Design.

DSGN 145 3 AColor and Design

Principles and elements of design asapplied to fashions, costuming, interiors,and set design. Special emphasis on colortheory and application. Two lectures andone laboratory weekly.

DSGN 148L 1 WPerspective Drawing

Practical experience in quick sketchingand perspective drawing of interior com-ponents and rooms. Prerequisite: DSGN143, 144.

DSGN 242 3 WMaterials for Interiors I

The materials and components used indecorating residential interiors, includingbuilding materials, floor coverings, wallcoverings, window treatments, and fin-ishes. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly.

DSGN 243 2 SMaterials for Interiors II

A continuation of the study of thematerials and components used in thedecoration of residential interiors, withan emphasis on furniture and accessories.Includes work with estimating, sources,and schedules. Prerequisite: DSGN 242.

DSGN 244 2 ALighting Design

The basics of lighting design applied tothe home environment, including sources,hardware, aesthetic techniques and speci-fications. Odd years.

DSGN 246 3 SHistorical Interiors

The major furniture and interior stylesof the western world from ancient timesthrough modern history. Application ofthese styles to enhance a residential inte-rior or a stage set. Odd years.

DSGN 248 1 W-SPortfolio

Collection, completion, and presenta-tion of the student’s best interior designwork to demonstrate creative and techni-cal skills to future employers. Due thefinal quarter of the student’s program.

DSGN 249L 2 SStudio I

Introduction to the design process asfollowed by professional interior design-ers. Involves the development of a designproject from start to finish includingdesign statement, floor plans, elevations,

135


perspectives, sample boards, and specifi-cations. Two laboratories weekly. Prereq-uisites: DRFD 134; DSGN 143, 144,145, 148L, 242, 243, 246.


DSGN 342 3 AResidential Interiors

A room-by-room study of the specialdesign characteristics and needs in thehome, including barrier-free consider-ations. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly. Prerequisites: DSGN 249L orpermission of the instructor.

DSGN 346 3 AInterior Design Business Practices

Business aspects of interior design,including budgeting, mark-up, governingagencies, trade sources, contracts, pro-posals, client relations, salesmanship,marketing, professional organization,licensing, establishing a design business,and project management. Prerequisites:DSGN 249L. Even years.

DSGN 349L 2 WStudio II

Application of the design process ina residential design project as arrangedwith the instructor. Two laboratoriesweekly. Prerequisite: DSGN 249L, 342.

DSGN 449L 3 AStudio III

Independent design projects as arrangedwith instructor. Prerequisites: DSGN349L, FCSC 494.

DSGN 458 1 SPortfolio

Collection, completion, and presenta-tion of the student’s best interior designwork to demonstrate creative and techni-cal skills to future employers. Due thefinal quarter of the student’s program.Prerequisite: DSGN 449L.

Degree-Completion Courses

Note: The following courses are availableonly in the B.S.E.C.E. (Bachelor ofScience in Early Childhood Education)curricula, off-campus degree-completionprograms offered through ExtendedLearning.

ECE 311 4Young Children’s DevelopmentalSpeech

Normal development of speech andlanguage in children from birth to agesix. An introduction to differentiallanguage diagnosis and treatmentplanning for children with delayedlanguage development.

ECE 330 4Literature for Children

A survey of literature for children frominfancy through grade six. Emphasis onliterary quality and a broad knowledgeof the best that has been written forchildren.

ECE 359 4Exceptional Children

Assessing children with such exceptionsto “normal” as mental retardation,giftedness, emotional disturbance, speech,visual, and hearing problems. Includeshandicaps and learning disabilities.

ECE 365 4Parent/Child Relationships

Issues in parenting and child-rearingin today’s society.

ECE 380 4Infant/Toddler Programs

The environment, curriculum, andmanagement of infant/toddler programs.Includes observation of children betweensix months and three years of age.

ECE 382 4Art and Creative Activities

The creative and aesthetic developmentof young children: art, music, movement,and drama.

ECE 383 4Play and Environments

The importance of play in the learningand development of the young child.Development, analysis, and evaluationof various learning centers intended toenhance the learning environment of achild-care center. Includes curriculumdevelopment necessary for integratedlearning.

ECE 384 2Healthy Child Care

How to keep children safe and healthyin a child-care setting; how to recognizesymptoms of diseases; appropriate controlmethods; developing good health habitsin young children through exam-ple andlearning activities.

ECE 386 2Diversified Early-ChildhoodPrograms

The philosophy of a variety of early-childhood programs unique to the profes-sion. Includes the Montessori and ReggioEmilia curriculum.

ECE 389 4Behavior Management andObservation

Methods and techniques that lead tosuccessful management of young children.Analysis and evaluation of case studiesand experience to determine most effec-tive methods of achieving positive out-comes. Includes observation assignmentsand techniques.


136

ECE 425 4Adult Supervision and Management

Function and management of adultsin child-care settings; values and goals,making decisions, and solving problems;management process as applied to theindividual and the organization. Prin-ciples and guidelines for developing agood mentor-teaching program.

ECE 431 4Administration and Supervision I

Starting a child-care center. Budgetingand financial planning for a successfulbusiness.

ECE 432 4Administration and Supervision II

Marketing; recruiting and enrollingchildren in the child-care center. Develop-ing good relationships with parents andstaff. Creating and maintaining a safe,healthful, and developmentally appropri-ate environment and curriculum.

ECE 450 2Counseling for Early-ChildhoodTeachers

Developing relationship skills withparents and children to counsel and todirect a good parent-teacher conference.Advice on referrals for professional helpon sensitive issues.

ECE 492 2Senior Project–Seminar

An individual project, examining aproblem from the stuent’s occupation oravocation, that combines research withimplementation of theories and conceptsstudied in course work. The project ispresented both orally and as a formalpaper.

Note: The following degree-completioncourses are cognate requirements of theECE major offered through ExtendedLearning by other departments.

RELB 305 4Biblical Perspectives

Historical concepts and themes of theBible that relate most directly to effective-ness in early childhood education practiceand public life.

RELT 310 4Ethics and Personal Values

Spiritual formation, ethics and worldview, and their shaping influence onpersonal values, early childhood educa-tion, and public life.

137

History and Social Studies

FacultyKeith Francis, chair; Eric Anderson, John Christian,Lorne Glaim, Donald John, Paul McGraw, Gordon Thomas


Degrees and ProgramsHistory, B.A. ..................................................................... 137Social Studies, B.S. ............................................................. 138Teaching Credential ........................................................... 138Subject Matter Program in Social Science ........................... 138History and Government, B.S. ........................................... 139

Students in the Department of History and Social Studiesexplore the civilizations of Africa, Asia, Europe, North America,and South America. Using original and secondary written sources,films, and other documents, and through field trips and summerstudy programs outside the United States, departmental facultywork with their students in the study of geography, history, andpolitical science.

Scholarship is encouraged and recognized by membership inPhi Alpha Theta, the history honors society, and through debates,lectures, and student and faculty presentations sponsored byPacific Union College’s Alpha Zeta Theta Chapter.

Students have access to the Utt Memorial Library in thedepartment’s seminar room and the adjacent Honors ProgramCommon Room. Faculty-student suppers and discussion groupscomplete the collegial and friendly atmosphere, the hallmarkof the department.

Major in History, B.A.➤ A minimum of 50 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

Basic Courses:

HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of History 1-1HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3

(or HIST 321 Christian History: 1500to the Present)

HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2Students completing HIST 140-141 are not required to takeHIST 101-102 and HIST 134-135.

The Americas: two of the following: 7-8HIST 355 From Colony to Nation: 1600-1783 (4)HIST 356 Early Federal Period (4)HIST 357 Division and Reunion: 1848-1901 (4)HIST 358 Twentieth-Century America (4)HIST 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom (3)HIST 366 Modern Latin America (4)Students who take the sequence HIST 355, 356, 357, and 358are not required to take HIST 134-135.

The World: one of the following: 4-5HIST 423 Renaissance Europe (4)HIST 424 Medieval Europe (4)HIST 485 The Classical World (5)Two of the following: 8HIST 334 Nineteenth-Century Europe (4)HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4)HIST 364 Modern Asia (4)HIST 425 Reason and Revolution (4)HIST 434 The History of Modern Russia (4)HIST 445 Modern Britain (4)



138

• A minimum of nine hours in upper-division Europeanor Asian history 9

• A minimum of nine hours in upper-divisionAmerican history 9

• Students with superior secondary-school grades inhistory and English and superior ACT scores may takeHIST 140-141 in place of the lower-division courses.

• Up to nine hours of political science may apply toward ahistory major.


ART 107 American Art 3ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art 3

Major in Social Studies, B.S.➤ A minimum of 62 hours (27 upper division) including the following:

HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of History 1-1HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2• Twenty-seven additional hours of history or 30

hours of political science 27-30• Six hours each from three other areas of social studies: 18

(economics, geography, history, political science andsociology)

• Electives for those interested in social work, law, teaching, ormedicine should be chosen in counsel with the major adviser.

Teaching Credential: Subject MatterProgram in Social Science

The program leading to the teacher education credential inSocial Science, which follows, satisfies the standards mandated bythe Department of Education, State of California. The programincludes a basic core of at least 53 quarter hours of course workin history and social science subjects that are commonly taught inCalifornia public schools (history and geography of the world,the United States and California; government; economics; and thebehavioral sciences), and at least 34 additional quarter hours toprovide breadth and perspective, for a minimum of 87 hours.Students completing the program will also have met the require-ments for the B.S. degree in Social Studies offered by the depart-ment.

Subject-Matter Program in Social Science➤ Required core courses: a minimum of 53 quarter hours:

ECON 261 Principles of Economics - Macroeconomics 4GEOG 301 World Regional Geography 3GEOG 327 Geography of the Americas 3HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of History 1-1HIST 337 History of California 3HIST 490 Seminar in the Philosophy of History 3HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government 3Two of the following: 8ANTH 124 Cultural Anthropology (4)PSYC 121 General Psychology (4)SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology (4)At least one of the following: 3-4ECON 265 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics (4)ECON 332 Government and Business (3)➤ Required courses for breadth, perspective: at least 34 hours:

HIST 364 Modern Asia 4HIST 365 Seminar in American Slavery and Freedom 3HIST 366 Modern Latin America 4HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3At least two of the following: 7-8HIST 355 From Colony to Nation: 1600-1783 (4)HIST 356 The Early Federal Period (4)HIST 357 Division and Reunion 1848-1901 (4)HIST 358 Twentieth-Century America (4)PLSC 488 History of the American Legal System (3)At least one of the following: 4-5HIST 334 Nineteenth-Century Europe (4)HIST 335 Europe Since 1914 (4)HIST 423 Medieval Europe (4)HIST 424 Renaissance Europe (4)HIST 425 Reason and Revolution (4)HIST 485 The Classical World (5)At least one of the following: 3HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present (3)RELH 311 World Religions (3)RELH 329 American Denominations (3)

139



BUAD 325 Business Law I 3(or BUAD 326 Business Law II)

COMM 226 Public Speaking 3ECON 261 Principles of Economics–Macroeconomics 4

(or ECON 265 Principles of Economics–Microeconomics)

ENGL 405 Advanced Expository Writing 3➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I (3)ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II (4)COMM 327 Argumentation (3)ECON 332 Government and Business (3)• A minimum of 24 hours each must be taken in history andpolitical science.• HIST 355, 356 may replace HIST 134; HIST 357, 358 may betaken in place of HIST 135. Students with superior secondary-school grades in history and English and superior ACT scoresmay take HIST 140-141 in place of the lower-division historycourses.

Minor in History➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of History 1-1HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3

Students with superior secondary-school grades in history andEnglish and superior ACT scores may take HIST 140-141 inplace of the lower-division history courses.

Minor in Political Science➤ A minimum of 30 hours (15 upper division).

At least one of the following: 3ECON 457 International Economics (3)PLSC 328 Critical World Issues (3)PLSC 364 Issues in International Relations (3)At least one of the following: 3PHIL 440 Christian Bioethics (3)PHIL 460 Moral Philosophy (3)PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3)RELT 218 Values: Formation and Clarification (3)RELT 355 Christian Social Ethics (3)➤ Additional selections from courses offered by the Department.

Additional Requirements for the Subject-Matter Programin Social Science:

In addition to the specific courses that meet the requirementsmandated by the State of California for single subject-matterprograms in Social Science, the teacher-education program inSocial Science includes teaching experience and the developmentof a portfolio.

Within the first two years of the program each student mustcomplete EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching and EDUC101L Introduction to Teaching Lab.

Throughout the course of study each student under depart-mental supervision develops a portfolio demonstrating his or herknowledge and work in social science. The portfolio includes aresearch essay from HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of His-tory; a critical essay from HIST 490 Seminar in the Philosophyof History; a research paper from HIST 499 Senior Thesis; aproject from GEOG 301 World Regional Geography; andother selected work.

Major in History and Government, B.S.➤ A minimum of 61 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

HIST 101-102 A History of World Civilizations 4-4HIST 134-135 History of the United States 4-4HIST 290-291 Seminar in the Study of History 1-1HIST 490 Seminar in Philosophy of History 3HIST 491 Readings in Historiography 3HIST 499 Senior Thesis 2PLSC 124 Introduction to American Government 3PLSC 274 Introduction to Political Thought 3PLSC 334- History of Political Thought I, II, III 3-3-3 335-336PLSC 344 Modern Comparative Government 3PLSC 444 Constitutional Development of England 4PLSC 488 History of the American Legal System 3


140

Economics

(See Business Administration andEconomics for course descriptions.)

Geography


GEOG 301 3 WWorld Regional Geography

A survey of regions of the world, dem-onstrating cultural, historical, climatic,and economic similarities or diversities.Emphasis on current developments. Evenyears.

GEOG 327 3 WGeography of the Americas

A study of climate, natural resources,political, and economic geography ofNorth and South America. Odd years.

History


HIST 101-102 4-4 A-W, W-SA History of World Civilizations

An examination, based on secondaryand primary texts, of the major charac-teristics and developments in world civi-lizations. Equal emphasis on nonwesternand nontraditional texts and on “great”texts. Also integral: discussion of his-tory’s place in the liberal arts and of theproblems of the historical method.

HIST 134-135 4-4 A-WHistory of the United States

A survey of the United States fromcolonial beginnings to the present time.The central theme is the growth ofAmerican democracy with its implica-tions for government and society, racialand religious minorities and the emer-gence of the nation as a world power.

A student taking HIST 140-141 maynot then take HIST 134-135.

HIST 140-141 4-4 A-WHonors in History

Selected topics illustrating the natureof historical problems. Admission is lim-ited to those with superior grades in sec-ondary-school history and English andsuperior ACT scores. Students who takeHIST 140-141 may not then take HIST134-135. This sequence meets the gen-eral-education requirement in history.

HIST 290-291 1-1 A-WSeminar in the Study of History

An introduction to writing history,featuring research techniques and use ofstyle manuals and culminating in a paperbased on original sources.


HIST 320 3 AChristian History: To 1500

Developments in the ChristianChurch from its pre-Christian originsto the Renaissance. Special emphasis onthose social, political, intellectual, andreligious pressures that brought signifi-cant change to the Church and its teach-ings. Detailed examination of significantworks by major Christian figures.

HIST 321 3 WChristian History: 1500 to thePresent

Developments in the Christian Churchfrom the beginnings of “the modernworld” to the present day. Emphasis onthe effects on the Church of major cul-tural movements, such as the Reforma-tion, the Enlightenment, colonization andimperialism, modern warfare, and ecu-menism. Detailed examination of signifi-cant works by Christians in response to“the modern world.”

HIST 334 4 ANineteenth-Century Europe

An examination of political, social,and religious trends during the centuryfollowing the Treaty of Vienna, includingthe decline of absolutism and the rise ofparliamentary democracy, socialism, andnationalism. Odd years.

HIST 335 4 AEurope Since 1914

The contemporary world with Europeas the focal point. Problems of ideologyand power politics in relation to the twoworld wars, as well as efforts at interna-tional organization and the impact of theCold War. Even years.

HIST 337 3 SHistory of California

An introduction to geographic, eco-nomic, social, and historical factorswhich have contributed to the develop-ment of California. Even years.

HIST 340 4 SAdventist History and theMinistry of Ellen G. White

An interdisciplinary course coveringtheological and historical issues impor-tant to an understanding of the AdventMovement and the ministry of Ellen G.White. Special treatment of an adequatehermeneutic for the writings of Ellen G.White. Meets the requirement in Pro-phetic Guidance and DenominationalHistory for SDA teaching credentials.

HIST 355 4 WFrom Colony to Nation: 1600-1783

A survey of the discovery, settlement,and growth of the European colonies inNorth America, emphasizing those reli-gious, political, and economic develop-ments in the English colonies which pre-pared the way for independence. Evenyears.

141


HIST 356 4 WThe Early Federal Period

A survey of the formative period ofAmerican national identity between 1783and 1848. Includes intensive study of thecreation and development of the U.S. Con-stitution. Odd years.

HIST 357 4 ADivision and Reunion: 1848-1901

The basic issues of the nature of theUnion and of slavery, the immediate andpermanent effects of the Reconstructionon America’s society and government,industrialization, and the close of thefrontier. Even years.

HIST 358 4 STwentieth-Century America

A study of the rapid changes in Ameri-can society, economy, and politics in themodern era, with particular emphasis onthe nation’s emergence as a world power.Odd years.

HIST 364 4 WModern Asia

A survey of historical, political, social,and cultural developments, emphasizingthe ninteenth and twentieth centuries andthe rise and decline of European imperi-alism. Odd years.

HIST 365 3 WSeminar in AmericanSlavery and Freedom(See also ENGL 365.)

A cultural and political study ofAfrican-Americans in the history of theUnited States. Primary texts, includingnovels, essays, poetry, and biography,are used to examine the impact of sla-very, emancipation, and segregationupon American democracy. Even years.

HIST 366 4 SModern Latin America

A history of Latin America since theearly nineteenth century. Emphasis oncultural, political, and economic trends.Odd years.

HIST 423 4 WMedieval Europe

The vital period from A.D. 300 to1500 saw the creation of Europe. Thepriorities and characteristics of the civili-zation were determined in the emergenceof a multifaceted medieval society, a dis-crete historical entity, and ancestor of themodern world. Even years.

HIST 424 4 SRenaissance Europe

The thirteenth to sixteenth centuries,when Europe experimented with diversepolitical theories and religious systems,attempted to recover the civilization ofancient Greece and Rome, and sought torediscover European identity and possi-bilities. Odd years.

HIST 425 4 WReason and Revolution

European history from 1648 to 1815,with special attention to the effect of theAge of Reason on the modern mind, thegrowth of the bureaucratic state, and theimpact of the era of revolution. Evenyears.

HIST 434 4 SThe History of Modern Russia

A survey of Russian political, social, andintellectual development in the nineteenthand twentieth centuries. Odd years.

HIST 445 4 AModern Britain

Survey of the political, social, and eco-nomic history of Britain in the nineteenthand twentieth centuries. Treats such ma-jor themes of the period as imperialism,

the Irish question, the reform of Parlia-ment, the changing role of women insociety, the development of the LabourParty, the Welfare State, and the secular-ization of Britain. Even years.

HIST 485 5 SThe Classical World(See also ENGL 485.)

Ancient Greece and Rome studiedthrough primary texts, including Greekand Roman epics, dramas, histories, andphilosophical works. Even years.

HIST 490 3 WSeminar in the Philosophy of History(See also PHIL 490.)

A survey of various approaches tointerpreting history and social studies.Designed to assist in the developmentof a Christian philosophy of history.Required for departmental majors. Twohours of credit may be applied towardthe general-education requirement inreligion. Odd years.

HIST 491 3 SReadings in Historiography

An examination of the writings of rep-resentative historians and considerationof the problems faced by historical writ-ers in the selection and interpretation oftheir materials. Admission by permissionof the instructor. Required for majors inHistory and in History and Government.Even years.

HIST 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

An individual research course open bypermission of the department chair toadvanced students with an adequate back-ground in appropriate social studies.Maximum of three hours.


142

HIST 499 2 A, W, SSenior Thesis

Continuation of the study of researchmethods introduced in HIST 290 Semi-nar in the Study of History. Requirescompletion of an individual researchproject based on primary sources. Enroll-ment limited to upper-division students.

Political Science


PLSC 124 3 AIntroduction to AmericanGovernment

The basic elements of the developmentand functioning of the American machin-ery of government and a study of thepolitical processes, both formal and in-formal, in which the citizen is involved.

PLSC 274 3 AIntroduction to Political Thought(See also PHIL 274.)

An introduction to the perennial ques-tions and major thinkers in this area ofphilosophy.


PLSC 328 3 SCritical World Issues

An important issue will be selected bythe instructor, discussed in class, andstudied as a research topic. Even years.

PLSC 334 3 WHistory of Political Thought I(See also PHIL 334.)

A study of selected ancient and medi-eval political theorists. Prerequisite:PLSC 274. Odd years.

PLSC 335 3 SHistory of Political Thought II(See also PHIL 335.)

A study of the political philosophyof selected modern political thinkers.Prerequisite: PLSC 274. Odd years.

PLSC 336 3 SHistory of Political Thought III(See also PHIL 336.)

A study of two essential texts inAmerican political philosophy: TheFederalist and Democracy in America.Prerequisite: PLSC 274. Even years.

PLSC 344 3 WModern Comparative Government

The theory and function of typicalgovernments, with special attention totheir effects upon their citizens and therelative success with which they meetthe needs of their societies. Even years.

PLSC 364 3 WIssues in International Relations

The elements of national power, thedynamics of state conflict, and nationaltraits and policy patterns. Discussion ofthe problems of human perceptions andmisperceptions, and of the role of ideolo-gies and moral considerations in the deci-sion-making process. Odd years.

PLSC 444 4 AConstitutional Developmentof England

The growth of British institutions fromRoman times to the present, with specialemphasis on the development of parlia-mentary and legal systems. Odd years.

PLSC 485 3 WForeign Relations of theUnited States

A study in depth of episodes selectedfrom the history of American foreignrelations to illustrate the developmentof U.S. foreign policy. Odd years.

PLSC 488 3 SHistory of the AmericanLegal System

The development of the Americanlegal system, its relationship to thenational and state constitutions and itsfunctioning in present-day society. Oddyears.

PLSC 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

An individual research course openonly by permission of the departmentchair to advanced students with an ad-equate background in appropriate socialstudies. Maximum of three hours.

Sociology

(See Behavioral Science, Sociology area,for course descriptions.)

143

Liberal Studies

FacultyJohn Christian, chair; Eric Anderson, Jean Buller, Donald John,Marilyn Glaim, William Mundy


Degrees and ProgramsLiberal Studies, B.A. .......................................................... 143Interdisciplinary Studies, B.A./B.S. ..................................... 144General Studies, A.A. ......................................................... 145

The Department of Liberal Studies directs two baccalau-reate degree programs for students who are intellectually curiousand who desire the broadest possible liberal education. A two-year degree is also offered for those who wish to augment theirsecondary education but are not committed to a four-year degreeprogram. These courses of study are planned to provide an expo-sure to a greater variety of academic disciplines than is providedin the typical academic major and a more flexible program formeeting the student’s personal educational goals.

The B.A. in Liberal Studies is an interdisciplinary degree in-volving study in the humanities, sciences, mathematics, and thesocial sciences. It is primarily designed for students desiring abreadth of academic experience as well as reasonable depth andrigor in a single academic discipline or study area. This degreeprogram not only offers a sound undergraduate education butalso serves as preparation for entry into professional schools insuch fields as law and the health sciences.

The Liberal Studies major also serves as the core of the Sub-ject-Matter Program for Elementary Education (SPEED) ap-proved by the State of California for those desiring a waiver forthe Multiple-Subject Assessment for Teachers (MSAT) for theElementary Teaching Credential. Students taking the LiberalStudies major for this purpose should consult the Educationsection of this catalog.

The B.A. or B.S. degree in Interdisciplinary Studies is an indi-vidualized study program available for students with unusual

Liberal Studies

and clearly defined vocational interests who seek a curriculumemphasizing individual growth and development. The proposedcourse of studies designed by the student is selected from disci-plines offered by the College.

The department offers a minor in Philosophy for studentsinterested in understanding the assumptions and methods ofvarious systems of thought; in developing greater skills in criticalthinking, analysis, and logical reasoning; and in investigating andclarifying the grounds and implications of moral choice intoday’s world.

The A.A. degree in General Studies provides an introductionto the liberal arts. The two-year program offers a general foun-dation for supporting further studies leading to a baccalaureatedegree. The exposure to several areas of knowledge enhances thestudent’s grasp of the broader intellectual spectrum and providesa context of meaning and value for more specialized careerobjectives.

Major in Liberal Studies, B.A.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (38 upper division) to meet thefollowing requirements:

1. A minimum of 15 hours of course work from each of thefollowing three General Academic Areas. (Note: Courses used tomeet General Education requirements do not apply toward these15-hour requirements. In each General Academic Area, 15 hoursmust be completed in addition to any General Education require-ments.)

A. Arts and Humanities (General Academic Area A)This Area includes the disciplines of Art, Drama, Ethics,Foreign Language, Linguistics, Literature, Music, Philosophy,Religion, and Rhetoric. Any music ensemble may be repeatedonce, for a total of two quarter credits.

B. Natural Science and Mathematics (General Academic Area B)This Area includes the disciplines of Astronomy, Biology,Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology, Mathematics, andPhysics.

Liberal Studies

144

C. Social and Behavioral Sciences (General Academic Area C)This Area includes the disciplines of Anthropology, Economics,Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

2. A “concentration” consisting of at least 27 hours (15 upperdivision) is required in a suitable field of knowledge. This field ofknowledge might be a traditional discipline selected from thosein one of the three lists given above (for example, Anthropol-ogy). Or it might be an interdisciplinary “field” created by thestudent in consultation with a Liberal Studies faculty adviser (forexample, Individual and Society, or Premedicine, or LanguageArts, to list a few recently elected concentrations). The chiefrequirement is that the courses chosen to make up the concentra-tion must be centered in a well-defined theme. To repeat: Thattheme may be a traditional discipline or a combination of tworelated disciplines; or it may be specially chosen and designed bythe student and adviser working together.

3. The student must take a minimum of three hours of interdis-ciplinary or integrative courses. Such courses must involve theexamination of relationships between two or more disciplines,the synthesis of major themes, and the comparison of variousforms of inquiry. Courses qualifying as interdisciplinary or inte-grated are listed below under the Interdisciplinary Studies major.Courses used to fulfill this requirement may not also fulfillrequirements for the Concentration or General Academic areasof the Liberal Studies major. This restriction does not apply tostudents completing the SPEED program, who should consultthe Education section of this catalog.

4. The overall course program for a student choosing the Lib-eral Studies major is developed in consultation with the student’sacademic adviser and must be approved by the Liberal Studiesfaculty, or, for a student in the Subject-matter Program for Ele-mentary Education, by the Teacher Education Council. Eachstudent must present a program of studies formally approvedby the Liberal Studies faculty at least five quarters (80 hours)before graduation.

Major in Interdisciplinary Studies,B.A./B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) in the associatedmajor areas of concentration, including 30 hours in one area andthe remainder balanced between not more than two other areas.

The minimums may be increased substantially by recommen-dation of the supervising department chairs or the Liberal Stud-ies faculty. The proposed course of studies will be selected fromdisciplines offered by the College and must meet the followingrequirements:

1. To meet the interdisciplinary objectivies, courses must have aunifying academic topic or vocational objectives. The degree isintegrative rather than multidisciplinary. Each student must pre-sent a program of studies formally approved by the Liberal Stu-dies faculty at least five quarters (80 hours) before graduation.The program must include a comprehensive rationale and musthave been approved by the chairs of the departments offeringthe major courses.2. Two quarters before expected graduation the student mustpresent to the faculty of the Department of Liberal Studies aproposal for an independent-study project which has beenapproved by the chairs of the departments in which the concen-trations are offered. The three-hour independent study projectmust be integrative in nature, making use of the materials andmethods from each of the complementary disciplines studied inthe program. The project report is presented in writing and isdefended orally before a panel consisting of the chair of theDepartment of Liberal Studies and the chairs of the supervisingdepartments.3. The proposed course of study must also meet the residence,major, and general requirements that apply to all baccalaureate-degree programs. Service courses, or courses that do not applytoward a major in the department in which they are offered, maynot apply toward the interdisciplinary major. No more than 20hours may apply both to the general-education requirements andto an interdisciplinary major.4. The program of studies must include a minimum of two inter-disciplinary courses, one of which must integrate at least two ofthe areas of concentration.

Interdisciplinary CoursesThe following have been approved as integrative or interdisci-

plinary courses for the Liberal Studies and InterdisciplinaryStudies majors:ENGL 352 Theme Courses 3FLHD 490 Issues in Contemporary Society 2HIST 340 Adventist History and the Ministry of

Ellen G. White 4HIST 365 Seminar in American Slavery and

Freedom (ENGL 365) 3HIST 485 The Classical World (ENGL 485) 5PETH 490 Ethics in Physical Education 2PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science 3PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion 3PSYC 435 Psychology of Religion 3PSYC 490 Issues in Religion, Ethics, & Human Sciences 3SOCI 435 The Sacred and Profane in Society 3

145

Liberal Studies

Minor in Philosophy➤ A minimum of 30 hours in Philosophy (12 upper division)including the following:

PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 4PHIL 320 Philosophy of Religion 3PHIL 460 Moral Philosophy 3One of the following: 3PHIL 355 Philosophy of Biology (3)PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)PHIL 450 Philosophy of Origins (3)PHIL 490 Seminar in the Philosophy of History (3)

Associate Degree in GeneralStudies, A.A.➤ A minimum of 90 hours. The courses from which these credithours are to be selected may be found listed below by categoryunder the general-education requirements for the baccalaureatedegree programs.

1. Technical and Informational Skills: A, B, 4 hours2. English: ENGL 101-102 or 105-106, 8 hours

3. Communication: COMM 105, 3 hours4. Humanities, Religion, and Social Studies, 41 hours to be chosen

in counsel with the adviser from both areas 1 and 2 as listedbelow:A. Art, Language, Literature, Music, Religion (A minimum of

nine hours selected from courses in religion, six of whichmust carry the prefix RELB. Students who transfer frompublic institutions of higher education for the second year ofthis two-year degree must take five hours of religion, all ofwhich must carry the RELB prefix.)

B. Behavioral Sciences, Economics, Geography, History,Political Science

5. Natural Sciences or Mathematics, 8 hours (Biology,Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics)

6. Physical Education and Health, 4 hours (Must include twodifferent quarters of physical education activity courses, onein the aerobic area—any course number ending in an A, andone in the dual or individual recreational area—any coursenumber ending in a D.)

7. Electives, 22-24 hours

General Science


GSCI 205 3 A, W, SScientific Revolutions

Major developments in biology, chem-istry, and physics that have led to newways of thinking in the sciences, with asynthesis of modern scientific thoughtand methods. Prerequisites: MATH 019or equivalent; a full year of biology at thesecondary level or BIOL 105; a full yearof chemistry at the secondary level orCHEM 101; and a full year of physics atthe secondary level or PHYS 105.

General Studies


GNST 103 3 A, W, SCollege Success Skills

Techniques to develop critical-thinkingskills, comprehension of texts, test-takingstrategies, speaking, writing, and studyskills. Includes memory improvement,note-taking and time management.

Interdisciplinary Studies

INDS 498 3 A, W, SSenior Project

Independent integrative-studies projectrequired of senior majors in Interdiscipli-nary Studies. Requires approval twoquarters in advance by the chairs of thedepartments offering the complementarydisciplines employed in the project.

Philosophy


PHIL 101 4 AIntroduction to Philosophy

Basic issues of philosophy, includingmethods and values, from the perspectiveof Western civilization.

PHIL 274 3 AIntroduction to Political Thought(See PLSC 274.)

An introduction to the perennial ques-tions and major thinkers in this area ofphilosophy.

Liberal Studies

146


PHIL 320 3 APhilosophy of Religion(See RELT 320.)

An introduction to some of the issuesraised by a rational analysis of religion.Emphasis on the nature and validity ofJudeo-Christian world views.

PHIL 334 3 WHistory of Political Thought I(See PLSC 334.)

Selected ancient and medieval politicaltheorists. Prerequisite: PHIL/PLSC 274.Odd years.

PHIL 335 3 WHistory of Political Thought II(See PLSC 335.)

The political philosophy of selectedmodern political thinkers. Prerequisite:PHIL/PLSC 274. Even years.

PHIL 336 3 SHistory of Political Thought III(See PLSC 336.)

Two essential texts in American phi-losophy: The Federalist and Democracyin America. Prerequisite: PHIL/PLSC274. Even years.

PHIL 355 3 APhilosophy of Biology(See BIOL 355.)

Current theories regarding the origin,age, and change of the earth and its life.Methods of interpreting Scripture, theo-ries of origin and age-dating of the earthand its layers, biological problems ofevolution, geological history, glaciation,and fossil hominids. Special reference tothe bearing of scientific data on evolu-tionist and creationist philosophies. Twohours of credit may be applied towardthe general-education requirement inreligion.

PHIL 390 3 SHistory and Philosophy of Science

The historical roots of modern science,the nature of scientific knowledge, its de-velopment and methodology, the impactof science on culture (and vice versa), andthe influence of philosophical and theo-logical concepts on science. Meets in partthe college-level Science/Mathematicsgeneral-education requirement and is oneof the electives of the Honors Program.Prerequisites: PHYS 105 or CHEM 105,or equivalent, and PHIL 101 or permis-sion of the instructor. Even years.

PHIL 440 3 WChristian Bioethics(See RELT 440.)

Contemporary ethical issues in the bio-medical sciences from the perspective ofChristian ethics. Topics include abortion,euthanasia, eugenics, new reproductivetechnologies, and human exerimentation.

PHIL 450 3 WPhilosophy of Origins(See BIOL 450.)

Historical and current issues in creationand evolution models of origins. Dataand interpretations from anthropology,geology, biology, and radiometric dating,with philosophical, theological, andscientific implications and interactions.

PHIL 451 3 AHistory of Western Thought

Survey of philosophy in Western civili-zation from the pre-Socratic era to thepresent.

PHIL 460 3 WMoral Philosophy

A philosophical investigation of suchmajor moral concepts as duty, the good,the right and the just, and their applica-tion to problems of the individual andsociety. Readings include the works ofmoral philosophers, both ancient and

modern. Prerequisite: One of the follow-ing courses or permission of the instruc-tor: PHIL 101, RELT 216, or RELT 355.

PHIL 470 3 WReadings in Philosophy

An analysis and critique of selectedprimary sources of Western philosophersfrom Plato to the twentieth century.Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or permission ofthe instructor. Odd years.

PHIL 485 3 AIssues in Science and Religion

The relationship and interactionbetween science and religion; epistemol-ogy, the methods, languages, scope andlimitations of science and religion; prob-lems of ethics and science. Meets in partthe college-level Science/Mathematicsgeneral-education requirement and is anelective in the Honors Program. Twohours of credit may be applied toward thegeneral-education requirement in religion.Prerequisites: PHYS 105 or CHEM 105,or equivalent, and PHIL 101 or permis-sion of the instructor. Odd years.

PHIL 490 3 WSeminar in the Philosophy of History(See HIST 490.)

A survey of various approaches tointerpreting history and social studies.Designed to assist in developing a Chris-tian philosophy of history. Required fordepartmental majors and for those meetingthe history requirement by means of anexternal examination. Two hours of creditmay be applied toward the general-educa-tion requirement in religion. Even years.

PHIL 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

With the approval of the departmentchair and the Liberal Studies facultyqualified students may investigate a prob-lem suited to their background and expe-rience. Maximum of nine hours.

147

Mathematics

FacultySteve Waters, chair; Lloyd Best, George Hilton, Richard Rockwell


Degrees and ProgramsActuarial Certification ....................................................... 147Teaching Credential ........................................................... 147Mathematics, B.S. .............................................................. 148

MATHEMATICS is a science of pattern and order. Its domain isnot molecules or cells, but numbers, chance, form, algorithms,and change. As a science of abstract objects, mathematics relieson logic rather than on observation as its standard of truth, yetemploys observation, simulation, and even experimentation asmeans of discovering truth. Modern mathematics is a creativecounterpoint of computation and deduction, rooted in datawhile unfolding in abstraction.

The Department of Mathematics provides courses for futuremathematicians, teacher education, general education, and pro-grams in other departments. A common goal of each course isthat each student, through mathematical reasoning, will solveproblems with confidence.

Students majoring in mathematics will have experience withmathematical modes of thought which include modeling, ab-straction, optimization, logical analysis, inference from data,and use of symbols. They will be prepared to solve mathematicalproblems, analyze abstract arguments, synthesize and write carefulproofs, and apply mathematical reasoning to other settings.

Actuarial CertificationStudents interested in passing the examinations for actuarial

certification should confer with departmental faculty. The fol-lowing courses are recommended: MATH 131-132-133, 222,265, 267, 322, 331, 332, 371-372, and INFS 470.

Teaching CredentialThe State of California Commission on Teacher Credentialing

mandates that all teacher-education programs in mathematicsmeet newly established standards of quality and effectiveness.The Mathematics department has received approval for itsrevised teacher-education program in mathematics. Studentsdesiring to enter a program of studies leading to a Californiateaching credential in mathematics should take the MathematicsEducation Emphasis. Students are invited to discuss the require-ments for a teaching credential with the Teacher EducationAdviser in the Mathematics department. A brochure describingthe program and its requirements is available upon request.

Students who plan to teach on the secondary level should con-sult with the Credential Analyst in the Department of Educationand should become acquainted with the specific requirements foradmission to and successful completion of the Teacher EducationProgram as outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

Mathematics

Mathematics

148

Major in Mathematics, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (30 upper division) in mathematics andrelated electives including the following:

MATH 131-132-133 Calculus I-II-III 4-4-4MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics 4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4MATH 275 Logic and Sets 4MATH 331 Probability and Statistical Theory I 3MATH 351 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3MATH 390 Seminar 1MATH 421 Elementary Real Analysis I 3MATH 490 Senior Seminar 1Elective hours may be selected from Mathematics courses, upper-division Computer Science courses, and courses listed in RequiredCognate Courses (below).

➤ Required Cognate Courses:CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4

(or CPTR 131 Computer Science)A minimum of 4 hours from the following courses, which usemathematical methods in other disciplines: 4BIOL 354 Genetics (4)BIOL 396 Seminar (may be repeated) (.5)CHEM 351-352 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences (3-3)CHEM 451-452-453 Physical Chemistry (3-3-3)ENGR 211-212 Engineering Mechanics (3-3)FIN 341 Finance (5)INFS 470 Management Science (4)INFS 481 Simulation (3)MKTG 371 Marketing Research (3)PHYS 131-132 Physics with Calculus (4-4)PSYC 322 Research Design (4)PSYC 323 Intro. to Experimental Psychology (4)➤ Emphases (choose one):

1. Pure Mathematics EmphasisThis emphasis provides a theoretical background for advanced

studies in mathematics and related areas, such as statistics, com-puter science, and physics. Such advanced studies serve as prepa-ration for college and university teaching as well as mathematicaland other scientific research.

MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4MATH 352 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3MATH 422 Elementary Real Analysis II 3

Two of the following courses: 7-8MATH 332 Probability and Statistical Theory II (3)MATH 425 Complex Variables (4)MATH 465 Linear Algebra (4)

2. Applied Mathematics Emphasis

This emphasis is designed for mathematics-related careers inmedicine, government, business, and industry. It provides ap-propriate background for further study leading to specialties inactuarial science, operations research, and applied statistics.Highly recommended: Completion of a minor in Biology, Busi-ness Administration, Chemistry, Computer Science, Physics, orPsychology.MATH 322 Statistical Methods 3MATH 332 Probability and Statistical Theory II 3MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4MATH 375 Numerical Analysis 4MATH 385 Mathematical Modeling 43. Mathematics Education Emphasis

This emphasis satisfies the mathematics course requirementsfor a California secondary teaching credential. (For additionalcredential requirements, refer to the Teacher Education Programas outlined in the Education section of this catalog).MATH 341-342 Geometries I-II 3-3MATH 354 Number Theory 3MATH 355 Discrete Methods 4MATH 385 Mathematical Modeling 4MATH 451 History of Mathematics 3

Minor in Mathematics➤ A minimum of 30 hours (6 upper division) including the following:

MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4

The following elective courses are especially recommended forthose planning on secondary level teaching:

MATH 275 Logic and Sets (4)MATH 341-342 Geometries (3-3)MATH 351 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3)

The following elective courses are especially recommended forthose majoring in engineering or a physical science:

MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus (4)MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations (4)

149

Mathematics

Mathematics


MATH 001 3 AEssential Mathematics

A prealgebra course including reviewof whole numbers, fractions, decimals,percentages, ratios and proportions, areasand volumes, variables, exponents. andsimple equations.

MATH 019 4 A, W, SIntroductory Algebra

Basic concepts and techniques of alge-bra for students without recent experi-ence in algebra. Integers, algebraic ex-pressions, first-degree equations, simplerational expressions and proportions,integer exponents, scientific notation,polynomials and factoring, solving equa-tions by factoring, graphing, and systemsof linear equations. Prerequisite: MATH001 or equivalent.

MATH 096 4 A, W, SIntermediate Algebra

For students needing additional expe-rience with algebra before enrolling inMATH 106. Factoring, linear and qua-dratic equations, linear inequalities,functions, graphs, rational expressions,rational exponents and radicals, equa-tions involving rational and radical ex-pressions, complex numbers, and systemsof equations. Prerequisite: MATH 019or equivalent.

MATH 106 4 A, W, SCollege Algebra

Begins with a quick review of inter-mediate algebra, including rational expo-nents and radicals, complex number,linear and quadratic equations, andinequalities. Also includes binomial theo-

rem, graphical linear and programming,composition and inverse of functions,expo-nentials and logarithms, arithmetic,and geometric series. Prerequisite:MATH 096 or equivalent.

MATH 130 4 A, SPrecalculus

Functions and graphs emphasized astools to prepare the student for calculus.Included are polynomial and rationalfunctions, logarithmic and exponentialfunctions, as well as a thorough treat-ment of the six trigonometric functionsand their inverses. Prerequisite: MATH106 or a strong background in algebra.

MATH 211-212 3-3 A-WFoundations of SchoolMathematics I-II

The logic and structure underlyingschool mathematics. Concepts, proce-dures, problem-solving and applicationsat concrete, pictorial, and abstract levels.

MATH 211 includes problem-solvingtechniques, sets, logic and deductive rea-soning, the arithmetic of whole numbers,fractions, decimals, integers, rational andreal numbers, ratio and proportion, andpercent. Prerequisite: MATH 019 orequivalent.

MATH 212 includes geometry andmeasurement. Prerequisite: MATH 211.


MATH 131-132-133 4-4-4 A-W-S,Calculus I-II-III W-S-Su

MATH 131: Introduction to the tech-niques of differentiation and integration.Includes the chain rule, fundamentaltheorem and maximizing/minimizingapplications. Graphing calculators andmathematical software tools are usedextensively. Prerequisite: MATH 130 ora strong background in algebra andtrigonometry.

MATH 132: Further skills in integra-

tion and its applications. Includes inversefunctions, integration by parts, partialfractions, trigonometric substitutions,surfaces of revolution, volumes, cen-troids, infinite series, and Taylor expan-sions. Prerequisite: MATH 131.

MATH 133: Includes plane curves,parametrizations, polar coordinates,solid analytic geometry, partial deriva-tives, and multiple integrals. Prerequisite:MATH 132.

MATH 222 4 A, W, S, SuIntroduction to Statistics

Descriptive statistics, graphical meth-ods, basic concepts of probability, bino-mial and normal probability distributions,central limit theorem, hypothesis testinginvolving means, confidence intervals,introduction to correlation and regres-sion, and chi-square testing. Examplesfrom a wide variety of disciplines, includ-ing business, the social sciences, and thelife sciences, to prepare students withvarying backgrounds and interests tobecome intelligent consumers and usersof statistics. Prerequisite: MATH 019or equivalent.

MATH 265 4 AElementary Linear Algebra

Matrix algebra and determinants,applications to solving systems of linearequations, vector spaces, linear transfor-mations, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors.Prerequisite: MATH 131.

MATH 267 4 SMultivariable Calculus

Functions of more than one variableincluding the general chain rule, line andsurface integrals, divergence, curl, gradi-ent, and Stokes’ theorem. Prerequisite:MATH 133.

Mathematics

150

MATH 269 4 WElementary Differential Equations

Ordinary differential equations balanc-ing analytic techniques, qualitative meth-ods, and basic modeling. Topics includeeigenvalue methods for linear systems,Laplace transforms, phase plane, null-clines, equilibria, harmonic oscillator,and population models. Prerequisites:MATH 132, 265.

MATH 275 4 WLogic and Sets

A bridge to upper-division mathemat-ics, developing the student’s ability tohandle abstract concepts and carefulproofs. Propositional and predicate logic,types of proofs such as induction, alge-bra of sets and functions, equivalencerelations, and countable sets. Prerequi-site: MATH 131.


MATH 322 3 W, S, SuStatistical Methods

Linear and multiple regression andcorrelation, analysis of variance, timeseries analysis and forecasting, and non-parametric methods. Prerequisites:MATH 222, INFS 148.

MATH 331-332 3-3 W-SProbability and Statistical Theory I-II

MATH 331 introduces the theoryand applications of probability theory.Probability distributions and densitiesincluding multivariate, marginal, andconditional distributions. Expected val-ue, Chebyshev’s and Bayes’ theorems.Moment-generating functions and prod-uct moments. Special discrete and con-tinuous distributions and densities. Pre-requisites: MATH 133, 222, 275. Oddyears.

MATH 332 studies theory and appli-cation of sampling distributions, transfor-mation of variables, central limit theory,

estimation, hypothesis testing, Bayesianinference, and decision theory. Prerequi-sites: MATH 222, 331. Odd years.

MATH 341-342 3-3 W-SGeometries I-II

A two-quarter study of the develop-ment and history of Euclidean geometry,the discovery of non-Euclidean geometryand the subsequent reformulation of thefoundations of geometry.

MATH 341 reviews basic Euclideangeometry, introduces non-Euclidean geom-etries, and investigates geometric applica-tions through problems and projects.

MATH 342 focuses on the axiomaticmethod, logic, flaws in Euclid, Hilbert’saxioms, neutral geometry, history ofthe parallel postulate, discovery of non-Euclidean geometry, hyperbolic geom-etry, and philosophical implications.

Prerequisites: MATH 275 or permis-sion of the instructor. Even years.

MATH 351-352 3-3 A-WIntroduction to Abstract Algebra I-II

MATH 351 is a basic introduction togroups, rings, integral domains, fields,and isomorphisms. Also included aremappings, equivalence relations, andmodular arithmetic. MATH 352 is acontinuation of MATH 351 that stressesapplications. Topics studied includepolynomials, elementary Galois theory,geometric constructions, algebraic cod-ing, lattices, and Boolean algebras. Pre-requisite: MATH 275. Odd years.

MATH 354 3 SNumber Theory

A selection of topics from Diophantineequations, theorems and conjecturesabout prime numbers, congruences, thetheorems of Euler and Fermat, perfectnumbers, Fibonacci numbers, continuedfractions and Pythagorean triples. Prereq-uisite: MATH 275. Odd years.

MATH 355 4 ADiscrete Methods

Introduction to the theory and applica-tions of combinatorics (counting methods)and graph theory. Topics included arepermutations, combinations, generatingfunctions, recurrence relations, principleof inclusion and exclusion, pigeonholeprinciple, Euler and Hamiltonian paths,chromatic number, trees, network flows,and optimization. Optimization algo-rithms include shortest distance, minimalspanning tree, maximal matching, andmaximumflow. Prerequisite: MATH 275.Even years.

MATH 375 4 WNumerical Analysis

Theory and techniques for findingapproximate solutions to mathematicalproblems, including error analysis, inter-polation, approximation, fixed-pointiteration, nonlinear equations, systemsof equations, integration, and ordinarydifferential equations. Prerequisites:MATH 132, 265. Some knowledge ofcomputer programming would be help-ful. Even years.

MATH 385 4 AMathematical Modeling

Mathematical modeling of problemsselected from a variety of applied areas,including industry, biology, business, andthe social sciences. Both deterministicand stochastic models are considered,with an emphasis on practical problem-solving. Includes exploration of the com-puter as a problem-solving tool. Prerequi-site: MATH 269 or permission of theinstructor. Odd years.

MATH 390 1 SSeminar

Topics of current interest in math-ematics and mathematics education, in-cluding applications of mathematics inother fields, introduced through lectures,

151

Mathematics

reports, and periodicals. Discussion ofprofessional mathematics organizations,conferences, and publications. Prerequi-site: upper-division standing. Graded S/F.

MATH 421-422 3-3 A-WElementary Real Analysis I-II

The fundamental definitions and theo-rems underlying single-variable calculusand related topics. MATH 421 includesthe completeness property, limits of se-quences and functions, and continuity.MATH 422 is a continuation that coversderivatives, the Riemann integral, andinfinite series. Prerequisites: MATH 132,MATH 275. Even years.

MATH 425 4 SComplex Variables

The elements of the theory of analyticfunctions including Cauchy’s theorem,calculus of residues, conformality, andapplications. Prerequisite: MATH 133.Recommended: a background in multi-variable calculus and real analysis. Evenyears.

MATH 451 3 SHistory of Mathematics

A survey of major developments inmathematics from antiquity to moderntimes. The course involves historicallyrelevant problem sets, films, class discus-sions, and presentations by students andteacher. Prerequisite: MATH 131. Oddyears.

MATH 465 4 SLinear Algebra

A deeper study than given in MATH265, including Jordan form, inner prod-uct spaces, quadratic forms, Hamilton-Cayley theorem, and normal operators.Prerequisites: MATH 265, 351. Oddyears.

MATH 485 2-3 SSpecial Topics in Mathematics

Study of a selected topic not coveredelsewhere in the curriculum. Course con-tent varies from year to year, reflectingcurrent interest. Topics studied in recentyears have been Differential Geometry,Set Theory and Cardinal Numbers, For-mal Logic and Godel’s Theorem, Topol-ogy, Chaos and Fractals. May be repeatedfor credit. Normally offered every otheryear. Further information is available atthe departmental office.

MATH 490 1 SSenior Seminar

Topics of current interest in mathemat-ics and mathematics education, includingapplications of mathematics in other fields.Under supervision of departmental fac-ulty, each student prepares and presents apaper on a topic of interest. Prerequisite:MATH 390.

MATH 491 0-2Cooperative Education inMathematics

An individualized contract agreementinvolving student, faculty, and employerto provide practical experience in math-ematics in a professional off-campuswork setting. Prerequisite: Approval bythe department chair. Graded S/F.

MATH 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

153

Modern Languages

FacultySylvia Rasi Gregorutti, chair; Charo Caballero-Chambers,William Van Grit

Departmental Office: 212 Irwin Hall; 965-6573Chair’s Office: 965-6509

Degrees and ProgramsSpanish, B.A. ..................................................................... 153French, B.A........................................................................ 154Teaching Credential........................................................... 154Adventist Colleges Abroad................................................. 154

The Department of Modern Languages offers instructionin French, German, and Spanish. Majors are available in Span-ishand French, and minors are available in French, German, andSpanish.

Pacific Union College participates in the Adventist CollegesAbroad Program (ACA), which provides opportunity for studentsto study the language of their choice in a foreign country. Partici-pating campuses are in Argentina, Austria, Brazil, France, Greece,Italy, Kenya, Spain, and Taiwan.

It will be necessary for a student majoring in French to spendone year in the Adventist Colleges Abroad Program in France andto take the courses prescribed by the major adviser.

A student majoring in Spanish will be asked to spend fromone to three quarters, as needed, in the Adventist CollegesAbroad Program in Spain or in Argentina and to take thecourses prescribed by the major adviser.

Modern Languages

Major in Spanish, B.A.➤ A minimum of 48 hours (30 upper division)

All students majoring in Spanish must complete in residenceat Angwin at least three upper-division Spanish courses (mini-mum of twelve hours).

Students with a background in the Spanish language will beplaced in the program in accordance with their ability. Thosewho achieve advanced placement on a proficiency examinationmay complete a Spanish major by taking 30 hours of upper-division Spanish and a minor in any field.

A student may choose from the following courses, all ofwhich apply toward the major:SPAN 151 Intermediate Spanish 3-4SPAN 152 Intermediate Spanish 3-4

(or SPAN 132 Intensive Intermed. Spanish)SPAN 153 Intermediate Spanish 3-4

(or SPAN 133 Intensive Intermed. Spanish)SPAN 251 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3SPAN 252 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3SPAN 253 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3SPAN 367 Spanish and Latin-American Culture

and Civilization 4SPAN 382 Applied Spanish Linguistics 4SPAN 385 Business Spanish 4SPAN 441 Readings in Spanish Literature 4SPAN 442 Readings in Latin-American Literature I 4SPAN 443 Readings in Latin-American Literature II 4SPAN 495 Independent Study 1-3SPAN 496 Directed Group Study 2-4

Upper-division electives taken atACA Campus*

*See section entitled “Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA).”

Modern Languages

154


A beginning full-year course in French or German (12)ART 105 History of Western Art (4)ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3)

(or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art)MGMT 457 International Ma!nagement (3)PLSC 364 Issues in International Relations (3)PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3)

In Spain or Argentina a student may select a program froma variety of courses that apply toward the major in Spanish. Seethe current Adventist Colleges Abroad Bulletin, available in theModern Languages departmental office, for descriptions of thesecourses.

Major in French, B.A.➤ A minimum of 48 hours (30 in the upper division)

Students majoring in French must complete in residence atAngwin at least three upper-division French courses (twelve hoursminimum). Selections are made from the following courses, all ofwhich apply toward the major:FREN 151 Intermediate French 3-4FREN 152 Intermediate French 3-4FREN 153 Intermediate French 3-4FREN 367 French Culture and Civilization 4FREN 381 Applied French Linguistics 4FREN 385 Business French 4FREN 441 Readings in 19th century French Literature 4FREN 442 Readings in 20th century French Literature 4FREN 443 Contemporary Francophone Literature 4FREN 495 Independent Study 1-3FREN 496 Directed Group Study 2-4

Upper-division electives at ACA Campus➤ Recommended Cognate Courses:

A beginning full-year course in Spanish or German (12)ART 105 History of Western Art (4)ART 476 Nineteenth-Century Art (3)

(or ART 477 Twentieth-Century Art)MGMT 457 International Management (3)PLSC 364 Issues in International Relations (3)PLSC 485 Foreign Relations of the United States (3)

In France a student may select a program from a variety ofcourses that apply toward the major in French. See the currentAdventist Colleges Abroad Bulletin, available in the departmentaloffice, for descriptions of these courses.


mandates that all teacher education programs in languages otherthan English meet newly established standards of quality andeffectiveness. The Department of Modern Languages has revisedits language program for the secondary teaching credential andexpects State approval of the new program. Students desiring aCalifornia secondary teaching credential are invited to discuss thenew teacher education program with the Teacher-EducationAdviser in the Modern Languages department.

Students presently enrolled in the previous program mustcomplete their work by September 1, 1999. All students whoplan to teach on the secondary level should consult the Cre-dential Analyst in the Education department.

Courses are taken at both PUC and the appropriate ACAcampus in Spain, Argentina, or France (see “Adventist Col-leges Abroad” below).

Minors in French, German, and Spanish➤ A minimum of 30 hours at the intermediate level or higher(15 upper division)

A student desiring a minor in German must spend one yearabroad.

Language PlacementStudents who have had previous work in a given language

and wish to take a beginning course in that language must ob-tain the consent of the instructor.

Students from a Spanish background taking Spanish will nor-mally enroll in SPAN 251-252-253 Spanish Conversationand Composition. Those unsure of what course to enroll in maytake a Spanish Language Placement test. Those scoring belowthe 50th percentile in most areas will enroll in SPAN 151-152-153 for either three or four credits per quarter, depending onthe instructor’s recommendation.

Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA)Pacific Union College is a member of Adventist Colleges

Abroad (ACA), a consortium of colleges and universities operatedby the Board of Higher Education of the North American Divi-sion of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. This consortium af-fords opportunity to qualified students for international studywhile completing the requirements of their programs at theirhome campus. The program allows students to immerse them-selves in the culture and life of the host country and becomeconversant in the language; to mature socially, spiritually, andintellectually; and to develop sensitivity to cultural differences

155

Modern Languages

and a sense of responsibility for and mission to other peoplesof the world. The following institutions are international affiliatesof ACA offering academic-year programs of study:Argentina: Universidad Adventista del Plata, Libertador

San Martín: Spanish Language and LatinAmerican Culture

Austria: Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, St. Peter amHart: German Language and Culture

France: Centre Universitaire et Pédagogique du Salève,Collonges-sous-Salève: French Language andCulture

Kenya: The University of Eastern Africa, Baraton,Eldoret: African Culture and Kiswahili

Spain: Colegio Adventista de Sagunto: Spanish Lan-guage and Culture

In addition to academic-year programs, ACA offers six- or ten-week summer terms at the following international study centers:Austria: Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, St. Peter am

Hart: GermanBrazil: Instituto Adventista de Ensino, São Paulo:

PortugueseFrance: Centre Universitaire et Pédagogique du Salève,

Collonges-sous-Salève: FrenchGreece: La Sierra University Study Center, Athens:

Intermediate New Testament GreekItaly: Istituto Avventista Villa Aurora, Florence:

ItalianSpain: Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, Sagunto: SpanishTaiwan: Taiwan Adventist College, Yu Chih: Chinese-

MandarinApplicants for international study need not be language

majors or minors. Students majoring in various disciplines thatallow for one or more elective years within the four-year curricu-lum may study in the year-abroad and summer session programswithout losing credits or prolonging time before graduation bycarefully planning the year(s) preceding and following their inter-national study experience. Prerequisites for admission to ACAstudy-abroad programs are as follows:

1. Admission as a regular student to Pacific Union College for thesummer or academic year abroad.

2. Competence in the language of the host country (minimum: oneyear of college or two years of secondary study with a language

GPA of 3.00). Not required of students studying in summer pro-grams. This level of language competence is prerequisite to one’sbeing considered for admission.

3. An over-all college or university GPA of 2.50.4. A good citizenship record that gives evidence of better-than-

average maturity, adjustability, and congeniality.5. Presentation of the application with all required information and

signatures (academic and financial arrangements) to the PUCAdmissions office.

6. Attendance at an ACA orientation meeting at PUC.College freshmen with competence in the language are not

specifically excluded from ACA academic-year programs, butthe course of study is usually more beneficial to sophomores andjuniors, especially those who plan to major or minor in the lan-guage or specialized area of study. Although enrolled on an inter-national campus, students are registered at PUC; are consideredin residence at this college; and are eligible for all external grants,loans, scholarships, and financial aid offered to students in atten-dance at PUC. Credit earned abroad is recorded each term in thePUC Records office.

The Adventist Colleges Abroad program offers a wide varietyof language courses at intermediate and advanced levels concen-trating on grammar, orthography, composition, dictation, pho-netics, conversation, reading, pronunciation, literature, culture,civilization, and folklore as well as courses in art, education,geography, history, music, physical education, and religion.Applicants must consult with their major professors, the Mod-ernLanguage faculty, and the ACA Coordinator before enrollment.Pacific Union College personnel advise students about courses totake abroad and determine how the credits will apply towardgraduation requirements. Those who carefully plan their aca-demic-year programs with PUC advisers may earn up to 54 quar-ter hours toward a baccalaureate degree. ACA courses may applytoward the major, minor, general-education, and elective require-ments; credit is awarded on the basis of course prefix.

ACA courses are in high demand; applications are processed inthe order received. Applications are available at the Admissionsoffice and the Modern Language department. Deadlinefor summer applications is March 31; for the academic year,thirty days before the end of the prior spring quarter.

For further information: Adventist Colleges Abroad, Board ofHigher Education, 12501 Old Columbia Pike, Silver Spring, MD20904-6600; telephone (301) 680-6444.

Modern Languages

156

French

Service Course:(Not applicable toward a major or minorin this department)

FREN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-SBeginning French

Designed to develop speaking, listen-ing, reading, and writing skills in thelanguage studied. Basic grammar andvocabulary presented through a profi-ciency-oriented approach emphasizing thepractical use of the language. Individuallaboratory work provides additionalopportunity to practice anddevelop the communicative skills thatcan be expanded in subsequent studyand use of the language. Introductionto selected elements of the cultures incountries where the language understudy is used.


FREN 151-152-153 3/4-3/4-3/4Intermediate French A-W-S

Designed to increase proficiency inspeaking, listening, reading, and writingin the language studied. Focus on rein-forcing control of basic grammar and onvocabulary expansion. Selected culturalfeatures of countries where the languageis used. Individualized laboratory prac-tice. (Students having completed a yearof college study of the language with agrade of B or better take the three-hoursequence. Those who have had second-ary-school exposure to the language butwho need more practice in basic skillstake the four-hour sequence.) Prerequi-sites: FREN 111-112-113, its equivalentor permission of the instructor.

Upper-division courses:(Taught in French)

FREN 367 4 AFrench Culture and Civilization

Contemporary French culture andcivilization dealing with social, political,and economic trends. Even years.

FREN 381 4 AApplied French Linguistics

Introduces principles of phonetics,phonology, morphology, and syntax.Special reference to foreign languageteaching methodology and the particularproblems of teaching French. Odd years.

FREN 385 4 WBusiness French

Practice and vocabulary building inFrench as used in business, commerce,and economics. Even years.

FREN 441 4 WReadings in 19th-Century FrenchLiterature

Readings in representative poets, novel-ists, and playwrights. Odd years.

FREN 442 4 SReadings in 20th-Century FrenchLiterature

Readings in representative poets,novelists, and playwrights. Odd years.

FREN 443 4 SContemporary FrancophoneLiterature

Readings in representative French-speaking authors from around the world.Even years.

FREN 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Thirty-six hours of reading per hourof credit. A weekly conference with theinstructor. Limited to French majors.Admission by permission of the instruc-tor. Maximum of three hours.

German

Service Course:(Not applicable toward a major or minorin this department)

GRMN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-SBeginning German

See course description under FREN111-112-113.


GRMN 151-152-153 3-3-3 A-W-SIntermediate German

See course description under FREN151-152-153. Prequisites: GRMN 111-112-113, its equivalent, or permission ofthe instructor.

Spanish


SPAN 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-SBeginning Spanish

See course description under French111-112-113. This course is not for stu-dents who have had two or more yearsof secondary Spanish.

157

Modern Languages

Lower-division Courses:

SPAN 131 5 AIntensive Spanish Review

An intensive “bridge”course for stu-dents who have completed a beginningcourse in Spanish but need review andpractice before taking intermediate-levelcourses. Includes two hours of laboratoryeach week. Prerequisite: One or two yearsof high-school Spanish.

SPAN 132-133 5-5 W-SIntensive Intermediate Spanish

Continuation of SPAN 131, featuringintensive study of Intermediate Spanish(see course description under SPAN 151-152-153). Includes two hours of labora-tory per week. Prerequisite: Passing gradein SPAN 131 or equivalent. SPAN 132 isprerequisite to SPAN 133.

SPAN 151-152-153 3/4-3/4-3/4Intermediate Spanish A-W-S

See course description under FREN151-152-153. Prerequisite: Two years ofhigh-school Spanish or SPAN 111-112-113 or its equivalent.

SPAN 251-252-253 3-3-3 A-W-SSpanish Conversation andComposition

Emphasis on oral and written expres-sion in Spanish. For students having com-pleted several years of secondary Spanishor whose native language is Spanish.Fulfills the intermediate-level languagerequirement for general education.

Upper-division Courses:(Taught in Spanish)

SPAN 367 4 ASpanish and Latin-American Cultureand Civilization

A study of Spanish and Latin-Americanculture and civilization throughout theages. Even years.

SPAN 382 4 AApplied Spanish Linguistics

Introduction to principles of phonet-ics, phonology, morphology, and syntax.Special reference to foreign-languageteaching methodology and the particularproblems of teaching Spanish. Taught inSpanish. Odd years.

SPAN 385 4 WBusiness Spanish

Practice and vocabulary building inSpanish as used in business, commerce,and economics. Odd years.

SPAN 441 4 SReadings in Spanish Literature

Readings in representative poets,novelists, and playwrights. Odd years.

SPAN 442 4 WReadings in Latin-AmericanLiterature I

Readings in representative poets,novelists and playwrights. Even years.

SPAN 443 4 SReadings in Latin-AmericanLiterature II

Readings in representative poets, novel-ists, and playwrights. Even years.

SPAN 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Thirty-six hours of reading per hourof credit. A weekly conference with theinstructor. Limited to Spanish majors;admission by approval of the instructor.Maximum of three hours.

Extended Learning Courses

Note: The courses described below arescheduled on an as-needed or sufficient-demand basis through Extended Learn-ing. Full-time PUC students may pay forthese courses through the regular flat-ratetuition plan.

ITAL 101-102-103 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Italian

An introductory course in conversa-tional language stressing practical appli-cations in daily life. Does not meet theforeign-language requirement for the B.A.degree.

JAPN 101-102-103 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Japanese

For description, see ITAL 101-102-103.

JAPN 221-222-223 2-2-2Conversational Japanese

An intermediate course in conversa-tional language stressing practical appli-cations in daily life. Does not meet theforeign-language requirement for the B.A.degree.

RUSS 101-102-103 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Russian

For description, see ITAL 101-102-103.

SIGN 101-102-103 2-2-2Sign Language I

An introductory course in sign lan-guage for communication with the deaf.Begins with basic methods of finger spell-ing; proceeds to more advanced skills ofnumbering, signing, and comprehendingAmerican Sign Language.

Modern Languages

158

SPAN 123-124-125 2-2-2Spanish for Medical Personnel

The fundamentals of Spanish grammarand vocabulary for students preparing forcareers in health care. Listening, speaking,and writing in Spanish; emphasizes thevocabulary of health-care professions.Objective: Basic language skills for com-munication in routine career-relatedsituations.

159

Music

FacultyLynn Wheeler, chair; Gennevieve Brown-Kibble (on study leave),Del Case, Lois Case, James Kempster, James McGee, KennethNarducci, LeRoy Peterson

Departmental Office: 102 Paulin Hall; 965-6201

Degrees and Programs:Music, B.Mus. in Performance .......................................... 160Teaching Credential, B.Mus. in Music Education ............. 161Music, B.S. ........................................................................ 162Piano Pedagogy, A.S. ......................................................... 162

The Department of Music offers a two-year Associate ofScience degree and two four-year curricula leading to the Bach-elor of Music and Bachelor of Science degrees. Emphasis in theBachelor of Music degree may be in Music Education or inPerformance.Entrance Requirements1. Music majors and minors must pass an entrance examina-

tion in the elements of music before admission to MUTH 121.Failing the examination necessitates enrollment in MUTH 101.2. Students in the A.S. and B.Mus. programs must take a func-

tional keyboard facility examination the first quarter in residence.Unsatisfactory perfomance mandates enrollment in MUSP 121each quarter in residence until the students pass the examination.Students must pass this test before they may receive upper-divisioncredit in their primary area of performance.General Performance Requirements

Study in the major performance area is required each quarterof residence for Bachelor of Music majors. Performance emphasismajors must take an additional 6 hours of secondary performancecredit. Secondary performance studies are usually permitted onlyafter the student has reached upper-division status in the majorperformance area. Credit is based upon a half-hour lesson andfour hours of practice per week for each credit hour earned.

Music

All new or transfer music majors and minors must performbefore a jury the first quarter of residence. In addition, juriedperformances are required periodically of all majors and minorsto evaluate progress and to determine eligibility for upper-division credit. A student preparing a required recital mustperform the program for a faculty audition committee onemonth prior to the projected recital date. Specific year-by-yearrequirements in the various performance areas and detailsregarding jury evaluations are available at the Music depart-ment office and in the Music Department Student Handbook.Ensemble

All majors are required to register for ensemble credit eachquarter in residence except while doing student teaching.Recital Attendance

Attendance at a minimum number of concerts and recitals isrequired of all music majors and minors during each quarter ofresidence. Details are available at the Music department officeand in the Music Department Student Handbook.Required Recitals

Performance emphasis majors present a half-hour recital(MUSP 390) during the junior year and a one-hour recital(MUSP 490) the senior year.

Music education emphasis majors present a half-hour recital(MUSP 489) in the senior year. Bachelor of Science majorspresent a half-hour recital (MUSP 489) the senior year or com-plete a special project (MUED 489) in an area of particularinterest. The topic is chosen in consultation with the depart-ment chair and a teacher in the area of the project, and with theapproval of the music faculty.

Music minors present a fifteen-minute recital (MUSP 385)during the last quarter of performance studies.

All majors and minors must periodically perform in generalstudent recitals. For details, see the Music Department StudentHandbook.

The Major Field Achievement Test in music is required of allseniors during their final quarter before graduation.

Music

160

V. Revelation, Belief, and Action: Same as for B.S. degree. Musiceducation emphasis majors must complete 19 hours of religion(9 upper division): 9 hours of RELB prefix courses, 3 hours ofDoctrinal Studies (RELT 331, 332 and/or 333), HIST 340, and3 hours selected from RELH 311, RELT 216, 218, 320, 355,and 440.

VI. Health and Fitness: Same as for B.S. degree, except that musiceducation emphasis majors must take HLED 166.

VII. Skills for Daily Living: Not required.Other Requirements: Teacher candidates must take ENGL 335.

Music Education Emphasis

➤ 93 hours including core courses and the following:1. Music EducationMUED 338 Music for Children 2MUED 338L Music for Children Lab 1MUED 342 Instrumental Conducting 3MUED 343 Choral Conducting 3MUED 381-382-383 Music in Elementary Schools 2-2-2Additional courses 10➤ Select 10 hours from the following list of techniques andpedagogy courses. Exceptions are MUED 473-474, required ofall piano majors, and MUED 475-476, required of all organmajors.MUED 370 Handbell Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 371* Trumpet Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 372* Trombone Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 373 Horn/Tuba Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 374* Flute Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 375* Single-Reed Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 376 Double-Reed Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 377* Percussion Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 378* Violin/Viola Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 379 Cello/Double Bass Techniques

and Methods (1)MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy (1-1)MUED 475-476 Organ Pedagogy (1-1)MUED 477* Voice Pedagogy (2)

2. Music Ensemble 6One large ensemble for each quarter in residence except the

student-teaching quarter. Participation in both choral and instru-mental ensembles for a minimum of three quarters each and in asmall ensemble in the area of one’s specialty for a minimum ofone quarter. For keyboard majors, three of the total hours must

Certificate of AchievementTo encourage excellence in performance, the department may

award the Certificate of Achievement to any outstanding musicmajor who presents a recital or is soloist in a major performanceof particularly high quality during each of the four years in resi-dence. The student must apply to the music faculty for this awardafter giving the final recital.➤ Required Core Courses

38 hours required for all baccalaureate degrees in music:

MUED 241 Basic Conducting 2MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature 2MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/Chamber

Music Literature 2MUHL 331 Music from Antiquity through the

Baroque 3MUHL 332 Music of the Classic and Romantic Eras 3MUHL 333 Music of the Twentieth Century 3MUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3

123MUTH 201 Music, Computers, and MIDI 1-1-1MUTH 221-222- Theory II 3-3-3 223

Major in Music, B.Mus. (Bachelor ofMusic)

Besides baccalaureate degree requirements listed elsewherein this catalog, students working toward the Bachelor of Musicdegree take the required core courses listed above and meet therequirements of one of the two emphases listed below.➤ General Education Requirements

The general-education requirements for the B.Mus. degree arethe same as for other baccalaureate degrees except as indicatedbelow. See the general-education section of this catalog.

I. Foundations of Learning: MATH 222 not required.II. Human Identity in Cultural Contexts: II-B Philosophy not re-

quired; III-C Social Sciences: one course required; III-D ForeignLanguage: Voice performance emphasis majors are required tocomplete satisfactorily one year of either French or German.Teacher candidates take ANTH 124 (or SOCI 121) and mustpass a test or take a course in U.S. Constitution (this require-ment is satisfied by HIST 134-135 or HIST 140-141 or HIST356 or PLSC 124).

III. Insights of the Imagination. Same as for B.S. degreeIV. The Natural World: Select two of IV-B, IV-C, and IV-D. All

students must meet the Introductory-Level Mathematics andScience requirements outlined in IV-A.

* Unless they are in the major performance area, these coursesare required.

161

Music

be in MUEN 359 Keyboard Ensemble. When MUEN 359 istaken, the large ensemble is not required.

3. Music Performance

MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Major-Minor 11MUSP 225-244 (maximum 6 hours lower division)MUSP 325-344MUSP 425-444

MUSP 489 Senior Recital 1 (or MUED 489 Senior Project)

4. Music Theory

MUTH 321-322-323 Theory III 3-3-3MUTH 421-422-423 Seminar in Theory 1-1-1

5. Required Cognate Courses in Professional Education 36See the Education section of this catalog for further informationabout prerequisites and admission to the teacher education pro-gram.

EDUC 101 Introduction to Teaching (1)EDUC 101L Introduction to Teaching Lab (1)EDUC 333 Educational Psychology (2)EDUC 335 Principles of Christian Education (2)EDUC 336 Social and Multicultural Education (2)EDUC 358 C/I Teaching of Reading—Secondary (3)EDUC 358L C/I Teaching of Reading—Secondary Lab (1)EDUC 360 C/I Secondary Methods I (2)EDUC 361 C/I Secondary Methods II (2)EDUC 361L C/I Secondary Methods II Lab (1)EDUC 362 C/I Secondary Methods III (2)EDUC 362L C/I Secondary Methods III Lab (2)EDUC 485L Student Teaching (18)➤ Recommendation for Directed Teaching

Before acceptance into the Directed Teaching program, stu-dents must have passed the Keyboard Proficiency, KeyboardHarmony, and Fretted-String Instrument Proficiency Examina-tions as prerequisites for recommendation by the music faculty.For details, see the Music Department Student Handbook.

Teaching CredentialThe State of California Commission on Teacher Credential-

ing mandates that all teacher-education programs in Music meetrecently established standards of quality and effectiveness. TheMusic department has revised the music education program andexpects State approval before fall quarter of 1998. Those pres-ently enrolled in the previous program must complete their workby September 1, 1999.

Students are invited to discuss the requirements for a teach-

ing credential with the Teacher Education Adviser in the Musicdepartment. All students who plan to teach should also consultwith the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education andshould become acquainted with specific requirements outlined inthe Education section of this catalog.

Performance Emphasis

➤ A minimum of 119 hours including core courses and thefollowing:

1. Music EducationMUED 342 Instrumental Conducting 3

(or MUED 343 Choral Conducting)

Additional hours 4Select four hours from the following list of techniques and peda-

gogy courses. Voice majors must take MUED 477; piano majorsmust take MUED 473-474; organ majors must take MUED 475-476; and all other majors must take two hours of MUED 495,studying the pedagogy and literature of their area of perfor-mance emphasis.MUED 370 Handbell Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 371 Trumpet Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 372 Trombone Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 373 Horn/Tuba Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 374 Flute Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 375 Single-Reed Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 376 Double-Reed Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 377 Percussion Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 378 Violin/Viola Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 379 Cello/Double Bass Techniques and Methods (1)MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy (1-1)MUED 475-476 Organ Pedagogy (1-1)MUED 477 Voice Pedagogy (2)2. Music Ensemble

One large ensemble for each quarter in residence 12For keyboard majors, three of the twelve hours must be inMUEN 359, Keyboard Ensemble. When MUEN 359 is taken,the large ensemble is not required.

Chamber music in the major area 3

Music

162

3. Music PerformanceMUSP 145-164 Performance Studies: Emphasis Major 36

MUSP 245-264 (maximum of 18 hours lower division)MUSP 345-364MUSP 445-464

MUSP 365-384 Performance Studies: Secondary Area 6MUSP 390 Junior Recital 1MUSP 490 Senior Recital: Emphasis Major 1MUSP 495 Independent Study in Performance 3

(in the major area; piano majors take onehour of MUSP 495, two of MUHL 337.)

4. Music Theory

MUTH 321-322-323 Theory III 3-3-3MUTH 421-422-423 Seminar in Theory 1-1-1

Major in Music, B.S.➤ A minimum of 62 hours (21 upper division)

In addition to music courses, the Bachelor of Science degreewith a music major has general-education requirements as listedin this catalog under General Education for the BaccalaureateDegree. MUHL 105 and MUED 104 do not apply toward thedegree requirements.➤ Required Courses

The core courses for all music majors, listed above, and thefollowing:1. Music EnsembleOne large ensemble for each quarter in residence 6A maximum of six hours is applied toward the major(at least three must be upper division). The balance ofcredit is applied to general-education electives.2. Music PerformanceMUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Major-Minor 7

MUSP 225-244 (maximum of six hours lower division)MUSP 325-344MUSP 425-444

3. Music TheoryMUTH 421-422- Seminar in Theory 1-1-1

4234. Music ElectivesMUSP 489 Senior Recital 1

(or MUED 489 Senior Project)Additional hours 7

Seven additional hours selected in consultation with theadviser and approved by the music faculty to develop a solidbackground in the area of the student’s recital or project.

Associate Degree in PianoPedagogy, A.S.➤ A minimum of 61 hours including the following:1. Music EducationMUED 338 Music for Children 2MUED 349 Directed Teaching: Piano 3MUED 473-474 Piano Pedagogy 1-1Electives (in consultation with adviser) 92. Music EnsembleOne ensemble each quarter in residence 6Three hours must be in MUEN 159.3. Music History and Literature

MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2MUHL 337 Keyboard Literature 2One course from the following: 2MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature (2)MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/

Chamber Music Literature (2)4. Music PerformanceMUSP 125-144 Performance Studies: Piano 12

MUSP 225-244MUSP 365-384 Performance Studies: Secondary Area 25. Music TheoryMUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3

123MUTH 201 Music, Computers and MIDI 1-1MUTH 221-222 Theory II 3-3MUTH 326 Keyboard Harmony 2

A.S. in Piano Pedagogy majors must perform in at least fourgeneral recitals. In addition, their pupils must perform in at leasttwo Paulin Center recitals.➤ General Education Requirements

General-education requirements for the A.S. degree are listed inthe Associate Degree Program section of this catalog. It is recom-mended that PSYC 121 General Psychology be included as part ofthe 12 hours of electives.

163

Music


MUED 338 2 AMusic for Children(See also ECED 338.)

Music for children from infancy throughlower elementary school grades, based onKodály method. Emphasizes developmentof child’s voice through folk materialsand sol-fa and covers teaching methodsfor singing, rhythmic activities and listen-ing skills. MUTH 101 Elements of Musicrecommended for those without musicalbackground.

MUED 338L 1 A, W, SMusic for Children Lab(See also ECED 338L.)

Observation and practical experiencewith young children, using methods dis-cussed in MUED 338. Highly recom-mended complement to MUED 338.May be taken any quarter. Prerequisite:MUED 338.

MUED 342 3 WInstrumental Conducting

Practical work with instrumentalgroups. Baton techniques, score reading,methods of rehearsal and group admin-istration. Prerequisite: MUED 241. Evenyears.

MUED 343 3 WChoral Conducting

Conducting techniques, rehearsal pro-cedures, tone quality, blend and balance,and diction appropriate for college, sec-ondary school, and church choirs. Prereq-uisite: MUED 241. Odd years.

MUED 349 1 A, W, SDirected Teaching: Piano

Lessons taught by students in studioor classroom. Supervised and evaluated.Usually taken in conjunction with MUED473 and continued winter and springquarters.

MUED 370 1 WHandbell Techniques and Methods

Basic and advanced ringing techniques,handbell literature, group organization,solo and ensemble ringing, bell assign-ments, and bell maintenance. Even years.

MUED 371 1 ATrumpet Techniques and Methods

Introduction to teaching and perform-ing trumpet through the intermediatelevel. Performance techniques, pedagogi-cal methods and materials, maintenance,and practical teaching experience. Twoclasses weekly. Odd years.

Music Education


MUED 104 3 A, W, SThe Christian and Music

The role of music in the Christian’slife. Emphasizes developing a Christianphilosophy of aesthetics. Includes botha survey of music history and practicalproblems of laity in society. Not appli-cable to a music major or minor. Meetsgeneral-education requirement in music.

MUED 241 2 ABasic Conducting

The foundation for the developmentof skill in the art of conducting variousensembles.

MUED 256 2 WMusic Recording Techniques

Technical aspects of sound reproduc-tion with particular emphasis on theactual recording process. Laboratoryexperience and recording of live musicaland dramatic programs are required.Odd years.

Minor in Music➤ A minimum of 32 hours, 6 of which must be upper division(2 of these may be ensemble), including:

MUEN Selection of three hours of ensemble 3MUHL 131 Introduction to Vocal/Choral Literature 2MUHL 132 Introduction to Keyboard Literature 2MUHL 133 Introduction to Symphonic/Chamber

Music Literature 2MUSP 125-144 Performance Studies (5 hours in any

MUSP 225-244 one area) 5MUSP 325-344MUSP 425-444

MUSP 385 Minor Recital 1MUTH 121-122- Theory I 3-3-3

123Music electives 8➤Recommended course:MUED 241 Basic Conducting (2)Music minors are expected to take Theory I and MUHL 131,132, 133 during their first two years in the program to qualifyfor nonfee lessons in the major area of performance.

Music

164

MUED 372 1 WTrombone Techniques and Methods

Objectives similar to those of MUED371. Odd years.

MUED 373 1 SHorn/Tuba Techniques and Methods

Objectives similar to those of MUED371. Odd years.

MUED 374 1 AFlute Techniques and Methods

Objectives similar to those of MUED371. Even years.

MUED 375 1 WSingle-Reed Techniques andMethods


MUED 376 1 SDouble-Reed Techniques andMethods


MUED 377 1 APercussion Techniques and Methods

Objectives similar to those of MUED371. Emphasis on snare drum, timpani,and mallets. Solo and ensemble playing.Even years.

MUED 378 1 AViolin/Viola Techniques and Methods

Ability to play and teach violin andviola at the beginning and intermediatelevels. Elementary individual and classmethods of instruction and basic mainte-nance. Odd years.

MUED 379 1 WCello/Double Bass Techniques andMethods


MUED 381 2 AMusic in Elementary and SecondarySchools I

Examination and evaluation of music-education philosophies and their practicalapplications for designing and building adynamic secondary-school choral program.Topics include recruitment, administra-tion, classroom management, and reper-toire selection. Prerequisites: MUED 241,338. Even years.

MUED 382 2 WMusic in Elementary and SecondarySchools II

Theories of and practice with musicaldevelopment. Emphasizes the Kodályapproach to teaching music in the elemen-tary school. Deals with vocal develop-ment of children from the nonsinger tothe junior-high chorister and other chal-lenges related to the elementary musicclassroom. Prerequisite: MUED 338.Even years.

MUED 383 2 SMusic in Elementary and SecondarySchools III

Development and maintenance ofinstrumental programs in elementary,middle, and secondary schools. Behav-ioral objectives, evaluative techniques,motivation, administration, recruiting,scheduling, and technology. Prerequisite:MUED 338. Even years.

MUED 470, 480 2, 2 SuMusic Workshops

During the summer session variousworkshops are offered in piano, choralmusic and strings.

MUED 473-474 1-1 A-WPiano Pedagogy

Science of piano teaching, includingmaterials and methods of instruction.Concurrent registration in MUED 349recommended. Odd years.

MUED 475-476 1-1 W-SOrgan Pedagogy

The science of teaching organ at begin-ning and intermediate levels. Survey ofmaterials and methods of instruction.Odd years.

MUED 477 2 SVoice Pedagogy

Proper voice development and meth-ods of vocal production. Emphasizespedagogical techniques. Even years.

MUED 489 1 A, W, SSenior Project

Special project for B.S. majors and, inlieu of MUSP 489, for B.Mus. educationemphasis majors in unusual circumstan-ces. By permission of the music facultyand in consultation with the adviser andthe department chair.

MUED 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Advanced independent project inmusic education. Requires approval ofthe department chair. Three hours maxi-mum.

Music Ensembles

The following satisfy the music majorand minor large-ensemble requirements:Bel Canto, Kantorei, Pro Musica, Orches-tra, Symphonic Wind Ensemble, andKeyboard Ensemble. Additional smallensembles are also offered. Unless indi-cated otherwise, each ensemble is avail-able any quarter and is repeatable.

Upper-division credit for juniors andseniors is determined by the student’sproficiency and previous experience incollege-level music.

165

Music


MUEN 141 1 A, W, SBel Canto

The study and performance of selectedchoral literature for women’s voices. Per-formance opportunities are mostly oncampus and include a major work eachyear with orchestra and combined choralensembles. Auditions held each quarter.

MUEN 142 1 A, W, SKantorei

The study and performance of selectedchoral literature for men’s voices. Per-formance opportunities are mostly oncampus and include a major work eachyear with orchestra and combined choralensembles. Auditions held each quarter.

MUEN 154 1 A, W, SPro Musica

A carefully balanced choral ensemblethat studies and performs a variety ofchallenging repertoire from the majorstylistic periods. Students in Pro Musicaare also members of either Bel Canto orKantorei. Performance opportunitiesinclude off-campus tours. Auditions areheld at the beginning of Autumn quarter.

MUEN 155 1 A, W, SSymphonic Wind Ensemble

Advanced instrumentalists rehearseand perform a wide variety of music invarious settings. Tours and workshopson alternate-year basis. Members areselected by audition.

MUEN 156 1 A, W, SOrchestra

Orchestral masterworks performed inquarterly concerts and other events. Foradvanced instrumentalists, both collegestudents and community residents. Mem-bers are selected by audition.

MUEN 182 1 A, W, STrombone Choir

By audition.

MUEN 183 1 A, W, SPercussion Ensemble

Limited to members of SymphonicWind Ensemble. By audition.

MUEN 184 1 A, W, SString Quartet

Limited to members of the Orchestra.By audition.

MUEN 185 1 A, W, SSmall Vocal Ensemble

Study and performance of varioustypes of musical literature for smallgroups of vocalists. By audition.

MUEN 186 1 A, W, SBeginning Handbell Choir

Open to any student with music read-ing skills.


MUEN 341 1 A, W, SBel Canto(See description of MUEN 141.)

MUEN 342 1 A, W, SKantorei(See description of MUEN 142.)

MUEN 354 1 A, W, SPro Musica(See description of MUEN 154.)

MUEN 355 1 A, W, SSymphonic Wind Ensemble(See description of MUEN 155.)

MUEN 356 1 A, W, SOrchestra(See description of MUEN 156.)

MUEN 157 1 A, W, SString and Piano Chamber Music

Experience with chamber music forpiano with strings under the directionof a Music faculty member. Includesduos, trios, and larger groups.

MUEN 159 1 A, W, SKeyboard Ensemble

Literature for keyboard duets, duos,and groups with instruments or voicesand keyboard accompaniment. Threequarters required of all B.Mus. or A.S.keyboard majors.

MUEN 175 1 A, W, SFlute Quartet


MUEN 176 1 A, W, SFlute Choir

For the general student. By audition.

MUEN 177 1 A, W, SClarinet Choir


MUEN 178 1 A, W, SSaxophone Quartet


MUEN 179 1 A, W, SWoodwind Quintet


MUEN 180 1 A, W, SBrass Quintet


MUEN 181 1 A, W, SBrass Choir


Music

166

MUEN 357 1 A, W, SString and Piano Chamber Music(See description of MUEN 157.)

MUEN 359 1 A, W, SKeyboard Ensemble(See description of MUEN 159.)

MUEN 375 1 A, W, SFlute Quartet(See description of MUEN 175.)

MUEN 376 1 A, W, SFlute Choir(See description of MUEN 176.)

MUEN 377 1 A, W, SClarinet Choir(See description of MUEN 177.)

MUEN 378 1 A, W, SSaxophone Quartet(See description of MUEN 178.)

MUEN 379 1 A, W, SWoodwind Quintet(See description of MUEN 179.)

MUEN 380 1 A, W, SBrass Quintet(See description of MUEN 180.)

MUEN 381 1 A, W, SBrass Choir(See description of MUEN 181.)

MUEN 382 1 A, W, STrombone Choir(See description of MUEN 182.)

MUEN 383 1 A, W, SPercussion Ensemble(See description of MUEN 183.)

MUEN 384 1 A, W, SString Quartet(See description of MUEN 184.)

MUEN 385 1 A, W, SSmall Vocal Ensemble(See description of MUEN 185.)

MUEN 386 1 A, W, SAdvanced Handbell Choir

By audition.

Music History and Literature


MUHL 105 3 A, W, SSurvey of Music

Music in western civilization, includingmusic fundamentals and a brief historyfrom antiquity to the present. Presentedby recordings, visual aids, and lectures.Not applicable to music major or minor.Meets the general-education requirementin music.

MUHL 131 2 AIntroduction to Vocal/ChoralLiterature

Listening skills developed by study ofstyles, terminology, notation, and perfor-mance practices of important vocal/cho-ral works.

MUHL 132 2 WIntroduction to Keyboard Literature

Repertoire, style, terminology, nota-tion, and performance practices in musicfor harpsichord, piano and organ.

MUHL 133 2 SIntroduction to Symphonic/ChamberMusic Literature

Instrumental repertoire studied todevelop listening skills, understanding ofstyle, terminology, notation, and perfor-mance practices.


MUHL 331 3 AMusic from Antiquity Through theBaroque

Music history through the BaroqueEra. Development of forms and styles,cultural backgrounds and biographies,and analysis of basic musicologicalmethods. Prerequisite: MUTH 123.

MUHL 332 3 WMusic of the Classic andRomantic Eras

Music history of the Classic andRomantic Eras. See description ofMUHL 331.

MUHL 333 3 SMusic of the Twentieth Century

Music history from the Post-Roman-tics to the present. See MUHL 331.

MUHL 336 3 SPopular Music in the TwentiethCentury

Ethnic backgrounds of American “ver-nacular” music and the reactions towardemerging “popular” form. In-depth sur-vey of popular song and its absorption ofworld musics. Appraisal of current trends.Admission by permission of the instruc-tor. Odd years.

MUHL 337 2 WKeyboard Literature

The development of keyboard instru-ments; forms and literature pertaining toteaching and performance. Even years.

MUHL 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Advanced, independent project inmusic history. Requires approval of thedepartment chair. Three hours maxi-mum.

167

Music

MUSP 245-264 1-3 A, W, SPerformance Studies: EmphasisMajor(See description of MUSP 145-164.)


MUSP 301-319 1-2 A, W, SPerformance Studies: General(See description of MUSP 101-119.)

MUSP 320-324 1 A, W, SPerformance Studies:Class Instruction(See description of MUSP 120-124.)

MUSP 325-344 1-2 A, W, SPerformance Studies: Major-Minor(See description of MUSP 125-144.)

MUSP 345-364 1-3 A, W, SPerformance Studies:Emphasis Major(See description of MUSP 145-164.)

MUSP 365-384 1-2 A, W, SPerformance Studies:Secondary Area

Private lessons for majors in secon-dary areas. Performance majors take 6hours; piano pedagogy majors, 2 hours;music education majors, up to 6 hoursby request. Available to students withupper-division status in the major per-formance area (except piano pedagogymajors, who enroll when lower-division).Normally limited to one area and onehour credit per quarter. Selected in con-sultation with the major adviser.

MUSP 385 1 A, W, SMinor Recital

Required of music minors, the finalquarter of lessons culminating in thisrecital. Minimum of 15 minutes.

Music Performance

(Each course is available any quarterand, except for recitals, is repeatable.)


MUSP 101-119 1-2 A, W, SPerformance Studies: General

Elementary instruction in voice, harp-sichord, organ, piano, guitar, orchestral,and band instruments. Not applicabletoward the principal performance areaof a music major or minor.

MUSP 120-124 1 A, W, SPerformance Studies: ClassInstruction

Lessons for groups of four or morestudents in voice or instruments. Meetsone clock hour per week. Not applicabletoward the principal performance area ofa music major or minor.

MUSP 125-144 1-2 A, W, SPerformance Studies: Major-Minor

Private lessons in voice, harpsichord,organ, piano, guitar, orchestral, and bandinstruments. Applicable to all majors andminors except B.Mus. performance em-phasis. One hour is usually taken eachquarter.

MUSP 145-164 1-3 A, W, SPerformance Studies:Emphasis Major

Private lessons in voice, harpsichord,organ, piano, guitar, orchestral, and bandinstruments. Applicable to B.Mus. per-formance emphasis. Three hours are usu-ally taken each quarter.


MUSP 390 1 A, W, SJunior Recital

Required of performance emphasismajors in the junior year. Minimum of30 minutes.


MUSP 445-464 1-3 A, W, SPerformance Studies:Emphasis Major(See description of MUSP 145-164.)

MUSP 489 1 A, W, SSenior Recital

Required of music-education emphasisand B.S. music majors, the final quarterof lessons culminating in this recital. (SeeMUED 489 for exception.) Minimum of30 minutes.

MUSP 490 1 A, W, SSenior Recital: Emphasis Major

Required of performance emphasismajors, the final quarter of lessons culmi-nating in this recital. Minimum of 60minutes.

MUSP 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study in Performance

Advanced, independent researchproject in music performance. Requiresapproval of department chair. Threehours maximum.

Music

168

Music Theory


MUTH 101 2 SElements of Music

Rudiments of music including nota-tion, rhythm, melody, harmony, timbre,and form.

MUTH 121-122-123 3-3-3 A-W-STheory I

An integrated study of the parametersof music within a wide spectrum of cul-tures and historical periods. Explorationof the simpler forms and textures. Intro-duction to composition and arranging invocal and instrumental applications. Sing-ing, listening, and keyboard skills. Threeclasses and one laboratory per week.

MUTH 201 1 SMusic, Computers, and MIDI

Practical work with music softwareand MIDI. May be repeated for credit.

MUTH 221-222-223 3-3-3 A-W-STheory II

Continued, more-advanced study ofmusical parameters begun in Theory I.Movement toward more complex formsand textures. Singing, listening, and key-board skills. Three classes and one labo-ratory per week.


MUTH 321-322-323 3-3-3 A-W-STheory III

A culmination of the study of musicalparameters studied in Theory I and IIwithin more advanced applications,stressing twentieth-century music. Strongemphasis on composition in the vocal,instrumental, and electronic media. Sing-ing, listening, and keyboard skills. Threeclasses and one laboratory per week.

MUTH 326 2 WKeyboard Harmony

For pianists and organists. Learningto transpose, modulate, and harmonizemelodies; developing ability to impro-vise. Admission by permission of theinstructor. Odd years.

MUTH 421-422-423 1-1-1 A-W-SSeminar in Theory

Synthesis and applications of musicalconcepts studied in Theory I, II, and III.Discussion of published literature. Re-search and writing. Applications of theo-retical principles to performance andteaching. Prerequisite: MUTH 223.

MUTH 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Advanced independent project in com-position or theory. Requires approval ofthe department chair. Three hours maxi-mum.

169

NursingNursing

Associate of Science Degree inNursing, A.S.The Mission of the Associate of Science Program in Nursing

The purposes of the program include the following:• To prepare students to provide competent nursing care for

patients of all ages by utilizing the nursing process while func-tioning in the roles of the Associate-Degree nurse.

• To provide students with opportunities to develop a Christianphilosophy of life that conveys tolerance of others and concernfor them.

• To maintain a curriculum based on scientific principles, cur-rent concepts of nursing, community health needs, and trendsin nursing education, a curriculum that provides students theknowledge and competencies to meet successfully the estab-lished standards required for Registered Nurse Licensure.

• To provide a foundation for upward mobility in nursing education.• To provide experiences that stimulate students toward

optimal personal and professional growth through life-longlearning.

• To create an environment that fosters critical thinking andinstills a desire for ongoing inquiry.

➤ Admission Requirements:

Admission requirements to be met are those published in theGeneral Catalog in effect during the year of the student’s admis-sion to the nursing program.

1. ENGL 101 or ENGL 105 College English (4)2. COMM 105 or COMM 226 (3)3. BIOL 101 Human Anatomy (4) or BIOL 102 Human

Physiology (5)**4. Secondary-school chemistry or physics or CHEM 101 or PHYS

105 and 106 with no grade lower than a C. Both physics andchemistry are recommended.**

FacultyJulia Pearce, chair; Nancy Tucker, associate chair; NitaCampbell, Carole Caylor, Linda Cochran, Lenora Follett,Cherie Goulard, Mae Holland, Joan Hughson, Sharon Millard,Lillian Moore, Karen Nielsen-Menicucci, Beverly Reynolds-O’Keeffe, Kathryn Schneider, Rita Van Horn, Joyce Wallace,Carol Williams, Debbie Winkle

Departmental Office: 116 Davidian Hall; 965-7262

Degrees and ProgramsNursing, A.S. ............................................................. 169, 172Nursing, B.S.N. ......................................................... 174, 175

The faculty of the Department of Nursing is committed toproviding a broad, liberal and professional education to a diversepopulation of traditional and adult nursing students in multiplesettings. This task is undertaken in a climate of Christian service,dedicated to the development of the whole person, and designed toserve the health needs of individuals, families, and the commu-nity at large. The curriculum and activities of the nursing pro-gram are planned in harmony with the mission of the Collegeand of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, which it represents.

The department offers both Associate of Science and Bachelorof Science in Nursing. The senior year of the Baccalaureate pro-gram is on the White Memorial Medical Center campus in LosAngeles, the main campus in Angwin, or at other selected sites.*Applicants are accepted into the A.S. and B.S.N. programs Au-tumn, Winter, and Spring quarters.

Persons considering nursing are encouraged to include in theirgeneral education program courses in medical terminology,computer skills, and Spanish or the language of any Pacific Rimcountry.

** If there has been a lapse of more than five years since science courses weretaken, the student may be evaluated to determine current proficiency.

* Note: Nursing students in both the A.S. and B.S.N. programs must pro-vide or arrange for their own transportation to and from clinical sites.

Nursing

170

5. Mathematics skills (0-7 hrs.). These skills, normally acquiredthrough three years of mathematics at the secondary level, maybe verified by satisfactory scores on national or Mathematicsdepartment tests. An ACT standard score of 19 (or SAT scoreof 500) in mathematics ensures satisfaction of this require-ment. Students lacking this score may need to complete oneor both of MATH 001 Essential Mathematics and MATH019 Introductory Algebra, as indicated by other test scores.

6. Admission is based upon ACT scores, college GPA, and otherfactors. All general-education and cognate courses requiredfor the A.S. degree in Nursing must be completed with nograde lower than C.

7. Current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation for theprofessional rescuer.

8. Documentation certifying completion of a full physical exami-nation within the past twelve months and indicating accept-able health. Documentation showing proof of currency mustbe provided for the following:a) Immunization for Rubella, or Rubella titer if immuniza-

tion is not within ten years.b) Tuberculosis skin test within the last twelve months or

appropriate chest X-ray documentation (available at thePUC Health Service).

c) Hepatitis B immunization series should be started uponacceptance into the program.

9. NET (Nurse Entrance Test). Applicants must pass the NET atthe NET testing service’s suggested level.

10. An admissions interview with the Admissions Committee.11. Acceptable recommendation from a residence-hall dean, as

appropriate. Nonresident students should provide a personalreference.

12. One professional reference.13. Current malpractice insurance.

➤ Admission Procedure for Nursing:

1. File applications for admission to both the College and theDepartment of Nursing. The nursing program application feeis $20. (Note: R.N. licensure may be denied for crimes, abusivebehavior, or any illegal acts that are substantially related to thepractice of nursing. Before applying to the nursing program, anyapplicant who has ever been convicted of a crime should ask thedepartment secretary for a copy of the Board of RegisteredNursing Regulations Relating to Denial of Licensure.)

2. File application and all supporting documents for admissionto the nursing program with the Department of Nursing.

Applicants should file early; applications are processed in theorder in which they are received.

3. Provide to both the Office of Enrollment Services and theNursing department ACT (or SAT) scores and transcripts fromhigh school or academy and each college or university attended.

4. Send a copy of both sides of a current cardiopulmonary resus-citation certification card.

5. Arrange to take the NET Test at the Counseling and CareerCenter.

6. Provide the Nursing department evidence of a physical exami-nation completed within the last twelve months, including therequired immunizations and chest X-ray or T.B. skin-testresults.

7. Provide one professional reference and (for resident students)a reference from a residence-hall dean; (for nonresident stu-dents) a personal reference. Recommendations written by rela-tives and those presented directly to the Nursing departmentby the applicants themselves are not acceptable.

After the applicant has filed all the pertinent documents (seeitems 1-7) with the appropriate department, has completed theNurse Entrance Test (NET), and all grades have been receivedfor prerequisite work, the application will be processed and thestudent notified of the action taken.➤ Readmission Procedure for Nursing:

Students who withdraw from the program in good academicstanding may apply for readmission as follows:

1. Reapply for admission to the College, if necessary.2. Present completed reapplication form to the Nursing Admis-

sions Committee (forms are available at the Nursing depart-ment office).

3. Provide one professional reference.4. Those requesting readmission after an absence of one through

three years will be required to validate their current knowl-edge of nursing at the level of the last nursing course com-pleted. Definitions of current requirements are available at thedepartment office.

5. Students requesting readmission after an absence of more thanthree years will be required to validate their current nursingknowledge for each nursing course they have completed.

The following policies apply to the above category ofreapplicants:

1. Knowledge validation results determine appropriate course-level placement.

2. A per-hour fee is charged for knowledge validation testing.3. Students are limited to one nursing course repeat in the pro-

gram, including withdrawals for failing performance.4. Before progressing in the nursing course sequence, students

**If there has been a lapse of more than five years since science courses weretaken, the student may be evaluated to determine current proficiency.

171

Nursing

* Because of enrollment limits in clinical sections, students mayexperience delays of one quarter or more before they are readmittedto the program or before they may repeat a nursing course.

** Specific information and materials about transfer, challenge, waiver,and the 30-semester/45-quarter unit option are available in the Depart-ment of Nursing and will be sent upon request.

must repeat any required course in which they have earned agrade lower than C (2.0).

5. Reapplicants must provide evidence that whatever issue moti-vated their previous withdrawal has been resolved or is nolonger a threat to their successful completion of the program.

6. Students must meet all other “Requirements for Continuationin and Graduation from the Associate Degree Program inNursing.”

7. Readmission is on a space-available basis.*Students who withdraw from the nursing program because of

failing performance, or who fail a nursing course, may apply forreadmission as follows:

1. Reapply for admission to the College, if necessary.2. Submit completed reapplication form to the Nursing Admis-

sions Committee. (Forms are available at the Nursing depart-ment office.)

3. Provide evidence that any identified problems have been cor-rected.

4. Provide one professional reference.5. Those requesting readmission after an absence of one through

three years will be required to validate their current knowl-edge of nursing at the level of the last nursing course com-pleted. Definitions of current requirements are available at thedepartment office.

6. Students requesting readmission after an absence of more thanthree years will be required to validate their current nursingknowledge for each nursing course they have completed.

The following policies apply to students reapplying after fail-ing academic performance:

1. Knowledge validation results determine appropriate course-level placement.

2. A per-hour fee is charged for knowledge-validation testing.3. Students will be limited to one nursing course repeat in the

program, including withdrawals for failing performance.4. Before progressing in the nursing course sequence, the student

must repeat any nursing course in which a grade lower than C(2.0) was earned.

5. Students must show evidence for potential success by havingcorrected identified problem areas.

6. Students must meet all other “Requirements for Continuationin and Graduation from the Associate Degree Program inNursing.”

7. Readmission is on a space-available basis.*

➤ Admissions Committee Procedure on Reapplications:

1. After all grades for the preceding quarter are recorded in theCollege Records Office, the committee will review reapplica-tions. This review will include a comprehensive study of stu-dent performance and evidence that problem areas have beenaddressed.

2. Notification of committee decisions will be in writing.➤ Transfer, Challenge, and Waiver Options:**

Applicants wishing to transfer, challenge or waiver must meetthe same admission or readmission requirements as generic stu-dents. In addition to applying for admission to the College, ap-plicants are required to supply recommendations, transcripts andother required documents directly to the Department of Nursing.

For their previous educational experience, L.V.N.’s or transferstudents are given credit toward qualifying to sit for licensureexaminations. They may establish additional academic credit foracquired knowledge through challenge examinations or othermethods of evaluation. The options available for L.V.N.’s toqualify to take the California licensure examination for regis-tered nurses are as follows:

• Full A.S. option: Refer to page 172 for required courses.• The Advanced-Placement option: L.V.N.s desiring the A.S.

degree who have a current L.V.N. license are given creditfor first-year nursing courses. NURS 221, 222, 252, 253, 254,and 262 are the required nursing courses.

• The 30-semester/45-quarter unit option: This option does notearn a degree in nursing from Pacific Union College. Requiredcourses for this option are MICR 134, BIOL 102, NURS 221,222, 254, and 262 only. Applicants desiring this option arenot subject to any evaluative processes for admission. AnR.N. license obtained through this nondegree option is notrecognized in some other states. Those electing this optionshould know that they may encounter some difficulty attempt-ing to articulate from this nondegree option into B.S. nursingprograms.

• L.V.N.-to-R.N. Program: L.V.N.s may enter either the tradi-tional College program on campus or the satellite program withintensive core weeks. Applicants must meet the same admission,A.S. degree, and 30-unit option requirements. The L.V.N.-to-R.N. satellite programs are offered in selected off-campus sites.Intensive core weeks are conducted three times per quarter forthe nursing courses with clinical hours scheduled at specifiedintervals that allow working L.V.N.s to meet their employmentcommitments.

Nursing

172

* See Board of Registered Nursing Guidelines on substance abuse andmental illness, available in the Department of Nursing.

* Nursing fees are charged each quarter. See FINANCIAL INFORMA-TION in this catalog for details.

Associate degree L.V.N. applicants must have had at least oneyear of clinical experience

Applicants meeting admission and degree requirementsthrough transfer, challenge, or waiver will all have equal accessfor open space in all clinical nursing courses.

Requests for acceptance by transfer from another nursingprogram are evaluated on an individual and space-availablebasis. Transfer courses must be equivalent to the courses in thePacific Union College generic program.

Students who have not been continuously enrolled in an aca-demic program may have previous course work, knowledge, andskills evaluated to determine current proficiency levels. Thosedesiring evaluation or placement may schedule arrangementswith the Admissions Committee of the Department of Nursingand may buy selected copies of course outlines at the CollegeBookstore. Nursing examinations will include both written and“practical” sections.

Proficiency evaluations in nursing are available to:1. Students transferring from another program for educating

registered nurses.2. Students transferring from programs educating licensed voca-

tional nurses.3. Those individuals already licensed as vocational nurses.4. Those individuals having developed skills during previous

employment that are similar to those expected of studentsin the required nursing courses.

➤ Requirements for Continuation in and Graduation from theAssociate Degree Program in Nursing:

1. Satisfaction of the requirements for the Associate of Sciencedegree as specified in the current Pacific Union College catalog.

2. (Angwin Campus) Before entering the second year of the Associ-ate Degree program, completion of all general education andcognate requirements (with the possible exception of religion orphysical education).

3. A minimum grade of C (2.0) in the required nursing, cognate,and general-education courses.

4. A maximum of one nursing course repeat.5. Maintenance of current certification in cardiopulmonary

resuscitation for the professional. (The certification must bepresented at registration every quarter.)

6. Current malpractice insurance.7. Acceptable physical and mental health.*8. Compliance with all policies and procedures in the Nursing

Department Student Handbook.

➤ Required Standardized TestingSubject tests are administered during NURS 124, 125, 221,222, 252, 253, 254, and 262.

Associate of Science Degree inNursing, A.S.➤ A minimum of 105 hours including the following*:


NURS 121 Nursing I 7NURS 124 Nursing II 6NURS 125 Nursing III 7NURS 154 Mental Health Nursing I 1NURS 221 Nursing IV 7NURS 222 Nursing V 7NURS 252 Maternal-Newborn Nursing 5NURS 253 Pediatric Nursing 5NURS 254 Mental Health Nursing II 5NURS 262 Nursing VI 7➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5FDNT 235 Nutrition 4MICR 134 General Microbiology 5PSYC 121 General Psychology I 4PSYC 234 Human Development 4SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4➤ Required General Education Courses:

ENGL 101 or 105 (College English), 4 hours; COMM 105 or226 (Speech Commuinication or Public Speaking), 3 hours; Reli-gion, 9 hours, including four with RELB prefix; Physical Educa-tion, two activity courses, one in the aerobic area.

173

Nursing

Nursing

Service course

Note: In addition to the content describedin each nursing course, the concepts ofaging, communication, pharmacology, andtherapeutic nutrition are integratedthroughout the curriculum.

NURS 141 2 A, SVenipuncture

Introduction to basic procedures andequipment in the medical laboratoryemphasizing the techniques of venipunc-ture. With skills gained in this class thestudent is employable on a part-time orsummer basis in a medical laboratory.


Course Evaluation: Each nursing courseis composed of both theory and clinicalhours. Passing the course and progress-ing to the next nursing course requirepassing grades in both the theory andclinical components. If the clinical por-tion of a course is failed, a grade of Fwill be recorded for the entire course.See the Clinical Evaluation Policy in theNursing Department Student Handbook.

NURS 121 7 A, W, SNursing I

Basic nursing theory, with a focus onconcepts of wholeness. The nursing pro-cess as a framework for meeting needs ofpatients and their families. The conceptof functional health patterns. Opportu-nity to apply theoretical concepts andnursing skills in both simulated and clini-cal settings. Four theory units (40 clockhours) and three clinical units (90 clockhours). Prerequisites: ENGL 101 orENGL 105; BIOL 101 or BIOL 102.

NURS 124 6 A, W, SNursing II

Application of the nursing processand the concept of wholeness to care forpatients with variations in functionalhealth patterns. Concepts focus on age-related changes that affect the function-ing and quality of life of older adults.Clinical experiences include acute medi-cal-surgical and skilled-nursing patientcare. Three theory units (30 clock hours)and three clinical units (90 clock hours).Prerequisites: NURS 121, BIOL 101, and102. Corequisite: NURS 154.

NURS 125 7 A, W, SNursing III

Application of the nursing process andthe concept of wholeness to caring foradult clients with acute alterations offunctional health patterns. Opportunityto apply theoretical concepts and skills inacute care and community settings. Fourtheory units (40 clock hours) and threeclinical units (90 clock hours). Prerequi-sites: NURS 124.

NURS 154 1 A, W, SMental Health Nursing I

Builds on basic behavioral, interper-sonal, and communication concepts.Focuses on normal and variations ofinterpersonal functional health patterns.One theory unit (10 clock hours). Pre-requisite: NURS 121. Corequisite:NURS 124.

NURS 221 7 A, W, SNursing IV

Application of the nursing process toadult clients experiencing acute/chronicalteration in functional health patterns.Clinical practicum includes acute careand outpatient settings. Four theory units(40 clock hours) and three clinical units(90 clock hours). Prerequisite: NURS125. Corequisite: NURS 254.

NURS 222 7 A, W, SNursing V

Applications of the nursing processwith adult clients with increasingly acuteand chronic alterations in functionalhealth patterns. Clinical practicumincludes acute care and outpatient set-tings. Three theory units (30 clockhours) and four clinical units (120clock hours). Prerequisite: NURS 221.Corequisite: NURS 252.

NURS 252 5 A, W, SMaternal-Newborn Nursing

Application of the nursing process tothe childbearing family with normal andvariations in functional health patterns.Experiences in acute and community set-tings. Three theory units (30 clock hours)and two clinical units (60 clock hours).Prerequisites: NURS 221. Corequisite:NURS 222.

NURS 253 5 A, W, SPediatric Nursing

Nursings concepts of functional healthpatterns applied to the child with normal,acute, and chronic needs from one monththrough adolescence. Emphasis on meet-ing the needs of the child within the fam-ily unit. Clinical practicum includesinpatient and community settings. Threetheory units (30 clock hours) and twoclinical units (60 clock hours). Prerequi-site: NURS 222. Corequisite: NURS 262.

NURS 254 5 A, W, SMental Health Nursing II

Nursing care of patients with psychiat-ric disorders. Theory and clinical applica-tion with geropsychiatric patients and ininpatient psychiatric units of an acute-caremedical center. Two theory units (20 clockhours) and three clinical units (90 clockhours). Prerequisite: NURS 125.Corequisite: NURS 221.

Nursing

174

➤ Requirements for registration for clinical courses:1. Current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the

professional.2. Proof of current malpractice insurance.3. Documentation certifying completion of a full physical exami-

nation with T.B. skin test or chest x-ray within the past 12months and status of current immunizations.

Clinical placement is evaluated and approved by the nursingfaculty.➤ Transportation Policies:

Students are expected to provide their own transportation to,during, and from off-campus clinical labs. Faculty will not pro-vide transportation. Students are advised not to transport clientsin their own vehicles under any circumstances. This policy pro-tects both the client and the student. State law requires proof ofautomobile liability insurance.➤ Admission Procedure:

1. File applications for admission both to the College and to theDepartment of Nursing.

2. Official transcripts from schools of nursing and all colleges oruniversities attended are to be sent to the Office of EnrollmentServices on the Angwin campus.

3. A personal interview is required, either by office appointment ortelephone, with a faculty member of the Department of Nursing.

4. Two recommendations regarding professional performancein nursing from the applicant’s current or recent place of em-ployment and/or from a former instructor are to be sent to theDepartment of Nursing.

5. Notification of acceptance to the College will be in writingfrom the Office of Enrollment Services.

6. Notification of acceptance into the Bachelor of Science inNursing program will be in writing from the Department ofNursing.

7. Students may enroll in up to 12 units of upper-division nursingtheory courses without being accepted to the B.S.N. program.

NURS 262 7 A, W, SNursing VI

Builds on basic concepts and intro-duces new concepts to enable direct man-agement of care for a group of patients

Major in Nursing, B.S.N.(Second-Step Program in Nursing)The purposes of the Second-Step program include the following:

• To prepare registered-nurse students to provide professionalnursing care to clients, families, and communities within thecontext of Christian values and human service.

• To provide a broad liberal and professional education to regis-tered nurse students, which will enhance professional growthand career mobility and serve as a foundation for graduateeducation.

• To provide educational opportunities for nurses who havelimited access to existing nursing programs in order tostrengthen professional outreach to clients and communities.

• To provide maximum flexibility to adult learners to pursuebaccalaureate education.

This upper-division program for registered nurses leading tothe Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is designed to articu-late with a two-year associate degree program. A registered nursegraduate of an associate degree or diploma program will nor-mally have completed the nursing prerequisites for the programand may transfer in a maximum of 57 lower division nursingcredits. A student enrolled in full-time study may sequence gen-eral education and nursing courses to complete degree require-ments in three to six quarters.➤ Admission Requirements:

In addition to the requirements for admission to the College, thefollowing criteria must be met:

1. Junior academic standing.2. Completion of an associate degree, or its equivalent, in nursing.3. Possession of a current registered nurse license.4. Completion of the following:

Communication (oral and written): 9 hoursSciences (natural, including Introductory Chemistry,and behavioral): 24 hours

5. Students accepted for full-time enrollment will lack no morethan 12 hours of general education required for the baccalau-reate degree in nursing. Students accepted for part-time enroll-ment will lack no more than 33 hours of general educationrequired for the baccalaureate degree in nursing.

by a nurse in a beginning staff position.Focuses on self-management and leader-ship skills necessary in the R.N. role.Preceptorship experience in selected unitsin an acute-care medical center. Two

theory units (20 clock hours) and fiveclinical units (150 clock hours). Prerequi-sites: NURS 221, 222, 252, 254.Corequisite: NURS 253.

175

Nursing

➤ Academic Requirements for Continuation in and Graduationfrom the Second-Step Program in Nursing:

1. The general-education requirements for the B.S.N. are thesame as for the B.S. degree (see pages 23-27 of this GeneralCatalog) except for the following changes: II-A, HistoricalContexts: 8 hours. II-B, Philosophy: not required. II-C: PSYC121, PSYC 234, SOCI 121, and a course in cultural diversity.III-A, B, C: 8 hours selected from two areas. IV-A-2, IV-A-4,and IV-B: not required. IV-C requires BIOL 101, BIOL 102,and MICR 134. IV-D: not required. FDNT 235 meets require-ments for VI and VII.

2. Students who receive a grade lower than a C- in a nursingcourse must repeat the course. Students are limited to a totalof two nursing-course repeats in the program, including with-drawals for failing performance, with no course repeatedmore than once.

Major in Nursing, B.S.N.➤ A total of 192 quarter hours (60 in the upper division) includingspecified nursing courses, cognates, general education, and electives.A maximum of 108 community college credits may be transferred,with up to 57 credits in nursing.

Cognates, general-education, and elective courses are to be selectedin consultation with the nursing faculty adviser. All nursing theorycourses and corequisite practicums are to be taken concurrently.


NURS 349 Professional Issues in Nursing 4NURS 335 Health Assessment 4NURS 384 Health Care Delivery System 4NURS 390 Pathophysiology of Human Responses 4NURS 393 Health Education, Promotion and Self-Care 4NURS 394 Health Education Promotion and Self-Care 3

PracticumNURS 420 Social Issues in Health Care 4NURS 431 Community Health Nursing 4NURS 432 Community Health Nursing Practicum 3NURS 461 Health Care Management 4NURS 462 Health Care Management Practicum 3NURS 485 Introduction to Nursing Research 4➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry 4FDNT 235 Nutrition 4MICR 134 General Microbiology 5PSYC 121 General Psychology I 4PSYC 234 Human Development 4SOCI 121 Introduction to Sociology 4

A course in cultural diversity 4


NURS 335 4 WHealth Assessment

Enhancement of health assessmentskills and history-taking techniques bytheory and practice. Complete healthhistory and integrated physical examina-tion. Includes laboratory.

NURS 349 4 AProfessional Issues in Nursing

Issues in development of the nursingprofession: historical influences, theorydevelopment, changing professional roles,evolution of expanded practice.

NURS 373 1-2 A, W, SHospice Nursing

Care of terminally ill clients and theirfamilies in the hospice experience.*

NURS 374Nursing and Epidemiology inVaccine-Preventable Diseases

Vaccine-preventable diseases, recom-mended immunization practices, and theChildhood Immunization Initiative. Inte-gration and application of concepts ofimmunity, pathogenesis, and levels ofprevention.

NURS 376 1-2 A, W, STranscultural Nursing

Models and issues in assessing, plan-

ning and implementing nursing care ofclients and families from diverse cul-tures.*

NURS 378 1-2 A, W, SGrief Process

Nursing clients and families who haveexperienced a recent significant loss.Models of grief recovery in recent litera-ture, with therapeutic approaches to griefresolution.*

NURS 384 4 SHealth Care Delivery Systems

National health-care issues and theimpact of health-care systems on the de-livery of health services and on nursingpractice. Emphasis on the nurse’s role innational health-care issues.

*Offered on sufficient demand.

Nursing

176

*** Offered spring; autumn on sufficientdemand.

NURS 390 4 WPathophysiology of HumanResponses

Responses to actual and potentialhealth problems across the life span.Builds on the biophysical and psyco-social sciences and on the content ofprevious nursing courses. Emphasison nursing interventions that addresshuman responses related to acute andchronic illness.

NURS 393 4 WHealth Education, Promotion, andSelf-Care

Health education as a major strategyin nursing for health promotion and self-care. Learning theories and models of cli-ent education. Corequisite: NURS 394.

NURS 394 3 WHealth Education, Promotion, andSelf-Care Practicum

Application of NURS 393 in a varietyof settings. Corequisite: NURS 393.

NURS 420 4 ASocial Issues in Health Care

Exploration of current social issuesthat have implications for health-careprofessionals. Includes the origins, assess-ment and interventions associated withproblems that affect the individual, thefamily, and society. Emphasis on the rela-tionship between health care and relatedsciences and cultural-societal issues.

NURS 431 4 A, S**Community Health Nursing

Nursing roles in applying communityhealth concepts in promoting and main-taining health and in preventing illness inindividuals, families, and communities.Corequisite: NURS 432.

NURS 432 3 A, S**Community Health Nursing Practicum

Applications of NURS 431. Corequi-site: NURS 431.

NURS 461 4 S, A***Health-Care Management

Theories of leadership and manage-ment related to the organization anddelivery of nursing care in a variety ofsettings. Corequisite: NURS 462.

NURS 462 3 S, A***Health-Care Management Practicum

Applies leadership and managementtheories and concepts in selected clinicalsettings. Corequisite: NURS 461.

NURS 485 4 SIntroduction to Nursing Research

Introduction to the concepts and pro-cess of research and its implications fornursing. Designed to help students be-come consumers of nursing research bydeveloping basic skills for interpretingand using nursing research. Recom-mended: MATH 222.

NURS 495 1-3Independent Study

An individual research course foradvanced students with adequate back-ground in appropriate nursing studies.Three hours maximum. Prerequisite:Permission of chair or associate chair.

**Offered autumn; offerings may vary onsatellite campuses.

Extended-Learning Course

Note: The course described below isavailable as an off-campus programoffered through Extended Learning.

NURS 119 8.5Nursing Assistant Program

Training for direct patient care in avariety of health-care settings: nursinghomes, doctors’ offices, clinics, andhome-care facilities. Prerequisites forCalifornia licensing examination: candi-dates must be at least sixteen years of ageand must have completed at least 150hours of theory and clinical experience.

177

Physical Education, Health & Recreation

FacultyCharles Evans, chair; Michael Hellie, Bryan Kasper, ElaineNeudeck, Robert Paulson

Departmental Office: 114 Pacific Auditorium; 965-6344

Degrees and ProgramsPhysical Education with Teacher Education Emphasis, B.S. ............................................................... 177Physical Education with Emphasis in Commercial Fitness Management, B.S. .............................................. 178

The Department of Physical Education, Health andRecreation serves the Pacific Union College community byproviding opportunities for career development in sports profes-sions, for instruction, and for participation.

The department has the following objectives:• to give thorough instruction in the requirements for partici-

pation and leadership in sports activities,• to develop a knowledge and understanding of health and

safety concepts,• to offer a wide variety of suitable activities, in and out of the

classroom, in an environment that supports Christian values,• to encourage each individual to achieve a high level of total

fitness and neuromuscular coordination supporting a whole-some lifestyle, and

• to encourage daily vigorous exercise for everyone in all stagesof life.

The department offers two types of curricula:The Physical Education degree with emphasis in Teacher

Education is designed for students wishing to become sportsteachers.

The Physical Education degree with emphasis in CommercialFitness Management prepares students for employment in sportsbusinesses.


Major in Physical Education withTeacher Education Emphasis, B.S.➤ 69 hours of professional and theory courses (40 upper division):


HLED 166 Health Education 2PEAC 368D Water Safety Instructor 2PEAC 370D Lifeguard Training 2PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2PETH 181 Basic Movement 2PETH 182 Theory and Technique of Gymnastics 2PETH 183 Theory and Technique of Track and Field 2PETH 260 Theory and Technique of Football 2PETH 261 Theory and Technique of Volleyball 2PETH 262 Theory and Technique of Basketball 2PETH 263 Theory and Technique of Softball 2PETH 264 Theory and Technique of Soccer 2PETH 271-272- Theory and Technique of Officiating 2-2-1 273PETH 287 Theory and Technique of Individual Sports 2PETH 365 Backpacking 3PETH 371 Kinesiology 3PETH 372 Physiology of Exercise 3PETH 373 Corrective Physical Education 3PETH 374 Motor Learning 3PETH 381 Theory and Technique of Racquet Sports 2PETH 384 Theory and Technique of Rhythmic

and Combative Activities 2PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3PETH 471 Evaluation in Physical Education 3PETH 476 Physical Education for Children 3

Each curriculum consists of core courses and emphases defin-ing areas of specialization. Students are further assisted in careerpreparation through advising materials and personal counseling.


178

PETH 483 Theory and Technique of Weight Trainingand Developmental Physical Education 2

PETH 461 Coaching I 2PETH 462 Coaching II 1PETH 463 Coaching III 1PETH 490 Ethics in Physical Education 2➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5COMM 330 Intercultural Communication 3FDNT 235 Nutrition 4

Students majoring in physical education are expected tochoose a minor in consultation with their major professor.

Major in Physical Education withEmphasis in Commercial FitnessManagement, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours of professional and theory courses(31 upper division) including the following:

ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3ECON 265 Principles of Economics—Microeconomics 4FDNT 335 Nutritious Lifestyles 1HLED 162 Fitness for Life 2MGMT 261 Introduction to Management 3PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2PETH 271 Theory and Technique of Officiating 2PETH 272 Theory and Technique of Officiating 2PETH 273 Theory and Technique of Officiating 1PETH 287 Theory and Technique of Individual Sports 2PETH 366 Sports, Culture and the Individual 4PETH 371 Kinesiology 3

(or PETH 372 Physiology of Exercise)PETH 381 Theory and Technique of Racquet Sports 2

PETH 384 Theory and Technique of Rhythmicand Combative Activities 2

PETH 466 Legal and Financial Aspects of Recreation 4PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3PETH 483 Theory and Technique of Weight Training 2➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5

Minor in Physical Education➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

PETH 166 Historical Foundations of Physical Education 2PETH 168 First Aid and Personal Safety/CPR 2PETH 470 Management of Physical Education Programs 3PETH 471 Evaluation in Physical Education 3PETH Theory and Technique courses chosen in

consultation with P.E. department adviser 10PETH Electives chosen in consultation with

P.E. department adviser 10


mandates that all teacher-education programs in Physical Educa-tion meet recently established standards of quality and effective-ness. The Department of Physical Education, Health and Recre-ation has revised its physical education program for the second-ary credential in harmony with the new standards. Studentsenrolled in the previous program must complete their work bySeptember 1, 1999.

Students are invited to discuss the requirements for a teachingcredential with the Teacher-Education Adviser in the depart-ment. Those who plan to teach on the secondary level shouldconsult the Credential Analyst in the Department of Educationand should become acquainted with specific requirements out-lined in the Education section of this catalog.

Health

HLED 162 2 A, W, SFitness for Life

An introduction to the philosophy ofhealth, aimed at lasting nutritional andphysical conditioning patterns that pro-mote a high level of well-being. Emphasis

on the prevention of heart disease, obe-sity, and stress. Laboratory evaluation inbody composition, blood analysis, stresstesting, and the treadmill.

HLED 166 2 A, W, SHealth Education

A course designed to encourage thedevelopment of self-awareness and to

promote “wellness” as a life-long per-sonal investment. Emphasis on protectionand effective use of human and ecologicalresources, acquiring skills for individualresponsibility, and decision-making forhealth. Emphasis on Seventh-day Adven-tist health principles. Treats substanceabuse and nutrition as required for SDAand California teaching credentials.

179


HLED 169 2 WCurrent Health Concerns

Emphasis on the background andcause of common health problems of theadult as well as prevention and treat-ment. Designed to promote physicalvitality and a sense of well-being.

Physical Education Activity

PEAC 100 1Adaptive Physical Education

Requires physician’s certification ofneed.

Noncredit courses:

PEAC 458 0Noncredit Work Activity

Supervised vigorous outdoor worksuch as woodcutting, rock hauling, etc.Satisfactory completion satisfies onequarter of the general-educationactivity requirement.

PEAC 459 0Noncredit Recreational Activity

Supervised independent participationin a variety of recreational activitiesarranged in consultation with the physi-cal education faculty. Satisfactorycompletion satisfies one quarter of thegeneral-education activity requirement.

Aerobics


PEAC 101A 1Jogging

PEAC 103A 1Physical Fitness

PEAC 105A 1Fitness for Women

PEAC 107A 1Swim and Stay Fit

PEAC 109A 1Hydro-Aerobics


PEAC 302A 1Road Racing

Prerequisite: PEAC 101A or permis-sion of instructor.

PEAC 304A 1Cycling

PEAC 305A 1Intermediate Mountain BikingEven years.

PEAC 308A 1Aerobics

Aquatics


PEAC 150 1Elementary Diving

PEAC 154 1Skin Diving

PEAC 156 2Elementary Scuba

Prerequisite: PEAC 154D.

PEAC 158 1Elementary Swimming


PEAC 358 1Intermediate Swimming

PEAC 360 1Advanced Swimming

PEAC 368 2Water Safety Instructor

Prerequisite: PEAC 370D.

PEAC 370 2Lifeguard Training

Prerequisite: PETH 168 or CPR & FAcertificates.

Individual and Dual Sports


PEAC 133 1Mountain Biking

PEAC 171 1Pickleball

PEAC 172 1Elementary Archery

PEAC 174 1Elementary Badminton

PEAC 176 1Elementary Weight Training

PEAC 178 1Canoeing

PEAC 180 1Elementary Golf

PEAC 190 1Elementary Self-Defense Activities

PEAC 192 1Elementary Skiing

PEAC 194 1Elementary Tennis

PEAC 196 1Advanced Beginning Tennis


180

PEAC 198 1Track and Field

PEAC 199 1Elementary Tumbling


PEAC 374 1Intermediate Badminton

PEAC 376 1Intermediate Weight Training

PEAC 380 1Intermediate Golf

PEAC 390 1Intermediate Self-Defense Activities

PEAC 392 1Intermediate Skiing

PEAC 393 1Advanced Skiing

PEAC 394 1Intermediate Tennis

PEAC 396 1Advanced Tennis

PEAC 426 1Cross-Country Skiing

Team Sports


PEAC 120 1Elementary Basketball

PEAC 123 1Baseball

PEAC 124 1Flag Football

PEAC 128 1Soccer

PEAC 130 1Softball

PEAC 132 1Elementary Volleyball

PEAC 136 1Water Polo

PEAC 140 1Gymnastic Team I

PEAC 186 1Rock Climbing


PEAC 320 1Intermediate Basketball

PEAC 321 1Intermediate Flag Football

PEAC 332 1Intermediate Volleyball

PEAC 333V 1Advanced Volleyball-Women

PEAC 334V 1Advanced Volleyball-Men

PEAC 335V 1Advanced Basketball-Women

PEAC 336V 1Advanced Basketball-Men

PEAC 337V 1Advanced Softball-Women

PEAC 338 1Ultimate (Team Frisbee)

PEAC 340 1Gymnastic Team II

PEAC 386 1Intermediate Rock Climbing

Professional and Theory


PETH 166 2 AHistorical Foundations ofPhysical Education

History of physical education, healthand recreation. Effects of social expecta-tions and world events on views of physi-cal education and sports. An introductionto careers in these and related fields.

PETH 168 2 AFirst Aid and Personal Safety/CPR

Covers the requirements for the Stan-dard First Aid, Community CPR and BLScertificates, and civil-defense activities.

PETH 181 2 ABasic Movement

Fundamentals of body movement,posture, conditioning exercises, self-testing activities; selection, evaluation,and organization of social recreationalactivities. Odd years.

PETH 182 2 WTheory and Technique of Gymnastics

Analysis of and practice in elementarystunts in tumbling, pyramid building,apparatus, and methods of spotting forsafety. Odd years.

PETH 183 2 STheory and Technique ofTrack and Field

Practice sessions and drills for devel-oping fundamental skills and specialabilities; study of rules and officiatingtechniques; consideration of practicescheduling and strategy. Odd years.

181


PETH 260 2 ATheory and Technique of Football

Practice in and theory of flag football.Development of fundamental skills of thegame; analysis of skills, techniques, teamstrategy, and rules. Even years.

PETH 261 2 ATheory and Technique of Volleyball

Practice in and theory of volleyball.Development of fundamental skills of thegame; analysis of skills, techniques, teamstrategy, and rules. Even years.

PETH 262 2 WTheory and Technique of Basketball

Analysis and practice of skills andteam play; interpretation of rules; strat-egy and techniques of teaching. Even years.

PETH 263 2 STheory and Technique of Softball

Practice in and theory of softball. Devel-opment of fundamental skills of the game;analysis of skills, techniques, team strat-egy, rules and officiating procedures.Even years.

PETH 264 2 STheory and Technique of Soccer

Practice and theory of soccer. Develop-ment of fundamental skills of the game;analysis of skills, techniques, team strat-egy and rules.

PETH 271-272-273 2-2-1 A-W-STheory and Practice of Officiating

Theory of and practice in officiating atteam sports, interpretation of rules, offi-ciating techniques, examinations, andratings. Prerequisite: Previous experiencein playing football, volleyball, basketball,and softball. Two lectures and two labo-ratories weekly.

PETH 274 1 SOfficiating: Water Sports

Theory of and practice in officiating atwater polo, springboard diving, sprintsand relays; officiating techniques, exami-nations, and ratings. One lecture and onelaboratory weekly. Odd years.

PETH 287 2 STheory and Technique ofIndividual Sports

Development of fundamental skills andstrategies in various individual activitiessuch as handball, golf, racquetball, andarchery. Emphasis on teaching tech-niques, officiating, rules, and organiza-tion of materials for school programs.


PETH 365 3 SBackpacking

Theory and techniques of backpacking;ecological considerations; equipment;practical experience in backpacking skills:orienteering, hiking, use of tools, outdoorliving, food selection, and outdoor cook-ing.

PETH 366 3 SSports, Culture, and the Individual

The implications of sports in societyand on individual development. Emphasison analysis of sports phenomena with aview to understanding individual andgroup dynamics. Odd years.

PETH 371 3 AKinesiology

A study of joints and muscular struc-ture and their relation to physical exercise.

PETH 372 3 WPhysiology of Exercise

A nonlaboratory course emphasizingthe physiological effects of muscularexercise, physical conditioning, andtraining. Significance of these effects for

health and for performance in activityprograms. Prerequisite: PETH 371 orpermission of the instructor. Odd years.

PETH 373 3 SCorrective Physical Education

Common deviations of posture andfeet; functional disturbances and crip-pling conditions found in school children.Survey of source material needed to planand conduct individual, developmental,and special courses in physical educationin the schools. Odd years.

PETH 374 3 WMotor Learning

Physiological and psychological instruc-tional considerations for learning, skillacquisition, and performance as appliedto motor skills. Prerequisites: PSYC 121,BIOL 101, 102. Even years.

PETH 381 2 ATheory and Technique ofRacquet Sports

Analysis of and practice in strokes andtactics; rules, history and skill progressionfor various levels of instruction. Odd years.

PETH 384 2 WTheory and Technique ofRhythmic and Combative Activities

Development of personal and teachingskills for theoretical and practical appli-cation of rhythms: the leadership of aer-obic exercise, dramatic and creative play,folk rounds, and other activities. Devel-opment of skills for personal combativeactivities and techniques for teachingsuch skills. Odd years.


182

PETH 461 2Coaching I

Designed to develop skills for coachingathletic teams. Development of philoso-phies in harmony wtih Seventh-dayAdventist principles concerning athleticevents. Skills in team building and strate-gies. Practical experience included. Oddyears.

PETH 462 1Coaching II Skills in team building and strategies.Practical experience included.

PETH 463 1Coaching III Skills in team building and strategies.Practical experience included.

PETH 466 4 WLegal and Financial Aspects ofRecreation

Budgeting practices and law as it ap-plies in sports professions. Even years.

PETH 467 1 WCPR Instruction

Meets the American Red Cross require-ments for Instructor of CardiopulmonaryResuscitation. Odd years.

PETH 470 3 AManagement of Physical EducationPrograms

Relationship of physical education tomodern education theory. The organiza-tion of physical education activities,organization and classification of pupils;emphasis on the arrangement and con-struction of equipment and planning ofschool programs suitable to denomina-tional schools. Odd years.

PETH 471 3 WEvaluation in Physical Education

Scientific testing in physical education:analysis and study of tests, diagnosis of

physical efficiency, and physiologicalreactions to exercise. Evaluation of pro-grams and student achievement throughmeasurement technique. Odd years.

PETH 476 3 APhysical Education for Children(See also ECED 476.)

Activity interests of children andappropriate materials for different agelevels; selection of materials and methodsof presentation. Satisfies one quarter ofthe general-education activity require-ment. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly.

PETH 483 2 STheory and Technique of WeightTraining and DevelopmentalPhysical Education

Theory and technique of weight train-ing, analysis of exercises for the atypicalstudent and correction of postural devia-tions. Open to department majors andminors. Prerequisite: PETH 373 or per-mission of instructor. Even years.

PETH 490 2 WEthics in Physical Education

The power of religion in developingChristian professionals in health, physicaleducation and recreation. Concepts ofthe way God, man and Spirit relate toone another; development of Christlikeleadership qualities in both instructorsand students.

PETH 495 1-3 A, W, S, SuIndependent Study

Open by permission of the departmentchair to advanced students with adequatebackground and experience. Maximumof three hours.

Extended Learning Courses

Note: Unless otherwise specified, thecourses described below are scheduled forelective credit on an as-needed basisthrough Extended Learning. Full-timePUC students may pay for these coursesthrough the regular flat-rate tuition plan.Additional information is available atboth the Extended Learning office andthe Physical Education, Health andRecreation department.

PEAC 101 1Walking

An introduction to the walking lifes-tyle as a method of weight managementand a means of achieving and maintain-ing cardiovascular fitness. Designedspecifically for full- or part-time studentsenrolled in the B.S. program in Nursing;also available to students at least 30 yearsold and to those enrolled for fewer than10 credits. Not applicable toward thegeneral-education requirements in physi-cal education.

PEAC 190 1Elementary Self-Defense Activity

An introductory self-defense coursemeeting one evening per week. Appli-cable toward general-education PEactivity requirement (nonaerobic). Pre-requisite: High-school junior status orabove.

PEAC 390 1Intermediate Self-Defense Activity

Builds upon skills learned in PEAC190. Applicable toward general-educa-tion PE activity requirement (nonaerobic).Prerequisite: PEAC 190 or equivalent.

183


PEAC 490 1Advanced Self-Defense Activity

Builds upon skills learned in PEAC190 and 390. Applicable toward general-education PE activity requirement (non-aerobic). Prerequisite: PEAC 390 orequivalent.

PETH 146 1Introduction to Massage Therapy

Beginning skills in the art of therapeu-tic massage. Twelve clock hours: eachtwo-hour evening session includes 30minutes of lecture, 15 minutes of demon-stration and 75 minutes of practice.

185

Physics and Engineering

FacultySteve Waters, chair; Bruce Ivey, Bill Mundy, Stephen Thorman,Richard Webb


Degrees and ProgramsPhysics, B.S. ....................................................................... 185Biophysics, B.S. .................................................................. 186Medical Physics, B.S. ......................................................... 186Natural Science, B.S. ......................................................... 187Engineering ........................................................................ 187Teaching Credential ........................................................... 188

Physics is the search for the fundamental physical laws ofnature. In particular, physics is the study of forces and motionof physical entities, seeking to find basic relations that synthe-size these phenomena. The goal is to discover ways to controland predict natural occurrences and to understand and explainthe physical universe. To achieve this goal involves observationand experimentation from which physical and mathematicalmodels are developed that suggest concepts and theories. Al-though modern science limits itself to a naturalistic view of real-ity and to experimental ways of obtaining knowledge, this de-partment takes the view that physical phenomena are consistentwith the concept of an intelligent Designer and divine Creator.

Degrees offered in physics include a four-year B.S. with a vari-ety of emphases to suit the graduate scholar, applied researcher,secondary-school teacher and those proceeding to professionaleducation in medical and allied health fields. The departmentoffers a minor in physics.

This department houses the first two years of the engineeringprogram that is affiliated with the School of Engineering atWalla Walla College.


Major in Physics, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (36 in the upper division) chosen fromphysics and astronomy courses including the following:

PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4PHYS 341-342 Classical Dynamics 3-3PHYS 361-362-363 Electromagnetic Theory 3-3-3PHYS 396 Seminar (4 quarters) .5-.5-.5-.5PHYS 445 Thermal Physics 4PHYS 461-462 Quantum Physics 3-36 hours of upper-division laboratory, project and/orindependent research 6

The remaining hours may be chosen from physics andastronomy courses and the following:CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry (3)PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4➤ Recommended Cognate:

Modern-language proficiency comparable to a one-yearcollege course in French, German or Russian

This course of study is adequate for the student who ispreparing for graduate study in physics.


186

Major in Biophysics, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (21 upper division) chosen from physicsand biology courses including the following:

BIOL 111-112-113 Biological Foundations 5-5-5BIOL 320 Cell and Molecular Biology 5BIOL 348 Animal Physiology 4PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4PHYS 321-322 Biophysics 3-3PHYS 396 Seminar (4 quarters) .5-.5-.5-.5

Four hours of upper-division physics including at least 1 hour oflaboratoryor CHEM 344, 344L Nuclear Physics and

Chemistry (Laboratory) 3-1or CHEM 451, 451L Physical Chemistry (Laboratory) 3-1

The remaining hours may be chosen from physics and biologycourses, the preceding chemistry courses and the following:

CHEM 452 Physical Chemistry (3)PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3)➤ Recommended Courses:

BIOL 345 Human Ecology (3)BIOL 415 Modern Laboratory Techniques (1)MICR 134 General Microbiology (5)PHYS 256 Optics (4)PHYS 389L Experimental Physics (1)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4

plus one of the following sets of courses:

Set one (recommended for all premedical students):CHEM 371-372-373 Organic Chemistry (4-4-4)CHEM 381 Biochemistry I (4)

Set two (option for some nonmedical students):CHEM 102 Survey of Organic Chemistry (4)CHEM 103 Survey of Biochemistry (4)

plus two of the following courses:MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra (4)MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus (4)MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations (4)

➤ Recommended Cognate Course:

CPTR 115 Computer Programming (4)

This program provides the additional emphasis in the physicalsciences demanded for graduate study in biophysics, physiology,medicine, radiation biology and molecular biology, especiallywhen a career in academic medicine or medical research is con-templated. This program is also recommended as a broad majorfor teaching at the secondary-school level.

Major in Medical Physics, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (36 upper division) including the following:

CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3CHEM 344L Nuclear Physics and Chemistry Lab 1ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4PHYS 234 Elementary Modern Physics 4PHYS 361-362-363 Electromagnetic Theory 3-3-3PHYS 396 Seminar (4 quarters) .5-.5-.5-.5PHYS 461-462 Quantum Physics 3-3

Five additional hours of upper-division laboratory, 5project and/or independent research

The additional hours may be chosen from physics courses andthe following:PHIL 390 History and Philosophy of Science (3)PHIL 485 Issues in Science and Religion (3)➤ Recommended Courses:

PHYS 321-322 Biophysics (3-3)PHYS 341-342 Classical Dynamics (3-3)PHYS 445 Thermal Physics (4)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

BIOL 101 Human Anatomy 4BIOL 102 Human Physiology 5CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4

187



BIOL 111 Biological Foundations (5)BIOL 223 Introduction to Medical Terms (1)CPTR 234 Programming in C and C++ (3)MATH 222 Introduction to Statistics (4)MATH 375 Numerical Analysis (4)

This major is designed to prepare students for graduate studyin medical physics.

Major in Natural Science, B.S.This major satisfies the preconditions for science program sub-

ject-matter approval by the California Commission on TeacherCredentialing. The core requirement of 64 quarter hours corre-sponds to science subjects commonly taught in California publicschools, and the concentrations available treat the subject matterat a depth more than adequate for teaching the higher secondaryscience courses in biology, chemistry, and physics.



113BIOL 345 Human Ecology 3BIOL 437 Marine Science 4BIOL 450 Philosophy of Origins 3CHEM 111- General Chemistry 5-5-5




or BIOL 102 Human Physiology (5)BIOL 354 Genetics 4BIOL 494 Seminar (4 quarters) 2MICR 134 General Microbiology 5

One of the following courses:

BIOL 323 Vertebrate Natural History (3)BIOL 324 Ornithology (3)BIOL 325 Flowering Plants (3)Required Cognate Courses:


CHEM 324 Analytical Chemistry 3CHEM 324L Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 2CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences 3

or CHEM 451 Physical Chemistry (3)CHEM 371- Organic Chemistry 4-4-4

372-373CHEM 373L Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1CHEM 381 Biochemistry 4➤ Required Cognate Course:

MATH 131-132Calculus 4-43. Physics Emphasis (35 hours)



ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4PHYS 256 Applied Optics 4Additional hours (at least 12 upper division) selected from phys-ics courses that carry credit toward a major in physics and fromthe following two courses:ASTR 341-342 Astrophysics 3-3CHEM 344 Nuclear Physics and Chemistry 3

Minor in Physics➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) chosen from physics,astronomy, and engineering courses (except ENGR 105).

EngineeringEngineering courses are offered for those who wish to begin

studies in engineering that meet the requirements of the first twoyears of the engineering degree of Walla Walla College. PUC hasan affiliation with the School of Engineering of Walla WallaCollege for this purpose. Faculty of the WWC School of Engi-neering visit PUC regularly for guidance and counseling of stu-dents. The Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree, of whichthis program is a part, prepares the student to enter professional

* Students electing the physics emphasis must take PHYS 131-132-133.


188

practice in civil, mechanical or electrical engineering. The follow-ing courses may be taken at Pacific Union College to satisfy therequirements of the affiliation plan:

CHEM 111-112-113 General Chemistry 5-5-5CPTR 115 Computer Programming 4ENGL 101-102 College English 4-4

(or ENGL 105-106 College English(Honors) (3-3))

DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3ENGR 105 Introduction to Engineering 3ENGR 211-212-213 Engineering Mechanics 3-3-3ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4MATH 265 Elementary Linear Algebra 4MATH 267 Multivariable Calculus 4MATH 269 Elementary Differential Equations 4PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4➤ Recommended Course:

DRFD 132 Engineering Drawing (3)


ASTR 125 4 WGeneral Astronomy (Honors)

An introduction to the basic elementsof astronomy. Topics include models ofthe solar system, stars and their processes,clusters, galaxies, cosmology, and rel-evant physics topics such as kinematics,light, spectroscopy, nuclear reactions,and relativity. Emphasizes the develop-ment of scientific ideas and models forthe structure and contents of the universeand the effects of those ideas on westerncivilization. Laboratory activities empha-size personal observations of various astro-nomical or physical effects as weatherpermits. Admission restricted to studentsin the Honors program or with permis-sion of the instructor.

ASTR 299 1 Arr.Mini-Course

A short course on a selected, astronomy-related topic, such as meteorology, of

interest to the general student. Formatand scheduling depend on the particulartopic selected but usually consists of sev-eral lectures over a period of two or threeweeks on a subject of current interest.Credit may be applied toward a physicsmajor by permission of the departmentchair.


ASTR 341-342 3-3Astrophysics

A two-quarter sequence in principlesof astronomy with emphasis on thephysical properties of stars. Quantummechanical theory of atomic spectra,equation of state for stellar conditions,stellar atmospheres, structures and evolu-tion. Recommended: Prior or concurrentregistration in PHYS 341-342 and 361-362-363. Prerequisites: ASTR 125, PHYS234. Offered on sufficient demand.

Astronomy

Service Course:

ASTR 105 5 AIntroduction to Astronomy

A conceptual introduction for thegeneral student, using a minimum ofmathematics (secondary-school algebraor geometry is sufficient). Topics includescientific models, physical processes ofthe universe, astronomical techniques,descriptions of current knowledge of thesolar system, stars, stellar systems, galax-ies, the structure of the universe; andspecial topics such as quasars, pulsars,and black holes. Considers the questionof the creation of the universe. Fourlectures and one evening laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: MATH 019 orequivalent.


California teaching credential in science with a concentration inphysics should take the B.S. degree in Natural Science. Thisprogram meets the newly established standards of quality andeffectiveness and has been approved by the State of CaliforniaCommission on Teacher Credentialing. A brochure describingthe new program and its requirements is available in the Physicsdepartment office. Students are invited to discuss the programwith the Teacher Education Adviser in the Physics department.

Those who plan to teach on the secondary level should consultwith the Credential Analyst in the Department of Education andshould become acquainted with the specific requirements foradmission to and successful completion of the Teacher EducationProgram as outlined in the Education section of this catalog.

189


response; sinusoidal steady-state, phasorsand impedance; frequency characteristics;power and power factor. Three lecturesand one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite:PHYS 131-132-133

ENGR 217 4 SEngineering Electronics

Basic DC and AC circuits, introduc-tion to circuit analysis, characteristicsand applications of discrete and inte-grated solid-state electronic devices andcircuits; digital-logic circuit elements;transmission properties, amplifier cir-cuits; practical applications. Three lec-tures and one three-hour laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: MATH 130.

Physics

Service Courses:(May not be used for major or minor inthis department)

PHYS 105 5 SIntroduction to Physics

Emphasizes the ideas and concepts ofconventional topics in physics with illus-trations from everyday living. Assumesno previous physics course. (Studentswho need this course to meet a curricularrequirement may also need to register forPHYS 106L.) Prerequisite: MATH 019 orequivalent.

PHYS 106L 1 SIntroduction to Physics Laboratory

A laboratory course emphasizingphysical measurements for those cur-ricula requiring an introductory physicscourse with laboratory. One three-hourlaboratory weekly. Prerequisite orcorequisite: PHYS 105.

PHYS 111-112-113 4-4-4 A-W-SGeneral Physics

An introduction to the fundamentalnatural phenomena of the physical uni-

verse. Topics include Newtonian mechan-ics, waves, sound, heat, electricity andmagnetism, optics, atomic and nuclearphysics, special relativity, and elementaryparticles. Emphasis on fundamental prin-ciples and methods of physics. Course issuitable for preprofessional students andalso acceptable as part of the general-education requirement in basic science.Three lectures and one laboratory weekly.Knowledge of algebra and trigonometryis required at the level provided byMATH 106, 130.


PHYS 131-132-133 4-4-4 W-S-APhysics with Calculus

A calculus-based introduction to thestudy of the physical universe. Intendedprimarily for students majoring in thephysical sciences, engineering, or math-ematics, but also appropriate for otherstudents with the necessary backgroundin mathematics. Topics include Newton-ian mechanics, electricity and magnetism,optics, and thermodynamics. Three lec-tures and one laboratory weekly. Thissequence must be taken in order. Prereq-uisite or corequisite: MATH 131-132-133.

PHYS 234 4 WElementary Modern Physics

A continuation of PHYS 131-132-133that offers an introduction to relativityand quantum physics. Topics includeatomic and molecular physics, nuclearphysics, and high-energy physics. Threelectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisites: MATH 133, PHYS 133.

ASTR 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

With the approval of the departmentchair, qualified physics majors mayundertake the independent, directedstudy of a problem suited to their back-ground and experience. Maximum ofthree hours.

ASTR 499 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Research

Properly qualified students majoringin physics may, with the approval of thedepartment chair, undertake a researchproblem suited to their background andexperience. Maximum of nine hours.

Engineering


ENGR 105 3 AIntroduction to Engineering

A survey of engineering as a profes-sion: the main divisions; the work, func-tions and personal characteristics of theengineer; application of the sciences inengineering; design tools used by engi-neers; computer methods, basic skills forengineering problem-solving. Two lec-tures and one laboratory per week.

ENGR 211-212-213 3-3-3 A-W-SEngineering Mechanics

A basic course in statics and dynamics.Detailed analysis of equilibrium, kineticsand kinematics of particles and rigidbodies. Examples and problems relate toreal engineering applications. Prerequi-sites: MATH 131-132-133, PHYS 131.

ENGR 216 4 WCircuit Theory

A first course in circuit analysis forengineering and physics students. Circuitvariables and parameters; Kirchoff’s lawsand network solution; equivalent circuits,network theorems; natural and complete


190

PHYS 256 4 SApplied Optics

An intermediate-level treatment oftheory and applications of electromag-netic waves in or near the optical regionof the spectrum. Includes topics in geo-metrical, physical, and quantum opticsand physical phenomena involved inlaser action. Three lectures and onelaboratory weekly. Prerequisite: PHYS113 or 133.

PHYS 299 1 Arr.Mini-Course

A short course on a selected, physics-related topic of interest to the generalstudent. Format and scheduling of thecourse depend on the topic selected butusually consists of several lectures over aperiod of two or three weeks on a subjectof current interest. Credit may be appliedtoward a physics major by approval ofthe department chair.


PHYS 321-322 3-3 W-SBiophysics

A course for the upper-division physicsstudent with adequate preparation inbiology, covering a variety of topics inwhich physical analysis is applied toliving systems, and the interaction withliving systems is studied. Prerequisites:BIOL 111-112-113, CHEM 111-112-113, PHYS 234. Odd years.

PHYS 341-342 3-3 A-WClassical Dynamics

A development of classical mechanicsand special relativity. Topics includeNewtonian mechanics and Lagrangiandynamics, which are used to solve prob-lems associated with central-forcemotion, rigid object dynamics, oscilla-tions, and wave motion. The theoreticalbases of problems are emphasized,together with the development of differ-

ent problem-solving techniques. Prerequi-sites: MATH 265, 267, 269, PHYS 234.Even years.

PHYS 361-362-363 3-3-3 A-W-SElectromagnetic Theory

A development of electromagnetictheory. Topics include electrostatics,magnetostatics, electromagnetism, elec-tromagnetic radiation, and relativisticelectrodynamics. The concepts of fieldand potentials are emphasized. Prerequi-sites: MATH 265, 267, 269, PHYS 234.Odd years.

PHYS 389L 1 A, W, SExperimental Physics

The goal of this laboratory course isto give the student experience with real-science aparatus such as lasers, high fieldmagnets, detectors, radioactive sources,and sophisticated electronics. Activitiesinclude experiments in mechanics, elec-tromagnetism, optics, heat, and atomicand nuclear physics. One laboratoryweekly. May be repeated for up to sixhours. Prerequisites: ENGR 216, 217and PHYS 234.

PHYS 396 .5 A, W, SSeminar(See BIOL 396)

Single topics of current interest inmathematics and natural sciences arepresented by guest lecturers. Graded onS/F basis. To pass, a student must be ontime and attend four of five course ses-sions. Maximum: three hours.

PHYS 445 4 SThermal Physics

Development of a statistical descriptionof a system of particles. Different ensemblesand their associated partition functionsare emphasized and applied to variousthermal systems. Prerequisites: MATH265, 267, 269; PHYS 234. Even years.

PHYS 461-462 3-3 A-WQuantum Physics

A development of quantum mechanicsand atomic physics. Topics include wavepackets, Schrödinger’s equation and itssolutions, operator methods, angularmomentum, matrix representation, spin,perturbation theory, the hydrogen atom,and radiation by atoms. Prerequisites:MATH 265, 267, 269; PHYS 234. Oddyears.

PHYS 464 3 SLaser Physics

A development of the general charac-teristics of lasers. Includes Ray tracing,Gaussian beams, optical resonators andcavities, atomic radiation, transitionrates, laser oscillations, amplification and excitation. Prerequisites: PHYS 256,361-362, 461-462. Offered on demand.

PHYS 491 0-2Cooperative Education in Physics

An individualized contract agreementinvolving student, faculty, and employerto provide practical experience in physicsin a professional off-campus work set-ting. Prerequisite: Permission of thedepartment chair. Graded S/F.

PHYS 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Properly qualified students majoringin physics may, with the approval of thedepartment chair, undertake an indepen-dent, directed study of a topic suited totheir background and experience. Maxi-mum of three hours.

PHYS 499 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Research

Properly qualified students majoringin physics may, with the approval of thedepartment chair, undertake a directedresearch problem suited to their back-ground and experience. Maximum ofnine hours.

191

Religion

FacultyGregory King, chair; Warren Ashworth, Angel Hernandez,Donald John, Leo Ranzolin, Jean Sheldon, Myron Widmer

Departmental Office: 16 Graf Hall; 965-6206

Degrees and Programs:Theology, B.A. ................................................................... 191Teaching Credential ........................................................... 192Religion, B.A. .................................................................... 192Lay Ministries and Bible Instructor Training, A.S. ............ 193

In a church-related Christian liberal arts college such asPacific Union College, the Department of Religion is calledupon to meet a variety of academic needs. In addition to provid-ing a minimum of 18 hours of course credit for each four-yeargraduate of the College, the department offers majors and aminor for those who desire a more intensive study of the Bibleand the Christian faith.

Students who seek an education to prepare themselves forsuccessful service as ministers, church workers, or active Chris-tian lay workers will find in their religion courses not only con-tent but also inspiration, specific methods, and other practicalhelps. Students with specific career goals in mind should notecarefully the particular careers for which each program of studyis designed. Departmental advisers are prepared to assist thestudent in planning an academic program. The career listingsare by no means exhaustive, and there is often more than oneprogram of study suitable for a given career preparation.

Religion

Major in Theology, B.A.➤ A minimum of 50 hours (28 upper division) including the following:

RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus 2-2RELB 125 Books of Moses 4RELL 435 Greek Epistles of Paul 4RELL 445 Hebrew Prophets 4RELT 235 Spiritual Formation 3RELT 331-332-333 Doctrinal Studies 3-3-3RELT 381 E. G. White and Adventism 2RELT 382 The Writings of E. G. White 2RELT 464 Seminar in Theology 3One course from: 3RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3)RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3)One course from: 3RELB 315 Biblical Ethics (3)RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3)RELT 355 Christian Social Ethics (3)Two quarters of the appropriate section of Ministry Colloquiumare required for each year in residence:

RELT 124 Ministry Colloquium I 1RELT 224 Ministry Colloquium II 1RELT 324 Ministry Colloquium III 1RELT 424 Ministry Colloquium IV 1➤ Required Cognate Courses:

HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present 3RELL 225-226 Beginning Greek 3-3RELL 325-326 Intermediate Greek 3-3RELL 337-338 Biblical Hebrew 3-3RELP 381-382 Biblical Preaching 3-3RELP 391-392-393 Extern Program 1-1-1RELP 475-476 Christian Ministry 3-3

Religion

192

This major is designed for the student who is preparing forChristian ministry in one of its various forms, including pastoralministry, youth ministry, chaplaincy, and teaching religion. Themajor is particularly suitable for the student who plans to seekprofessional education in a seminary. Students who desire tocomplete this major must apply to the Department of Religionfor admission into the Ministerial Studies Program during thespring quarter of the sophomore year. Admission into the pro-gram is granted on the basis of the following criteria:

1. Satisfactory completion of the prescribed battery of diagnostictests and counseling process, which must be completed duringthe spring quarter of the sophomore year (a fee is assessed);

2. Regular academic standing;3. An average of 2.5 or better with no serious deficiencies in any

given area on the evaluation by the department faculty. Eachapplication is reviewed by the faculty of the department, and aletter of response is sent to each applicant before the fall quar-ter of the junior year.

Each student successfully completing the Ministerial StudiesProgram and the academic requirements of this major will beeligible for recommendation by the Department of Religion as acandidate for entrance into seminary and subsequent work insome branch of Christian ministry.

Teaching CredentialA B.A. with a major in theology is required. Students plan-

ning to obtain a teaching credential should consult with theCredential Analyst in the Department of Education in order tobecome acquainted with the specific requirements outlined inthe Education section of this Bulletin.

Major in Religion, B.A.➤ A minimum of 45 hours (30 upper division) including the following:

RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus 2-2RELB 125 Books of Moses 4RELB 310 Prophets of Israel 3RELB 387 The Story of the English Bible 3RELB 460 Paul and His Letters 3RELT 331-332-333 Doctrinal Studies 3-3-3RELT 381 Ellen G. White and Adventism 2RELT 382 The Writings of Ellen G. White 2One course from: 3RELP 210 Creative Church Participation (3)RELP 381 Biblical Preaching (3)

RELP 391-392- Extern Program (1-1-1)393

RELP 484 Field Practicum (3 minimum)RELT 235 Spiritual Formation (3)One course from: 3RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3)RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3)One course from: 3RELH 311 World Religions (3)RELH 329 American Denominations (3)RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3)RELT 320 Philosophy of Religion (3)➤ Required Cognate Courses:

HIST 320 Christian History: To 1500 3HIST 321 Christian History: 1500 to the Present 3

This major is designed for those who want a broad back-ground in religion but who plan careers in other areas, such asmedicine, dentistry, law, and a variety of other professions.

Minor in Religion➤ A minimum of 30 hours (12 upper division) including the following:

One course from: 4RELB 120-121 Life and Teachings of Jesus (2-2)RELB 125 Books of Moses (4)One course from: 3RELB 310 Prophets of Israel (3)RELB 460 Paul and His Letters (3)One course from: 3-4RELB 370 Studies in Daniel (3)RELB 371 Studies in Revelation (3)RELT 335 Sanctuary (3)One course from: 2RELT 381 Ellen G. White and Adventism (2)RELT 382 The Writings of Ellen G. White (2)One course from: 3RELH 311 World Religions (3)RELH 329 American Denominations (3)RELT 216 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3)RELT 320 Philosophy of Religion (3)

193

Religion

RELB 230 3 SPsalms and Writings

Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon,and other books of the Old Testamentclassified as “writings.” Emphasis onmajor themes and representative pas-sages.

RELB 240 2 WGeneral Epistles

An examination of selected chaptersfrom the New Testament letters ofJames, Peter, John and Jude.

RELB 246 2 SThe Preaching of Israel’s Prophets

Selected messages of the prophets ofancient Israel in the context of Israel’shistory and their value for meeting theproblems of society today.


RELB 310 3 A, SProphets of Israel

The origin and nature of the propheticmovement followed by an examinationof the message of the Old Testamentprophetic books.

RELB 315 3 WBiblical Ethics

Major moral teachings of the Old andNew Testaments in relation to contempo-rary moral issues.

RELB 320 2 AWomen of the Bible

Women in the Bible, in the light oftheir cultures and times, with attentionto theological themes and their relevancefor today.

RELB 328 4 SJesus and the Gospels

The theological insights presented bythe gospels in the portrayal of the life,ministry and death of Jesus.

RELB 341 2Jesus as Healer

The role of Jesus as healer as seen inMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John.

RELB 342 3 WStudies in Bible Interpretation

Study of a selected book of the Oldor New Testament. Repeatable for creditwhen the subject matter varies. Subtitlesinclude Genesis, Isaiah, I Corinthians,Acts, Romans, Ephesians, Hebrews.

RELB 342H 3 WStudies in Bible Interpretation(Honors)

Students participate in seminars deal-ing with issues of interpretation and the-ology in selected Biblical materials.

Associate Degree in Lay Ministries andBible Instructor Training, A.S.➤ A minimum of 90 total hours for graduation which includesthe major, cognate, and general-education requirements. A mini-mum of 60 hours in the core and cognate courses is required inthe A.S. degree program.

This two-year degree program has been established primarilyfor mature men and women who desire special education and

Biblical Studies


RELB 100 2 WMethods of Bible Study

An analysis of appropriate ways toapproach the study of various types ofwritten material found in the Bible.

RELB 110 3 A, W, SBiblical Literature

The setting and content of representa-tive types of literature found in the Bible;a survey of the general nature and scopeof the Old and New Testaments.

RELB 114-115-116 2-2-2 A-W-SBible Themes

Selected themes related to the problemof sin and the plan of redemption as pre-sented in the Old and New Testaments.Open to lower-division students by per-mission of the instructor only.

RELB 120-121 2-2 A-W, W-SLife and Teachings of Jesus

The life, work and teachings of Jesusfrom selected portions of Matthew,Mark, Luke, and John.

RELB 125 4 A, SBooks of Moses

The literature, history, and theology ofthe first five books of the Old Testament.

training for a variety of church ministries including service as aBible instructor. The specific curriculum will be designed by thedepartment chair in consultation with the student in terms ofcareer objectives and requirements.

The regular college freshman planning on future service insome area of church ministries should enroll in one of thedepartment’s four-year B.A. degree programs.

Religion

194

Biblical Languages

Most of the courses in this area arerequired cognates for the theology major.No courses with the prefix RELL mayapply as electives to the religion or theol-ogy major or to the religion minor exceptRELL 435 Greek Epistles of Paul andRELL 445 Hebrew Prophets.


RELL 225-226 3-3 A-WBeginning Greek

Basic grammar and translation of theKoine Greek of the New Testament, withattention to exegetical tools and meth-ods.


RELL 325-326 3-3 S-AIntermediate Greek

Intermediate grammar, translation,and exegetical exercises in the KoineGreek of the New Testament. Prerequi-site: RELL 225-226.

RELL 337-338 3-3 A-WBiblical Hebrew

An introduction to Biblical Hebrew,including selected readings from variousportions of the Old Testament text.

RELL 435 4 WGreek Epistles of Paul

Exegesis of the Greek text of selectedpassages of Paul’s letters in the light ofthe historical background of his writingsand his theological thought as a whole.Prerequisite: RELL 325-326.

RELL 445 4 SHebrew Prophets

Exegesis of selected passages from theHebrew text, and a study of the historicalbackground, literature, and theology of

RELB 370 3 A, SStudies in Daniel

The book of Daniel, with in-depthstudy of its prophetic chapters.

RELB 371 3 W, SStudies in Revelation

The book of Revelation, with in-depthstudy of its prophetic messages.

RELB 387 3 AThe Story of the English Bible

The history of the English Bible, in-cluding the production, canonization,transmission, and translation of the textas well as principles and methods forevaluating the text and modern Englishversions.

RELB 460 3 A, SPaul and His Letters

Analysis and interpretation of selectedportions from the epistles of the ApostlePaul.

RELB 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

With the approval of the departmentchair, properly qualified students mayundertake an investigation of a problemsuited to their background and experi-ence. Maximum of nine hours.

Historical Studies


RELH 311 3 AWorld Religions

An introduction to selected great tradi-tions of world religions and to conceptsfor the study and comparison of thesetraditions. Emphasis on non-Judeo-Christian traditions. Includes an exami-nation of these religions in relation tothe Christian revelation.

RELH 320 3 AChristian History: to 1500

(See HIST 320.)

RELH 321 3 SChristian History: 1500 to thePresent

(See HIST 321.)

RELH 329 3 WAmerican Denominations

A survey of major traditions in Amer-ica. Includes both historical and theologi-cal dimensions of American religiousidentity, with a view toward broadeningthe contexts of Adventism.

RELH 340 3 ABiblical Archaeology

The Bible in its religious, cultural, andpolitical environment as illuminated bydiscoveries of modern archaeology.

RELH 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study


195

Religion

selected Old Testament prophetic books.Prerequisite: RELL 337-338.

RELL 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study


Professional and Applied Religion


RELP 210 3 SCreative Church Participation

A “hands-on” course preparing stu-dents to participate effectively and confi-dently in local church ministry, worship,leadership, and outreach to the commu-nity. Students elect from a variety of op-tions for practical experience. Not appli-cable toward a theology major or minor.


RELP 319 2 SChurch Missions in theModern World

A practical survey of contemporarymission theology and methodology, withemphasis on personal motivation andpreparation, comparative religions, lan-guage teaching, and interpersonal skills.This course is prerequisite to studentmissionary appointment. Enrollment lim-ited to student missionary appointees;exceptions only by approval of theinstructor.

RELP 346 2 SSpiritual Care for Patients

Development of knowledge and skillsfor meeting spiritual needs that arise inpatient care. Includes a survey of religious

backgrounds to inform the caring minis-try of the health-care professional.

RELP 381-382 3-3 A-WBiblical Preaching

The art, discipline, and process of ser-mon preparation and delivery focused onthe basic questions of why, what, andhow we preach. Includes lectures andsupervised preaching. Must be taken insequence. Prerequisites: junior- or senior-year status; fulfillment of General Educa-tion requirement in oral communication.

RELP 385 1-6 WField Evangelism

Participation in an approved FieldSchool of Evangelism, or field experience,under an approved minister. Graded S/F.

RELP 391-392-393 1-1-1 A-W-SExtern Program

The course includes field work inassigned churches and a weekly seminar.Limited to junior and senior theologymajors who have been accepted into theMinisterial Studies Program. Graded S/F .

RELP 475-476 3-3 A-WChristian Ministry

An introduction to the theology,theory, and practice of Christian minis-try, with principal focus on pastoral andevangelistic ministry in the context of thelocal church. Special emphasis on devel-oping the basic qualities, knowledge, andskills essential for a conference internship,for Bible teaching in Seventh-dayAdventist schools, and for graduatetraining.

RELP 484 1-3Field Practicum

Instruction and experience in special-ized ministries: hospital chaplaincy,youth ministry, prison ministry, etc. Pre-requisite: approval of the Religion fac-ulty. Repeatable for credit. Graded S/F.

Theological and Philosophical Studies


RELT 111-112 2-2 W-SIntroductory Bible Doctrines

The basic teachings of the Christianfaith as held by Seventh-day Adventists.Enrollment limited to students who arenot members of the Seventh-dayAdventist Church.

RELT 124 1 AMinistry Colloquium I

Orientation and lecture/discussionseries for freshman majors in theologywith emphasis in pastoral ministry.Graded S/F.

RELT 216 3 WIntroduction to Christian Ethics

A basic course in moral decision-mak-ing involving the development and appli-cation of Christian principles to modernethical issues.

RELT 218 3 A, SValues: Formation and Clarification

Designed to facilitate the examinationof one’s value system, assuming that val-ues stem from one’s faith structure. Thevalues-clarification model is used.

RELT 224 1 AMinistry Colloquium II

Lecture/discussion series for sopho-more majors in theology with emphasisin pastoral ministry. Graded S/F.

RELT 235 3 SSpiritual Formation

A study of the centrality of religiousexperience in Christian life and of thedevotional disciplines associated withthe development of spiritual life.

Religion

196

RELT 244 2 AIntroduction to Religious Faiths

An orientation to the faith and prac-tice of various religions; a course fornurses who desire to minister to thespiritual needs of their patients.

RELT 245 2 WIntroduction to Personal andMedical Ethics

Ethical issues that confront a Christianwhile engaged in medical technology andpatient care.


RELT 320 3 APhilosophy of Religion(See also PHIL 320.)

An introduction to some of the issuesraised by a rational analysis of religion.Emphasis on the nature and validity ofJudeo-Christian world views.

RELT 324 1 AMinistry Colloquium III

Lecture/discussion series for juniormajors in theology with emphasis inpastoral ministry. S/F basis only.

RELT 331 3 ADoctrinal Studies

In-depth study of the nature and pur-pose of Christian doctrine; the doctrinesof inspiration and revelation, God, hu-mankind, sin, and the remedy for sin.

RELT 332 3 WDoctrinal Studies

In-depth study of the doctrine ofChrist—His nature and His work; thedoctrine of the church; the nature andpurpose of the church; and the experi-ence of its members.

RELT 333 3 SDoctrinal Studies

In-depth study of the doctrines of theChristian’s lifestyle, standards, and wor-ship; eschatology and last things; and theSabbath.

RELT 335 3 SSanctuary

An examination of the way in whichthe Mosaic tabernacle illustrates God’scomprehensive remedies for the sin prob-lem and its continuing significancewithin the contemporary church.

RELT 337 4 WEschatology

Study of the final events of earth’s his-tory culminating in the return of JesusChrist, with emphasis on how to beready for His coming.

RELT 345 2 WChristian Ethics in Patient Care

The study and application of ethicaltheory and Christian principles to ethicaldilemmas facing the professional nurse.White Memorial Medical Center campusand extension campuses offering the B.S.in Nursing.

RELT 350 3 AIssues in Christian Faith

An in-depth study of a topic importantto Christian faith. Consideration of thetheological and spiritual dimensions ofthe topic. May be repeated for creditwhen the subtitle varies. Subtitles includeGod and Human Suffering, Women andthe Church, The Death and Resurrectionof Christ.

RELT 355 3 SChristian Social Ethics

A study of the moral implications ofChristian faith for the organization ortransformation of social institutions.

RELT 381 2 A, SEllen G. White and Adventism

The Biblical teaching on the gift ofprophecy, of the Millerite movement,and of Ellen G. White and her role inthe early history of the Seventh-dayAdventist Church.

RELT 382 2 WThe Writings of Ellen G. White

The writings of Ellen G. White, withspecial emphasis on current issues relat-ing to them.

RELT 424 1 AMinistry Colloquium IV

Lecture/discussion series for seniormajors in theology with emphasis in pas-toral ministry. S/F basis.

RELT 440 3 W, SChristian Bioethics(See also PHIL 440.)

Contemporary ethical issues in thebiomedical sciences from the perspectiveof Christian ethics. Topics include abor-tion, euthanasia, eugenics, new reproduc-tive technologies, and human experimen-tation.

RELT 464 3 SSeminar in Theology

Senior seminar for theology and reli-gion majors. Others may be admittedwith the consent of the instructor.

RELT 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

With the approval of the departmentchair, properly qualified students mayundertake an investigation of a problemsuited to their background and experi-ence. Available every quarter. Maximumof nine hours.

197

Technology

FacultyRussell Laird, chair; Verlyn Benson, Colin Erickson, Allan Payne,William Price

Departmental Office: 260 Fisher Hall; 965-6604

Degrees and ProgramsEngineering Technology, B.S. ............................................. 197Industrial Technology and Management, B.S. .................... 199Aviation, B.S. ..................................................................... 200Graphics Technology, B.S. ................................................. 201Digital Media Technology, B.S. ......................................... 201Industrial Technology Education, B.S. ............................... 202Teaching Credential ........................................................... 202Engineering Technology, A.S. ............................................ 202Electronics, A.S. ................................................................. 202Robotics, A.S. .................................................................... 203Pre-Architecture ................................................................. 203

The Department of Technology offers the following seventypes of curricula:

The first, in Engineering Technology, prepares students in theapplication of scientific and engineering knowledge and com-bines that with technical skills in support of engineering activi-ties. In industry one with such training typically fits between thetechnician and the engineer, closer to the engineer.

The program in Industrial Technology and Management pre-pares management-oriented technical professional persons withapplied skills, understanding of industrial systems, a solid businessfoundation, and the potential to move into managerial positions.

The third program, in Aviation, prepares students interested inpositions in aviation. Training includes theory, ground and flightinstruction leading to pilot certificates and ratings from PrivatePilot through Commercial Pilot and Flight Instructor. Graduatesmake take positions as private and commercial pilots, missionand medical pilots, and others.

Technology

The Graphics Technology program prepares students for lead-ership in the printing and computer graphics industry as printingmanagers, planners, quality control or productionspecialists, estimators, and sales representatives.

The program in Digital Media Technology opens the excitingworld of digital and interactive media through training and experi-ence with computers, software, video, and more. Employmentopportunities include but are not limited to project director,interface designer, video producer, director, production coordi-nator, video editor, and interactive author.

The sixth program, in Industrial Technology Education, isdesigned to prepare the student for a teaching career in one ormore of the industrial-technology fields.

The seventh is occupational, a two-year Associate of Sciencedegree program. Specific areas include Engineering Technology,Electronics, and Robotics. Graduates qualify for entry-levelpositions in industries using or related to their areas of study.

Major in Engineering Technology, B.S.➤ A minimum of 74 hours of technical courses (27 in the upperdivision) including the core courses and one emphasis, plus thecognate requirements:

➤ Required Core Courses: 40 hours (12 upper-division)DRFD 131-132 Engineering Drawing 3-3ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3ENGR 211-212-213 Engineering Mechanics 3-3-3GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2MFG 327 Production Operations 3MFG 328 Quality Control Systems 3MFG 394 Materials, Processes and Testing 3MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3

Technology

198

➤ Emphases: (choose one)1. General: 42 hours (21 upper-division)

Courses for this emphasis must include two 15-hour areas ofconcentration and 6 hours in each of the other two areas fromthe following:

Drafting–DesignElectricity–Electronics-Robotics–ComputersManufacturing TechnologyEnergy–Power–Transportation

2. Drafting and Design: 41 hours (18 upper-division):ART 121 Drawing Fundamentals 2ART 124 Design and Composition 3DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3DRFD 330 CADD 3DRFD 331 Architectural Design 3DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3DRFD 435 Seminar in Drafting and Design 3GRPH 253 Publication Technology 3GRPH 352 Digital Imaging 3MFG 121 Plastics 2MFG 164 Metalworking 2MFG 181 Woodworking 2MFG 184 Construction 3TECH 491 Internship 3

3. Electronics: 34 hours (19 upper-division):ELEC 140 Mathematics for Electronics 2ELEC 244 Solid State Devices 2ELEC 245 Electronics CAD 3ELEC 340 Computer Networks 2ELEC 341 Digital Integrated Circuits 3ELEC 342 Microcomputer Design and Repair 3ELEC 344 Linear Integrated Circuits 2ELEC 347 Electronic CAD and Simulation 3ELEC 349 Electronic Communications 3ENGR 216 Circuit Theory 4ENGR 217 Engineering Electronics 4MFG 367 Manufacturing Technology 3

4. Manufacturing: 39 hours (15 upper-division)DRFD330 Computer-Aided Drafting and Design 3ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3MFG 121 Plastics 2MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3MFG 164 Metalworking 2MFG 181 Woodworking 2MFG 184 Building Construction 3MFG 221 Processes in Plastics Technology 3

MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3MFG 281 Processes in Wood Technology 3MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3MFG 367 Manufacturing Technology 3MFG 387 Material Coatings and Coverings 3MFG 465 Seminar in Manufacturing Technology 3

5. Robotics: 33 hours (26 upper-division)DRFD 330 Computer-Aided Drafting and Design 3ELEC 140 Mathematics for Electronics 2ELEC 341 Digital Integrated Circuits 3ELEC 342 Microcomputer Design and Repair 3ELEC 343 Automation and Computer Numerical

Control 3ELEC 344 Linear Integrated Circuits 2ELEC 345 Robotics 3ELEC 349 Electronic Communications 3MFG 164 Metalworking 2MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3MFG 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3

6. Transportation: 35 hours (15 upper-division)AUTO 171 Auto Mechanics Fundamentals 3AUTO 172 Automotive Electronics & Fuel Systems 3AUTO 178 Auto Body 3AUTO 373 Automotive Chassis and Transmissions 3AUTO 375 Automotive Engine Machining

and Rebuilding 3AUTO 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3AUTO 379 Frame and Refinishing 3AUTO 475 Seminar in Transportation Management 3AVIA 200 Private Pilot Ground School 4MFG 121 Plastics 2MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3MFG 164 Metalworking 2➤ Required Cognates:

CHEM 111 General Chemistry 5MATH 131-132-133 Calculus 4-4-4PHYS 131-132-133 Physics with Calculus 4-4-4

Field RequirementAll students majoring in Engineering Technology must be

able, by the close of the winter quarter of their senior year,to verify a minimum of 500 clock hours of commercial workrelated to the emphasis within the major field and performedunder approved supervision. For Engineering Technology majorswith an emphasis in transportation, this requirement is a mini-mum of 125 hours in each of four of the following positions:

199

Technology

Dealership management apprenticeDealership sales apprenticeService management apprenticeAuto parts sales personMechanical repair technicianAuto body repair technicianThe College will help place the student in a qualifying posi-

tion. The major in Engineering Technology is designed to pro-vide a contact with the principal areas of technology. Its objec-tive is to prepare qualified industrial personnel for institutionalemployment and for positions of performance and leadership intechnical areas of industry.

Minor in Engineering Technology➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 in the upper division) to beselected in consultation with the department chair from thecore and a maximum of two emphases listed for the majorin Engineering Technology.

Major in Industrial Technology andManagement, B.S.➤ A minimum of 92 hours (37 in the upper division) includingcore courses, management courses and one emphasis, plus therequired cognate courses.

➤ Required Core Courses: 19 hours (9 upper-division):DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3DRFD 132 Engineering Drawing 3GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2MFG 327 Production Operations 3MFG 394 Materials, Processes and Testing 3MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3➤ Required Management Courses: 31 hours (10 upper-division)ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting I 3ACCT 122 Principles of Accounting II 4ACCT 123 Principles of Accounting III 3BUAD 325 Business Law I 3ECON 261 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4ECON 265 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4MGMT 361 Management 4A minimum of 6 hours (3 upper-division) from BUAD, MGMT,and MKTG courses not listed above.

➤ Emphases: (choose one)1. General: 42 hours (21 upper-division). Courses for thismajor must include two 15-hour areas of concentration, and6 hours in each of two other areas from the following:

Drafting–DesignElectricity–Electronics–Robotics–ComputersManufacturing TechnologyEnergy–Power–TransportationGraphics Technology

2. Manufacturing: 45 hours (18 upper-division):DRFD 330 Computer-Aided Drafting/Design 3ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3MFG 121 Plastics 2MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3MFG 164 Metalworking 2MFG 181 Woodworking 2MFG 184 Building Construction 3MFG 221 Processes in Plastics Technology 3MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3MFG 281 Processes in Wood Technology 3MFG 328 Quality Control Systems

3MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3MFG 367 Manufacturing Technology 3MFG 387 Material Coatings and Coverings 3MFG 465 Seminar in Manufacturing Technology 3

3. Transportation: 41 hours (15 upper-division):AUTO 171 Auto Mechanics Fundamentals 3AUTO 172 Automotive Electronics and Fuel Systems 3AUTO 178 Auto Body 3AUTO 373 Automotive Chassis and Transmissions 3AUTO 375 Automotive Engine Machining

and Rebuilding 3AUTO 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3AUTO 379 Frame and Refinishing 3AUTO 475 Seminar in Transportation Management 3AVIA 200 Private Pilot Ground School 4ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3MFG 121 Plastics 2MFG 122 Composite Materials Technology 3MFG 164 Metalworking 2➤ Required Cognate Courses:

MATH 131 Calculus 4PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1

Technology

200

Recommended Field ExperienceBy the close of the winter quarter of their senior year, all

students majoring in Industrial Technology and Managementshould have completed 500 clock hours of commercial workrelated to the emphasis within the major and performed underapproved supervision. The College will help place the studentin a qualifying position.

The objective of this interdisciplinary program is to preparegraduates for managerial and administrative positions in indus-try, business, and institutional positions requiring an apprecia-tion of, and competence in, both disciplines. Graduates with thismajor find first employment in manufacturing or related areas.

Examples of such positions are management of industrialdepartments of institutions, manufacturing plant management,construction management, and insurance service and safety man-agement.

Minor in Industrial Technology andManagement➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected, inconsultation with the Department Chair, from the core and amaximum of two emphases listed for the major in IndustrialTechnology and Management.

Major in Aviation, B.S.Students transferring into the aviation program with previously

earned FAA certificates or ratings should apply through the Tech-nology department at the time of initial registration for coursecredit (see “Credit by Examination,” page 40). Course credit forFAA certificates or ratings earned earlier at other locations is notavailable and will not be awarded after the student has begunaviation courses at Pacific Union College. A copy of FAA certifi-cates must be presented to the departmental representative at theFlight Center. Grades issued in recognition of FAA certificatevalidations are recorded as S (Satisfactory). For complete aviationpolicies and procedures, consult the Flight Policies and Proce-dures Handbook, available at the Flight Center. For financialinformation about flight training, see the financial informationsection of this catalog.

➤ A minimum of 68 hours (37 in the upper division).

AVIA 170 Fundamentals of Aviation 2AVIA 173 Meteorology 4AVIA 175 Private Pilot Theory 4AVIA 176 Private Flight Training 2AVIA 177 Intermedate Private Flight Training 2AVIA 178 Advanced Private Flight Training 2AVIA 275 Instrument Pilot Theory 4

AVIA 276 Instrument FlightTraining 2AVIA 277 Intermediate Instrument Flight Training 3AVIA 278 Advanced Instrument Flight Training 2AVIA 305 Aircraft Systems 3AVIA 373 Pilot Maintenance 2AVIA 375 Commercial and CFI Theory 4AVIA 376 Commercial Flight Training 2AVIA 377 Intermediate Commercial Flight Training 2AVIA 378 Advanced Commercial Flight Training 2AVIA 379 Aerodynamics 2AVIA 470 Fundamentals of Flight Instruction 1AVIA 471 Flight Instructor Flight Training 4AVIA 472 Instrument Instructor Flight Training 3

Electives in Aviation 4AUTO/AVIA 172 Electronics and Fuel Systems 3AUTO/AVIA 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3

Recommended: a minor in Business Administration.Students should expect and plan for approximately $2,000

per year in airplane rental fees. They are advised to identifythemselves to the Student Financial Services Office as aviationstudents to explore the possibility of financial assistance withthis expense.

Recommended Field ExperienceIt is recommended that all students majoring in Aviation

should have completed, by the end of winter quarter of theirsenior year, 500 clock hours of commercial work related to themajor field and performed under approved supervision. TheCollege will help place students in qualifying positions.

The objective of this program is to prepare graduates for suchpositions in the aviation industry as the following: mission pilots,company pilots, medical evacuation, teaching positions, pipelinepatrol, border patrol, police, pilot training, forestry, fishing in-dustry, air taxi operator, accident investigation, FAA specialist,major airline pilot, commuter airline pilot, cargo operations(FEDEX, UPS), fixed-base operator, traffic controller, and air-port manager.

Minor in Aviation➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected, inconsultation with the Department Chair, from the requirementslisted for the major in Aviation.

201

Technology

Major in Graphics Technology, B.S.➤ A minimum of 60 hours (27 in the upper division):

ART 124-125 Design and Composition 3-3ART 261 Graphic Design I 3ART 262 Graphic Design II 3ART 317 Design for the Web 2ART 363 Pre-Print Production I 3ART 464 Pre-Print Production II 3GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2GRPH 155 Introduction to Graphics Technology 2GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2GRPH 251 Macintosh: Spreadsheets and Database 2GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3GRPH 256 Publication Technology II 2GRPH 257 Publication Technology III 2GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3GRPH 353 Web Page Publication 3GRPH 354 Color Imaging 3GRPH 356 Doing Business on the Web 2GRPH 357 3D Digital Imaging 3GRPH 455 Seminar in Imaging Technology 2TECH 491 Internship 3➤ Electives (minimum of 6 hours):

ART 241-242 Photography-Black and White (3-3)ART 243 Photography - Color (3)ART 361 Graphic Design III (3)ART 362 Graphic Design IV (3)ART 463 Typography II (3)

For students interested in owning or managing a business inthe graphics industry, a minor in Business Administration isstrongly recommended.

Recommended Field ExperienceStudents majoring in Graphics Technology should have com-

pleted, by the end of winter quarter of their senior year, 500clock hours of commercial work related to the major field andperformed under approved supervision. The College will helpplace students in qualifying positions.

The objective of this program is to prepare graduates forpositions in the graphics and printing industry where an appre-ciation of both disciplines and competence in them is required.

Minor in Graphics Technology➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected inconsultation with the Department Chair from the requirementslisted for the major in Graphics Technology.

Major in Digital Media Technology, B.S.➤ A minimum of 73 hours (32 in the upper division):

ART 124-125 Design and Composition 3-3GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2GRPH 253 Publication Technology I 3GRPH 256 Publication Technology II 2GRPH 257 Publication Technology III 2GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology 3GRPH 357 3D Digital Imaging 3JOUR 434 Media Law and Ethics 3MDIA 152 Introduction to Media Technology 2MDIA 154 Video Technology 2MDIA 158 Media Production Concepts 2MDIA 252 Audio and Lighting Techniques 2MDIA 256 Video Editing I 3MDIA 257 Interactive Media Production I 3MDIA 258 Digital Effects I 3MDIA 354 Advanced Video Technology 3MDIA 356 Video Editing II 3MDIA 358 Digital Effects II 3MDIA 451 Professional Digital Media 3MDIA 456 Video Editing III 3MDIA 457 Interactive Media Production II 3TECH 491 Internship 3TECH 499 Senior Project 2➤ Electives (6 hours from MDIA courses or the following): 6ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals (2-2)ART 241-242 Photography - Black and White (3-3)ART 243 Photography - Color (3)ART 261 Graphic Design I (3)ART 262 Graphic Design II (3)ART 263 Typography I (3)ART 361 Graphic Design III (3)ART 362 Graphic Design IV (3)ART 446 Digital Photo Imaging (3)COMM 134 Mass Media (3)COMM 251 Survey of Broadcasting (3)GRPH 354 Color Image Assembly (3)JOUR 242 Photojournalism (2)PREL 335 Principles of Advertising (3)PREL 340 Writing for Broadcast Media (3)PREL 439 Media of Public Relations (3)

Technology

202

Recommended Field ExperienceAll students majoring in Digital Media Technology should

have completed, by the end of winter quarter of the senior year,500 clock hours of commercial work related to the major fieldand performed under approved supervision. The college will helpplace students in qualifying positions.

The objective of this program is to prepare graduates forpositions in the digital and/or interactive media industry. Seg-ments include but are not limited to education, training, enter-tainment, and television.

Minor in Digital Media Technology➤ A minimum of 30 hours (9 upper division) to be selected inconsultation with the Department Chair from the requirementslisted for the major in Digital Media Technology.

Major in Industrial TechnologyEducation, B.S.➤ A minimum of 62 hours of technical courses (24 upper division)including the following:


DRFD 131 Engineering Drawing 3DRFD 132 Engineering Drawing 3DRFD 134 Architectural Drafting 3GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2GRPH 158 WWW Portfolio Development 2MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2MFG 396 Industrial Safety Management 3TECH 399 Course Planning and Organization 3TECH 499 Senior Project 2

Courses for this major must include two 15-hour areas ofconcentration (may include core courses), and 6 hours in eachof three other areas from the following:

Drafting–DesignElectricity–Electronics–Robotics–ComputersGraphics TechnologyManufacturing TechnologyEnergy–Power–TransportationDigital Media Technology

Some interchange and substitution may be allowed in the areasof concentration in counsel with the major adviser.➤ Required Cognate Courses:

PHYS 111-112-113 4-4-4Professional education and credentialing courses 10

➤ Field Requirement:All students majoring in Industrial Technology Education

must be able, by the close of the winter quarter of their senioryear, to verify a minimum of 500 clock hours of commercialwork related to the major field and performed under approvedsupervision.

Teaching CredentialA B.S. in Industrial Technology Education is required. Stu-

dents who plan to teach at the secondary level should consultthe Credential Analyst in the Department of Education andshould become acquainted with specific requirements outlinedin the Education section of this catalog.

Minor in Industrial Technology Education➤ A minimum of 30 hours of technical courses (9 upper divi-sion) including 6 hours in each of three areas of specializationlisted above. A minor in Industrial Technology Educationwould be acceptable preparation for a second teaching field.

Associate Degree in EngineeringTechnology, A.S.

A two-year program consisting of 48 hours of technicalcourses, general education as listed for the A.S. degree, andsufficient electives to total 90 hours. The program is developedaround a concentration of courses in one or more of the follow-ing technical areas:

Drafting–DesignElectricity–Electronics–Robotics–ComputersGraphics TechnologyEnergy–Power–TransportationManufacturing TechnologyThe two-year programs are designed with a vocational-techni-

cal emphasis and are directed toward the training of techniciansand craftsmen who will be prepared to make a more immediateand efficient application of their skills to the industrial and tech-nical needs of today’s environment.

Associate Degree in Electronics, A.S.A two-year program consisting of 42 hours of technical

courses, 15 hours of cognate courses, general education as listedfor the associate degree, and sufficient electives to total 90 hours.➤ Required Technical Courses:

DRFD 131, 132 Engineering Drawing 3-3ELEC 140 Mathematics for Electronics 2ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3

203

Technology

ELEC 344 Linear Integrated Circuits 3ELEC 345 Robotics 3ELEC 349 Electronic Communications 3GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2MFG 164 Metalworking 2MFG 264 Industrial Metals Technology 3MFG 366 Advanced Machine Tool Procedures 3MFG 377 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3➤ Required Cognate Courses:

MATH 106 College Algebra 4PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1

Pre-ArchitectureA one-year program consisting of the following courses:

➤ Required Courses:

ART 121-122 Drawing Fundamentals 2-2ART 124 Design and Composition 3ART 127 Three-Dimensional Design 2DRFD 134-135 Architectural Drafting 3-3DRFD 331 Architectural Design 3DRFD 334 Architectural CADD 3ENGL 101-102 College English 4-4MATH 130 Precalculus 4

(or MATH 131 Calculus)MFG 184 Building Construction 3PEAC Elective 2PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1RELB Elective 4➤ Electives: 3-4ART 125 Design and Composition (3)DSGN 143 Interior Space Planning (2)GRPH 352 Digital Image Technology(3)

This program is designed to provide courses necessary forstudents wishing to transfer to universities offering degreedarchitecture programs.

ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3ELEC 244 Solid State Devices 2ELEC 245 Electronics CAD 3ELEC 340 Computer Networks 2ELEC 341 Digital Integrated Circuits 3ELEC 342 Microcomputer Design and Repair 3ELEC 344 Linear Integrated Circuits 2ELEC 347 Electronics CAD and Simulation 3ELEC 349 Electronic Communications 3GRPH 153 Introduction to Macintosh 2MFG 161 Machine Tool Procedures 2➤ Required Cognate Courses:

ACCT 114 Small Business Accounting 3(or MGMT 160 Small Business

Management)MATH 106 College Algebra 4PHYS 105 Introduction to Physics 5PHYS 106L Introduction to Physics Laboratory 1

This program is designed to prepare the student for work innearly any phase of electronics, such as institutional electronicsmaintenance, home entertainment electronics, or computer elec-tronics.

Associate Degree in Robotics, A.S.A two-year program consisting of the following technical

courses, general education as listed for the associate degree, andsufficient electives to total 90 hours.➤ Required Technical Courses:

DRFD 131, 132 Engineering Drawing 3-3ELEC 140 Mathematics for Electronics 2ELEC 141 Applied Electronics 3ELEC 142 Electronic Circuits 3ELEC 144 Electromechanical Devices and Wiring 3ELEC 341 Digital Integrated Circuits 3ELEC 342 Microcomputer Design and Repair 3ELEC 343 Automation and Computer Numerical

Control 3

Technology

204

prior to or concurrently with PrivateFlight Training. Recommended priorcourse: AVIA 173.

AVIA 176 2 Su, A, W, SPrivate Flight Training

Covers all flight training up throughsolo flight. Includes training in preflight,taxi, take-off, flight maneuvers, stalls,emergency procedures, normal and cross-wind landings, federal regulations, trafficprocedures, and communications. Prereq-uisite or corequisite: AVIA 175.

AVIA 177 2 Su, A, W, SIntermediate Private Flight Training

Includes five hours of solo practice oftake-offs, air maneuvers, and landings.Special training in short-field and soft-field landings, night landings, and cross-country flying techniques with a certifi-cated flight instructor completing a mini-mum of two dual cross-country flights.Prerequisite: AVIA 176.

AVIA 178 2 Su, A, W, SAdvanced Private Flight Training

Includes ten hours of solo cross-countryflight in addition to various sessions withan instructor and solo practice in prepara-tion for the FAA private pilot flightexamination. Prerequisite: AVIA 177.

AVIA 273 1-6 Su, A, W, SPracticum in Flight

A minimum of forty hours of practicein cross-country flying as pilot-in-com-mand to assigned destinations in prepara-tion for the instrument pilot rating. Flightsinclude practice with cockpit managementskills and use of attitude instrument flying.Prerequisite: private pilot certificate orAVIA 176, 177, 178.

AVIA 275 4 AInstrument Pilot Theory

From basic attitude instrument flyingto getting around in the modern airspace

system on an IFR flight plan. Preparationfor the FAA instrument written examina-tion and the instrument instructor writtenexamination. Prerequisite or corequisiteto instrument flight training courses.

AVIA 276 2 Su, A, W, SInstrument Flight Training

Basic attitude instrument flying theoryand skills. Developing proficiency in scanof the attitude instruments, interpretationof the instruments, and control of the air-craft with an additional work load thatincludes such factors as communications,copying clearances, using a timing device,and reading charts in flight. Also includesVOR and ADF navigation, DME arcs,and holding-patterns of all types. Prereq-uisite or corequisite: AVIA 275.

AVIA 277 3 Su, A, W, SIntermediate Instrument FlightTraining

Develops skills needed for executingVOR instrument approaches, ADFapproaches, localizer approaches, ASRapproaches, no-gyro approaches, andILS precision approaches. Prerequisite:AVIA 275, 276.

AVIA 278 2 Su, A, W, SAdvanced Instrument Flight Training

Cross-country instrument flying mak-ing use of all former instrument training.Use of acquired instrument skills in cross-country flights to large airports. Includesa comprehensive review and preparationfor the FAA instrument flight examina-tion. Prerequisite: AVIA 275, 276, 277.

AVIA 305 3 WAircraft Systems

Theory of modern aircraft systemsapplied to both small and large aircraft.Provides an understanding of systemsthat helps the pilot troubleshoot prob-lems in flight and on the ground. Enginetheory, electrical systems, hydraulic sys-

Aviation


AVIA 101 1 A, W, SIntroduction to Flight

Introduction to the experience of flightwithout commitment to an extensive train-ing program. It involves inspection of theaircraft before flight, taxi, take-off, andcontrolling an airplane in the air. Flightsare in a Cessna 152. Scheduling done inclass. No prerequisites.

AVIA 170 2 WFundamentals of Aviation

Private and military ventures in avia-tion from the beginnings to the present.Careers available in aviation today; howto prepare for them. Opportunity to inter-act with professionals in the aviationindustry. Odd years.

AVIA 173 4 AMeteorology

An introduction, for those interestedin science or aviation, to the causes ofweather phenomena and patterns. Meteo-rological theory, the best ways to obtaincurrent weather reports and forecasts,how to interpret meteorological reports,how to predict changes in weather, howto recognize dangerous weather patterns,and how to react to difficult situationscaused by adverse weather. For bothpilots and nonpilots. Recommendedprior to Private Pilot Theory.

AVIA 175 4 Su, A, SPrivate Pilot Theory

The theory necessary for safe flight intoday’s environment. Includes aerody-namics, the airspace system, aircraft per-formance and design, basic weather, maps,navigation, and aeromedical factors. Pre-pares the future private pilot for the FAAprivate pilot written exam. Required

205

Technology

AVIA 472 3 Su, A, W, SInstrument Instructor Flight Training

Preparation for the instrument flightinstructor oral and practical examination.Review of skills and procedures requiredfor instrument rating. Develops instru-ment flight proficiency from the right-hand seat and instructional skills neces-sary for teaching an instrument studentin flight and on the ground.

AVIA 473 1-6 Su, A, W, SAdvanced Practicum in Flight

Additional involvement in instructionor advanced flight operations into high-density traffic areas under instrumentconditions. Special reports or researchprojects may be required in conjunctionwith these assignments.

AVIA 476 2 Su, A, W, SMultiengine Flight Training

Dual instruction in aircraft systems,maneuvers, and emergency procedurestoward developing proficiency in multi-engine aircraft. Prepares student for themultiengine private or multiengine com-mercial practical test. Prerequisites: pri-vate pilot certificate; commercial certifi-cate recommended. (Course offeringdepends on availability of aircraft.)

AVIA 478 2 Su, A, W, SMultiengine Instructor Flight Training

Prepares the applicant to meet theexperience requirements and give flightinstruction in a multiengine aircraft.Directed toward acquiring teachingskills and safety procedures to meet thedemanding multiengine training environ-ment. Prerequisites: instrument rating,commercial certificate. (Course offeringdepends on availability of aircraft.)

AVIA 378 2 Su, A, W, SAdvanced Commercial Flight Training

How to work in remote areas and inforeign lands as a bush or mission pilot;operations in very cold weather; survivaltechniques. Conventional gear (tail-wheel)operations, mountain flying, off-airportprocedures, very short field landings andtake-offs. (Course offering depends onavailability of aircraft.) Prerequisite: FAAPrivate Pilot Certificate.

AVIA 379 2 WAerodynamics

Aerodynamics and aerodynamic devicesused on various types of modern aircraft.Encompasses the basic concepts of flightas well as more advanced studies than apilot would normally receive in prepara-tion for pilot certificates. Recommendedprior to commercial and flight instructorflight classes. Even years.

AVIA 470 1 SFundamentals of Flight Instruction

Basic principles of education that maybe applied to flight instruction. Practiceground instruction covering various pri-vate and commercial maneuvers. Discus-sion of the best teaching techniques andhow to avoid the pitfalls common tomany students and flight instructorsduring flight training.

AVIA 471 4 Su, A, W, SFlight Instructor Flight Training

Flight training and practice teachingin preparation for flight-instructor certifi-cate. Requires perfecting teaching tech-niques for the flight instructor. Includescomprehensive review of private andcommercial aeronautical knowledge;flight maneuvering skill from the right-hand seat. Awareness of obligations andprivileges of a certificated flight instructor.Mastery of FAA documentation and certi-fication procedures. Prerequisites: AVIA275, 276, 277, 278; 375, 376, 377, 379.

tems, landing-gear systems, fuel systems,control systems, oxygen and pressuriza-tion systems, etc. Prerequisite: ELEC 141or instructor’s approval. Odd years.

AVIA 373 2 SPilot Maintenance

Maintenance practices permitted byfederal regulations that any licensed pilotmay perform. Involves inspection tech-niques and hands-on experience perform-ing pilot-authorized aircraft maintenance.Even years.

AVIA 375 4 SCommercial and Certificated FlightInstructor Theory

Aircraft performance, weight andbalance, theory of flight, the federalairspace system, air traffic control, andnavigation. Prepares pilots for the Com-mercial, Fundamentals of Instruction,and Certificated Flight Instructor FAAwritten examinations. Prerequisites: Pri-vate Pilot Lectures or the Private PilotFAA Certificate.

AVIA 376 2 Su, A, W, SCommercial Flight Training

The systems, performance, and proce-dures necessary for operating a complexaircraft. Approximately fifty percent ofthe instruction treats flight competency ina complex aircraft. Includes high-perfor-mance flight experience in IFR and nightoperations. Prerequisites: the Private PilotFAA Certificate.

AVIA 377 2 Su, A, W, SIntermediate Commercial FlightTraining

Instruction in the maneuvers and skillsrequired for the commercial certificate.Involves instruction and practice in alltypes of operations essential for an ad-vanced commercial pilot. Special empha-sis on in-flight emergencies. Prerequisites:FAA Private Pilot Certificate.

Technology

206

Drafting-Design


DRFD 131-132 3-3 A-WEngineering Drawing

Principles of and practice in engineer-ing drawing. Applications to technicalproblems of CAD drafting techniques,orthographic, and pictorial views. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.

DRFD 134-135 3-3 A-WArchitectural Drafting

Symbols, conventions, and lettering asrelated to architectural drafting. Applica-tion of the principles of good design andstructure to floor plans, elevations, anddetails, with some attention to estimatingand specifications. Two lectures and onelaboratory weekly.


DRFD 330 3 SComputer-Aided Drafting–Design

Principles of interactive computer-aided drafting and design and its appli-cation in a technological environment.Two hours lecture and 3 hours labora-tory with hands-on experience weekly.Prerequisite: DRFD 131, 132. Even years.

DRFD 331 3 SArchitectural Design

Design as applied to commercial archi-tecture. Influence of art, function, andstructure on design. Site and environmen-tal planning. Prerequisite: DRFD 134-135. Odd years.

DRFD 334 3 SArchitectural CADD

Principles of interactive computer-aided drafting and design as applied toarchitecture. Primarily residential archi-tecture, with selected activities in com-mercial architectural design. Two hours

of lecture and three hours of laboratoryeach week. Prerequisite: DRFD 134-135.Odd years.

Electricity-Electronics- Robotics-Computers


ELEC 140 2 SMathematics for Electronics

The theory of algebra and trigonom-etry in analyzing electronic circuits androbotic problems. Practical problems areused to illustrate the practical aspects ofmathematics. Prerequisite: MATH 019.

ELEC 141 3 A, SApplied Electronics

A nonmathematical approach to elec-tronics. Electronic components and com-ponent combinations to make usefulequipment. Experiments include buildingand testing burglar alarms, photo strobes,power supplies, light dimmers, intercomsystems, electronic doorbells, timers,clocks, and other circuits. For the generalstudent. Two lectures and one three-hourlaboratory weekly.

ELEC 142 3 WElectronic Circuits

Application of electronic componentsto produce tuned circuits, filters, oscilla-tors, amplifiers, radio transmitters, andreceivers. Survey of linear and digitalintegrated circuits; production of printedcircuit boards. Two lectures and one labo-ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141.

ELEC 144 3 WElectromechanical Devices andWiring

Devices that convert electricity tomagnetism or magnetism to electricityand the wiring methods to control thesedevices: DC motors, universal motors,induction motors, stepper motors, sole-

noids, relays and switches. Residentialand industrial wiring. Two lectures andone laboratory weekly. Even years.

ELEC 244 2 SSolid-State Devices

Electronic solid-state components suchas diodes, bipolar transistors, FET tran-sistors, silicon-controlled rectifiers, triacs,diacs, unijunction transistors, and the cir-cuits in which they are used. One lectureand one laboratory weekly. Prerequisite:ELEC 141. Odd years.

ELEC 245 3 WElectronics CAD

Using the computer to design circuits,draw schematic diagrams, and analyzecircuits using computer simulation pro-grams. Design of printed circuit boards.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: ELEC 142.


ELEC 340 2 SComputer Networks

Computer networks and their topolo-gies. Includes installation of various typesof computer networks and fiber-opticsystems. Also covers network softwareand protocols. One lecture and one labo-ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141.Odd years.

ELEC 341 3 ADigital Integrated Circuits

Design and servicing of circuits usingTTL and CMOS ICs. Applications in-clude digital instrumentation, control,and computers. Student-designed labora-tory projects. Two lectures and one labo-ratory weekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 142.

ELEC 342 3 WMicrocomputer Design and Repair

The application of micro controllersfor use in control and data-logging appli-

207

Technology

cations with students building their ownsystems. Servicing of Apple and IBM-compatible computers with expansionand installation of new boards and drives.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: ELEC 341.

ELEC 343 3 AAutomation and ComputerNumerical Control

Use of computers to control machines;computer interfacing and control andsensing the mechanical world. Labs coverprogramming a computer to control amilling machine and stepper motors. Pre-requisites: ELEC 144, 342. Even years.

ELEC 344 2 SLinear Integrated Circuits

Operational amplifiers, comparators,phase-locked loops, and other linear devices.Laboratory with student-designed pro-jects. One lecture and one laboratoryweekly. Prerequisite: ELEC 141. Evenyears.

ELEC 345 3 ARobotics

Commercial robots and automationsystems; robotic arms, hydraulic controls,pneumatic controls, and computer roboticcontrols; practical servicing and program-ming. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly. Prerequisites: ELEC 141, 342.Odd years.

ELEC 347 3 SElectronics CAD and Simulation

Theory and use of net list proof ofprinted circuit board design, design ofcustom symbols and outlines, multilayerprinted circuit board layout. Use of cir-cuit simulation (spice) programs to bread-board circuits and the use of the com-puter to design and program PLDs (Pro-grammable Logic Devices). Prerequisite:ELEC 245. Even years.

ELEC 349 2 WElectronic Communications

Theory and analysis of receivers andtransmitters. Black and white and colortelevision receivers, including circuits andfault analysis. Design and analysis ofvarious radio transmitting methods,including AM, FM, FAX, and CW.Laboratories include checking and ana-lyzing faults of TV receivers and align-ment of radio transmitters and receivers.Prerequisite: ELEC 141. Odd years.

Energy–Power– Transportation


AUTO 101 2 SAuto Mechanics for Women

The mechanical operating principlesof the entire car, basic service, the com-ponents of a car, how to buy a car, andhow to find a good technician to servicethe car. Especially planned for womenonly. Two lectures and one laboratoryweekly. Not applicable toward a technol-ogy degree.

AUTO 171 3 AAuto Mechanics Fundamentals

Designed for the beginner. The generalfield of auto mechanics, emphasizing thosefacets of the field that relate to car service.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.

AUTO 172 3 WAutomotive Electronics and FuelSystems

The electrical, fuel, and smog systemsof the modern automobile. Individualsystems theory and methods of repair,their relationship to each other, and theway the central computer manages them.The course is divided into three sections:fuel, electrical, and emission controls andcomputers. Two lectures and one labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: AUTO 171.

AUTO 178 3 AAuto Body

Auto-body techniques: metal work,straightening, body filler application, andspraying acrylics and lacquer finishes.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.


AUTO 373 3 SAutomotive Chassis andTransmissions

Suspension, wheel alignment, air con-ditioning, brakes, differentials, manualand automatic transmissions, driveline,tires, and safety systems. Two lecturesand one laboratory weekly with intensivepractice. Even years.

AUTO 375 3 SAutomotive Engine Machining andRebuilding

Designed particularly for majors, butopen to others who meet the prerequi-sites, this course applies theory to enginerebuilding. Includes all the basic testingand machining operations. Two lecturesand one laboratory weekly. Prerequisites:AUTO 171, 172; MFG 161. Even years.

AUTO 377 3 AHydraulics and Pneumatics

Principles of transmission and applica-tion of force using fluids: pressure, Pas-cal’s principle, compression of gases,force calculations. High-pressure devicesand techniques: compressors and con-trols, filters, proportioning valves, andlimit mechanisms. Types of hydraulic oiland their characteristics. Drafting sym-bols and their meanings. Two lecturesand one laboratory weekly. Even years.

Technology

208

AUTO 379 3 SFrame and Refinishing

Frame construction, methods ofstraightening, techniques of panelreplacement. Painting of automobiles,including the latest techniques and medi-ums. Standard, exotic, and custom fin-ishes such as metal flaking, pearl, candiesand scenes. Two lectures and one labora-tory weekly with intensive laboratoryexperience. Odd years.

AUTO 475 3 ASeminar in TransportationManagement

Managing different major sectors ofthe transportation industry: insurance,warranties, bonding, Department ofMotor Vehicles policies, and technicianand Bureau of Automotive Repair licens-ing. Independent research and reportingare part of the course.

Graphics Technology


GRPH 153 2 AIntroduction to Macintosh

Computer orientation for those withlittle or no previous computer experience.Practical, hands-on training, includinginstruction about the computer and itsinternal operating system, word process-ing, virus protection; orientation to prac-tical computer uses and popular programs.One lecture and three hours laboratoryweekly.

GRPH 155 2 WIntroduction to Graphics Technology

Survey of graphics technology, theory,and processes. Contributions of pasttechnology and application to currentpractices and photolithographic repro-duction. Emphasis on inkless printing,laser printers, and electronic publishing.

GRPH 257 2 SPublication Technology III

Continuation of GRPH 253 and 256,using the Macintosh computer andAdobe Illustrator. Emphasis on usingIllustrator as a means of creating specialtypographic effects and redrawing tem-plates imported from a scanner. Intro-duction to Illustrator for creating originaldesigns. One lecture and one laboratoryper week. Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH256 or permission of the instructor.

Upper-Division Courses:

GRPH 352 3 WDigital Image Technology

Introduction to Adobe PhotoShop,Illustrator, and Dimensions as tools tocreate and edit images. Freedom forindividualized techniques in developingimages. PhotoShop as a tool to scan andadjust continuous-tone photographs andillustrations for accurate reproduction bythe graphics industry. Two lectures andone laboratory per week. Lab fee. Prereq-uisite: GRPH 253 or permission of theinstructor. ART 121 or ART 124strongly advised.

GRPH 353 3 AWeb-Page Publication

An elementary approach to creatinga Web page. Includes choosing an appli-cation for easy and automatic HTMLscripting, developing fast-acting Webpages, and creating user interactivity.Outline of basic Web rules and weak-nesses. Prerequisite: GRPH 253; CPTR105 or GRPH 153 or demonstrable com-puter competency (Mac or PC). Oddyears.

GRPH 354 3 SColor Imaging

Procedures for image generation andmanipulation, including color proofing,photolithographic reproduction, laser

GRPH 158 2 WWWW Portfolio Development

A unique approach to development ofdynamic personal portfolios for personsin all disciplines. A practical guide towhat to include; how to design, updateand link electronic portfolios; their usesin job placement, self-promotion, andpersonal assessment. Prerequisite: com-puter competency.

GRPH 251 2 SMacintosh Spreadsheets andDatabase

A practical, hands-on approach tolearning various spreadsheets and data-base on Macintosh computers. Onelecture and one laboratory weekly. Rec-ommended prior course: GRPH 153.Even years.

GRPH 253 3 APublication Technology I(See also JOUR 253.)

Electronic typesetting and compositionfor formatting and interfacing word pro-cessing. The basics of importing text andgraphics from other applications, includ-ing scanners; evaluation of desktop pub-lishing software. Lab projects with AdobePageMaker. Lab fee. Two lectures andone laboratory weekly.

GRPH 256 2 WPublication Technology II

Continuation of GRPH 253, using theMacintosh computer as hardware plat-form and Quark Express. Emphasis onadvanced page layout. Introduction toformatting long documents. Use of mul-tiple master pages; building color pages.One lecture and one laboratory per week.Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH 253 or per-mission of the instructor.

209

Technology

printing and electronic publishing. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: GRPH 253. Even years.

GRPH 356 2Doing Business on the Web

An overview of business activity onthe Web. Includes ethics, confidentiality,security, and business practices. Labactivities include planning a pseudo-Webpage for marketing that can be monitoredand maintained remotely. Prerequisite:GRPH 353. Even years.

GRPH 357 3 S3D Digital Imaging

Introduction to production of still andanimated 3D images. Fundamentals ofmodeling in three dimensions. Develop-ment of simple choreography and move-ment of models, logos, and 3D text. Twolectures and one laboratory per week.Lab fee. Prerequisite: GRPH 352.

GRPH 455 2 SSeminar in Imaging Technology

Applied research by individuals or smallteams, critiqued and directed by the group.Prerequisites: GRPH 454, MGMT 361.

Media Technology

Lower-Division Courses:

MDIA 136-137-138 3-3-3 A-W-SIntroduction to Filmmaking

An introduction to the basic elementsof filmmaking: basic photography, cam-era operation, lenses, shooting, labs,sound, editing, lighting, special effects,preproduction, production, and post-pro-duction. Also includes aesthetic interpre-tation, ideas, moods, characterization,mise-en-scène, symbols, and significance.Includes completion of a short 16-mmnonsynch film project by each student.Two lecture-discussion sessions and onelaboratory weekly.

MDIA 152 2 WIntroduction to Media Technology

An overview of multimedia, its effectson lifestyles, the workplace, education,training, entertainment, and communica-tion. An examination of real-worldapplications, markets, and employmentopportunities. Lectures, discussions,demonstrations, and field trips.

MDIA 154 2 SVideo Technology

The technology of the video camera,its handling, use and care. Videographictechniques and skills in preparation fordigital editing and assembling for pro-duction of interactive media. One hourlecture/discussion and three hours labora-tory per week.

MDIA 158 2 SMedia Production Concepts

Theoretical and historical perspectiveson media: screen-writing, camera work,direction, production, distribution, edit-ing, and special effects. Development ofcritical criteria for evaluating and appre-ciating media for communication throughtechnology. Lectures, discussions, dem-onstrations, and field trips.

MDIA 252 2 AAudio and Lighting Techniques

The technology of audio and lightingas it interfaces with the computer andsoftware to complete the full presentationmost effectively. One hour lecture andthree hours laboratory per week.

MDIA 256 3 AVideo Editing I

Nonlinear techniques for creating, edit-ing, and delivering video. Creating, as-sembling, and compiling video. Use offilters, audio, and titling. Two hourslecture and three hours laboratory perweek. Prerequisite: GRPH 153.

MDIA 257 3 WInteractive Media Production I

Teamwork and individual activity tocreate interactive experiences. Relation-ship of hardware, software, and media inthe interactive environment. Conceptsmay be used in entertainment, business,training, education, and marketing. Twohours lecture and three hours laboratoryper week. Prerequisite: GRPH 153.

MDIA 258 3 SDigital Effects I

Leading software programs for anima-tion and sophisticated special effects invideo. Exploration of the power of spe-cial effects such as morphing and warp-ing to enhance digital video. Two hourslecture and three hours laboratory perweek. Prerequisite: GRPH 153.

Upper-Division Courses:

MDIA 346 4 AIntroduction to Screenwriting(See ENGL 346.)

Fundamentals of screenwriting: struc-ture, character and scene development;conflict, locale, theme, script outlineand story conception. Includes practicaldevelopment of the student’s knowledgeof screenwriting software programs. Stu-dents produce one act of a feature-lengthscreenplay. Prerequisite: ENGL 102.

MDIA 354 3 AAdvanced Video Technology

Advanced concepts in camera opera-tion, techniques, and skills. Primarily forvideo capture in preparation for digitiz-ing, digital editing, manipulation, andassembling into presentations. One hourlecture and six hours laboratory perweek. Prerequisite: MDIA 154.

Technology

210

MDIA 356 3 WVideo Editing II

Instruction and experience in digitizingvideo and sound, digital editing, mixing,and mastering as they relate to the mov-ing image. Understanding compressionconstraints and other post-productionissues, including organizing and loggingthe video. Two hours of lecture and threehours of laboratory per week. Prerequi-site: MDIA 256.

MDIA 358 3 SDigital Effects II

An advanced continuation of the con-cepts introduced in MDIA 258. Genera-tion, manipulation, and editing of 3Dobjects to create realistic effects. Prereq-uisites: MDIA 258, GRPH 352. Recom-mended: GRPH 357.

MDIA 432-433 3-3 W-SDocumentary Production

An introduction to the documentary:history of the documentary, developmentof story ideas, documentary screencraft,researching and scripting the story, and areview of significant documentary pro-ductions. Students as a group create andproduce a complete documentary. Lec-ture/discussions and laboratory.

MDIA 451 3 AProfessional Digital Media

Digital media from the professionalpoint of view. Evaluation of products,markets, audiences, and presentationmodes. Lecture/discussion, demonstra-tions, and field trips.

MDIA 456 3 WVideo Editing III

Advanced instruction and practice inthe concepts introduced in MDIA 256and 356. Experience in digitizing frommultiple sources; special techniques inpreparation for advanced interactiveapplications. One hour lecture and six

hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite:MDIA 356.

MDIA 457 3 SInteractive Media Production II

The final touch in authoring for enter-tainment, education, and business. Topicsinclude combining graphics, animation,photography, narration, music, sound,and video in exciting interactive presenta-tions. One hour lecture, six hours labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: MDIA 257.

Manufacturing Technology: General Manufacturing


MFG 327 3 WProduction Operations

Methods used in mass productionmanufacturing. Cost control, plant layout,and production-management systems.Even years.

MFG 328 3 AQuality Control Systems

Overall review and application of thephilosophy of quality control and theapplication of statistical process control.In-depth case studies of selected indus-tries. Even years.

MFG 367 3 AManufacturing Technology

Technical information, theory, andexperiences pertaining to processes ofindustry. Two lectures and one labora-tory weekly. Prerequisite: MFG 221 or281. Odd years.

MFG 387 3 WMaterial Coatings and Coverings

Materials identification, analysis, prepa-ration, and surface treatment of materialsused in manufacturing. Even years.

MFG 394 3 WMaterials: Processes and Testing

The sources, processing, manufacture,and testing of the more commonly usedmaterials in modern industry and con-struction. Odd years.

MFG 396 3 SIndustrial Safety Management

Industrial safety as it relates to theindividual worker, to the supervisor, andto management. Includes traffic safety.Special emphasis on psychology in thework place, including motivation andthe impact of OSHA. Odd years.

MFG 465 3 SSeminar in ManufacturingTechnology

Applied research by small teams; cri-tiqued and directed by the group.

Metals Manufacturing


MFG 161 2 WMachine Tool Procedures

Basic machine tools and laboratorypractice in basic processes. One lectureand one laboratory weekly.

MFG 164 2 AMetalworking

Oxyacetylene welding procedures. Safehandling of gas equipment. Electric arcwelding in various positions. Basic metal-lurgy. Design and fabrication in sheetmetal. Basic mold-making and sand-casting procedures. One lecture andone laboratory weekly.

MFG 264 3 SIndustrial Metals Technology

An introduction to MIG and TIG weld-ing, production manufacturing methods,machines, and scheduling. Design andbuilding of jigs, fixtures, and molds. Two

211

Technology

lectures and one laboratory weekly. Evenyears.


MFG 366 3 SAdvanced Machine Tool Procedures

Advanced milling operations for massproduction. Shaper, planer, and grindingoperations and gear computations. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly. Pre-requisite: ELEC 343. Odd years.

Plastics Manufacturing


MFG 121 2 APlastics

The characteristics of the major plas-tics families and their uses. Tools andoperations involved in the fabrication ofuseful plastic projects including hand andmachine power tools. Vacuum forming,heat forming, blowing, engraving, cast-ing, machining, and decorating. Labora-tory practice in all the common tech-niques used in the field. One lecture andone laboratory weekly.

MFG 122 2-3 WComposite Materials Technology

Construction of plugs, molds, and one-off lay-ups; repair techniques. Productiontechniques, industry materials and pro-cesses, and hobby types of activities.Requires hands-on construction of moldsand production of an item from a mold.Typical projects include sailboats, canoes,motorcycle saddlebags, kayaks, hot tubs,automotive air dams, and spoilers. Cov-ers fiberglass and all graphite-reinforcedlaminates such as those used in the aero-space and aircraft industries. Even years.

MFG 221 3 WProcesses in Plastics Technology

Basic concepts of manufacturing usingplastics. Applied experience in forming,separating, and assembling materials.Two lectures and one laboratory weekly.Prerequisite: MFG 121 or permission ofinstructor. Even years.

Woods Manufacturing


MFG 181 2 WWoodworking

Wood and basic woodworking pro-cesses. Instruction in hand and machineoperations by the project method. Onelecture and one laboratory weekly.

MFG 184 3 ABuilding Construction

An applied general building course;includes basic construction operationsfrom building layout to completion. Twolectures and one laboratory weekly.

MFG 281 3 SProcesses in Wood Technology

Basic concepts in wood productsmanufacturing: forming, separating, andassembling materials. Two lectures andone laboratory weekly. Prerequisite:MFG 181 or permission of instructor.Odd years.

General Courses


TECH 291 1-6 A, W, S, SuInternship

Planned, coordinated, and supervisedwork experience in an industry alliedwith the student’s technical areas of con-centration. A minimum of fifty hours ofverified work experience for each hourof credit. S/F basis.


TECH 399 3 ACourse Planning and Organization

Developing a philosophy of industrialeducation with its supporting objectives.Selection and organization of teachingmaterial into a usable course of study.Offered on sufficient demand.

TECH 491 3-6 A, W, S, SuInternship

Continuation of TECH 291. A mini-mum of fifty hours of verified workexperience required for each hour ofcredit. Repeatable to a total of 12 hours.Graded S/F.

TECH 492 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Project

Projects selected in any area in whicha student desires greater proficiency.Requires approval of department chair.Maximum of three hours credit in anyone quarter and a maximum of six hourscredit (for TECH 492 and/or TECH 495)in any single program.

TECH 493 3 WTechnology, Society and Culture

Current, historical, and future issuesand their relationship to technology andsystems in various world cultures. Empha-sis on explaining technological behaviorsand on showing how technology perme-ates all of human affairs.

TECH 495 1-3 A, W, SIndependent Study

Problems selected in any area in whicha student desires greater depth of study.Requires approval of major adviser. Maxi-mum of three hours credit in any onequarter; maximum of six hours credit(for TECH 492 and/or TECH 495) inany single program.

Technology

212

TECH 499 2 A, WSenior Project

An individual project required in somedepartmental majors during the senioryear representing an area of concentra-tion and the best efforts of the student.Each project is properly identified andremains with the department. Must becompleted by the end of the winter quar-ter of the senior year.

213

Financial InformationFinancial Information, 1998-1999*

Pacific Union College is incorporatedunder the laws of the State of Californiaas a nonprofit institution. A portion of itsincome is derived from gifts and grants.These sources of funding help keep yourcost at the lowest possible level consistentwith adequate facilities and competentinstruction. Because of uncertain economicconditions, the College must reserve theright to increase tuition rates, rents, andfees during the school year.

Room DepositA $100 cleaning/damage deposit is

required of all residence-hall students. Toreserve a room for the coming year, bothroommates must have paid this deposit.The deposit is refundable if a cancellationis received by September 1. No refundsare made for cancellations after Septem-ber 1 or for failure to appear for registra-tion.

If you are already in residence, youmay designate a room preference beforethe end of the current school year, but noreservation will be made until the clean-ing/damage deposit is received. Specificroom assignments for new students aremade on the basis of class standing andthe date the deposit is received.

When an application to the College iswithdrawn prior to the refund deadline,the cleaning/damage deposit is refundedin full upon written request to the appro-priate residence-hall dean.

Financial Requirements For 1998-1999*Late registration fee .................. $25.00

(Payable in cash when you register)Learning Difference Support Program

Per quarter ...................... $250.00Lost residence-hall key

or replacement. ................. $20.00Lost student I.D. or replacement

.......................................... $12.00Private Music Lesson Fee

(see Music Charges)Nursing Fees (see Nursing Fees)Refrigerator electricity charge

(per quarter) 3 cubic feet ........ $5.00Senior Citizen (65 yrs. & older) Rates:

Non-Participation ......................N/CAudit Credit................. $25 per hourFull Credit ................... $50 per hour

These special rates are available tosenior citizens on an “empty-seat”basis. Regular degree students payingfull tuition have priority and are notdisplaced in favor of those who wouldotherwise qualify for this program.

Skiing Fees: Inquire at Physical Educa-tion department

Transcript of credits:One-time fee ........................... $3.00“Rush” processing .................. $5.00

+ mail charge

Tuition—Quarter Fee ScheduleThe tuition rates reflect a charge of

$405 per quarter hour up to 11.5hours. Tuition for 12 to 17 hours is$4,685. All hours over 17 are chargedat $305 per hour.

Miscellaneous Fees

Application fee (first time only) $30.00Automobile campus registration fee:

Community students,per year ............................. $10.00

Residence-hall students,per year ............................. $30.00

For each extra vehicle ............. $3.00For each extra motorcycle ...... $3.00

Credit by exam recording fee(per exam) ............................ $15.00

Extension course credit: Inquire atExtended Learning

Exam fee (course waiver orcredit by exam) ............ $25 per hour

Examination Fees (standardized)Fees are charged to cover costs of

such standardized tests as may berequired by individual departments.Flight Training Fees (See FlightTraining Fees Section)Laboratory: Fee varies with class.

Breakage payment as circumstancesmay require

*Note: A supplement with financial information for 1999-2000 will be available in March 1999.

Financial Information

214

Payment InformationPayment for the tuition, room, and

board expenses is to be made by:September 15 Autumn QuarterDecember 15 Winter QuarterMarch 15 Spring Quarter

You may use your Visa, Mastercard,or Discover charge card to make yourpayment. To make arrangements, get intouch with your financial counselor.

Advance PaymentAll U.S. and permanent-resident stu-

dents are required to make an advancepayment of $1,200 each year withoutregard to any other financial arrangementor financial aid. This payment, along withthe first monthly payment, is due in theStudent Financial Services office on orbefore September 15 for autumn quar-ter, by December 15 for winter quarter,and by March 15 for spring quarter.

Billing ProcedureAt registration time you indicate the

name and address of any parent or spon-sor who is to receive your financial state-ment. You also receive a copy.

As a student at PUC you have twoaccounts, your basic education account(which covers tuition, room and board)and your miscellaneous account (whichpicks up other charges through the year,such as meal costs in excess of the mini-mum, private music lessons for non-music majors, course-overload chargesfor each hour in excess of 17 hours,library fines, etc.).

You pay your basic education accountcharges on the basis of your paymentplan with the school. Your miscellaneousaccount charges are to be paid eachmonth upon receipt of the statement. Alate charge is assessed for any accountthat remains unpaid beyond 30 days.

eligible only the first year of participa-tion for a 2% cash discount on the totalestimated costs.5. The SDA Tuition Discount is availablewhen applicable.6. Any money you earn from campusemployment is paid directly to you. Theseearnings do not qualify as a reduction inthe amount to be paid.7. Costs in excess of the total estimatedcosts paid will be billed monthly. Youmust pay them on a monthly basis.8. Should your actual costs be less thanthe estimated amount paid, the credit willbe refunded after June 25.

This plan guarantees only the tuitionrate, not any other charges, including butnot limited to the room and board chargesand any fees assessed after the beginningof the school year. If you elect this plan,you (or your parents or sponsor) mustprepay each year the total estimated costs,which include room and board and otherfees at the current rate.

The Tuition Guarantee Plan is avail-able only to students without financialaid.

Cash DiscountProvisions of the Plan:

1. Cash discounts will be applied as fol-lows: 2% discount of the total advancepayment for each quarter in residence.2. Cash discounts will be applied if totalestimated costs, less SDA Tuition Dis-count (if applicable), are remitted by:June 15 for Summer SessionSeptember 15 for autumn quarterDecember 15 for Winter QuarterMarch 15 for Spring Quarter3. Any cash draws void the discount forthat quarter.

Financing College

The payment options listed below areavailable to students without financialaid. If you elect one of these plans, youshould complete arrangements with yourPUC financial counselor thirty daysbefore the school term begins.

Tuition Guarantee PlanProvisions of the Plan:

1. The tuition rate in effect duringautumn quarter of your first contractwill remain in effect until you graduate,provided that you maintain full-time,continuous registration. (Student mission-aries and Taskforce workers may begranted a one-year leave of absence.)2. Prior to or on September 15, you mustpay total estimated costs for the year.3. Any cash draws void the contract.4. As a participant in this plan you are

Estimate of ExpensesThe following amounts represent

the estimated cost of full-time atten-dance during the autumn, winter, andspring quarters of the 1998-99 schoolyear:

One EachYear Quarter

Tuition & fees* $14,055 $4,685(12-17 hours)Residence-hall Rent 2,580 860Minimum Board 1,725 575

Total $18,360 $6,120

Books and school supplies arepurchased on a cash basis at theCollege Bookstore.

* For students enrolled for six credit hoursor more, tuition and fee charges includetuition, an accident and sickness medicalexpense assistance plan, Student Associa-tion fees, and graduation fees.

215


Monthly Payment PlanProvisions of the Plan:1. After deduction of the advance pay-ment, financial aid, and scholarships fromthe total estimated costs, this plan allowsthe remainder to be paid in nine equalpayments beginning September 15th andon the 15th of each successive monththrough May.2. The responsible party receives amonthly billing.

SDA Tuition DiscountProvisions of the Plan:

A subsidy toward the operation of theCollege is provided by the Seventh-dayAdventist Church. Therefore:1. Seventh-day Adventist students receivea tuition discount of $750 for the year($250 per quarter) for full-time students.Three-quarter time students receive adiscount of $562.50, and half-time stu-dents a discount of $375 for the year.2. This discount is applied only to tuitioncharged at the rate of $405 per hour.3. This discount is coordinated withother financial aid to fit into need deter-mination.

Family Discount PlanProvisions of the Plan:

1. For students from the same familyattending Pacific Union College full time,a family discount is given. For a familywith two dependent students attendingthe College at the same time, a discountof $100 per student per quarter is given;for a family with three or more, the dis-count is $125 per student per quarter.2. If you are in a family qualifying forthis discount, you also receive the ben-efits of any of the other payment anddiscount plans offered by the College forwhich you qualify.

Independent Student: For federal andstate financial-aid program purposes, youare considered independent if you• are 24 years of age or older on or

before December 31 of the award year,• are a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces,• are an orphan or ward of the court,• have a legal dependent other than a

spouse,• are a married student, or• are a graduate/professional student.Free Application for Federal StudentAid (FAFSA): The application form usedto determine your financial need. TheFAFSA is available from PUC’s StudentFinancial Services Office.Financial Aid Application (FAA): PUC’ssupplemental form to apply for financialaid. This is available at the PUC StudentFinancial Services Office.Verification Worksheet: Available at thePUC Student Financial Services Office.

Eligibility for Financial AidTo qualify for the federal financial aid

programs, you must1. be accepted to attend PUC to pursue aregular course of study leading toward adegree or certificate,2. be a citizen of the U.S. or its TrustTerritories, or have a permanent-residentvisa, and3. demonstrate financial need as deter-mined by the FAFSA.Satisfactory Academic Progress. To beeligible to receive federal, state, and/orinstitutional financial aid at Pacific UnionCollege, you must maintain satisfactoryacademic progress, which is defined asfollows:Course Load. To be a full-time student,you must register for at least 12 hoursand complete at least 10 hours per quar-ter. To complete a bachelor’s degree infour years, you must complete an averageof 16 hours per quarter. (Financial aid isavailable during the summer if you are

Financial Aid Programs

The basic premise of the federal andstate financial-aid programs is that youand your parents have the primary obli-gation to meet your cost of attendance tothe extent that you and they are able todo so. If you have further financial need,you may apply for financial aid, which isgenerally made available through grants,loans, and student employment.

The following definitions are given toclarify financial aid:College Costs: Tuition, fees, room andboard, books and supplies, personalexpenses (laundry, clothing, etc.), andrequired travel.Financial Aid: Financial resources avail-able to meet financial needs, resourcessuch as scholarships and grants, whichare not repaid; loans, usually at favorableinterest rates and with extended repay-ment periods; and part-time studentemployment.Parents’ Contribution: The amount par-ents are expected to contribute towardthe cost of education.Family Contribution: A combinationof parents’ contribution and studentresources, such as savings or other assets,summer earnings, or G.I. Bill aid. For amarried student, spouse’s earnings wouldalso be included in family resources. Thefamily contribution is determined by thefederal government.Financial Need: The difference betweencost of attendance and the family contri-bution.Scholarships: Outright gifts awarded foracademic excellence and promise.Grants: Outright gifts, based on financialneed.Loans: Financial assistance which mustbe repaid, usually with favorable interestand long-term repayment schedules.


216

taking at least 9 hours and will graduateat the end of summer quarter.)Grade-point average. You must earn aminimum quarter grade-point average of2.0 and a cumulative grade-point averageof 2.0 to qualify for financial aid. To beeligible for campus grant money, bach-elor’s degree students must satisfactorilycomplete 39 hours in three consecutivequarters; two-year degree students mustcomplete 36 hours in three consecutivequarters.

In calculating the grade-point averageand evaluating progress toward comple-tion of a degree:

“I” (Incomplete) is calculated as an“F” until the course has been satisfac-torily completed according to provi-sions in this catalog.

“W” (Withdrawal) is not computed inthe GPA, nor is the course consideredto be completed satisfactorily.A course repeated to improve the

grade-point average is counted only oncetoward the total credit hours required forgraduation. The original grade is notincluded in the grade-point calculation.

A maximum of nine quarter hoursof remedial courses (001-099) is appli-cable toward the baccalaureate degree.

Time Frame for Progress Toward aDegree. If you receive financial aid, youshould carefully adhere to the require-ments of your major or other program toensure completion on time. You must bein compliance with the following tables,which indicate the time for a first-yearstudent to qualify for a degree. Financialaid for students in other classificationswill be prorated.

Satisfactory Academic ProgressReview. At the end of each quarter theStudent Financial Services office reviewsthe academic progress of each student. Ifwhile receiving financial aid you arefound to be in violation of the hour and/or grade-point average requirements,

For Four-year Degree

By the end of Credit to be completed:

3 quarters 39 hours

6 quarters 78 hours

9 quarters 117 hours

12 quarters 156 hours

15 quarters all degreerequirements

For Two-year Degree

By the end of Credit to be completed:

3 quarters 36 hours

6 quarters 72 hours

9 quarters all degree requirements

10 quarters all A.S. Nursingrequirements

your financial aid could be immediatelysuspended. At the end of the third quar-ter, campus financial aid may be sus-pended if the 39/36 hour requirementhas not been met.

If your financial aid is suspended,before it can be reinstated you mustmake arrangements with the StudentFinancial Services office and with theRecords office to take the appropriatecourse load to satisfy the 39/36 hour andgrade-point average requirements.

For any courses you take elsewhere,you must submit an official transcript tothe Student Financial Services office andthe Records office three weeks before thebeginning of the quarter for which finan-cial aid is sought, so that your eligibilitymay be determined.

Part-Time Students. Financial aid maybe available to part-time students asfollows: three-quarter time (9-11.5

hours) and half-time (6-8.5 hours). Youmust declare less than full-time status toyour financial counselor prior to thebeginning of the quarter. PUC CampusGrant money is available to full-timestudents only. Additional information isavailable from your financial counselor.

Transfer Students. Transfer studentsare eligible for financial aid during theirfirst quarter at Pacific Union College andare subject to the same satisfactory aca-demic-progress policies as other PUCstudents. Credits earned prior to enroll-ing at Pacific Union College are notconsidered when determining academicprogress. Transfer credit may be acceptedto make up a deficiency. Before register-ing as a transfer student, you must con-sult the Records office to determinewhether or not PUC will accept yourtransfer credits.

Appeal Procedures. The followingappeal procedures are available if you areever deemed not to be making satisfac-tory academic progress. If you are in thiscategory, you may receive aid for thecoming quarter upon approval of a writ-ten petition to the Financial Aid Commit-tee at the Student Financial Servicesoffice. This petition must1. describe the reasons for not makingsatisfactory progress,2. outline a program for correcting theproblem, and3. list an approved, attainable classschedule, signed by your academic ad-viser, for the following quarter.

Financial Aid Suspension. If you donot make satisfactory academic progressfor the petitioned quarter, you will beplaced on Financial Aid Suspension, astatus that terminates financial aid. Ifyour financial aid is suspended, you mayappeal the suspension in writing to theFinancial Aid Committee at the StudentFinancial Services office.1. The Financial Aid Committee will

217


review the appeal and determine whetherthe suspension is justified. You will beadvised of the decision in writing.2. You may appeal the decision of theFinancial Aid Committee, in writing, tothe Grants, Loans, and ScholarshipsCommittee.

If the appeal is approved and aid isreinstated for one additional quarter, youmust1. begin the quarter with a minimum of12 hours, complete at least 10 hours, and2. attain a GPA for the quarter of at least2.00 and sufficient to bring the cumula-tive GPA to at least 2.00.

If you do not meet the above require-ments, financial aid will be suspendedwithout recourse until you are able todemonstrate your ability to succeed withthe appropriate course load and achievethe appropriate grade-point average.

Types of Aid

Financial aid consists of gift aid andself-help aid. Gift aid includes scholar-ships and grants, which require no repay-ment. Self-help includes loans, whichmust be repaid, and your employmentearnings.

Gift Aid: Scholarships and GrantsFrom the Federal Government

Federal Pell Grant. The Pell Grant is afederally-funded grant program designedto help eligible undergraduates earn thefirst baccalaureate degree. The amountis based on your financial need and thenumber of hours for which you areenrolled.

FSEOG. The Federal SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grant programis a federal program for undergraduatestudents with the greatest financial need.An FSEOG award is automatically con-sidered for students applying for financialaid through PUC.

BIA. Bureau of Indian Affairs grantshelp native American students meet theircollege costs. Applications for BIA grantsand vocational assistance are availablefrom the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairsregional offices or from the Bureau’sOffice of Indian Education, 2800 Cot-tage Way, Sacramento, CA 95825.From the State Government

The California Student Aid Commis-sion. All PUC students who are Califor-nia residents are encouraged to apply tothe California Student Aid Commissionfor state-funded grant assistance. To beeligible, you must be a legal resident ofCalifornia. An annual application isrequired for all grants. Applications aredue by March 2 for the school termstarting the following September.

Cal Grants are based on a combina-tion of demonstrated financial need andacademic achievement as evidenced byyour GPA. Scholarship award amountsare determined by CSAC. Both the FAFSAand the GPA Verification Form must befiled by March 2.From the CollegeHonor Awards

Contact the Enrollment Services officefor information about College-awardedscholarships and honor awards. The Stu-dent Financial Services office coordinatesbut does not determine these awards.

A Campus Grant is a limited grantavailable to help meet a student’s remain-ing financial need. Recipients must main-tain satisfactory academic progress andcarry a full course load; they may berequired to live in College housing.Self-Help: Loans

Most of the financial aid packagesfrom the College’s Student FinancialServices office include an expectationthat the applying student will take a loanunder one of several loan programs. Yourstudent loan helps defray current costsuntil you can better afford to pay for

them. Campus Grant money is availableto you only if you also have a FederalStafford, Federal Perkins, and/or Colle-giate Loan.

Federal Stafford Loan Program. Themost common type of loan for under-graduates is the Subsidized FederalStafford Student Loan, provided by suchprivate lending institutions as banks,savings and loan associations, and creditunions, and guaranteed by the federal orstate government. To qualify, you mustbe a U.S. citizen or permanent residentenrolled at least half-time and must havecompleted the financial aid applicationprocess.

The interest rate is variable. Repay-ment begins six months after you com-plete college or drop below half-timeattendance. The lender determines therepayment schedule. Borrowing limitsare $2,625 for freshmen, $3,500 forsophomores, and $5,500 for juniors andseniors. Insurance and loan originationfees are charged by the lender.

If you have an undetermined financialneed, you may apply for the UnsubsidizedFederal Stafford Loan. The applicationprocess, interest rate, and loan amountsare the same as for the Subsidized FederalStafford Loans. The difference betweenthe two loan programs is that you areresponsible for the interest accruing whilein school if the loan is unsubsidized. Youare not responsible for interest accruingfor the subsidized loan.

Parent Loans for UndergraduateStudents (PLUS). A PLUS loan is a fed-eral loan with a variable interest rateavailable to parents who borrow onbehalf of dependent students. Parentsmay borrow up to the full cost of educa-tion minus other financial aid. If a parentwishes the PLUS to be used for financialclearance, the completed PLUS applica-tion must be in the Student FinancialServices office to be certified prior toregistration. If the PLUS is to be used to


218

pay the entire cost of education, theStudent Financial Services office musthave indication from the lender that theparent loan has been approved. Other-wise the parent is expected to make therequired payments for financial clear-ance.

Federal Perkins Loans. The FederalPerkins Loan program is funded mainlyby the federal government but adminis-tered by the Student Financial Servicesoffice.

The loans are repaid directly to Edu-Serv, Inc. No interest is charged whileyou remain in school as an undergradu-ate or continue education in a graduateor professional school. When you ceaseto be a student, there is a grace periodbefore repayment begins.

The total repayment period is not toexceed ten years. Minimum payments of$40 are due on the first of each monthduring the repayment period and aredelinquent if not received by the 15th, atwhich time the account becomes subjectto a late fee. Regular collection proce-dures are employed, including accelerat-ing the payment of the total loan andreferrals to collection agencies when aloan account is in default.Self-Help: Student Employment

PUC Employment. Many studentswork at the College to defray part oftheir school expenses by working anaverage of 15-18 hours per week in suchservice and industrial departments asCustodial Services, Dining Commons,Public Safety, Landscape, and PhysicalPlant. Others are employed as secretariesand readers in academic departments oras residence-hall assistants.

The current levels of earnings are asfollows:

MinimumHrs./Wk. Rate/Hr. Income/Yr.

10 $5.75 $1,72515 $5.75 $2,60020 $5.75 $3,450

Although your potential student earn-ings may be included in your financial aidaward letter, the College cannot guaran-tee how much you will earn.

Campus employment is arrangedthrough the Student Employment officein Financial Services. If you seek work oncampus, you must file an applicationwith the Student Employment office andbe registered for at least eight hours ofcourse work (except during the summer).

Weekly time cards are used for record-ing hours worked. Student workers arepaid by check or by electronic fundstransfer every two weeks. Departmentheads employing students determinewage rates within ranges established byCollege management. Hourly rates are incompliance with state and federal laws.

You may assign a portion of yourwages to your account by completing aform available at the Student FinancialServices office. You may also request thattithe and/or church expense offerings bededucted from your paychecks.

Federal Work-Study Program. If youqualify, a portion of your wages may besubsidized through the Federal Work-Study Program. Federal Work-Study isdesigned to broaden the range of mean-ingful employment. In order for you tobe employed on the Federal Work-StudyProgram, you must have applied forfinancial aid and must be receiving finan-cial aid (i.e., a Federal PELL grant, aFederal Perkins Loan, a Federal SEOG,etc.) awarded by the Student FinancialServices office, and must have an unmetfinancial need. (If you major in theologyor religion, you will not be eligible toparticipate in the Work-Study Program.)

The type of financial aid offered to youdepends upon the amount of financialneed and the resources available. Afterfamily resources and outside resources(Cal Grants, Rotary Scholarships, etc.)are taken into consideration, a financialaward is built in the following order:1. Federal Pell Grant2. Federal Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant3. Cal Grant/PUC Scholarships/TuitionAssistance, etc.4. Loan (Federal Stafford Student Loan,Federal Perkins Loan, or Collegiate Loan)5. PUC Campus Grant

Thus, if your award letter from theStudent Financial Services office includesa PUC Campus Grant, you must take aloan in order to qualify for the grant.Please note: It may be impossible for theCollege to fill your complete financialneed. Also, it may be impossible for allof your PUC scholarship awards to fitinto your FAFSA need figure.

Special ProgramsSpecial programs are designed to help

specially-qualified students finance theircosts of attendance. It is your responsibil-ity to investigate and, if you qualify, topursue these financial sources.

Veterans’ Benefits. The Cal-Vet Edu-cational Assistance Program may pay feesand a monthly stipend to students whoqualify. For more information on theseprograms or on G.I. benefits, veteran’sloans, or veteran’s employment, contactthe Veterans Administration or the Veter-ans Coordinator at PUC.

State Aid to the Physically Handi-capped. Through its Bureau of Voca-tional Rehabilitation, the State of Cali-fornia provides financial assistance tostudents who have physical disabilities.This assistance may include an additionalamount to help cover living costs. Stu-dents who may be entitled to this assis-

219


tance should apply to the State Bureau ofVocational Rehabilitation.

How to Apply for Financial Aid

1. Complete and mail the FAFSA. TheFAFSA is necessary for determiningfinancial need and applying for the Fed-eral Pell Grant. Within four to six weeksafter your FAFSA is processed, you willreceive a Student Aid Report (SAR) inthree parts.2. To apply for a Cal Grant, legal resi-dents of California must complete andmail the GPA Verification Form and theFAFSA by March 2. Obtain a Certificateof Mailing for each form to prove thatyou met the March 2 deadline. (Studentscurrently receiving a Cal Grant do notneed to file the GPA Verification Form.)3. Complete a PUC Financial Aid Appli-cation (FAA) and return it to the StudentFinancial Services office.4. Complete the Verification Worksheetand return it to the same office.5. Request Financial Aid Transcripts fromall previous colleges you have attended tobe sent to the Student Financial Servicesoffice.6. Send signed copies of 1998 Federalincome-tax returns and W-2s to theStudent Financial Services office.7. Apply for admission to the College.

March 2 is the filing deadline for theFAFSA and GPA Verification Forms.April 15 is the priority processing dead-line for receipt of the items listed aboveby the Student Financial Services office,Pacific Union College, Angwin, Califor-nia 94508-9707. Aid awards for applica-tions received after these dates will bebased on funds available, but may notcover the determined need.

Delivery of Financial AidCal Grant A, B and C tuition awards

are placed as credit on student accountseach quarter.

Financial aid is posted directly tostudent accounts. Grant aid is handledentirely by the College and is posteddirectly to individual accounts. Postingof loan aid varies with the program.

Students receiving Federal PerkinsLoans will have an advance posted eachquarter. Recipients of a Federal StaffordLoan must give approval for electronicfunds transfer to be posted to theiraccounts. PLUS loan checks are sent tothe parents; they should be signed andreturned immediately to the StudentFinancial Services office.

The practice of placing all monies onthe student account provides an audittrail. Should any question arise regardingthe account or the disposition of aid, thestudent account statements readily pro-vide the necessary information.

If your aid exceeds the College charges,it is possible to arrange with the StudentFinancial Services office for a cash with-drawal from the account at the end of thequarter.

At each quarterly registration the sameprocedure is to be followed. Ordinarily,financial aid is credited at the beginningof each quarter. However, if you shouldhave unforeseen financial problems withdocumented increased financial need,supplemental aid may be given.

A financial aid award letter will be sentto you if you have1. completed financial aid applications(FAFSA, FAA, Verification Worksheet,and Financial Aid Transcript, if required)on file at the Student Financial Servicesoffice;2. been accepted for admission by theCollege;3. sent signed copies of 1998 federal taxreturns and W-2s to the Student Finan-cial Services office; and

4. responded to any further requests bythe Student Financial Services office.

The payment agreement must be signedand returned to the Student FinancialServices office. This acceptance servesas authorization to prepare the federalfinancial aid you are to receive.

If you are interested in applying forfinancial aid, or if you receive financialaid, should be aware of the following:1. You are encouraged to discuss anyfinancial problems with your financialaid counselor. Staff members want tohelp you achieve your academic goals.2. Financial aid is not intended to helpwith financial obligations incurred priorto coming to the College. Thus, if youhave car payments or substantial creditcard or loan payments, it would be bestto liquidate such obligations beforeapplying for aid and coming to school.3. You are encouraged to discuss aca-demic problems with your academicadvisers at an early date, or to seek spe-cial help from the Counseling Centerand/or the Learning Resource Center.4. Students receiving financial aid areresponsible to do as well as possible intheir classes. If you find it necessary tochange or reduce your course load, youmust consult with your financial counse-lor regarding the effect on your financialaid of the change in course load.5. If you must withdraw from the Col-lege, first come to the Student FinancialServices office for a determination ofrefunds to be made to the aid funds andfor information regarding disposition ofany loans you may have.6. You are responsible, as long as there isan unpaid balance, to keep the StudentFinancial Services office informed of youraddress and to make the minimummonthly payments.7. If you have NDSL, Perkins, WorthyStudent, or Collegiate loans and transferto another school, or return to PUC afterbeing out for more than six months, you


220

may request the Student Financial Ser-vices office to defer your loan paymentsuntil you are not attending school again.A similar deferment is possible on FederalStafford Student Loans, but you mustcontact the lender for the proper paper-work.8. Completion of a two-year associatedegree or a four-year baccalaureate degreeis based on an average of 16 hours ofcourse work per quarter. Although youmay take as few as 12 hours per quarterand still receive full aid, that aid couldterminate before you complete yourdegree requirements if you average fewerthan 16 hours per quarter.9. Although you may take half- or three-quarter-time course loads, if you are receiv-ing financial aid it is to your advantagefinancially to take a full academic load(average of 16 class hours per quarter).This is so because it costs no more totake 17 hours than 12 hours and themandated reduction in financial aid forless than 12 hours of course work willgenerally be more than the reduction intuition charges.

Refund PolicyTuition Refunds are made upon the

completion of either a Program ChangeVoucher (for a reduction in course load)or a Request for Withdrawal Voucher(when dropping all courses). These formsare available at the Records office.

The amount of tuition refund to stu-dents who withdraw from any or allcourses during a quarter is determinedfrom the date the completed withdrawalform is filed with the Records office.

The refund schedule is as follows:1. first to fourth day of the quarter, 95%;2. 3% less for each school day thereafter, up to the 29th school day;3. after the 29th school day, no tuitionrefund.

Residence-Hall Room RefundWhen a room is occupied less than one

quarter, a charge is made for the actualnumber of days on a pro-rata basis. Thedouble-occupancy daily rate is $14.00.The refund would thus be the differencebetween the number of days occupiedtimes $14.00 from the charge per quarterof $860.Financial Aid Refunds

Since tuition, room, and board refundsare a reduction in your costs, a corre-sponding reduction must be made infinancial aid that you may have received.(You may get a copy of the policy onspecific aid refund procedures from theStudent Financial Services office.) Youraccount will be charged for the reductionin financial aid.

To be certain that all charges and cred-its have been entered on your account,the College reserves the right to withholdsettlement of any balance due to youuntil the end of the next billing cycle(30 days after you leave campus).

G.I. BillStudents qualifying for the G.I. Bill

should make this fact known to theVeterans Coordinator in the Recordsoffice at the time of application to theCollege. The Veterans Coordinator, whomaintains liaison between veterans andthe VA, will supply the appropriate formsand will make proper arrangement withthe VA.

By prior arrangement with the VA,veterans may have an advance paymentcheck available on registration day.Monthly payments are made directly tothe student around the first day of eachmonth. Veterans are required to followthe regular payment plan as listed forother students. For further information,see the section entitled “Services forVeterans” in this catalog.

International Students

International students are required topay all costs for the upcoming quarter inadvance. A deposit of $1,200, paid to theStudent Financial Services office, is re-quired from these applicants prior to theissuance of an I-20 form for use in secur-ing a U.S. student visa. (An additional$100 deposit is required from interna-tional students who plan to live in one ofthe residence halls. See “Room Deposit,”page 213.) Students receiving financialsponsorship from overseas divisions donot need the $1,200 (U.S.) deposit if astatement is received from the treasurerof the division assuming responsibility fortuition, room, and board.

International students on student visasdo not qualify for loans and grants asdetailed in the financial section. Campusemployment, however, may be available.International students are expected tomeet required payments at registrationand throughout the quarter just as otherstudents do.

To determine the parents’ or sponsor’sability to meet the educational costswithout the need for financial aid, theapplicant must also submit for review theFinance Guarantee Form accompanied bya bank statement, which will be sent atthe time of application. Further informa-tion is available from the Student Finan-cial Services office.Insurance for International Students

Because the cost of medical care in theUnited States is high in comparison tocosts in other countries, all internationalstudents must have and maintain majormedical insurance coverage while attend-ing Pacific Union College. This insurancemust have minimum coverage of at least$150,000. The insurance may not dis-criminate on the basis of sex or age. Thepolicy must be written in English.

Pacific Union College has a major

221


medical insurance plan available forinternational students. At the time ofregistration students must purchase themedical insurance available through theCollege or provide a copy of the scheduleof benefits of their own medical insur-ance policy, meeting or exceeding theminimum requirements specified by theCollege.

Automobile insurance is required inthe United States to cover liability fordamages in the event of an accident.Severe penalties are imposed on theowner and driver of an uninsured vehicleshould an accident occur. The interna-tional student adviser at Pacific UnionCollege can provide information aboutpurchasing automobile insurance.

Food ServiceThe Food Service is operated on the

cafeteria plan. If you live in one of theCollege residence halls, you are expectedto take your meals in the Dining Com-mons. The quarterly minimum chargefor board is $575.

If you are a commuting student, or ifyou are enrolled in less than a half-timestudy load, you may pay cash or use yourregular ID card when using the Food Ser-vice. (You may be asked to pay a depositbefore your ID card is activated for use inthe Dining Commons.) All meal chargesmust be paid by the end of the next bill-ing cycle.

Residence HallsIf you are a single undergraduate stu-

dent under 23 years of age and not livingwith your parents, you are required tolive in a College residence hall. Requestsfor other housing may be made to theOffice of Student Services. Considerationis given to requests to live with closerelatives or in a home where room andboard are available at substantial savings.Significant financial need must be dem-onstrated.

The standard room rate is $860 perquarter for double occupancy in eachresidence hall.

When a student can be accommodatedonly through overcrowding, there will bea 15% reduction in the rental rate foreach student in the room. If you chooseto room alone, provided space is avail-able, you will be charged an additional$215 per quarter.

When a room is occupied less then onequarter, a charge is made for the actualnumber of days on a pro-rata basis. (SeeRefund Policy.)

When you move out of the residencehall, the room will be inspected for rea-sonable cleanliness and normal wear. Ifnecessary, charges for extra cleanup orrepairs will be made at this time againstyour $100 damage deposit.

You will be issued a key upon occu-pancy of a residence-hall room and willbe expected to return it when you moveout. Should the key be lost or not re-turned upon departure, a $20 lost-keycharge will be placed on your account.

Charges made to your long-distancetelephone number cannot be billed onyour monthly statement. (See “TelephoneInformation” in the STUDENT LIFEAND SERVICES section of this cata-log.)

The College is not liable for yourpersonal belongings. If you desire insur-ance coverage for personal possessions,you should get in touch with your per-sonal insurance carrier.

ApartmentsHousing for married students and

single parents is available on campus intwo areas: Court Place and BrooksidePark. To qualify for residence in theseareas, applicants must be taking a regularcourse load (no less than eight hours ofclass work each quarter).

The Court Place apartments are unfur-nished (except for cooking facilities and

refrigerators) one- or three-bedroomduplex apartments with a one-car carportspace adjacent. Brookside Park is com-prised of forty one- to three-bedroomapartments with carport. The apartmentsare furnished with electric stove andoven, refrigerator, draperies, and wall-to-wall carpeting. The apartments areconveniently located near the AngwinPlaza, which includes market, bookstore,laundromat, credit union, post office,and other facilities.

Assignments are made on a first-come,first-served basis, established by a $100nonrefundable deposit. Informationabout housing for married students orsingle parents is available from the Officeof Student Services, Pacific Union Col-lege, Angwin, CA 94508-9707.

The College is not liable for yourpersonal belongings. If you desire insur-ance coverage for personal possessions,you should get in touch with your per-sonal insurance carrier.

Health ServiceThe College provides a Student Acci-

dent and Sickness Medical Expense Assis-tance Plan to supplement the medicalprotection provided by your own insur-ance policy (i.e., personal, family, auto-mobile).

If you are enrolled for at least sixhours during each quarter of the regularschool year, including the summer ses-sion, and if you are accepted for theautumn quarter and are working full timeon campus during the summer recess, youare eligible to receive assistance under theCollege Plan. (International studentsmust meet special medical insurancerequirements described in the sectionentitled “International Students,” above.)

Assistance begins after records of therequired physical examination and immu-nizations are received. Under the Plan,medical care is provided primarily by theCollege Health Service, the College physi-


222

cian, and the St. Helena Hospital andHealth Center. Brochures describing thePlan are available at Health Service.

Late Charge on UnpaidAccounts

If you have any account that remainsunpaid beyond 30 days after the close ofthe quarter in which you left the College,a late charge will be assessed.

Late Registration FeeA late-registration fee of $25 is as-

sessed for failure to complete registrationon time. This fee is paid to the Registrarin cash before you are considered fullyregistered. An additional $10 is chargedif you do not pay at the Records office.

Flight Training FeesAfter you register for flight training,

the amount needed to pay for ten hoursof instruction per credit hour is appliedto your flight account at the Parrot FieldFlight Center. Expenses for both the air-plane and the instructor may be chargedto that account. When the tuition credithas been used, additional funds must beapplied to the account to maintain a pos-itive balance until the course curriculumhas been completed. You may inquire atthe Flight Center for cost estimates foryour course. Aviation majors may expectto pay approximately $2,000 per year, inaddition to tuition, for flight laboratoryfees. (If there is a significant change inthe cost of fuel, insurance, etc., rates maybe adjusted during the school year.)

Because of reduced tuition for summercourses, one-half tuition credit is appliedto the flight account for instruction dur-ing the summer session.

If you already have certain FAA certifi-cates and wish to receive academic creditfor them, there is a per-credit-hour re-cording fee. (See also “Credit by Exami-nation” in the ACADEMIC INFORMA-TION AND POLICIES section.)

Music ChargesPrivate music lessons are offered on

either a credit or no-credit basis. On acredit basis, all students except musicmajors and minors are charged the nor-mal tuition charge as well as a privatemusic lesson fee of $160 per credit hour.

Fee waiver. The private music lessonfee will not be charged to those majorsand minors who are enrolled in Theory I(MUTH 121-122-123 ) or the Introduc-tion to Music Literature sequence(MUHL 131-132-133) or who havealready taken these courses and are con-tinuing to enroll in courses normallyexpected of majors and minors.

This fee waiver normally applies onlyto the required number of hours of thoselessons necessary to fulfill the degreerequirements.Private Music Lesson FeesPer Quarter

With credit:Each credit hour of lessons $160

(tuition additional)Without credit:Each half-hour series of lessons $210

Each credit hour is based upon aminimum of nine one-half-hour privatemusic lessons per quarter. Lessons missedbecause of a student’s irregular attendancemay not be made up.

Lesson refunds are based upon the num-ber of lessons attended. If a student with-draws within the first two weeks of thequarter, the refund is prorated; afterthat, however, no refunds are made.

Students enrolling as members of musicorganizations or ensembles register on acredit or audit basis. A limited number ofensemble scholarships are availablethrough the music department for stu-dents who incur overload tuition chargesas a result of enrolling in one of thesecourses.

Nursing FeesA.S. Program, First Year:

NRSA 121 (Nursing I): $120NRSA 124 (Nursing II): $75NRSA 125 (Nursing III): $65

A.S. Program, Second Year:NRSA 221 (Nursing IV): $25NRSA 222 (Nursing V): $25NRSA 252, NLN: $25NRSA 253, NLN: $25NRSA 254, NLN: $25NRSA 262, Nursing Pin, NLN x 2: $75

B.S.N. Program:NRSA 394: $35NRSA 432: $35NRSA 462: $35These fees cover Skills Lab equipment

costs, ID badge, malpractice insurance,graduation nursing pin, and the initialtesting and evaluation for the NationalLeague for Nursing tests given across theprogram. Nursing fee charges are gener-ated when one registers for a course.Repeating a course, therefore, will alsogenerate these expenses.

Skiing FeesFor current rates, inquire at the Physi-

cal Education department at registrationtime. Recently the charges have been inthe $200-250 range.

AuditingLecture-type courses that are audited

are charged at the half-tuition rate. Inde-pendent study, ensembles, and participa-tion-type courses may be audited, but fulltuition is charged.

Graduation in AbsentiaIt is expected that all graduates will

participate in the commencement servicesunless granted written permission by theRecords office to be graduated in absen-tia. Written application for exemptionshould be made not later than one quarter

223


prior to commencement. Permissionis granted only in instances of obviousnecessity. A fee of $25 is assessed anygraduate who absents himself from grad-uation without permission.

TranscriptsTranscripts are issued only when the

student’s account has been paid in full.Transcripts are issued if any payment ona student’s loans through the College,such as NDSL, Perkins, Nursing, orWorthy Student, is delinquent or ifmoney is owed any College entity.

Transcripts can be released immedi-ately if final payment is made by cash,cashier’s check, or money order; other-wise there is a delay pending payment bythe bank of a personal check.

A fee of $3 is charged for each aca-demic transcript. If a transcript is neededimmediately, a “rush” processing can berequested. The charge for this specialhandling is $5 plus the cost of overnightmail service.

ID CardsRegular ID Cards provide identifica-

tion for the following purposes: DiningCommons purchases, use of the CollegeLibrary, transactions at the Businessoffice and Records office, special func-tions on campus, purchases by personalcheck at local businesses, and identifica-tion of students for campus securitypurposes.

Should a card be lost or stolen, notifi-cation must be made to the Student Finan-cial Services office before the student’sobligation for any misuse of the card willend. A $12 fee is charged to replace lostor stolen ID cards.

College BookstoreBooks and supplies may be obtained at

the College Bookstore on a cash basis.Purchases made with a personal check

require two ID’s, one of which may be thePUC ID card, and the second a driver’slicense or a DMV ID card. VISA,MasterCard, and the Discover group mayalso be used for Bookstore purchases.Students may not charge Bookstorepurchases to their College accounts.

ChecksChecks for a student’s account should

be made payable to Pacific Union Col-lege. Checks intended for a student’spersonal use should be made payable tothe student and not to Pacific UnionCollege. Returned checks are subject toa $15 charge plus statutory penalties ifaction to collect becomes necessary.

Cash WithdrawalsStudents are expected not to request

cash withdrawals from their accounts.Exceptions are ordinarily considered onlyin emergency situations or when a creditbalance exists.

Banking and Security ofPersonal Possessions

You are advised not to keep moneyin your residence hall room. The Collegedoes not assume any responsibility for theloss of money or other personal belong-ings left in rooms or elsewhere on cam-pus. Provision is made for students todeposit money for safe keeping at theBusiness office. The College does notprovide banking services, and no interestaccrues. (A charge of $2 is made forreissuing lost passbooks.)

You may use bank debit cards to getcash at the College Market.

The Silverado Federal Credit Union isconveniently located on campus; studentsare invited to take advantage of its widevariety of financial services.

Personnel

226

College AdministrationD. Malcolm Maxwell, Ph.D. PresidentD. Anne Hyde, CPS Executive AssistantJanet S. Ivey, M.A. Executive AssistantBonnie L. Dwyer, M.A. Assistant to the PresidentRosemary L. Collins, B.A. Marketing ResearchAndrea I. Griggs, B.S. Director, Institutional ResearchTom N. Hopmann, M.B.A. Special Projects

Academic AdministrationCharles V. Bell, Ph.D., P.E. Vice President

for Academic Administration and Academic DeanGrace O. Cox Executive AssistantGary D. Gifford, Ed.D. Associate Academic Dean

for Extended LearningJames A. Kempster, D.M.A. Associate Academic DeanLinda S. Thorman, Ed.D. Associate Academic DeanEric D. Anderson, Ph.D. Director, Honors ProgramJean G. Buller, M.A. Director, Graduate DivisionH. Susi Mundy, M.A. RegistrarDavid M. Ritter, Ed.D. Director, Degree-Completion Programs

Financial AdministrationJohn I. Collins, Ed.D. Vice President

for Financial AdministrationDebbie S. Stewart, B.S. Executive AssistantWilliam L. Cochran, M.B.A. Director, Budgets

and Fiscal ServicesScott K. Ormerod, M.B.A. Director, Human ResourcesDouglas E. Ermshar, B.S. ControllerDorothy E. Bartholomew, B.S. Assistant ControllerGlen L. Bobst, Jr., B.A. Director, Student Financial ServicesS. Jolié Trogdon, B.B.A. Assistant Director, Student Finance,

Collections and Program AnalystMargery L. Ferguson Student Finan. Services CounselorDaniel D. Harrom, B.S. Student Finan. Services CounselorP. Alene Templeton, B.S. Student Finan. Services Counselor

Student Services, Public Relations, and EnrollmentLisa Bissell Paulson, Ed.D. Vice President for Student Services,

Public Relations, and Enrollment;Dean of Students

Director, Public RelationsCarolyn F. Belleau Executive AssistantBarbara B. Belleau, M.A. Coordinator, Counseling CenterAnnette L. Bliss, M.A. Associate Dean of WomenBeverly J. Bliss Associate Dean of WomenJames I. Boyd, Jr., B.S. Dean of Men

Peggy A. David Director, Public SafetyMichael E. Dunn, M.S.P.H., M.Div. Campus ChaplainDarla Duran, F.N.P., M.S.N. Director, Health ServiceCharles G. Evans, M.A. Director, Athletics and RecreationSusie A. Fox, B.A. Director, Food ServiceAubyn S. Fulton, Ph.D. Multicultural Issues AdviserBeverly F. Helmer, B.S. Associate Dean of WomenRita S. Hoshino, B.S. Assistant to the Dean of StudentsIsaias Jacobo, M.A. Enrollment CounselorNancy R. Jacobo, M.P.H. Learning Disabilities SupportMichelle Konn, B.S. Enrollment CounselorNancy J. Lecourt, M.A. Coordinator, Women’s IssuesJay H. Lewis, M.S.W. Enrollment CounselorMilbert C. Mariano, B.S. DesignerMichael Mennard, B.A., B.S. Senior Writer/EditorMichelle Velázquez Mesnard, B.A. Assistant Director

for Public RelationsR. Monty Perry, M.A. Admissions–Retention AdviserMichele Privat, B.B.A. Interim Manager, Preferred ImagesRonald K. Qualley, B.S. Associate Dean of MenClifford M. Rusch, B.S. Associate Director

for Public Relations–ArtAlvin K. Trace, M.S. Director, Enrollment ServicesCarolyn M. Trace, M.Ed. Counseling/Retention CoordinatorLanier L. Watson, B.A. Associate Dean of MenEleanor L. Weekes, B.A. Assistant Dean of WomenJanice R. Wood, B.A. Dean of Women

College AdvancementJeff J. Veness, M.A. Vice President for AdvancementHerbert P. Ford, M.A. Development ConsultantAlex Fox, B.S. Associate Director, DevelopmentJerri J. Gifford, M.A. Director, DevelopmentMaynard W. LeBrun, M.H.A. Director, Estate PlanningKellie J. Lind, B.S. Alumni Director

Institutional Support ServicesW. Freeman (Buddy) Ward, M.A. Director, Computer

and Telecommunications ServicesRichard L. Bankhead, B.A., C.N.E. Assistant Director,

Computer ServicesJon A. Falconer, B.A. Assistant Director

for Educational Computer ServicesJon C. Russell, B.B.A., C.N.E. Assistant Director,

Computer ServicesB. Carole Serle, M.A. Project Manager, Colleague R14

227

Personnel

LibraryAdugnaw Worku, M.A., M.S.L.S. Chair, Library Services

and Reference LibrarianJoel H. Lutes, M.L.S. Systems and Reference LibrarianGary W. Shearer, M.L. Special Collections

and Reference LibrarianLinda E. Maberly, M.L.I.S. Librarian for Technical Services

and Reference LibrarianPaulette M. Johnson, Ed. S., M.L.I.S. Assistant LibrarianPatrick Benner, B.S. Library Computer Systems ManagerLessie K. Young Library AssistantTrevor J. Murtagh, M.A. Director, Media ServicesTodd L. Peterson, M.B.A. Director, Learning Resource

Center

Auxiliary Enterprises and ServicesCharlie E. Brown Director, Land ManagementDaniel A. Brown, B.S. Director, Facilities and Physical PlantSusie A. Fox, B.A. Director, Food ServiceArthur B. Goulard, B.A. Director, LandscapeAnne Ilchuk Assistant Director, BookstoreVernon E. Jeske Director, Custodial ServiceBetty L. Muth, M.A. Director, Discoveryland PreschoolAllan R. Payne, M.A. Director, Flight CenterCarol J. Putman, B.B.A. Assistant Director, Food ServiceGloria L. Roberts Assistant Director, Food ServiceEarl R. Small Associate Director, Physical PlantSandra Rice Stauffer, B.S., CSP Director, BookstoreDavid F. Wiebe, B.S. Manager, Albion Field StationRuth Wiebe, A.A. Assistant Manager, Albion Field Station

Howell Mountain EnterprisesA Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Pacific Union CollegeTom N. Hopmann, M.B.A. PresidentDavid L. Trogdon, B.B.A. General Manager/ControllerLinda R. Atkins, B.S. Associate Manager, LaundryAlan B. Frost, M.A. Manager, LaundryLouis B. Karen Assistant Manager, LaundryNeal W. Loftis, B.A. Assistant Manager, MarketRob J. Payne, B.S. Manager, Auto PartsTimothy W. Scott, B.B.A. Manager, MarketJames A. Sharp, B.B.A. Assistant Manager, Hardware

Professors EmeritiMargaret P. Aaen, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of HomeEconomics and Sociology. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1942;M.A., University of the Pacific, 1968. (1964)

Esther D. Ambs, M.S., Professor Emerita of Home Economics.B.S., Western Michigan College, 1937; M.S., Michigan StateCollege, 1945. (1944)

Milo V. Anderson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.A.,Union College, 1949; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1955; Ph.D.,University of Colorado, 1971. (1964)

Ted W. Benedict, Ph.D., Honorary Professor Emeritus of Com-munication. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1942; M.A., Universityof Southern California, 1947; Ph.D., University of SouthernCalifornia, 1958. (1947)

S. K. Benson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., Atlan-tic Union College, 1952; B.S., Loma Linda University, 1954;M.A., University of Redlands, 1963; Ph.D., University of South-ern California, 1970. (1969)

Paul F. Bork, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1950; M.A., Seventh-day Adventist TheologicalSeminary, 1952; B.D., Andrews University, 1961; Ph.D., Califor-nia Graduate School of Theology, 1971. (1967)

Walter D. Cox, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Technology. B.S.,Pacific Union College, 1951; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1964;Ph.D., Texas A&M University, 1972. (1968)

Jack E. Craver, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Industrial Educa-tion. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1937; M.A., Oregon StateUniversity, 1955. (1939)

Lloyd E. Eighme, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1951; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1953;Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1965. (1958)

Mary Margaret Eighme, M.S., Professor Emerita of Family andConsumer Sciences. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1950; M.S.,Oregon State University, 1965. (1958)

Ralph Escandon, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.A.,Union College, 1957; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1960; Ph.D.,Universidad Interamerica, 1968. (1968)

Joseph G. Fallon, M.P.H., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1938; M.P.H., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology, 1944; Diploma in International Health, RoyalTropical Institute of Amsterdam and Leyden, University of theNetherlands, 1966. (1938)

Personnel

228

Dorothy A. Ferren, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita ofLibrary Science. B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1944;B.S.L.S., Catholic University of America, 1947; M.S.L.S., Univer-sity of Southern California, 1958. (1954)

Herbert P. Ford, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Journalism. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1954; M.A., California State University,Northridge, 1974. (1974-1983; 1984)

Adolph G. Grams, M.Ed., Dean of Men Emeritus. B.S., AndrewsUniversity, 1961; M.Ed., Oregon State University, 1968. (1967)

Donald V. Hemphill, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1939; B.A., University of California, 1940;M.A., University of California, 1944; Ph.D., Oregon State Col-lege, 1952. (1946)

Alice L. Holst, Ed.D., Honorary Professor Emerita of SecretarialStudies. B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1939; M.A.,Columbia University, 1947; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1956.(1948)

Thomas N. Hopmann, M.B.A., Vice President Emeritus forFinancial Administration. B.A., California State University,Sacramento, 1961; M.B.A., California State University, Sacra-mento, 1971. (1976)

Parshall L. Howe, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1936; M.A., Pacific Union College,1953; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1966. (1964)

Lenoa K. Jones, R.N., Ph.D., Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S.,Walla Walla College, 1972; M.N., University of Washington,1973; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1979. (1980; 1993)

Daniel Koval, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.S.,Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1944; M.A., Boston University,1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1965. (1971)

James R. Mercer, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Music. B.A.,Andrews University, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1962;Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1972. (1965)

Sherman A. Nagel, Jr., M.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1939; M.D., D.N.B., Loma LindaUniversity, 1940. (1969)

Louis W. Normington, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Educationand Psychology. Diploma in Theology, Newbold MissionaryCollege, 1938; B.A., Pacific Union College, 1947; M.A., PacificUnion College, 1950; Ph.D., University of California, 1954.(1954)

Vernon P. Nye, Lit. D., Professor Emeritus of Art. Professionalstudies: Rochester Art Institute, New York; Corcoran Art School,

Washington, D.C.; Ted Kauzky, Vermont; Eliot O’Hara, Wash-ington, D.C.; Rex Brandt, Corona Del Mar. Member, WesternArt Association. Lit.D., honoris causa, Pacific Union College,1992. (1955)

Prudence Ortner, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of OfficeAdministration. B.A., Union College, 1949; M.A., University ofNorthern Colorado, 1958. (1966)

Barbara H. Phipps, A.M.L.S., Associate Professor Emerita ofLibrary Science. B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College, 1939;A.B.L.S., University of Michigan, 1942; A.M.L.S., University ofMichigan, 1949. (1961)

Jessie V. Pluhovoy VanDeusen, Dean of Women Emerita. (1975)

Paul E. Plummer, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1949; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1959;Ed.D., University of Southern California, 1975. (1980)

Robert M. Reynolds, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physical Edu-cation. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1949; M.S., University ofOregon, 1954; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1965. (1961)

Ellen L. (Gibson) Christian Rittenhouse, R.N., M.S., ProfessorEmerita of Nursing. B.S., Columbia Union College, 1942; M.S.,University of California, Los Angeles, 1959. (1966)

Wallace L. Specht, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Physi-cal Education. B.S., Union College, 1958; M.A., Arizona StateUniversity, 1965. (1965)

John M. Staples, D.Th. [P], Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1954; M.A., Andrews University, 1955;B.D., Andrews University, 1957; Th.M., Princeton TheologicalSeminary, 1966; D.Th. [P], Fuller Theological Seminary, 1969.(1969)

Charles V. Temple, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Art.B.A., Colorado College, 1947; M.A., San Jose State College,1956. (1964)

N. Gordon Thomas, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of History. B.A.,Andrews University, 1956; M.A., Ohio University, 1958; Ph.D.,Michigan State University, 1967. (1967)

Kenneth A. Thomson, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Physics andComputer Science. B.Sc., London University, 1954; Dip.Ed.,Melbourne University, 1959; Ph.D., Newcastle University, 1969.(1977-1979; 1982)

E. Wayne Tillay, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1950; M.S., Stanford University, 1952;Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1967. (1960)

229

Personnel

Ivylyn R. Traver, M.A., M.L.S., Instructor Emerita in Violin,Paulin Center for the Creative Arts. B.A., Pacific Union College,1953; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1961; M.L.S., San JoseState University, 1983. (1953)

Fred Veltman, Th.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion and LiberalStudies. B.Th., Southern Missionary College, 1951; B.D.,Andrews University, 1962; Th.D., Graduate Theological Unionand Pacific School of Religion, 1975. (1962)

Lois J. Walker, M.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Emerita. A.B.,Emmanuel Missionary College, 1935; M.A., University of Ne-braska, 1944; B.S. in L.S., University of Denver, 1947. (1945)

George M. Wargo, D.Mus., Professor Emeritus of Music.B.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1941; M.Mus.,Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1942; D.Mus., PhiladelphiaConservatory of Music, 1946. (1959)

Verne V. Wehtje, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English. B.A.,Walla Walla College, 1956; M.A., University of Washington, 1962;Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1967. (1969-1976; 1985)

Evaline E. West, M.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor Emerita of SocialWork. B.S., Union College, 1957; M.A., Andrews University,1962; M.S.W., San Diego State University, 1971. (1979)

Norma M. White, R.N., M.S., Professor Emerita of Nursing.B.S., Columbia Union College, 1959; M.S., Loma Linda Univer-sity, 1965. (1966)

A. Vernon Winn, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1938; M.S., University of Washington,1950; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1959. (1954)

Barbara J. Youngblood, Ph.D., Professor Emerita of English.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1947; M.A., Arizona State Univer-sity, 1966; Ph.D., Arizona State University, 1983. (1972)

Faculty DirectoryEarl M. J. Aagaard, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1969; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1971; Ph.D.,Colorado State University, 1982. (1982)

Daniel W. Akers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Communication.B.S., Andrews University, 1977; M.A., United States InternationalUniversity, San Diego, 1984. (1994)

Eric D. Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of History. B.A., AndrewsUniversity, 1970; M.A., University of Chicago, 1972; Ph.D.,University of Chicago, 1978. (1975)

Warren S. Ashworth, Ph.D., Professor of Adventist Studies andMission. B.A., La Sierra College, 1961; M.A., Andrews Univer-sity, 1962, 1969; Ph.D., Andrews University, 1986. (1984)

Bruce D. Bainum, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1975; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1979. (1979)

Sandra J. Balli, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. B.A.,Andrews University, 1969; M.Ed., University of Missouri atColumbia, 1992; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1995. (1997)

Charles V. Bell, Ph.D., P.E., Professor of Engineering. B.S.E.E.,Mississippi State University, 1956; M.S.E.E., Stanford University,1957; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1960. (1984)

David R. Bell, B.S.E., Assistant Professor of Business Administra-tion. B.S.E., Walla Walla College, 1987. (1987-89; 1990)

Verlyn R. Benson, D.I.T., Associate Professor of Technology.B.S., Pacific Union College, 1976; M.A., California PolytechnicUniversity, 1987; D.I.T., University of Northern Iowa, 1998.(1988)

Jane A. Berry, B.S., Instructor in Family and Consumer Sciences.B.S., Andrews University, 1971. (1991)

Jennifer J. Wareham Best, M.A., Associate Professor of SpeechPathology. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1974; M.A., HumboldtState University, 1975. (1977)

Lloyd E. Best, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A.,University of California, Los Angeles, 1969; M.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1973. (1979-1982; 1988)

Janet S. Borisevich, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of English. B.S.,Pacific Union College, 1978; M.A.T., University of Washington,1979. (1991)

Gennevieve L. Brown-Kibble, M.Mus., Assistant Professor ofMusic. B.A., Andrews University, 1983; M.Mus., Indiana Univer-sity, 1986. (1995)

Jean G. Buller, M.A., Professor of Education. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1972; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1985. (1988)

Fiona E. Bullock, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work.B.S.W., Pacific Union College, 1983; M.S.W., University of Cali-fornia, Berkeley, 1990. (1991)

Monte D. Butler, M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work.B.S., Pacific Union College, 1988; M.S.W., University of Utah,1990. (1996)

Rosario Caballero-Chambers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mod-ern Languages. B.A., M.A., University Pedro Ruiz Gallo (Peru),1973. (1997)

Nita A. Campbell, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing.A.S., Pacific Union College, 1969; B.A., National College ofEducation, 1985; M.S., Andrews University, 1993. (1993)

Personnel

230

Jon A. Carstens, M.A., Associate Professor of Art History. B.A.,University of Redlands, 1976; M.A., University of California,Riverside, 1979. (1979)

Del W. Case, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.A., La Sierra Col-lege, 1960; M.Mus., University of Southern California, 1967;D.M.A., University of Southern California, 1973. (1964)

Lois A. Case, M.A., Associate Professor of Music. B.A., SouthernMissionary College, 1963; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969.(1964)

Carole A. Caylor, R.N., B.S.N., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., PacificUnion College, 1968; B.S.N., Sonoma State University, 1993. (1994)

James D. Chase, D.Min., Professor of Communication. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1969; M.Div., Andrews University, 1972;D.Min., Andrews University, 1977. (1983)

John W. Christian, Ph.D., Professor of History. B.A., WallaWalla College, 1956; M.A., Northwestern University, 1957;Ph.D., Washington State University, 1967. (1972-77; 1994)

Linda S. Cochran, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing.B.S., Pacific Union College, 1992; M.S., California State Univer-sity, Sacramento, 1996. (1992)

Marsha L. Crow, M.A., Associate Professor of Education. B.S.,Pacific Union College, 1972; M.A., Boise State University, 1979.(1979)

David D. Duran, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1973; M.S., University of California, Davis, 1975;Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1989. (1996)

Colin A. Erickson, M.S., Assistant Professor of Technology. B.S.,University of Nebraska, 1970; M.S., University of Wisconsin,Stout, 1985. (1975)

Charles G. Evans, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-tion. B.S., Pacific Union College 1977; M.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1980. (1989)

Lenora D. Follett, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing.B.S., Loma Linda University, 1966; M.S., Andrews University,1996. (1994)

Keith A. Francis, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. B.A.,Andrews University, 1984; M.Th., King’s College, London, 1985;Ph.D., University of London, 1996. (1990)

Aubyn S. Fulton, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. B.S., PacificUnion College, 1981; M.A., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1990;Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1990. (1985-1986; 1988)

Linda L. Gill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. B.A.,Andrews University, 1984; M.A., La Sierra University, 1986;Ph.D., University of California, Riverside, 1992. (1993)

Lorne E. Glaim, Ph.D., Professor of History. B.A., Walla WallaCollege, 1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D.,Washington State University, 1973. (1986)

Marilyn S. Glaim, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., WashingtonState University, 1967; M.A., Washington State University, 1973;Ph.D., Washington State University, 1991. (1986)

Cherie L. Goulard, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing.B.S., California State University, Los Angeles, 1972; M.S., SanJose State University, 1978. (1976-88, 1995)

Sylvia B. Rasi Gregorutti, M.S., Assistant Professor of ModernLanguages. B.A., Andrews University, 1989; M.S., GeorgetownUniversity, 1991. (1993)

Donald R. Halenz, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A.,Emmanuel Missionary College, 1957; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Poly-technic Institute, 1961. (1979)

Rodney O. Hardcastle, M.B.A., CPA, Associate Professor ofBusiness Administration. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1977;M.B.A., Golden Gate University, 1989; CPA, State of Washing-ton, 1980; CPA, State of California, 1984. (1989)

Michael L. Hellie, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-tion. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1983; M.A., California StateUniversity, Chico, 1990. (1990)

William M. Hemmerlin, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.A.,Loma Linda University, 1968; M.A., Ph.D., University of Califor-nia, Irvine, 1973. (1979)

Angel M. Hernandez, M.A., Associate Professor of Religion.B.A., Antillian College, 1975; M.A., Andrews University, 1977.(1994)

George F. Hilton, Ph. D., Professor of Mathematics. B.S., South-western Adventist College, 1979; M.S., Oklahoma State Univer-sity, 1981; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1984. (1989)

Mae L. Holland, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. R.N., B.S.,Loma Linda University, 1952. (1982)

Joan P. Hughson, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. B.S., LomaLinda University, 1969. (1998)

Sandra R. Ingram, B.A., Instructor in English. B.A., AndrewsUniversity, 1991. (1998)

231

Personnel

Bruce E. Ivey, Ed.D., Professor of Computer Science and Physics.B.A., Andrews University, 1969; M.S., Montana State University,1988; Ed.D., Montana State University, 1992. (1992)

Kenneth D. James, Ph.D., R.D., Professor of Family and Con-sumer Sciences. B.S., Walla Walla College, 1967; M.H.A., U.S.Army-Baylor University, 1976; Ph.D., Washington State Univer-sity, 1984. (1997)

Donald L. John, M.A., Professor of Philosophy, Religion andHistory. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1965; M.A., AndrewsUniversity, 1967. (1985)

Isaac J. Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., AtlanticUnion College, 1968; M.A., Northwestern University, 1970;Ph.D., Purdue University, 1982. (1972)

Paulette M. Johnson, Ed.S., M.S.I.S., Assistant Librarian. B.A.,McGill University, 1984; M.S.I.S., McGill University, 1986;Ed.S., Loma Linda University, 1996. (1997)

James A. Kempster, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.S., PortlandState College, 1965; M.Mus., University of Oregon, 1968;D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977. (1968)

Rena M. Ketting, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. B.S.,Walla Walla College, 1985; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1988;Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School, 1996. (1994)

Gregory A. King, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biblical Studies.B.A., Southern Adventist University, 1981; M.Div., AndrewsUniversity, 1984; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary in Virginia,1996. (1987)

Henry W. Kopitzke, J.D., M.B.A., CPA, Professor of BusinessAdministration. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1968; M.B.A.,University of Wisconsin, 1972; CPA, State of Wisconsin, 1972;J.D., University of Idaho, 1980. (1973)

Russell R. L. Laird, Ed.D., Professor of Technology. B.S., PacificUnion College, 1972; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1973; Ed.D.,Arizona State University, 1985. (1983)

Nancy J. Lecourt, M.A., Associate Professor of English. B.A.,Loma Linda University, 1973; M.A., Loma Linda University,1974. (1979-1981; 1984)

Joel H. Lutes, M.L.S., Librarian. B.A., Pacific Union College,1981; M.L.S., San Jose State University, 1982. (1982)

Linda E. Maberly, M.L.I.S., Librarian. B.A., Walla Walla Col-lege, 1977; M.L.I.S., University of California, Berkeley, 1982.(1987)

Daniel G. Madrid, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Ad-ministration. B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1983; M.B.A., Uni-versity of San Diego, 1991. (1991)

Milbert C. Mariano, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., PacificUnion College, 1991. (1995)

D. Malcolm Maxwell, Ph.D., Professor of Religion. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1956; M.A., Andrews University, 1958; Ph.D.,Drew University, 1968. (1983)

Benjamin McArthur, Ph.D., Walter C. Utt Professor of History.Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1979. (Winter-Spring 1998)

W. James McGee, Ph.D., Professor of Music. B.A., AndrewsUniversity, 1961; M.Mus., Indiana University, 1973; Ph.D.,University of Arizona, 1982. (1974)

Paul E. McGraw, M.A., Assistant Professor of History. B.A.,Columbia Union College, 1983; M.Div., Andrews University,1990; M.A., George Mason University, 1996. (1998)

Mitchell D. Menzmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.B.S. Pacific Union College, 1985; Ph.D., Clarkson University,1989. (1990)

Kenneth L. Millard, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1964; B.D., Andrews University, 1967; M.A.,Pacific Union College, 1971; Ph.D., Loma Linda University,1981. (1977)

Sharon R. Millard, R.N., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nursing.B.S., Loma Linda University, 1975; M.S., Loma Linda University,1979; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1998. (1977)

Marvin K. Mitchell, M.Ed., Professor of Education. B.A., LomaLinda University, 1963; M.Ed., Walla Walla College, 1976.(1990)

Edwin L. Moore, M.A., Associate Professor of English as a Sec-ond Language. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1971; M.A., Univer-sity of Hawaii, 1974. (1997)

M. Lillian Moore, R.N., Ed.D., Professor of Nursing. B.S., Co-lumbia Union College, 1955; M.A., Walla Walla College, 1960;M.S., St. Xavier College, Chicago, 1974; Ed.D., University ofCalifornia, Los Angeles, 1991. (1985)

Thomas G. Morphis, M.F.A., Professor of Art. B.F.A., PacificNorthwest College of Art, 1980; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy ofArt, 1984. (1986)

William C. Mundy, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. B.S., SouthernMissionary College, 1962; M.A.T., Vanderbilt University, 1963;Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1972. (1975)

Betty L. Muth, M.A., Assistant Professor of Family and Con-sumer Sciences. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1982; M.A., SonomaState University, 1986. (1982)

Personnel

232

Gilbert J. Muth, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1961; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1967; Ph.D., Univer-sity of California, Davis, 1976. (1966)

Kenneth A. Narducci, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.Mus., PacificUnion College, 1980.; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1989. (1981)

Keith Neergaard, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.B.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1984; Ph.D., University of Califor-nia, Irvine, 1994. (1988)

Bryan D. Ness, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.S., Walla WallaCollege, 1983; M.S., Walla Walla College, 1985; Ph.D., Wash-ington State University, 1992. (1989)

Elaine P. Neudeck, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-tion. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1976; M.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1978. (1991)

Karen E. Nielsen-Menicucci, R.N., M.S., Associate Professor ofNursing. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1978; M.S., Loma LindaUniversity, 1984. (1984)

Judy E. Osborne, ASID, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Familyand Consumer Sciences. B.A., Southern College, 1964; M.A.T.,Andrews University, 1971; California Certified Interior Designer,1993; American Society of Interior Designers, 1994. (1993)

Lisa Bissell Paulson, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Eduction. B.A.,Walla Walla College, 1981; M.Ed., Walla Walla College, 1983;Ed.S., Loma Linda University, 1987; Ed.D., Loma Linda Univer-sity, 1990; M.A., California Polytechnic Institute, Pomona, 1995.(1995)

Robert A. Paulson, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Physical Education.B.S., Andrews University, 1981. (1994)

Allan R. Payne, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology. B.A.,Loma Linda University, 1972; A.S., Cochise College, 1976;M.A., Andrews University, 1987. (1996)

Julia L. Pearce, R.N., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.,Loma Linda University, 1962; M.S., Loma Linda University,1965; Ph.D., Columbia Pacific University, 1987. (1992)

LeRoy H. Peterson, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music. B.A.,Columbia Union College, 1961; M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory,1963. (1983)

L. Monique Pittman, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. B.A.,Andrews University, 1991; M.A., College of William and Mary,1992. (1994)

William R. Price, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1967; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969.(1976)

Leo S. Ranzolin, Jr., M.Th., Assistant Professor of Religion. B.S.,Columbia Union College, 1981; M.Div., Andrews University,1987; M.Th., Duke University, 1993. (1998)

Beverly Reynolds-O’Keeffe, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor ofNursing. B.A., California State University, 1979; B.S., CaliforniaState University, 1982; M.S., California State University, LosAngeles, 1987. (1989)

Richard D. Rockwell, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. B.S.,B.A., Pacific Union College, 1967; M.A., University of California,Berkeley, 1969; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1973.(1969)

Clifford M. Rusch, B.S., Assistant Professor of Graphic Design.B.S., Pacific Union College, 1980. (1987)

A. Gregory Schneider, Ph.D., Professor of Behavioral Science.B.A., Columbia Union College, 1971; M.A., University of Chi-cago, 1973; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1981. (1977)

Kathryn S. Schneider, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor ofNursing. B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, 1969;M.S., Loma Linda University, 1976. (1984)

Robert H. Seyle, M.F.A., Professor of Art. B.F.A., Otis Art Insti-tute, 1966; M.F.A., Otis Art Institute, 1966. (1991)

Gary W. Shearer, M.L.S., Librarian. B.A., Union College, 1965;M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1969. (1983)

L. Jean Sheldon, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A.,Andrews University, 1982; M.A., Loma Linda University, 1984.(1995)

Lary J. Taylor, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Adminis-tration. B.S., Union College, 1969; M.B.A., University of Mary-land, 1976. (1978)

Sharon L. Teruya, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Behavioral Sci-ence. B.A., Loma Linda University, 1978; M.A., Fuller Theologi-cal Seminary, 1991; Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1997.(1988)

Linda S. Thorman, Ed.D., CPS, Associate Professor of BusinessAdministration. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1976; M.A., LomaLinda University, 1979; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts,Amherst 1996. (1984)

Stephen C. Thorman, Ph.D., Professor of Computer Science andPhysics. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1978; M.S., California StateUniversity, Northridge, 1981; M.S.E.C.E., University of Massa-chusetts, Amherst, 1992; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts,Amherst, 1996. (1981)

233

Personnel

Marcia L. Toledo, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Business Ad-ministration. B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1974; M.Ed., BostonUniversity, 1980. (1984)

Terrence L. Trivett, Ph.D., Professor of Biology. B.A., SouthernMissionary College, 1964; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1969. (1968)

Nancy L. Tucker, R.N., M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing.B.S., Walla Walla College, 1970; M.S., California State Univer-sity, Sacramento, 1990. (1986)

C. Thomas Turner, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., LomaLinda University, 1969; M.A., Central Michigan University,1976. (1984)

William Van Grit, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages. B.A.,Atlantic Union College, 1960; M.A., University of Connecticut,1963; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1969. (1970-1973; 1981)

James R. Van Hise, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. B.S., WallaWalla College, 1959; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1963. (1972)

Rita K. Van Horn, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing.B.S.N., Union College, 1981; M.S.N., Loma Linda University,1988. (1992)

Richard T. Voth, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration.B.A., Pacific Union College, 1964; M.A., Pacific Union College,1965; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, 1967;Ph.D., Arizona State University, 1974. (1968)

Joyce Wallace, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing.B.S., Walla Walla College, 1963; M.S.N., University of San Fran-cisco, 1990. (1992)

Steven R. Waters, D.A., Professor of Mathematics. B.S., PacificUnion College, 1979; M.S., Idaho State University, 1980; D.A.,Idaho State University, 1983. (1982)

Richard L. Webb, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,Loma Linda University, 1988; M.S., Washington State University,1990; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1995. (1995)

Andrew R. Wheat, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. B.S.,Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, 1985; B.A., Univer-sity of Tennessee, 1987; M.A., University of California, LosAngeles, 1990; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles,1994. (1994)

C. Lynn Wheeler, D.M.A., Professor of Music. B.Mus., WallaWalla College, 1966; M.Mus., Catholic University of America,1970; D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1976. (1971)

Myron K. Widmer, M.Div., Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1971; M.Div., Andrews University, 1978.(1996)

Carol T. Williams, R.N., M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing.A.S., Southern Adventist University, 1974; B.S., Florida StateUniversity, 1988; M.S., Florida State University, 1991. (1997)

Debra L. Winkle, R.N., B.S., Instructor in Nursing. A.S., WallaWalla Community College, 1978; B.S., Walla Walla College,1981. (1997)

Adugnaw Worku, M.A., M.S.L.S., Librarian. B.A., AvondaleCollege, 1975; M.A., Andrews University, 1977; M.A., AndrewsUniversity, 1978; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California,1984. (1985)

LecturersBruce N. Anderson, M.D., Lecturer in History. B.A., PacificUnion College, 1960, M.D., Loma Linda University, 1964; M.S.,Ohio State University, 1969. (1984)

Marlene Behr, M.A., Lecturer in Education. B.A., Union Col-lege, 1954; M.A., San Jose State University, 1970. (1990)

Carl Coffman, D.Div., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1950; M.A., Andrews University, 1963; M.Div.,Andrews University, 1972; D.Div., honoris causa, Andrews Uni-versity, 1987. (1960-1975; 1987)

Gary D. Gifford, Ed.D., Lecturer in Communication. B.A., Pa-cific Union College, 1967; B.D., Andrews University, 1969; Ed.S.,Loma Linda University, 1981; Ed.D., Loma Linda University,1985. (1988)

Lorenzo Grant, D.Min., Lecturer in Religion. B.A., ColumbiaUnion College, 1965; M.A., Howard University, 1975; D.Min.,Howard University, 1977. (1992)

Margaret Huse, M.D., Lecturer in Health Education. M.B.,Ch.B., University of Birmingham, 1954; D.A., University of Lon-don, 1957; M.D., California Boards, 1960. (1981)

Kenneth W. Hutchins, Ed.S., Lecturer in Education. B.A., Atlan-tic Union College, 1954; M.A., Andrews University, 1958; Ed.S.,Michigan State University, 1978. (1990)

Bryan G. Kasper, Lecturer in Physical Education. Pacific UnionCollege, 1985-89. (1994)

Frederick M. Kinsey, M.Div., Lecturer in Communication. B.A.,Loma Linda University, 1974; M.Div., Andrews University,1979. (1985)

David M. Ritter, Ed.D., Lecturer, Leadership in Business Admin-istration. B.A., Pfeiffer College, 1976; M.S., Radford University,1977; Ed.D., University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 1992.(1995)

Personnel

234

Gerry E. Thompson, Ed.D., Lecturer in Education. B.S., UnionCollege, 1951; M.A., University of Colorado, 1957; Ed.D., Uni-versity of Nebraska, 1965. (1991)

Liaisons and Supervisory Personnel in Agencies Used forClinical Nursing ExperienceCaptain Adrenne H. Brownell, R.N., M.S., David Grant MedicalCenter, Travis AFB. B.S.N., Pace University, 1976; M.S., LongIsland University.

Judy Campbell, R.N., M.S., Hanford Community Medical Cen-ter. M.S., University of Portland, 1994.

Jerry Chaney, R.N., M.S., Ukiah Valley Medical Center. M.S.,University of California, San Francisco, 1987.

Marie Davidson, R.N., A.D., White Memorial Medical Center.A.D., Rio Hondo College, 1971; B.S., University of Redlands,1985.

Ann Marie Floyd, R.N., M.S., White Memorial Medical Center.B.S., University of San Francisco, 1972; M.S., Catholic Universityof America, 1985.

Judi Goodin, R.N., M.S.N., Sutter Medical Center of Santa Rosa.B.S.N., California State University, San Jose, 1975.

Kathleen Hunt, R.N., M.S., Los Angeles County Health Depart-ment. B.S., University of California, Los Angeles, 1972; M.S.,California State University, Los Angeles, 1993.

Darcy Keep, R.N., B.S.N., Cedar Vista Hospital, Fresno. B.S.N.,California State University, Fresno, 1988.

Brenda Kuhn, R.N., Ph.D., White Memorial Medical Center.M.S.N., Wright State University, 1986; M.S.H.C, Central Michi-gan University, 1987; Ph.D., University of Southern California,1994.

Glenda Luce, R.N., M.S., White Memorial Medical Center. B.S.,Pacific Union College, 1984; M.S., California State University,Los Angeles, 1990.

JoAline Olson, R.N., M.S.N., St. Helena Hospital and HealthCenter. B.S.N., Walla Walla College, 1973; M.S.N., OregonHealth Sciences University, 1985.

Katherine Palusko, R.N., B.S.N., Hanford Community MedicalCenter. R.N., A.S., College of the Sequoias, 1979; B.S.N., Cali-fornia State University, Dominguez Hills, 1991.

Leni Puen, R.N., B.S., White Memorial Medical Center. B.S.,Walla Walla College, 1970.

Kathryn Robinson, R.N., B.S., White Memorial Medical Center.B.S., Pacific Union College, 1992.

Carol Sindorf, R.N., A.S., Carewest Calistoga. A.S., Napa ValleyCollege, 1996.

Karen Sutton, R.N., B.S.N., Kaweah Delta District Hospital.B.S.N., Indiana State University, 1973.

Linda Walton, R.N., M.S., Hubert Humphrey ComprehensiveHealth Center. B.S., California State University, Long Beach,1968; M.S., California State University, Los Angeles, 1982.

Contract Faculty in Nursing: Clinical and TheoryInstructorsMary Anderson, R.N., M.S.N., F.N.P., Cedar Vista/KaweahDelta District Hospital. A.S., Grossmont School of Nursing,1987; B.S.N., California State University, Fresno, 1992; M.S.N.,F.N.P., California State University, Fresno, 1996.

Joyce Averett, R.N., B.S.N., David Grant Medical Center. B.S.N.,California State University, Bakersfield, 1990.

Major Iona S. Graham, R.N., B.S.N., M.A., David Grant Medi-cal Center, Travis AFB. B.S.N., University of North Carolina atChapel Hill, 1980; M.A., Webster University, 1993.

Greg Harless, R.N., B.S., Veterans Home of California. B.S.,California State University, Dominguez Hills, 1991.

Diane Irby, R.N., M.S., North Bay Medical Center, Fairfield.B.S., South Dakota State University, 1974; M.S., University ofNebraska Medical Center, 1984.

Janice LaRue, R.N., A.A., Sutter Medical Center of Santa Rosa.A.A., Orange Coast College, 1966.

Mary Munsell, R.N., B.S., First Hospital. A.S., Mohawk ValleyCommunity College, 1973; B.S., State University of New York, 1976.

Karen L. Rea, R.N., M.S.N., F.N.P., Cedar Vista/ValleyChildren’s Hospital. A.A., San Juaquin Delta College, 1998; B.S.,California State University, Stanislaus, 1992; M.S., F.N.P., Cali-fornia State University, Fresno, 1996.

Sue Schaad, R.N., A.S., M.S., Kaweah Delta District Hospital/Hanford Community Medical Center. A.S., College of the Se-quoia, 1979; B.S., Pacific Union College, 1979; M.S., CaliforniaState University, Dominguez Hills, 1994.

Donna Shipp, R.N., A.S., Hanford Community Medica Center/Kaweah Delta District Hospital. A.S., College of Sequoia, 1994.

Robert Stelling, B.A., M.A., B.H.S., St. Helena Hospital andHealth Center. B.A., Loma Linda University, 1971; M.A., LaSierra College, 1973; B.H.S., University of Missouri, 1984.

235

Personnel

Field Instructors in Social Work PracticumIsmail Akman, M.S.W., LCSW, San Diego State University, 1979.

Linda Fischer-Bradas, M.S.W., California State University, Sacra-mento, 1992.

Daniel Garcia, M.S.W., LCSW, Walla Walla College, 1990.

Karen Huston, M.S.W., California State University, Sacramento,1986.

Mark Perkins, M.S.W., LCSW, Fresno State University, 1980.

Larry S. Pickard, M.S.W., ACSW, University of Kentucky, 1974.

Joanie Seidel, M.S., San Francisco State University, 1992.

Nancy Schulz, M.S.W., Virginia Commonwealth University,1984.

Jean Smart, M.S.W., San Diego State University, 1970.

Dan Souza, M.S.W., LCSW, California State University, Fresno,1971.

Dan Ward, M.S.W., University of California, Berkeley, 1976.

Claire Wren, M.S.W., LCSW, Columbia University, 1970.

Field Supervisors in Practical TheologySam Alexander, M.Div. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1968;M.Div., Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1971.

Richart Dena, M.Div. B.A., Walla Walla College, 1984; M.Div.,Andrews University, 1987.

Luke Fessenden, M.S. B.A., Atlantic Union College, 1966; M.S.,Portland State University, 1986.

Peter Geli, M.Div. B.A., Columbia Union College, 1968; M.Div.,Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1970.

George Hilton, Ph.D. B.S., Southwestern Adventist College,1979; M.S., Oklahoma State University, 1981; Ph.D., OklahomaState University, 1984.

Robert Janssen, M.A. B.A., LaSierra College, 1957; M.A.,Potomac University (Andrews University), 1958.

James Pedersen, M.Div. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1974, 1977.M.Div., Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1981.

O. Kris Widmer, M.Div. B.A., Loma Linda University, 1983;M.Div., Andrews University Theological Seminary, 1988.

Field Supervisors in Chaplaincy ProgramJudy Crabb, B.A. B.A., Atlantic Union College.

Denise Tittle, M.Div. B.A., University of Houston, 1981; M.Div.,Golden Gate Baptist Theological Seminary, 1984; Board CertifiedChaplain, College of Chaplains.

Jim Warnock. M.Div. B.A., Azusa Pacific College, 1975; M.Div.,Wartburg Theological Seminary, 1979.

Supervisory Instructors in Secondary Education, Principal.

Scott Blunt, B.S.P.E., Instructor in Physical Education andHealth. B.S.P.E., Pacific Union College, 1992. (1995)

Heather Denton, B.S., Instructor in History, Social Studies andDrama. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1997. (1997)

Kenneth N. Dunlap, B.S.M.E., Instructor in Mathematics andScience. B.S.M.E., Walla Walla College, 1959. (1988)

Larry D. Hiday, M.Ag., Instructor in Science and Mathematics.B.A., Southwestern Adventist College, 1979; M.Ag., TexasA&M, 1985. (1990)

Pamela J. Jones, B.A., Instructor in Art. B.A., Atlantic UnionCollege, 1970. (1991)

Karlton K. Keller, M.M., Instructor in Music. B.Mus., MillikinUniversity, 1974; M.M., Andrews University, 1975. (1991)

Glenda Purdy, Registrar, Instructor in Business and Computer.(1992)

Sara P. Van Grit, B.A., Instructor in Spanish. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1983. (1990)

Karl Wilcox, M.Phil., Instructor in English. B.A., Newbold Col-lege, 1986; M.Phil., University of St. Andrews, 1991. (1997)

Supervisory Instructors in Elementary EducationJames B. Mason, B.A., Principal, B.A., Humboldt State Univer-sity, 1970. (1998)

Lois Case, M.A. B.A., Southern Missionary College, 1963; M.A.,Pacific Union College, 1969. (1994)

Tureic Cordis, M.A. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1980; M.A.,Pacific Union College, 1994. (1990)

Dwight H. Crow, M.A. B.A., Pacific Union College, 1974; M.A.,Pacific Union College, 1974. (1979)

Monte Fisher, B.A., B.A., Pacific Union College, 1997. (1998)

Cheryl Fox, B.S. B.S., Loma Linda University, 1972. (1998)

Personnel

236

Linda Hansel, M.A. B.A.,Pacific Union College, 1972; M.A.,Pacific Union College, 1992. (1988)

Karen Struntz, B.S., Andrews University, 1969. (1988)

Paulin Center for the Creative ArtsLois Case, M.A., Director. B.A., Southern Missionary College,1963; M.A., Pacific Union College, 1969. (1964)

Peggy Reynolds Bell, B.S., B.A. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1951;B.A., Walla Walla College, 1978. (1984)

John Bennett, Cellist, Vallejo Symphony Orchestra. San FranciscoState University; California State University, Hayward; San Fran-cisco Conservatory of Music. (1997)

Anita Cavagnaro-Ford, A.S. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1995;Mills College (Summer Sessions) 1948-50. (1984)

Thomas G. Leisek, M.Mus. M.Mus., San Francisco Conservatoryof Music, 1993. (1984)

Shelley A. Reynolds, B.S. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1977.(1988; 1994)

Lynnece SchNell, A.S. A.S., Pacific Union College, 1990. (1993)

Jacqueline E. Skoda, B.M. B.M., Pacific Union College, 1977.(1994)

Ivylyn R. Traver, M.A., M.L.S. B.A., Pacific Union College,1953; M.A., San Francisco State College, 1961; M.L.S., San JoseState University, 1983. (1953)

Adjunct Faculty in Medical TechnologyRodney F. Holcomb, M.D., Medical Director, Florida Hospital.M.D., Tulane University, 1959.

Patricia L. Rogers, M.T. (ASCP), SBB, Program Director,Florida Hospital. B.S.M.T., East Tennessee State University,1961.

237

Index

Integrity is expected of every student inall academic work. The guiding principleof academic integrity is that the work onepresents as one’s own is one’s own.

Students shall not violate the Code ofAcademic Integrity and shall avoid situa-tions likely to compromise academic in-tegrity. Students shall observe the provi-sions of the Code of Academic Integritywhether or not faculty members establishspecial rules of integrity for particularcourses. Failure of faculty to prevent aca-demic dishonesty does not excuse stu-dents from compliance with the Code.

Those who engage in academic dishon-esty diminish the quality and value of theireducation and bring discredit to the aca-demic community.

Categories of Academic DishonestyAcademic dishonesty includes, but is

not limited to, the following:

1. Cheating—Using, or attempting to use,unauthorized materials in any aca-demic exercise; or having someone elsedo one’s own academic work. Ex-amples of cheating include looking atanother student’s paper during a test,bringing notes to a test, obtaining acopy of a test prior to the test date,and presenting homework prepared bysomeone else.

2. Fabrication—Inventing or falsifyinginformation. Examples of fabricationinclude “dry-labbing” (inventing datafor an experiment not done or notdone correctly), making references tosources not actually used in a researchpaper, forging advisers’ signatures onregistration forms, forging letters ofrecommendation, and falsifying cre-dentials in an application.

3. Facilitating Academic Dishonesty—Helping someone else to commit an act

of academic dishonesty. This includesgiving someone a paper or homeworkto copy from and allowing another tocheat from one’s test paper.

4. Plagiarism—Using the words or ideasof another writer without attribution,so that they appear as if they wereone’s own. Plagiarism includes copyingsomeone else’s work word for word,rewriting someone else’s work withonly minor word changes, and para-phrasing or summarizing work withoutacknowledging the source.

5. Multiple Submissions—Presentingwork done in previous courses as if itwere new and original work. Althoughprofessors are sometimes willing for astudent to use previous work as thebasis for new work, they expect thestudent to do new work for the currentcourse. A student who wants to submita piece of academic work in more thanone course should seek the approval ofthe instructors.

6. Abuse of Academic Materials—Harm-ing, appropriating, or disabling aca-demic resources so that others cannotuse them. This includes removingtables and illustrations from books andjournals to use in a paper, stealingbooks or articles, and deleting anddamaging computer files intended forthe use of others.

7. Misrepresentation—Lying about ormisrepresenting one’s work, academicrecords, or credentials. Examples in-clude claiming ownership of another’swork, several students submitting cop-ies of the same computer documentand taking credit for group work towhich a student did not contributesignificantly or fulfill his or her obliga-tions.

8. Electronic Dishonesty—Using networkaccess inappropriately, in a way thataffects a class or other students’ aca-demic work. Examples of electronicdishonesty include using someone

else’s authorized computer accountto send and receive messages, breakinginto someone else’s files, gaining accessto restricted files, disabling others’access to network systems or files,knowingly spreading a computer virus,and obtaining a computeraccount under false pretenses.

These general definitions may be supple-mented or modified by additional policiesstated in course syllabi.

Procedures for AddressingAcademic Dishonesty

1. When an instructor believes that astudent has acted dishonestly, a con-versation on the incident in questionoccurs between the instructor and thestudent. The instructor should notifythe department chair of the incidentand the conversation about it.

2. If the instructor is not satisfied withthe student’s explanation, the instruc-tor documents the incident in writing.The documentation includes definitionof disciplinary action. The student re-ceives a copy of the document. A copyis filed in the Academic Dean’s office.

3. The General Academic Studies andPolicies Committee reviews seriousfirst offenses and repeat offenses andmay recommend to the Academic Deandisciplinary action beyond that definedby the course instructor.

4. Students who wish to appeal the deci-sion of the instructor, the AcademicDean, or the General Academic Studiesand Policies Committee may do so,following the grievance procedure out-lined in the Student Handbook.

5. Students are entitled to add a writtenrebuttal to their personal files.

Revised March 1997. Approved by AcademicSenate April 29, 1997. Adapted from theDePauw University and University of Arizonaweb pages.

Appendix: Code of Academic Integrity

Index

238

239

IndexIndex

Absences ...................................................... 36Academic Course Load ............................... 35Academic Dishonesty .................................. 36Academic Dismissal .................................... 37Academic Distinction .................................. 41Academic Information and Policies ............ 33Academic Probation .............................. 19, 37Academic Program ...................................... 21Academic Progress, Satisfactory ............... 216Academic Renewal ...................................... 37Academic Suspension .................................. 37Access for Handicapped .............................. 14Acceptance, cancellation of ......................... 30Acceptance Folloow-Up Procedures ............ 18Accounting ............................................ 72, 78Accounts, payment of ....................... 214, 222Accreditation ................................................. 2ACT Test, requirement ............................... 17Actuarial Certification .............................. 147Administration, College ............................ 224Administrative Services ............................... 72Admission of International Students ........... 20Admissions information ............ 17-19, 29, 30Adult Education .................................... 19, 32Advance Payment ...................................... 212Advanced Enrollment Freshmen ................. 19Advanced Placement examination ...... 39, 213Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) ............ 154Advising services ................................... 14, 34Agriculture .................................................. 65Albion ......................................................... 61Alternating courses ..................................... 43Anthropology .............................................. 58AP and CLEP Tests ..................................... 39Apartments ............................................... 219Application fee .................................... 17, 213Application Procedures ............................... 17Applied Mathematics ................................ 148Architecture ........................................ 31, 205Areas of Study ............................................... 4Armed Forces credit .................................... 35Art Department ........................................... 47Art History ............................................ 48, 53Assessment of Outcomes ............................. 39Associate Degree Program ...................... 4, 21Astronomy ................................................ 188Attendance policy ....................................... 36Audiology .................................................. 100Audited courses .............. 19, 33, 36, 213, 221Automobile insurance ............................... 221Automobile registration fee ...................... 213Aviation ............................................ 200, 204

Baccalaureate Degree Program ............... 4, 22Banking, student ....................................... 221Behavioral Science Department ................... 55

Bible Instructor ......................................... 193Biblical Languages .................................... 194Biblical Studies .......................................... 193Billing procedure ....................................... 212Biochemistry ............................................... 88Biological Field Station ............................... 63Biology ............................................ 63, 64, 65Biology Department .................................... 63Biophysics ................................................. 186Board, minimum charge ............................ 214Board of Trustees ...................................... 225Bookstore .................................................. 221Breaking residence ...................................... 40Catalog of graduation ................................. 40Business Administration .................. 72, 75, 79Business Administration Department .......... 71Business Education ...................................... 76

Calendar .................................................... 6, 7Cancellation of Acceptance ......................... 30Cancellation of Scheduled Courses ............. 35Candidacy for degree .................................. 40Career counseling ........................................ 14Cash discounts .......................................... 212Cash withdrawals ..................................... 221Checks ....................................................... 221Changes in registration ............................... 33Chemistry ........................................ 87, 88, 89Chemistry Department ................................ 87CHSPE ........................................................ 18Class absences ............................................. 36Classification of Students ............................ 40CLEP and AP Tests ..................................... 39Clothing and Textiles ................................ 130College Standards ....................................... 15Communication .................................... 93, 96Communication Department ...................... 93Comprehensive examination, senior ........... 23Computer Science .................... 101, 102, 103Computer technology ................................ 206Concert and Lecture Series ......................... 15Concurrent enrollment ................................ 38Contents ........................................................ 3Cooperative Education ............................... 31Correspondence Courses ............................. 38Counseling services ............................... 14, 34Course load ......................................... 35, 214Course cancellation ..................................... 35Course numbers .......................................... 43Course-Waiver Examinations ..................... 39Credential, Teaching ................................. 107Credit by Examination ................. 39, 40, 213Credit for student missionaries and

taskforce workers ................................... 39Credit from unaccredited institutions ......... 19Credit hours defined ................................... 43

Credit, reserving for post-degree ................. 38Criminal Justice Administration ................. 32Cytotechnology ........................................... 31

Data Processing and Management ............ 102“Dead week” .............................................. 39Dean’s List .................................................. 37Degree Candidacy ....................................... 40Degree-Completion Program ........ 32, 85, 135Degree, more than one ................................ 41Degrees, Associate offered ............................ 4Degrees, Baccalaureate offered ..................... 4Degrees offered ........................................... 21Dental Hygiene ........................................... 31Dentistry ............................................... 31, 44Dietetic Technology .................................... 31Digital Media Technology ....... 201, 202, 209Directed Group Study ................................. 43Directed Study ............................................ 43Disabilities, accommodating ....................... 14Discounts, tuition .............................. 214, 215Dishonesty, academic .................................. 35Dismissal, Academic ................................... 37Drafting–Design ................................ 198, 206Drama ....................................................... 123

Early admission to college .......................... 18Early Childhood Educ. 32, 126, 128, 131, 135Economics ................................................... 80Education .......................................... 107, 112Education Department .............................. 107Education, master’s degree program ........... 29Electricity–Electronics .............. 198, 202, 206Electronics ................................ 198, 202, 206Electronics Technology ............................. 206Elementary teaching ................. 107, 108, 109Emeriti ...................................................... 225Employment, student ................................ 218Energy–Power–Transportation ................. 207Engineering ........................ 31, 185, 187, 189Engineering Technology ........... 197, 199, 202English .............................................. 117, 120English as a Second Language ................... 119English Department .................................. 117English Education ..................................... 118English Language Program ................. 20, 119Equal Opportunity commitment ................... 2Europe, study in ........................................ 156Even-year courses ........................................ 43Examination fees ....................................... 213Examinations .............................................. 39Expenses, Estimate of ............................... 212Extension course fee ................................. 213Extended Learning ...................................... 32

Index

240

Baccalaureate degree ............................... 22Master’s degree ....................................... 31

Graduation with Academic Distinction ...... 41Grants, loans, scholarships ....... 213, 215-217Graphic Design ............................... 47, 49, 52Graphics Technology ........................ 201, 208Grievance Policies, Procedures .................... 16Guest applicants .................................... 19, 30Guidance service ......................................... 14

Handicapped students ......................... 14, 219Health courses .......................................... 178Health Information Administration ............ 31Health Service ..................................... 13, 220History .............................................. 137, 140History and Government .......................... 139History Department .................................. 137History of PUC ............................................. 9Honor Awards .......................................... 217Honors Courses .......................................... 28Honors Program ................................... 27, 41Honors Project ............................................ 44Honors Seminar .......................................... 44Housing, student ................................. 13, 221Hyphenated courses .................................... 43

Identification cards ................................... 221Incomplete work ......................................... 36Independent study ....................................... 38Industrial Technology and Management .. 199Industrial Technology Education .............. 202Information Systems ............................. 73, 81Insurance, international students .............. 219Insurance, student health ........... 13, 220, 221Interdisciplinary Courses .......................... 144Interdisciplinary Studies .................... 144, 145Interior Design ......................... 127, 130, 134International Business ................................. 73International Communication ..................... 94International Students ................ 19, 218, 221

Journalism ............................................. 95, 98Junior college credit .................................... 35Junior status ................................................ 40

Laboratory fees ......................................... 213Language Placement Test .......................... 154Languages, Biblical ................................... 194Late charge, unpaid accounts .................... 220Late registration fee ................... 33, 211, 220Law ............................................................. 31Lay Ministries ........................................... 193Leadership in Business Administration ....... 32Learning Differences, accommodating ........ 14Learning Resource Center ........................... 14Lecture Series .............................................. 15

Legal Secretary ............................................ 77Liberal Studies .................................. 111, 143Liberal Studies Department ...................... 143Library Services ........................................... 14Leadership in Business Administration ....... 31Load, course ................................................ 35Loans ........................................................ 217Long-distance telephone service .................. 16Long-Term Health Care ........................ 74, 82Lower-division courses ............................... 43

Restriction on, after upper division ........ 38

Major, more than one ................................. 29Major, the ................................................... 29Management ......................................... 74, 82Manufacturing Technology ...... 198, 199, 210Marketing ............................................. 74, 83Married student housing ........................... 221Master’s Degree Program.............. 29-31, 112Mathematics ............................ 147, 148, 149Mathematics Department ......................... 147Media Technology .................................... 209Medical Physics ......................................... 186Medical Radiography .............................. 4, 31Medical Secretary ........................................ 77Medical Technology ................. 31, 64, 68, 69Medicine ..................................................... 31Metals Manufacturing .............................. 210Microbiology .............................................. 68Military service, credit for .......................... 35Minor, the ................................................... 29Mission of the College ................................ 11Modern Languages Department ............... 153Music ................................................ 160, 163

*Music Education ................ 160, 161, 163*Music Performance ..................... 161, 162

Music Department .................................... 159Music lesson fees ....................................... 220

Natural Science ............................. 64, 88, 187New student orientation ............................. 13Nonaccredited Institutions .................... 19, 35Nondegree Student, admission as ............... 19Numbering of courses ................................. 43Nursing, A.S. program ............. 169, 172, 173Nursing, B.S. program ............. 169, 174, 175Nursing Fees ............................................. 221Nurses’ Graduate Recognition .................... 41Nutrition and Dietetics ............................... 31

Objectives, academic ................................... 21Objectives, College ..................................... 11Occupational library ................................... 14Occupational Therapy ................................ 31Odd-year courses ........................................ 43Office Administration ........................... 77, 84

Faculty/Staff Committees .......................... 235Faculty Directory ...................................... 227Family and Consumer Sciences ......... 125, 132Family and Consumer Sciences

Department ........................................... 125Family Discount ........................................ 213Family Life and Human Development ...... 132Family Rights and Privacy .......................... 16Fashion Marketing ...................................... 72Fashion Merchandising ................... 126, 129Fees, miscellaneous ................................... 211Final Examinations ..................................... 39Finance .................................................. 73, 81Financial Aid, eligibility for ...................... 213Financial Aid, how to apply ...................... 217Financial Aid programs ..................... 213, 215Financial Aid refunds ................................ 218Financial information ....................... 211, 215Fine Art ................................................. 46, 48Flight Training fees ................................... 220Food Service ........................................ 13, 219Food Service charges ......................... 214, 221Foods and Nutrition ................ 127, 129, 133Foreign students .................................. 20, 220French ............................................... 154, 156Freshman status .......................................... 40

General Business ......................................... 73General Courses .......................................... 45General Education, Purpose of ................... 24General-education requirements:

Associate Degree ..................................... 23Baccalaureate Degree ......................... 24-27Requirements for transfer students ......... 24

General Engineering Technology .............. 198General Industrial Technology ................. 201General Science (GSCI) ............................. 145General Studies (GNST) ............................ 145General Studies A.A. Degree ............. 143, 145Geography ................................................. 140Geology ....................................................... 68German ............................................. 154, 156GI Bill .................................................. 32, 218Grade Not Reported ................................... 37Grade-point average ........................... 36, 214Grading system ........................................... 36Graduate Courses ............................. 114, 144Graduate Courses, numbering of ................ 43Graduate Credit, reserved ........................... 30Graduate program .............................. 29, 111Graduate Student ........................................ 41Graduation in absentia ....................... 41, 221Graduation Information ............................. 41Graduation Recognition ............................. 41Graduation requirements:

Associate degree ...................................... 22

241

Index

Optometry ................................................... 31Orientation ................................................. 13Osteopathy .................................................. 31Outcomes Assessment ................................. 39Ownership of written work ........................ 36

Payment plans ................................... 212, 213Personal counseling ..................................... 14Personnel ................................................... 223Pharmacy .................................................... 31Philosophy ................................................. 145Photography .................................... 47, 49, 52Physical Education ................... 177, 178, 179Physical Education Department ................ 177Physical examination ............................ 13, 17Physical Therapist Assisting ........................ 31Physical Therapy ......................................... 31Physics ............................................... 185, 189Physics Department ................................... 185Piano Pedagogy ......................................... 162Placement service ........................................ 14Plagiarism ................................................... 35Plastics Manufacturing ............................. 211Policies, unpublished changes in ................. 33Political Science ................................. 139, 142Pre-Architecture .................................. 31, 203Pre-Examination Week ............................... 39Prefixes, course ..................................... 43, 44Premedical Technology ............................... 64Preprofessional curricula ........................ 4, 31Presidents .................................................. 223President’s message ....................................... 5Privacy of records ....................................... 16Probation, academic ............................. 19, 37Professors Emeriti ..................................... 227Provisional Status, admission ..................... 18Psychological Services ................................. 14Psychology ............................................ 56, 58Public Relations .................................... 95, 99

Quarter system ............................................ 43

Rasmussen Art Gallery ............................... 50Reapplication procedures ............................ 18Recommendations ....................................... 17Records, privacy of ..................................... 16Recreational Facilities ................................. 15Refund policy ............................................ 218Registration ................................................. 33Registration, Changes in ............................. 33Registration fee, late .................. 33, 213, 222Religion ..................................................... 192Religion Department ................................. 191Religious Life .............................................. 15Remedial courses ........................................ 43Renewal, Academic ..................................... 37

Repeating courses ....................................... 38Requirements for graduation .......... 23, 30, 40Reserved credit for postgrad courses .... 30, 38Residence-hall charges ...................... 214, 219

Room refund ......................................... 218Residence, break in ..................................... 40Residence requirements:

Associate degree ...................................... 21Baccalaureate degree ............................... 22for denominational teachers ................... 41

Residential Interior Design ...... 127, 129, 130Respiratory Therapy ................................... 31Responsibility to meet requirements ............. 8Robotics ................................... 198, 203, 206Robotics Technology ................................ 204Room Deposit ........................................... 211Russian ...................................................... 157

Satisfactory academic progress ................. 216Scholarships ...................................... 215, 217SDA Tuition Discount ............................... 213Second degree .............................................. 41Secondary teaching ........................... 107, 108Second-Step Nursing Program .................. 176Senior citizen fees ...................................... 213Senior comprehensive examination ............. 23Senior status ................................................ 40Single parent housing ................................ 221Skiing Fees ................................................ 221Social Studies ............................................ 138Social Work .......................................... 56, 60Sociology ............................................... 56, 61Sophomore status ........................................ 40Spanish .............................................. 153, 156Special fees ................................................ 213Special students ..................................... 19, 40Speech Pathology and Audiology .. 31, 93, 100SPEED (Subject Matter Program for

Elementary Education) ................. 107, 110Standards of Conduct ................................. 15Student Association ..................................... 15Student Banking ........................................ 223Student Conduct ......................................... 15Student employment ................................. 216Student Guide ............................................. 15Student housing .................................. 13, 221Student missionaries, credit for ................... 39Student Life and Services ............................ 13Student responsibility to follow Catalog ...... 8Student teaching ........................................ 109Studio Art ............................................. 44, 46Study abroad ..................................... 155, 156Study-Work Program .................................. 35Subject-Matter Program for Elementary

Education (SPEED) .............................. 109Subject-Matter Program in Social Science . 138

Suspension, Academic ................................. 37

Taskforce Volunteers, credit for ................. 39Teacher education ............................... 31, 107Teaching Credential Advising ..................... 34Teaching Credential Requirements ........... 107Technology Department ........................... 197Technology, general courses ..................... 211Telephone Information ............................... 16TESL Certificate Program ......................... 118Testing Services ........................................... 14Theology ........................................... 191, 195TOEFL scores ............................ 20, 117, 119Transcripts ................................. 42, 213, 221Transfer Credit ...................................... 19, 35Transfer students ............................ 19, 23, 30

General Education .................................. 24Transportation to College ............................. 9Transportation Technology ..... 198, 199, 207Trustees ..................................................... 223Tuition discounts .............................. 214, 215Tuition, financing of ................................. 214Tuition Guarantee Plan ............................. 212Tuition rates ...................................... 213, 214Tuition refund ........................................... 220

Unaccredited institutions ...................... 19, 35Unpaid accounts, late charge for .............. 222Upper-division courses ................................ 43

Restrictions on ........................................ 38

Veterans Services, Benefits ......... 34, 219, 220VA Standards of Progress ........................... 34Veterinary Medicine ................................... 31

Waiver examinations .................................. 39Withdrawal from College ..................... 34, 40Withdrawal from Courses .................... 33, 36Woods Manufacturing .............................. 211Work-Study Program .......................... 35, 218Worship attendance .................................... 14Written work, ownership of ....................... 36

X-ray Technology ....................................... 31

Index

242

Campus Map Directory

Numerical Legend1. Shopping Center:

Adventist Book CenterBookstoreCalifornia PropertiesHardwareLaunderetteMarket

2. Post Office3. Visitors’ Center:

Chiropractor’s OfficePublic Relations

4. Dental Building5. Credit Union6. Tennis Courts7. Athletic Field:

Sand Volleyball Courts8. Brookside Park:

Married Student Housing9. Service Station:

Fred’s Auto Service10. Athletic Track & Field11. Press Building:

Angwin Auto PartsCopy CenterMail ServicesPlanned GivingPreferred Images

12. Custodial:Lost and Found

13. Laundry & Heating Plant14. Church & Sanctuary15. Alumni Park16. Fisher Hall:

ArtTechnology

17. Church Campanile18. Church Complex:

Church OfficeFireside RoomYouth Chapel

19. Paulin Hall:Music

20. Pacific Auditorium:Fitness CenterGymnasiumPhysical EducationWeight Room

21. Swimming Pool22. Public Safety23. Chan Shun Hall:

Academic AdministrationChemistryComputer ScienceMathematicsPhysicsPresident’s Office

24. Davidian Hall:Academic Administration AnnexBehavioral ScienceNursing

25. Storage Building26. Dining Commons:

Cafeteria (upper level)Campus CenterStudent Association Offices

27. Rasmussen Art Gallery28. Library:

Computer CenterE.G. White/SDA Study CenterLearning Resource CenterMedia ServicesPitcairn Islands Study CenterTelecommunications

29. Preparatory School30. Elementary School31. Development/Alumni32. Financial Services:

Accounting ServicesFinancial AdministrationStudent Financial Services

33. West Hall:EducationHealth Service

34. West Hall Annex:Faculty Development CenterLiberal Studies

35. Counseling Center:Counseling, Career & TestingEnglish

36. Amphitheater37. Pacific Studio:

Howell Mountain DistributorsPhotography Lab

38. Newton Hall:Men’s Residence

39. Grainger Hall:Men’s Residence

40. Clark Hall:Biology

41. Irwin Hall:Business AdministrationCommunicationHistoryModern Languages

42. Ambs Hall:Family & Consumer Sciences

43. Graf Oval44. Graf Hall:

Academic RecordsEnrollment ServicesFamily & Consumer SciencesKNDL RadioReligionStudent ServicesWomen’s Residence

45. Dauphinee Chapel46. Andre Hall:

Women’s Residence47. Winning Hall:

Women’s Residence48. Discoveryland:

Preschool49. Land Management50. Biology Classrooms51. Plant Services52. Mobile Manor53. Landscape54. Court Place Apartments:

Married Student Housing55. Nichol Hall:

Men’s Residence

56. McReynolds Hall:Women’s Residence

57. Virgil O. Parrett Field:Flight CenterNewton ObservatoryYoung Observatory

Alphabetical Legend23. Academic Administration24. Academic Administration

Annex44. Academic Records32. Accounting Services15. Alumni Park42. Ambs Hall36. Amphitheater46. Andre Hall11. Angwin Auto Parts16. Art7. Athletic Field

10. Athletic Track & Field24. Behavioral Science40. Biology50. Biology Classrooms1. Bookstore8. Brookside Park

41. Business Administration23. Chan Shun Hall26. Cafeteria26. Campus Center23. Chemistry18. Church Complex18. Church Office14. Church & Sanctuary40. Clark Hall41. Communication28. Computer Center23. Computer Science11. Copy Center35. Counseling Center35. Counseling, Career & Testing54. Court Place Apartments5. Credit Union

12. Custodial45. Dauphinee Chapel24. Davidian Hall31. Development/Alumni4. Dental Building

26. Dining Commons48. Discoveryland28. E.G. White/SDA Study Center33. Education30. Elementary School35. English44. Enrollment Services44. Family & Consumer Sciences34. Faculty Development Center32. Financial Administration32. Financial Services18. Fireside Room16. Fisher Hall20. Fitness Center57. Flight Center43. Graf Oval44. Graf Hall

39. Grainger Hall20. Gymnasium1. Hardware

33. Health Service41. History37. Howell Mountain Distributors41. Irwin Hall44. KNDL Radio49. Land Management53. Landscape1. Launderette

13. Laundry & Heating Plant28. Learning Resource Center34. Liberal Studies28. Library12. Lost and Found11. Mail Services1. Market

42. Family & Consumer Sciences23. Mathematics56. McReynolds Hall28. Media Services52. Mobile Manor41. Modern Languages19. Music38. Newton Hall57. Newton Observatory55. Nichol Hall24. Nursing20. Pacific Auditorium37. Pacific Studio19. Paulin Hall37. Photography Lab20. Physical Education23. Physics28. Pitcairn Islands Study Center51. Plant Services23. President’s Office29. Preparatory School11. Planned Giving2. Post Office

48. Preschool11. Preferred Images11. Press Building3. Public Relations

22. Public Safety27. Rasmussen Art Gallery44. Religion7. Sand Volleyball Courts9. Service Station1. Shopping Center

26. Student Association Offices32. Student Financial Services44. Student Services21. Swimming Pool16. Technology28. Telecommunications6. Tennis Courts3. Visitors’ Center

18. Youth Chapel20. Weight Room33. West Hall34. West Hall Annex47. Winning Hall57. Virgil O. Parrett Field57. Young Observatory

243

IndexCampus Map

For Position OnlyStrip in map

Index

244

Matters of General InterestPresident ....................................................................... 965-6211FAX .............................................................................. 965-6506E-mail ........................................................... [email protected].......................................................... 74532,3131 (Compuserve)

Nursing InformationAngwin Campus ........................................................... 965-7262FAX .............................................................................. 965-6499Los Angeles Campus ........................... (213) 268-5000, Ext. 1080FAX ..................................................................... (213) 881-8611

Instructional Site:White Memorial Medical Center1720 Cesar E. ChavezLos Angeles, CA 90033-2481

Mailing Address:Department of NursingPacific Union College1720 Cesar E. ChavezLos Angeles, CA 90033-2481

Records OfficeRegistrar ...................................................................... 965-6673

Residence Hall LivingDean of Women............................................................ 965-6315Andre Hall ................................................................... 965-7481Graf Hall ...................................................................... 965-6520McReynolds Hall ........................................................ 965-6149Winning Hall ................................................................ 965-6313Dean of Men ................................................................ 965-7203Grainger Hall ................................................................ 965-6491Newton Hall ................................................................. 965-6487Nichol Hall ................................................................... 965-6101

Student ServicesVice President for Student Services, Public Relations,and Enrollment; Dean of Students ................................ 965-7362

Student FinanceDirector, Student Financial Services .............................. 965-7200

Summer School and Special Education ProgramsDirector, Summer School .............................................. 965-6409

TranscriptsRecords Office .............................................................. 965-6489

Information

For Information

The telephone area code for Angwin is 707.

Direct Inquiries by Mail, Telephone, E-mail or FAX as follows:

College General FAX Number..................................................................................... 965-6390

Academic AdministrationVice President for Academic Administration ................ 965-6234FAX .............................................................................. 965-7104Academic Advising ....................................................... 965-7103Academic Advising e-mail ................................. [email protected] Academic Deans ............................................ 965-7103

Admissions and CatalogsEnrollment Services ...................................................... 965-6336Toll-Free Number ................................................ (800) 862-7080E-mail .................................................................. [email protected] .............................................................................. 965-6432

AlumniAlumni Association Secretary ....................................... 965-7500

College Advancement and AlumniVice President for Advancement ................................... 965-7500Alumni.......................................................................... 965-7500FAX .............................................................................. 965-6305

Public RelationsDirector, Public Relations ............................................. 965-6303FAX .............................................................................. 965-7101

Counseling, Testing, Placement ServicesDirector, Counseling Services ........................................ 965-7364

Extended LearningAssociate Academic Dean, Extended Learning .............. 965-6409Degree-Completion Program ........................................ 965-6408Toll Free ........................................................ (800) 862-7080, #4FAX .............................................................................. 965-7104

Financial AdministrationVice President for Financial Administration .................. 965-6699FAX .............................................................................. 965-6400

Graduate ProgramDepartment of Education .............................................. 965-7265

Pacific Union CollegeGeneral Catalog Supplement

1998-2000118th Academic Year

Mailing address:One Angwin Avenue

Angwin, CA 94508-9707(707) 965-6311

Pacific Union College is an equal opportunity educational institution.

1999-2000 Supplement

2

Pacific Union College

Is accredited by:The Accreditation Association of Seventh-day Adventist

Schools, Colleges and UniversitiesThe Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and

Universities of the Western Association of Schoolsand Colleges

State of California Department of Education

Offers programs accredited by:Council on Social Work Education (Baccalaureate)National Association of Schools of Music (Baccalaureate)National League for Nursing (Baccalaureate and Associate)

Is a member of:American Association for Higher EducationAmerican Association of College Registrars and

Admissions OfficersAmerican Association of Presidents of

Independent Colleges and UniversitiesAssociation of Governing BoardsAssociation of Independent California Colleges

and UniversitiesCalifornia Council on the Education of TeachersCollege Placement CouncilIndependent Colleges of Northern CaliforniaNational Association of Independent Colleges

and UniversitiesWestern Association of Graduate Schools

Is approved by:American Dietetic AssociationThe Attorney General of the United States for

nonimmigrant studentsCalifornia Commission on Teacher Credentialing

Accreditation documents may be viewed in the office of theVice President for Academic Administration.

Equal Opportunity CommitmentPacific Union College is committed to

equal opportunity for qualified men andwomen of any handicap, race, color, na-tional or ethnic origin. It extends to themall the rights, privileges, programs andactivities generally accorded or madeavailable to members of the College com-munity. It does not discriminate againstqualified persons on the basis of handi-cap, sex, race, color, national or ethnicorigin in administration of its educa-tional and admissions policies, financialaffairs, employment programs, studentlife and services, or any other College-administered program.

Pacific Union College General CatalogVolume LXXII© 1999, Pacific Union College.

Printed in USA.

3


Using This SupplementThis Supplement to the Pacific Union College General Catalog

1998-2000 contains updated financial information in effect for1999-2000 academic terms; corrections of errors in the 1998-2000 edition; revisions and deletions of a few programs andcourses; and descriptions of new courses.

Updated financial information appears first, followedby academic information organized according to the normalCatalog sequence. Page numbers in brackets refer to the pas-sages in the 1998-2000 General Catalog to which the revisionsapply.

ContentsCalendar .................................................................................... 4Financial Information, 1999-2000 ............................................ 5Student Life and Services ........................................................... 5The Academic Program ............................................................. 6Academic Information and Policies ........................................... 6Courses of Instruction ............................................................... 6

General Courses ................................................................... 6Art ........................................................................................ 6Behavioral Science ................................................................ 7Business Administration and Economics .............................. 7Computer Science ................................................................. 7Education ............................................................................. 7English ................................................................................. 7Family and Consumer Sciences ............................................ 8History and Social Studies ................................................... 8Mathematics ......................................................................... 8Modern Languages ............................................................... 8Music ................................................................................... 8Nursing ................................................................................ 8Physics and Engineering ....................................................... 9Physical Education, Health and Recreation ......................... 9Religion ................................................................................ 8Technology ........................................................................... 9

New Faculty ............................................................................ 10


4

Autumn Quarter (1999)W September 22 New Student Orientation BeginsF 24 RegistrationM 27 Instruction beginsM October 4 Last day to enter classesM-S 4-9 Week of PrayerM 11 Last day to delete classesT 19 Fall picnic, no classesF-Su 22-24 Parents WeekendF November 19 Thanksgiving recess begins (4:00 p.m.)Su 28 Thanksgiving recess ends (10:00 p.m.)M 29 Preregistration beginsM 29 Last day to withdraw from classesF December 10 Last day for preregistrationM-Th 13-16 Final examinations

Winter Quarter (2000)Su January 9 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 10 Instruction beginsM 17 Martin Luther King Day, no classesT 18 Last day to enter classesT-S 18-22 Week of PrayerM 24 Last day to delete classesF February 11 Midquarter vacation, no classesM March 6 Preregistration beginsM 6 Last day to withdraw from classesF 17 Last day for preregistrationM-Th 20-23 Final examinations

Spring Quarter (2000)Su April 2 Registration for new students (6-8 p.m.)M 3 Instruction beginsM 10 Last day to enter classesTh-Su 13-16 Alumni WeekendM 17 Last day to delete classesM-S 17-22 Week of PrayerM May 29 Memorial Day observed, no classesT 30 Last day to withdraw from classesM-Th June 12-15 Final examinationsF-Su 16-18 Commencement

Summer Quarter (2000)M June 26 RegistrationM 26 Instruction beginsT July 4 Independence Day, no classesTh August 17 End of Summer Quarter

Revised Calendar, 1999-2000September 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30


1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 3031

November 1999Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31


1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29


1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24 2526 27 28 29 30 31


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930


1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31


1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30


12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930 31

August 2000Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31

5


Financial Information for 1999-2000

[See pages 213-14]

Tuition — Quarter Fee ScheduleThe tuition rates reflect a charge of

$418 per quarter hour up to 11.5 hours.Tuition for 12-17 hours is $4,825. Allhours over 17 are charged at $315 perhour.

Miscellaneous Fees: Transcript Fee[New policy on transcript fee; see pages213, 223]

Each student at first enrollment isbilled a one-time transcript fee of $25.For this payment the student may requestup to twenty-five transcripts withoutadditional charge. Exception: Any un-usual costs incurred for special requests,such as “rush processing,” are added.

Estimate of Expenses[See page 214]

The following amounts represent theestimated cost of full-time attendanceduring the Autumn, Winter and Springquarters of the 1999-2000 school year:

One EachYear Quarter

Tuition & fees $14,475 $4,825(12-17 hours)

Residence-hall Rent 2,655 885Minimum Board 1,770 590

Total $18,900 $6,300

SDA Tuition Discount[See page 215]1. Seventh-day Adventist students re-ceive a tuition discount of $780 for theyear ($260 per quarter) for full-time stu-dents. Three-quarter time students re-ceive a discount of $585, and half-timestudents a discount of $390 for the year.2. This discount is applied only to tuitioncharged at the rate of $418 per hour.

Family Discount Plan[See page 215]

1. For a family with two dependent stu-dents attending the College at the sametime, a discount of $200 per student perquarter is given; for a family with threeor more, the discount is $250 per studentper quarter.

Residence Hall Room Refund[See page 220]

When a room is occupied less than onequarter, a charge is made for the actualnumber of days on a pro-rata basis. Thedouble-occupancy daily rate is $12.75.The refund would thus be the differencebetween the number of days occupiedtimes $12.75 from the charge per quarterof $885.

Food Service[See page 221]

The quarterly minimum charge forboard is $590.

Residence Halls[See page 221]

The standard room rate is $885 perquarter for double occupancy in eachresidence hall.

Flight Training Fees[See page 222]

Correction: In the final paragraph, the“per-credit-hour recording fee” shouldbe a “per-course recording fee.”

Music Lesson Fees[See page 222; in the second paragraphthe first sentence is deleted; the revisedparagraph follows:]

If a student withdraws within the firsttwo weeks of the quarter, a refund is pro-rated; after that, no refunds are made.


Student Housing[See pages 13 and 221]

Pacific Union College affirms the val-ues to be gained from being primarily aresidential college. By accepting admis-sion, unmarried students aged 22 oryounger agree to live in a residence hall —unless they apply for and are granted anexception. Requests for off-campus hous-ing may be approved according to thefollowing criteria for students in goodstanding:

1. applicants 23 or older2. applicants 22 and turning 23 during the

current academic year3. fifth-year seniors (Student Missionary

and Taskforce years may count as oneyear)

4. holders of earned bachelor’s degrees5. applicants living with parents or other

immediate relatives (grandparents,aunts, uncles, siblings at least 25 yearsold) and in their primary residence

6. part-time students enrolled for six orfewer credits

7. applicants 22 or younger with signifi-cant financial need who are offeredroom and board at substantial savings(required to live in the family’s home)

8. divorced and widowed applicants9. single parents

All housing must be registered in theOffice of Student Services. Residencehalls are available to students currentlyenrolled at Pacific Union College whomeet eligibility requirements. Students24 and older may live in residence hallson a “space-available” basis upon appli-cation.

Requests for off-campus housing areconsidered and acted upon annually.Students are to secure approval beforesigning a lease for off-campus housing.

Single community students are not tolive in “coed” groups.


6


General Education CourseRequirements[See page 25]

In section IV-C, the new course ASTR115 Astronomy replaces both ASTR 105Introduction to Astronomy and ASTR125H General Astronomy (Honors).

Degree-Completion Programs[See page 32]

Degree-completion programs are nolonger “majors,” but professional de-grees: the Bachelor of Science in Man-agement (formerly the major in Leader-ship in Business Administration); theBachelor of Science in Early ChildhoodEducation; and the Bachelor of Sciencein Criminal Justice Administration.


Course Load[Revised statement of policy; see page 35]

The academic study load is describedin terms of quarter hours (credits). Onequarter hour (credit) normally representsone fifty-minute class period per weekfor one quarter. Two-hour courses nor-mally convene twice a week and three-hour courses three times a week. Forthree clock-hours of laboratory experi-ence per week, students normally receiveone hour of credit per quarter. (See also“Credit Hours.”)

If you have regular academic standing,a full course load is 17 quarter hoursduring the school year and 15 quarterhours during the summer. To enroll for acourse load in excess of these totals re-quires approval by your academic ad-viser and the registrar. If you are on Aca-demic Probation, your maximum courseload is reduced to 15 quarter hours dur-ing the school year and 10 during thesummer session.

Incomplete[Revised statement of policy; see page 37]

A grade of “I” is assigned in excep-tional situations when unavoidable cir-cumstances prevent completion of acourse. An “I” carries no grade pointsand is not computed in your grade-pointaverage.

You must remove an Incomplete bythe time your instructor specifies, but nolater than six calendar weeks from thetime it is incurred. An Incomplete notremoved reverts to the grade computedwithout the missing work. This grade isspecified at the time the Incomplete isgranted.

At least six weeks before graduation,prospective graduates must have madeup all outstanding Incompletes.

Academic Suspension[See page 37; replace the first sentenceof the statement of policy with thefollowing:]

If you have three consecutive quarterswith a quarter grade-point average below2.0, and/or a Pacific Union College cu-mulative grade-point average below 2.0,you will be placed on academic suspen-sion. The quarters to be evaluated areyour most recent three quarters at PacificUnion College, whether or not thatperiod of three quarters was interruptedby one or more breaks in enrollment forany reason.

Credit by Examination[Addition to policy on credit by exami-nation; see page 40)

Credit by examination is availablethrough DANTES (Defense Activity forNontraditional Educational Support)tests, subject to catalog restrictions onmaximum credit hours by examination.Departments set standards and specifyon-campus courses for which credit maybe earned by passing DANTES examina-tions. Detailed information is availableat academic departmental offices and atthe Records office.

College-Prepared Tests[See page 40; item 7 is revised as follows:]

Examinations for credit are recordedon a Satisfactory/Fail basis. For Satisfac-tory to be recorded, achievement equiva-lent to C+ or better on a graded exami-nation is required.

General Courses

GNRL 350 2, 6Field Experience

Graded S/F (previously, lettergrade)[see page 45].

Art

[Restore the following course (page 53),which was inadvertently deleted fromthe current catalog:]

ART 446 3 SDigital Photo Imaging

Use of computer software tools andtechniques to scan, alter and enhancephotographs. Emphasis on artistic ma-nipulation of digital images for graphicdesign and photographic applications.Prerequisites: GRPH 153 (or Macintoshcompetency), 352, and ART 241.

These policies also apply to studentsenrolled in summer sessions or workingfull or part time on campus during sum-mer sessions.

Family Rights and Privacy[See page 16]

In item 9, delete class schedule fromthe list of details to be provided in adirectory of public information.

7


ART 464 3Preprint Production II

This course is now offered every year.

Behavioral Science

PSYC 360 3 APsychopharmacology[New course]

The drugs that affect behavior throughaction on the nervous system. Major psy-choactive drug groups include antianxi-ety, antidepressant, antipsychotic andstimulant drugs, and drugs of abuse. Re-lated issues of drug distribution, admin-istration, dosage, absorption and fate.


Richard Voth is chair of the BusinessAdministration and Economics depart-ment.

INFS 481 3SimulationThis course is deleted.

INFS 482 4 ASystems Development Life Cycle[New course]

Concepts, skills, methodologies, tech-niques, tools, and perspectives essentialfor systems analysts to successfully de-velop information systems. Even years.

Degree-Completion Courses[See pages 85-86. All LBA prefixes be-come MGT. Course LBA 310 should beMGT 315. Course LBA/RELB 305 is nolonger cross-listed; it should be RELB305 listed only in the Religion section ofthe catalog. New prefixes with titles:]

MGT 315 4Individual in the Organization

MGT 320 4The Legal Environment of Business

MGT 330 4Economics for Managers

MGT 340 4Principles of Marketing

MGT 350 3Data Presentation

MGT 360 4Budgeting & Fiscal Administration

MGT 375 4Group and Organizational Behavior

MGT 390 4Organizations and Environments

MGT 401 4Principles of Finance

MGT 410 4Accounting Principles for Managers

MGT 420 4Principles of Management

MGT 430 4Human Resources Administration

MGT 480 4International Business

MGT 485 4Business Policy

MGT 490 6Senior Project

Computer Science

Major in Computer Science withEmphasis in Data ProcessingManagement, B.S.

This major is discontinued [see page102].

CPTR 246 3Object-Oriented Design

New course title; previously Object-Oriented Programming.

CPTR 367 3Communications and Networking

The laboratory portion of the course isdeleted; credits are reduced from 4 to 3.

CPTR 455 3Theory of Computing

New course title; previously AdvancedTopics in Computer Science.

Education

EDUC 356 4Elementary School Curriculum andInstruction: Reading/Social Studies

Increase credit from 3 to 4 hours.

English

English as a Second LanguageEach of the following ENSL courses nowcarries 4 credits:ENSL 062 Reading and Composition IIENSL 063 Reading and Composition IIIENSL 064 Reading and Composition IVENSL 065 Academic Reading/CompositionENSL 085 Academic Listening/Speaking

ENGL 011 4Reading and Study Skills

This course is deleted.


8

Family/Consumer Sciences

ECE 362 4Advanced Music and Movement[New course]

A review of appropriate music, rhythmand movement activities for young chil-dren. Includes available resources, practiceand implementation in early education.

ECE 385 4School-Age Child Care[New course]

The rationale, design, managementand activities for implementing qualitycare for school-age children.

ECE 387 4Cultural Diversity[New course]

Describes diversity in the classroom,including history and customs of variouscultures. Delineates cross-cultural varia-tions of child development, beliefs, andmethods of multicultural education.

ECE 388 4Science for the Young Child[New course]

Presents an organized, sequentialapproach to creating a developmentallyappropriate program for young children.

ECE 450 4Counseling for Early-ChildhoodTeachers


ECE 492 2Senior Project-Seminar



HIST 140-141Honors in History


Mathematics

MATH 001 3Essential Mathematics


MATH 267 4Vector Calculus

New course title; previously Multivari-able Calculus.

Modern Languages

Extended Learning Courses[See pages 157-58]

Revise course listings, titles, and num-bers as follows:

ITAL 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Italian

JAPN 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Japanese

JAPN 200-201-202 2-2-2Intermediate Conversational Japanese

KORE 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Korean

LATN 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Latin

RUSS 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Russian

SIGN 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Sign Language

SPAN 100-101-102 2-2-2Beginning Conversational Spanish

SPAN 121 2Spanish for Medical Personnel

SPAN 200-201-202 2-2-2Intermediate Conversational Spanish

Music

B.Mus. in Music EducationMajors in the B.Mus. program with

emphasis in Music Education [see page160] take MUHL 336 Popular Music inthe Twentieth Century instead of MUHL333 Music of the Twentieth Century.

Nursing

NURS 262 8Nursing VI


Major in Nursing, B.S.N.Under “Admission Procedure” [see

page 174] item 7 is revised to read asfollows:

At the discretion of the nursing fac-ulty, and pending both NCLEX resultsand completion of prerequisites, stu-dents may enroll in up to 12 units ofupper-division nursing theory coursesbefore admission to the B.S.N. program.

Under “Academic Requirements forContinuation … in Nursing” [see page175], in item 1, “Historical Contexts”:Transfer students who have not takencollege courses in history are advisedto meet this requirement by taking twosequential courses.

Upper Division Nursing Courses[See pages 175-76]

1. The sequence of course offerings mayvary on satellite campuses.

2. The following courses are added tothose listed as “offered on sufficientdemand”: NURS 373, 374, 376, 378.

3. NURS 374 carries 2 credits; it isoffered A, W, S.

4. NURS 431 and 432 are offeredAutumn quarter only.

5. NURS 461 and 462 are offered Springquarter only.

9



ASTR 115 5 A, WAstronomy[New course; replaces ASTR 105 and125 (see pages 25, 64, 88, 111, 187,188)]

An introduction for the general stu-dent to the basic elements of astronomy.Topics include models of the solar sys-tem, stars and their processes, clusters,galaxies, cosmology, and relevant physicstopics such as light, spectroscopy,nuclear reactions, and relativity. Empha-sizes the development of scientific ideasand models for the structure and con-tents of the universe and the effects ofthose ideas on western civilization. Labo-ratory activities emphasize personalobservations of various astronomicalobjects, as weather permits. Four lecturesand one evening laboratory weekly. Pre-requisite: MATH 019 or equivalent.

Physical Education

Extended Learning Course[Added course; see page 182.]

PEAC 490 1Advanced Self-Defense

Religion

RELL 427-428 3-3Biblical Hebrew

Change of course numbers; previouslyRELL 337-338.

RELT 337 4Last Day Events

New course title; previouslyEschatology.

Extended Learning CoursesListing for page 196 in category of

courses available in Extended Learningdegree programs; descriptions are movedfrom prior location on page 86:

RELB 305 4Biblical Perspectives

Designed to foster knowledge and un-derstanding of those historical conceptsand themes of the Bible that relate mostdirectly to effectiveness in business prac-tice and public life.

RELT 310 4Ethics and Personal Values

Examination of how personal valuesin business and public life are shapedby world views, ethics, and spiritualformation.

Technology

ELEC 349 3Electronic Communications

Correction: This course carries 3credits, not 2 [see page 207].


10

New Faculty

Scott A. Blunt, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education, Health andRecreation. B.S., Pacific Union College, 1992. (1999)

Renate I. E. Krause, Ph.D., Professor of English. B.A., WallaWalla College, 1971; M.A., Andrews University, 1986; Ph.D.,University of Alberta, 1991. (1999)

Malcolm Russell, Ph.D., Walter C. Utt Professor of History. B.A.,Columbia Union College, 1970; M.A., Johns Hopkins University,1972; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1977. (1999)

Robert Stretter, M.A., Instructor in English. B.A., Pacific UnionCollege, 1995; M.A., University of Virginia, 1997. (1999)

Adjunct Faculty in Criminal Justice AdministrationRonald Appel, M.L.S.: B.A.M., St. Mary’s College, 1993;M.L.S., University of Oklahoma, 1996.

Bruce M. Beckler, J.D.: B.S., Indiana University, 1979; J.D.,Indiana University, 1981; M.A., Indiana University, 1984.

Harold W. Sagan, Ed.D.: B.A., 1990; M.P.A., Golden GateUniversity, 1993; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1999.

Adjunct Faculty in Early Childhood EducationMerrill R. Featherstone, M.A.: B.A., California State University,Sacramento, 1965; M.A., University of California, Davis, 1977.

Patricia A. Jennings, M.Ed.: B.A., Antioch College/West, 1977;M.Ed., Saint Mary’s College, 1980.

Carole J. Kent, M.A.: B.A., San Jose State University, 1973;M.A., Pacific Oaks College, 1976.

Phyllis Shandler, M.S.: B.A., University of California, Berkeley,1973; M.S., California State University, Hayward, 1983.

Documents

Pacific Union College General Catalog · Pacific Union College General Catalog 1998-2000 117th-118th Academic Years Mailing address: One Angwin Avenue Angwin, CA 94508-9707 (707)